SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS INC
S-1/A, 2000-01-10
COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: ADVANCED KNOWLEDGE INC, S-8, 2000-01-10
Next: DAVEL COMMUNICATIONS INC, DEF 14A, 2000-01-10



<PAGE>   1


    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 10, 2000



                                                      Registration No. 333-93873

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                      ------------------------------------

                                AMENDMENT NO. 1


                                       TO

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                      ------------------------------------
                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
           DELAWARE                          4899                         56-2027322
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)       Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                            100 REGENCY FOREST DRIVE
                                   SUITE 400
                           CARY, NORTH CAROLINA 27511
                                 (919) 468-0112
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
                                DAVID P. TOMICK
                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.
                            100 REGENCY FOREST DRIVE
                                   SUITE 400
                           CARY, NORTH CAROLINA 27511
                                 (919) 468-0112
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                       of registrant's agent for service)

                      ------------------------------------

                                   Copies to:

                               TIMOTHY J. KELLEY
                                THOMAS D. TWEDT
                         DOW, LOHNES & ALBERTSON, PLLC
                        1200 NEW HAMPSHIRE AVENUE, N.W.
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036
                                 (202) 776-2000
                               RICHARD A. DRUCKER
                             DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL
                              450 LEXINGTON AVENUE
                               NEW YORK, NY 10017
                                 (212) 450-4000

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
    If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box.  [ ]
    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]
    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]
    If this form is a post-effective amendment file pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  [ ]
                      ------------------------------------


                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Proposed           Proposed
                                      Amount             Maximum             Maximum
    Title of Each Class of             to be          Offering Price        Aggregate          Amount of
  Securities to be Registered      Registered(1)       Per Share(2)     Offering Price(2)   Registration Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                 <C>                <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, $.001 par
value..........................  25,734,265 shares      $13.40625         $344,999,990         $91,080(3)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



(1) Includes the Underwriters' over-allotment option.


(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in
    accordance with Rule 457.


(3) Previously paid.

                      ------------------------------------

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL
BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION
8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2

                               EXPLANATORY NOTES


     This registration statement contains two separate prospectuses. The first
prospectus relates to a public offering in the United States and Canada. The
second prospectus relates to a concurrent offering outside the United States and
Canada. The complete prospectus relating to the U.S. offering follows
immediately after this explanatory note. The prospectuses for each of the U.S.
offering and the international offering will be identical with the exception of
an alternate front cover page. This alternate page appears in this registration
statement immediately following the complete prospectus for the U.S. offering.

<PAGE>   3

       The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed.
       We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed
       with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This
       prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not
       soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the
       offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued January 7, 2000



                               22,300,000 Shares


                               [SpectraSite Logo]

                           SpectraSite Holdings, Inc.
                                  COMMON STOCK
                            ------------------------


SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. IS OFFERING 22,300,000 SHARES OF ITS COMMON STOCK.


                            ------------------------


OUR COMMON STOCK IS QUOTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL
"SITE." ON JANUARY 6, 2000, THE REPORTED LAST SALE PRICE FOR OUR COMMON STOCK ON
THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET WAS $13 3/8 PER SHARE.


                            ------------------------

INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON
PAGE 7.
                            ------------------------

                              PRICE $      A SHARE
                            ------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     UNDERWRITING
                                              PRICE TO              DISCOUNTS AND             PROCEEDS TO
                                               PUBLIC                COMMISSIONS              SPECTRASITE
                                              --------              -------------             -----------
<S>                                   <C>                      <C>                      <C>
Per Share.........................               $                        $                        $
Total.............................               $                        $                        $
</TABLE>


SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up
to an additional 3,345,000 shares to cover over-allotments.


The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not
approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is
truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on
          , 2000.
                            ------------------------

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER                                  GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

CIBC WORLD MARKETS
           CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
                        DEUTSCHE BANC ALEX. BROWN
                                   LEHMAN BROTHERS

                                            SALOMON SMITH BARNEY


          , 2000
<PAGE>   4

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PAGE
                                           ----
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary.....................       3
Risk Factors...........................       7
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements...........................      14
Use of Proceeds........................      15
Price Range of Common Stock............      15
Dividend Policy........................      15
Capitalization.........................      16
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.....      17
Selected Historical Financial Data.....      32
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...........................      34
Business...............................      41
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PAGE
                                           ----
<S>                                     <C>
Management.............................      51
Certain Transactions...................      62
Ownership of Capital Stock.............      69
Description of Capital Stock...........      71
Description of Certain Indebtedness....      73
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........      76
Certain United States Federal Tax
  Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders...      78
Underwriters...........................      82
Legal Matters..........................      85
Experts................................      85
Where You Can Find More Information....      85
Index to Financial Statements..........     F-1
</TABLE>

                            ------------------------

     SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. is a Delaware corporation. Our principal
executive offices are located at 100 Regency Forest Drive, Suite 400, Cary,
North Carolina 27511, and our telephone number at that address is (919)
468-0112. Our World Wide Web site address is http://www.spectrasite.com. The
information in our website is not part of this prospectus.

     In this prospectus, Holdings refers to SpectraSite Holdings, Inc., and
SpectraSite, we, us and our refer to SpectraSite Holdings, Inc., its wholly
owned subsidiaries and all predecessor entities collectively, unless the context
requires otherwise. The term common stock refers to the common stock, par value
$0.001 per share, of Holdings.

     You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that
contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to
buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of
the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or of any sale of common stock.

                                        1
<PAGE>   5

                      (This page intentionally left blank)

                                        2
<PAGE>   6

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


     This summary highlights the most important features of this offering and
the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not
complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider
before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus
carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under
"Risk Factors."


                                  SPECTRASITE

OVERVIEW


     We are one of the leading providers of outsourced antennae site and network
services to the wireless communications and broadcast industries in the United
States and Canada. Our businesses include the ownership and leasing of antennae
sites on towers, managing rooftop and in-building telecommunications access on
commercial real estate, network planning and deployment, and construction of
towers and related wireless facilities. Our customers are leading wireless
communications providers and broadcasters, including Nextel, Sprint PCS, AT&T
Wireless, VoiceStream Communications, Tritel Communications, Teligent, WinStar,
Cox Broadcasting, Clear Channel Communications and Paxson Communications. As of
December 31, 1999 and after giving effect to the acquisition of Apex Site
Management Holdings, Inc., we owned or managed over 15,000 sites, including
2,765 owned towers, in 98 of the top 100 markets in the United States.


     The wireless communications industry is growing rapidly as the demand for
wireless services continues to increase. In addition, as the number and type of
wireless service providers has grown, the industry has also become increasingly
competitive. To meet the increased demand for their services and enhance their
competitive positions, wireless carriers continue to make large capital
investments to expand their networks as well as to satisfy customer demands for
enhanced services, seamless and comprehensive coverage, better call quality,
faster data transmission and lower prices.

     We believe that as carriers face the increased challenges of expanding
their networks and improving their services, they must allocate their available
capital and resources in the most efficient manner. In particular, carriers are
increasingly outsourcing tower ownership, as well as network planning,
deployment and management to independent tower owners like SpectraSite. This
outsourcing allows our customers to focus on their core competencies and to rely
on us for planning and deploying their networks. Our services are designed to
improve our customers' competitive positions through the efficient planning,
deployment and management of their networks. Our services include:


 --   WIRELESS TOWER OWNERSHIP AND LEASING.  We are one of the largest
      independent owners and operators of wireless communications towers in the
      United States and Canada, with 2,765 owned towers in 43 states and 3
      Canadian provinces.



 --   WIRELESS ROOFTOP AND IN-BUILDING ACCESS.  We are the largest independent
      providers of rooftop and in-building access to the wireless communications
      industry in the United States, with approximately 12,700 sites under
      management across the country.


 --   NETWORK DESIGN AND DEPLOYMENT SERVICES.  We are a leading provider of
      design and deployment services for wireless networks. These services
      include radio frequency engineering, network architecture, microwave
      relocation, fixed network engineering, site development, tower and
      facility construction and network installation and optimization.

 --   BROADCAST TOWER DEVELOPMENT AND LEASING.  We are a leading provider of
      broadcast tower analysis, design, fabrication, installation and technical
      services. We have over 50 years of experience in the broadcast tower
      industry and have worked on the development of more than 700 broadcast
      towers, which we believe represents approximately 50% of the existing
      broadcast tower infrastructure in the United States. We intend to
      capitalize on our broadcast tower development expertise to create tower
      ownership and leasing opportunities.

                                        3
<PAGE>   7

GROWTH STRATEGY

     Our objective is to be the leading independent provider of outsourced
antenna site and network services to the telecommunications and broadcast
industries. Key elements of our strategy include:

 --   MAXIMIZING THE UTILIZATION OF OUR TOWERS AND MANAGED SITES.  We intend to
      capitalize on the substantial opportunities for revenue and cash flow
      growth by maximizing the number of tenants we have on each of our towers
      and managed sites. We believe that our strategy of owning clustered groups
      of towers and managed sites in major metropolitan markets and providing
      our customers with a full range of products and services allows us to
      deliver reliable, scalable network solutions and will result in increased
      co-location on our towers and managed sites.


 --   EXPANDING OUR TOWER PORTFOLIO.  We seek to expand our tower portfolio by
      building new towers for anchor tenants and by making selective
      acquisitions of towers. We believe that Nextel's agreement to lease space
      on an additional 1,543 towers we own, acquire or construct for Nextel or
      other tenants will substantially increase the number of towers we own and
      operate.


 --   EXPANDING THE SUITE OF SERVICES WE OFFER AND PURSUING CROSS-SELLING
      OPPORTUNITIES.  We believe our ability to provide a package of integrated
      services, which have traditionally been offered by multiple subcontractors
      coordinated by a carrier's deployment staff, will make us a preferred
      provider of all outsourced antennae site and network services.

                                        4
<PAGE>   8

                                  THE OFFERING


Common stock offered....................     22,300,000 shares



Common stock to be outstanding after the
offering................................     119,642,226 shares



Use of proceeds.........................     We will receive net proceeds from
                                             this offering of approximately
                                             $280.8 million. We intend to use
                                             the net proceeds from this offering
                                             to fund costs related to the
                                             construction and acquisition of
                                             towers, and for general corporate
                                             purposes.


Nasdaq National Market symbol...........     SITE

                            ------------------------


     Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus
does not take into account the sale of up to 3,345,000 shares of common stock
which the underwriters have the option to purchase from us to cover
over-allotments.



     The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding
immediately after the offering includes 70,749,625 shares of common stock that
will be issued upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A,
Series B and Series C preferred stock in connection with the completion of this
offering, as well as 6,175,997 and 225,000 shares of our common stock issued in
connection with the Apex merger and the Vertical Properties merger,
respectively, on January 5, 2000. However, the number of shares listed above
does not include 5,715,291 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding
stock options as of December 31, 1999, having a weighted average exercise price
of $6.01 per share.


                                        5
<PAGE>   9

               SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     We present the following summary unaudited pro forma financial information
to give you a better understanding of what the results of operations and
financial position of the combined businesses of SpectraSite and Westower
Corporation may have been for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the nine
months ended September 30, 1999, if the Westower merger, the acquisition of
2,000 towers from Nextel Communications, Inc. and the other transactions
described under "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data" had occurred on January 1,
1998. We prepared the unaudited pro forma statement of operations by adding or
combining the historical pro forma results of each company with adjustments. The
companies may have performed differently had they actually been combined on
January 1, 1998. The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily
indicative of the historical results that we actually would have had or the
future results we will experience.

     Tower cash flow consists of site leasing revenues less site leasing costs
of operations. EBITDA consists of operating income (loss) before depreciation
and amortization expense and provisions for restructuring and other
non-recurring charges. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA less estimated
incremental operating expenses related to the Nextel tower acquisition. Tower
cash flow, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of financial
performance under generally accepted accounting principles and should not be
considered alternatives to net income (loss) as a measure of performance or to
cash flow as a measure of liquidity. Tower cash flow, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA
are not necessarily comparable with similarly titled measures for other
companies. Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing adjusted EBITDA by
revenues. Tower cash flow, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are provided because they
are used in the communications site industry as measures of operating
performance and financial position.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                POST-MERGER          POST-MERGER
                                                                 PRO FORMA            PRO FORMA
                                                                YEAR ENDED        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1998    SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                             -----------------    ------------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.................................................        $138,850              $120,817
Costs of operations......................................          86,192                68,654
Selling, general and administrative expenses.............          23,646                40,348
Depreciation and amortization............................          56,372                45,843
Restructuring and non-recurring charges..................             404                 7,727
                                                                 --------              --------
Operating loss...........................................        $(27,764)             $(41,755)
                                                                 ========              ========
OTHER DATA:
Tower cash flow..........................................        $ 28,466              $ 27,837
EBITDA...................................................          29,012                11,815
Adjusted EBITDA..........................................          10,445                 7,173
Adjusted EBITDA margin...................................             7.5%                  5.9%
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Number of towers owned...................................           2,217                 2,405
</TABLE>

                                        6
<PAGE>   10

                                  RISK FACTORS

     This offering involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully
the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this
prospectus, including the financial statements and related notes, before
deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. While these are the risks and
uncertainties we believe are most important for you to consider, you should know
that they are not the only risks or uncertainties facing us or which may
adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks or uncertainties
actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations
would likely suffer. In that event, the market price of our common stock could
decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

OUR LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY MAKES EVALUATING OUR BUSINESS DIFFICULT.


     SpectraSite was formed in May 1997, purchased 2,000 towers from Nextel in
April 1999, which represented approximately 72% of our towers as of December 31,
1999, and acquired Westower Corporation in September 1999. As a result, we have
only a limited operating history on which you can evaluate our business and
prospects. Our prospects must be considered in the light of the risks,
uncertainties, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in
their early stages of development, particularly, companies in new and rapidly
evolving industries, such as wireless communications. To address these risks and
uncertainties we must, among other things, successfully:


      --   co-locate tenants on our towers;

      --   perform under our agreements with Nextel; and

      --   integrate our acquisitions.

     We may not be successful in accomplishing these objectives.

WE ARE NOT PROFITABLE AND EXPECT TO CONTINUE TO INCUR LOSSES.

     On a pro forma basis, we incurred net losses of $103.2 million and $104.8
million for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the nine months ended September
30, 1999, respectively. Our losses are principally due to significant
depreciation, amortization and interest expense. We have not achieved
profitability and expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

WE HAVE SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS, AND SERVICING OUR INDEBTEDNESS COULD REDUCE
FUNDS AVAILABLE TO GROW OUR BUSINESS.

     We are, and will continue to be, highly leveraged. As of September 30,
1999, we had total consolidated indebtedness of $657.1 million. Our high level
of indebtedness could interfere with our ability to grow. For example, it could:

      --   increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry
           conditions;

      --   limit our ability to obtain additional financing;

      --   require the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from
           operations to the payment of principal of, and interest on, our
           indebtedness;

      --   limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our
           business and the industry; and

      --   place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to less leveraged
           competitors.

     Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to pay
principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness is uncertain. In particular, we
may not meet our anticipated revenue growth and operating expense targets, and
as a result, our future debt service obligations could exceed cash available to
us. Further, we may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on
commercially reasonable terms or at all.

                                        7
<PAGE>   11

OUR BUSINESS DEPENDS ON THE DEMAND FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SITES AND OUR
ABILITY TO SECURE CO-LOCATION TENANTS.

     Our business depends on demand for communications sites from wireless
service providers, which, in turn, depends on the demand for wireless services.
A reduction in demand for communications sites or increased competition for
co-location tenants could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations. In particular, the success of our
business model requires us to secure co-location tenants, and securing
co-location tenants depends upon the demand for communications sites from a
variety of service providers in a particular market. The extent to which
wireless service providers lease communications sites on our towers depends on
the level of demand for wireless services, the financial condition and access to
capital of those providers, the strategy of providers with respect to owning or
leasing communications sites, government licensing of communications licenses,
changes in telecommunications regulations, the characteristics of each company's
technology, and geographic terrain.

A SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF OUR REVENUES AND TOWER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DEPENDS ON
NEXTEL.

     Nextel accounts for a significant portion of our total revenues. On a pro
forma basis, Nextel represented approximately 34% and 28% of our revenues for
the year ended December 31, 1998 and for the nine months ended September 30,
1999, respectively. If Nextel were to suffer financial difficulties or if Nextel
were unwilling or unable to perform its obligations under its arrangements with
us, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be
materially and adversely affected.


     The financial data related to the Nextel towers set forth in the unaudited
pro forma financial statements are estimated amounts provided by Nextel. Neither
the independent auditors of SpectraSite nor Nextel have separately audited this
financial data. We believe the estimated amounts are factually supported and
based on reasonable assumptions. However, these amounts may not accurately
reflect the results of operations from the Nextel towers for the periods
presented or the operating results that we can expect from the Nextel towers in
the future.



     Nextel agreed to lease 1,700 additional sites on our towers as part of its
national service deployment, and as of December 31, 1999, they had leased 157 of
those sites. Under the terms of our agreements with Nextel, we are required to
construct or purchase agreed upon numbers of towers at specified times, and in
the case of towers we purchase from Nextel, at specified prices. Our failure to
construct or purchase the towers as agreed could result in the cancellation of
our right to construct or purchase additional towers under these agreements.
Such a cancellation could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations and on our ability to implement or
achieve our business objectives in the future.


     Under our agreements with Nextel, subject to limited exceptions, we will be
required to construct new towers in locations to be determined by Nextel. These
towers may have limited appeal to other providers of wireless communications
services, which may limit our opportunities to attract additional tenants,
which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.

WE MAY ENCOUNTER DIFFICULTIES IN INTEGRATING ACQUISITIONS WITH OUR OPERATIONS,
WHICH COULD LIMIT OUR REVENUE GROWTH AND OUR ABILITY TO ACHIEVE OR SUSTAIN
PROFITABILITY.

     Acquiring additional tower assets and complementary businesses is an
integral part of our business strategy. We may not be able to realize the
expected benefits of past or future acquisitions or identify suitable
acquisition candidates. Our ability to complete future acquisitions will depend
on a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the
attractiveness of acquisition prices and the negotiation of acceptable
definitive acquisition agreements. In addition, the process of integrating
acquired operations into our existing operations may result in unforeseen
operating difficulties, divert managerial attention or require significant
financial resources that could otherwise be used for existing tower construction
and network deployment contracts. Future acquisitions also may require us to
incur additional indebtedness and contingent liabilities, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

                                        8
<PAGE>   12

WE MAY BE UNABLE TO INCREASE OUR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES OR TO ACQUIRE TOWERS AS
CONTEMPLATED BY OUR GROWTH STRATEGY.

     Our growth strategy depends on our ability to construct, acquire and
operate towers as wireless service providers expand their tower network
infrastructure. Regulatory and other barriers could adversely affect our ability
to construct towers in accordance with the requirements of our customers, and,
as a result, we may be subject to penalties and forfeiture provisions under our
anchor tenant leases. Our ability to construct new towers may be affected by a
number of factors beyond our control, including zoning and local permitting
requirements, FAA considerations, FCC tower registration procedures,
availability of tower components and construction equipment, availability of
skilled construction personnel and weather conditions. In addition, because the
concern over tower proliferation has grown in recent years, certain communities
now restrict new tower construction or delay granting permits required for
construction.

     Our expansion plans call for a significant increase in construction
activity. We may not be able to overcome the barriers to new construction, and
we may not complete the number of towers planned for construction. Our failure
to complete the necessary construction could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition or results of operations.

     We compete for tower acquisition opportunities with wireless service
providers, broadcasters, site developers and other independent tower owners and
operators, and we expect competition to increase. Increased competition for
acquisitions may result in fewer acquisition opportunities and higher
acquisition prices. We regularly explore acquisition opportunities; however, we
may have trouble identifying towers or tower companies to acquire in the future.

WE COMPETE WITH COMPANIES THAT MAY HAVE GREATER FINANCIAL RESOURCES.

     If we are unable to successfully compete, our business will suffer. We
believe that tower location and capacity, price, quality of service and density
within a geographic market historically have been, and will continue to be, the
most significant competitive factors affecting the site leasing business. We
compete for site leasing tenants with:

      --   wireless service providers that own and operate their own towers and
           lease, or may in the future decide to lease, antenna space to other
           providers;

      --   other independent tower operators;

      --   site acquisition companies which acquire antenna space on existing
           towers for wireless service providers, manage new tower construction
           and provide site acquisition services; and

      --   owners of non-tower antenna sites, including rooftops, water towers
           and other alternate structures.

     Wireless service providers that own and operate their own towers generally
are substantially larger and have substantially greater financial resources than
SpectraSite. For example, AT&T Wireless and Sprint PCS own and operate their own
tower networks.

     We compete for acquisition, new tower construction and network development
opportunities primarily with other independent tower companies and site
construction firms. Some of these competitors may have greater financial
resources than we have.

RAPID GROWTH COULD STRAIN OR DIVERT OUR MANAGEMENT TEAM AND WILL INCREASE OUR
OPERATING EXPENSES.

     Implementation of our business strategy may impose significant strains on
our management, operating systems and financial resources. In addition, we
anticipate that operating expenses will increase significantly as we build and
acquire additional tower assets. Our failure to manage growth or unexpected
difficulties encountered during our expansion could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The
pursuit and integration of acquisitions, investments, joint ventures and
strategic alliances will require substantial attention from our senior
management, which will limit the amount of time they have available to devote to
existing operations.

                                        9
<PAGE>   13

WE ANTICIPATE SIGNIFICANT CAPITAL EXPENDITURES AND MAY NEED ADDITIONAL FINANCING
WHICH MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE.


     Our current plans call for approximately $200.0 million of capital
expenditures during the first half of 2000 for the construction and acquisition
of communication sites, primarily towers. We had approximately $300.0 million
available under our credit facility as of December 31, 1999. As of September 30,
1999 and after giving effect to this offering, we will have approximately $401.0
million of cash and cash equivalents. However, if acquisitions or other
opportunities present themselves more rapidly than we currently anticipate or if
our estimates prove to be inaccurate, we may need additional sources of debt or
equity capital prior to the end of 2000. Additional financing may not be
available or may be restricted by the terms of the credit facility and the
indentures governing our senior discount notes.


COMPETING TECHNOLOGIES AND OTHER ALTERNATIVES COULD REDUCE THE DEMAND FOR OUR
SERVICES.

     Most types of wireless services currently require ground-based network
facilities, including communications sites for transmission and reception. The
development and growth of communications technologies which do not require
ground-based sites or other alternatives could reduce the demand for space on
our towers.


     In particular, the emergence of new technologies that do not require
terrestrial antenna sites and can be substituted for those that do, could have a
negative impact on our operations. For example, the FCC has granted license
applications for several low-earth orbiting satellite systems that are intended
to provide mobile voice and data services; one system is currently operating,
and another has recently initiated service. In addition, the FCC has issued
licenses for several low-earth orbiting satellite systems that are intended to
provide solely data services, and one of those systems is operational. Although
these systems are highly capital-intensive and have only begun to be tested,
mobile satellite systems could compete with land-based wireless communications
systems, thereby reducing the demand for the infrastructure services we provide.
Reduced demand for ground-based antenna sites could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.


     In addition, wireless service providers frequently enter into agreements
with competitors allowing them to utilize one another's wireless communications
facilities to accommodate customers who are out of range of their home
providers' services. These roaming agreements may be viewed by wireless service
providers as a superior alternative to leasing space for their own antennae on
communications sites we own. The proliferation of these roaming agreements could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations.

A SMALL NUMBER OF STOCKHOLDERS CONTROLS THE VOTING POWER OF HOLDINGS, AND THESE
STOCKHOLDERS' INTERESTS MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM YOURS.


     Affiliates of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe will own approximately 32
million shares, or approximately 27%, of our common stock after giving effect to
this offering, the conversion of our preferred stock and the issuance of common
stock in connection with our acquisitions of Apex and Vertical Properties, Inc.
This ownership will allow Welsh, Carson to exert significant influence over the
management and policies of SpectraSite. In addition, Welsh, Carson and certain
other Holdings' stockholders have a right to board representation under a
stockholders' agreement. Welsh, Carson and the other parties to the
stockholders' agreement may have interests that are different from yours. See
"Certain Transactions--Stockholders' Agreement."


OUR BUSINESS DEPENDS ON OUR KEY PERSONNEL.

     Our future success depends to a significant extent on the continued
services of our Chief Executive Officer, Stephen H. Clark, our Chief Operating
Officer, Timothy G. Biltz, our Chief Financial Officer, David P. Tomick, our
Executive Vice President--Business Development, Richard J. Byrne, and our
Executive Vice President--Design and Construction, Calvin J. Payne. Although
each of these officers other than Mr. Biltz has an employment agreement with
Holdings, the loss of any of these key employees would likely have a
significantly detrimental effect on our business.
                                       10
<PAGE>   14

OUR OPERATIONS REQUIRE COMPLIANCE WITH AND APPROVAL FROM FEDERAL AND STATE
REGULATORY AUTHORITIES.

     We are subject to a variety of regulations, including those at the federal,
state and local levels. Both the FCC and the FAA regulate towers and other sites
used for wireless communications transmitters and receivers. Failure to comply
with applicable requirements may lead to civil penalties and tort liability.
These regulations control siting, marking, and lighting of towers and may,
depending on the characteristics of the tower, require registration of tower
facilities with the FCC. Wireless communications devices operating on towers are
separately regulated and independently licensed by the FCC based upon the
particular frequency used and the services being provided. Any proposals to
construct new communications sites or modify existing communications sites that
could affect air traffic must be reviewed by the FAA to ensure that the
proposals will not present a hazard to aviation. Tower owners may have an
obligation to paint their towers or install lighting to conform to FCC and FAA
standards and to maintain such painting or lighting. Tower owners also may bear
the responsibility for notifying the FAA of any tower lighting failure.
SpectraSite generally indemnifies its customers against any failure by
SpectraSite to comply with applicable standards.

     Local regulations include city or other local ordinances, zoning
restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers. These
regulations vary greatly, but typically require tower owners to obtain approval
from local officials or community standards organizations prior to tower
construction. Local regulations can delay or prevent new tower construction or
site upgrade projects, thereby limiting our ability to respond to customers'
demands. In addition, these regulations increase the costs associated with new
tower construction. Existing regulatory policies may adversely affect the timing
or cost of new tower construction, and additional regulations may be adopted
that will increase these delays or result in additional costs to SpectraSite.
These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations and on our ability to implement or achieve
our business objectives.

     The FCC has initiated a rulemaking proceeding to consider how to improve
telecommunications service providers' access to rooftops, other rights-of-way
and conduits in multi-tenant buildings. The FCC is considering whether such
access should be mandated and, if so, under what rules, terms, and conditions.
While new telecommunications entrants have supported the proposals, building
owners and incumbent local exchange carriers have argued that the proposals are
unconstitutional and that the agency lacks the statutory authority to adopt
them. Federal legislation addressing access by telecommunications providers to
multi-tenant buildings has also been introduced and may be considered in the
coming year. Other legislative proposals concerning tower siting and related
environmental issues may also be considered. We cannot predict whether these
regulatory and legislative initiatives will be adopted and, if they are, the
effect that they will have on our business.

     As part of the Westower merger, we acquired operations in Canada and an
interest in a Brazilian joint venture. As a result, we are subject to regulation
in those jurisdictions. If we pursue additional international opportunities, we
will be subject to regulation in additional foreign jurisdictions. In addition,
our customers also may become subject to new regulatory policies which may
adversely affect the demand for communications sites.

WE GENERALLY LEASE THE LAND UNDER OUR TOWERS AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN
THESE LEASES.

     Our real property interests relating to towers primarily consist of
leasehold interests, private easements and licenses, easements and rights-of-way
granted by governmental entities. A loss of these interests would interfere with
our ability to conduct our business and generate revenues. Our ability to
protect our rights against persons claiming superior rights in towers depends on
our ability to:

      --   recover under title policies, the policy limits of which may be less
           than the purchase price of a particular tower;

      --   in the absence of title insurance coverage, recover under title
           warranties given by tower sellers, which warranties often terminate
           after the expiration of a specific period, typically one to three
           years; and

      --   recover under title covenants from landlords contained in lease
           agreements.

                                       11
<PAGE>   15

WE ARE SUBJECT TO ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS THAT IMPOSE LIABILITY WITHOUT REGARD TO
FAULT.

     Our operations are subject to federal, state, provincial, local, and
foreign environmental laws and regulations regarding the use, storage, disposal,
emission, release and remediation of hazardous and nonhazardous substances,
materials or wastes. Under these laws, SpectraSite could be held strictly, as
well as jointly and severally, liable for the investigation and remediation of
hazardous substance contamination at its facilities or at third-party waste
disposal sites and also could be held liable for any personal or property damage
related to such contamination. Although we believe that we currently have no
material liability under applicable environmental laws, the costs of complying
with existing or future environmental laws, investigating and remediating any
contaminated real property and resolving any related liability could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.

     The FCC requires tower owners who are subject to the agency's antenna
structure registration program to comply at the time of registration with
federal environmental rules that may restrict the siting of towers. Under these
rules, tower owners are required initially to identify whether proposed sites
are in environmentally sensitive locations. If so, the tower owners must prepare
and file environmental assessments, which must be reviewed by the FCC staff
prior to registration and construction of the particular towers.

OUR TOWERS MAY BE DAMAGED BY NATURAL DISASTERS.

     Our towers are subject to risks associated with natural disasters such as
ice and wind storms, tornadoes, hurricanes and earthquakes. We self-insure
almost all of our towers against such risks. A tower accident for which we are
uninsured or underinsured, or damage to a tower or group of towers, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.

PERCEIVED HEALTH RISKS OF RADIO FREQUENCY EMISSIONS COULD IMPACT OUR BUSINESS.

     The wireless service providers that utilize our towers are subject to FCC
requirements and other guidelines relating to radio frequency emissions. The
potential connection between radio frequency emissions and certain negative
health effects, including some forms of cancer, has been the subject of
substantial study by the scientific community in recent years. To date, the
results of these studies have been inconclusive. If radio frequency emissions
were conclusively proved harmful, our tenants and possibly we could face
lawsuits claiming damages from such emissions and demand for wireless services
and new towers would be adversely affected. Although we have not been subject to
any claims relating to radio frequency emissions, we cannot assure you that
these claims will not arise in the future.

WE DO NOT INTEND TO PAY DIVIDENDS IN THE FORESEEABLE FUTURE AND, BECAUSE WE ARE
A HOLDING COMPANY, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO PAY DIVIDENDS.

     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. For
the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the
development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any
cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, our credit facility and the
indentures governing our senior discount notes restrict our ability to pay
dividends. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion
of our board of directors and will be dependent upon then existing conditions,
including our financial condition and results of operations, capital
requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors
that the board of directors considers relevant. Furthermore, because Holdings is
a holding company, it depends on the cash flow of its subsidiaries, and
SpectraSite Communications' credit facility imposes restrictions on Holdings'
subsidiaries' ability to distribute cash to Holdings.

OUR STOCK PRICE MAY BE HIGHLY VOLATILE, AND YOU COULD LOSE A SIGNIFICANT PART OF
YOUR INVESTMENT AS A RESULT.

     Prior to the Westower merger, our common stock was privately held with no
public trading market. On September 1, 1999, our common stock was approved for
trading on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SITE", and public
trading commenced on September 3, 1999. The average daily trading volume for the
week ending December 24, 1999 was only 103,438 shares. Accordingly, only limited
public trading exists
                                       12
<PAGE>   16

for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be highly
volatile. Further, our common stock may be highly volatile due to factors such
as the following, some of which are beyond our control:

      --   quarterly variations in our operating results;

      --   operating results that vary from the expectations of securities
           analysts and investors;

      --   changes in expectations as to our future financial performance,
           including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;

      --   changes in market valuations of other communications tower companies;

      --   announcements of technological innovations or new services by us or
           our competitors;

      --   announcements of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic
           partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our
           competitors;

      --   additions or departures of key personnel;

      --   future sales of our common stock; and

      --   stock market price and volume fluctuations.

     In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme volatility
that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular
companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the
trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating
performance.

SUBSTANTIAL SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR STOCK PRICE.

     Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock into the public
market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur,
could adversely affect our stock price. Given the volatility that will likely
exist for our shares, such sales could cause the market price of the common
stock to decline.


     After this offering, including the mandatory conversion of all our
preferred stock into common stock and after giving effect to the issuance of
common stock in connection with our acquisitions of Apex and Vertical
Properties, we will have 119,642,226 outstanding shares of common stock, and, as
of December 31, 1999, we had reserved an additional 5,715,291 shares of common
stock for issuance under outstanding stock options. All of the shares of common
stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or
further registration under the federal securities laws unless purchased by our
affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
Approximately 81,048,929 shares of outstanding common stock, representing
approximately 67.7%, of the outstanding common stock upon completion of this
offering and after giving effect to the issuance of common stock in connection
with the acquisitions of Apex and Vertical Properties, will be restricted
securities under the Securities Act, subject to restrictions on the timing,
manner and volume of sales of such shares.



     We have also filed registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities
Act covering 10,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our
stock incentive plan. As of December 31, 1999, options to purchase 1,765,666
shares were vested. We also have reserved 1,000,000 shares of common stock for
issuance under our employee stock purchase plan.


     We cannot predict whether future sales of our common stock or the
availability of our common stock for sale will adversely affect the market price
for our common stock or our ability to raise capital by offering equity
securities.

                                       13
<PAGE>   17

               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21C of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, including statements concerning possible or assumed future
results of operations of SpectraSite and those preceded by, followed by or that
include the words may, will, should, could, expects, plans, anticipates,
believes, estimates, predicts, potential or continue or the negative of such
terms and other comparable terminology. You should understand that the factors
described below, in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this document,
could affect our future results and could cause those results to differ
materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements. These
factors include:

      --   material adverse changes in economic conditions in the markets we
           serve;

      --   future regulatory actions and conditions in our operating areas;

      --   competition from others in the communications tower industry;

      --   the integration of our operations with those of businesses we have
           acquired or may acquire in the future and the realization of the
           expected benefits; and

      --   other risks and uncertainties as may be detailed from time to time in
           our public announcements and SEC filings.

                                       14
<PAGE>   18

                                USE OF PROCEEDS


     Our net proceeds from the sale of the 22,300,000 shares of common stock in
this offering are estimated to be $280.8 million, or $323.2 million if the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming a public
offering price of $13.375 per share and after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $1.8 million payable by us.


     We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund costs related
to the construction and acquisition of towers, and for working capital and
general corporate purposes, including the expansion of our sales and marketing
activities. A portion of the net proceeds may also be used to acquire or invest
in additional tower assets or tower companies and complementary businesses,
technologies or products. We have no current agreements or commitments with
respect to any material business acquisitions. Pending such uses, the net
proceeds of this offering will be invested in short term investments.

                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK


     Prior to the Westower merger, our common stock was privately held with no
public trading market. On September 1, 1999, our common stock was approved for
trading on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SITE", and public
trading commenced on September 3, 1999. The following table sets forth on a per
share basis the high and low sales prices for consolidated trading in our common
stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market for the period from September 3,
1999 through September 30, 1999, the fourth quarter of 1999 and the first
quarter of 2000 through January 6, 2000.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                COMMON STOCK
                                                                -------------
                                                                HIGH      LOW
                                                                ----      ---
<S>                                                             <C>       <C>
1999
Third quarter (beginning September 3).......................    $14 7/8   $11
Fourth quarter..............................................     12 1/8     7 3/8
2000
First quarter (through January 6, 2000).....................     14 5/16   10 3/4
</TABLE>



     The last reported sale price for our stock on January 6, 2000 is set forth
on the cover page to this prospectus. As of January 6, 2000, there were
approximately 197 holders of record of our common stock.


                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. For
the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the
development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any
cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, our credit facility and the
indentures governing our senior discount notes restrict our ability to pay
dividends. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion
of our board of directors and will be dependent upon then existing conditions,
including our financial condition and results of operations, capital
requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors
that the board of directors considers relevant. Furthermore, because Holdings is
a holding company, it depends on the cash flow of its subsidiaries, and
SpectraSite Communications' credit facility imposes restrictions on Holdings'
subsidiaries ability to distribute cash to Holdings.

                                       15
<PAGE>   19

                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of September
30, 1999:

      --   on an actual basis; and

      --   on an as adjusted basis to give effect to this offering and the
           conversion upon the closing of the offering of all outstanding shares
           of preferred stock.

     This information should be read in conjunction with our financial
statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AS OF
                                                                   SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                                -------------------------
                                                                  ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED
                                                                ----------    -----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...................................    $  120,241    $  401,045
                                                                ==========    ==========
Long-term debt:
  Credit facility...........................................    $  150,000    $  150,000
  12% senior discount notes due 2008........................       144,850       144,850
  11 1/4% senior discount notes due 2009....................       356,532       356,532
  Other debt................................................         5,718         5,718
                                                                ----------    ----------
     Total long-term debt...................................       657,100       657,100
Stockholders' equity:
  Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value,
     3,462,830 shares authorized, 3,462,830 shares
     outstanding, actual....................................        10,000            --
  Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value,
     7,000,000 shares authorized, 7,000,000 shares
     outstanding, actual....................................        28,000            --
  Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value,
     60,286,795 shares authorized, 60,286,795 shares
     outstanding, actual....................................       301,494            --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 300,000,000 shares
     authorized, 19,060,219 shares outstanding, actual and
     112,109,844 shares outstanding, as adjusted............            19           112
  Additional paid-in capital................................       209,376       829,581
  Accumulated other comprehensive income....................           135           135
  Accumulated deficit.......................................       (77,928)      (77,928)
                                                                ----------    ----------
     Total stockholders' equity.............................       471,096       751,900
                                                                ----------    ----------
       Total capitalization.................................    $1,128,196    $1,409,000
                                                                ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


                                       16
<PAGE>   20

                       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

GENERAL

     The unaudited pro forma financial data are based on the historical
financial statements of SpectraSite and Westower and the adjustments described
in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma financial data do not purport
to represent what SpectraSite's, Westower's or the combined entity's financial
position or results of operations would actually have been if the transactions
had in fact occurred on the dates indicated and are not necessarily
representative of SpectraSite's financial position or results of operations at
any future date or for any future period. The unaudited pro forma consolidated
financial data should be read in conjunction with "Selected Historical Financial
Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations," and the consolidated financial statements and related notes
thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

SPECTRASITE

     The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data present both
the pre-merger and post-merger unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of
operations of SpectraSite for the year ended December 31, 1998 and for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999. The SpectraSite pro forma column and the
Westower pro forma column presented in the post-merger SpectraSite unaudited pro
forma consolidated statements of operations for the twelve months ended December
31, 1998 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 are derived from the
pre-merger SpectraSite and Westower pro forma consolidated statements of
operations for the corresponding periods. The unaudited pro forma consolidated
statement of operations data give effect to the following transactions as if
they had occurred on January 1, 1998:

      --   the issuance and sale of SpectraSite's 12% senior discount notes due
           2008;

      --   the acquisition of 2,000 communications towers from Nextel, the
           leaseback of antenna space by Nextel and SpectraSite's exclusive
           agreement to acquire or construct 1,700 additional sites for Nextel;

      --   the issuance and sale of SpectraSite's 11 1/4% senior discount notes
           due 2009;

      --   the issuance and sale of SpectraSite's Series C preferred stock;

      --   initial borrowings under SpectraSite's credit facility;

      --   the acquisition of 45 towers from Airadigm and the release of
           escrowed funds to SpectraSite; and

      --   the consummation of the Westower merger.

     Certain of the data presented in the "Nextel" columns to the unaudited pro
forma statements of operations of SpectraSite are estimates provided by Nextel.
None of SpectraSite's independent accountants, Nextel's independent accountants
or Westower's independent accountants have audited or otherwise tested this
data.

     The acquisition of tower assets from Nextel and the leaseback of antenna
space by Nextel are presented as if the purchase of assets had occurred on
January 1, 1998. Adjustments for revenues are based on the terms of the master
site lease agreement and on historical co-location revenues. Adjustments for
costs of operations consist of direct operating expenses, which include ground
lease payments, historical routine maintenance costs and property taxes
associated with the towers. Depreciation expense is straight-line depreciation
of the aggregate cost of the towers. Ground leases are non-cancelable operating
leases, generally for terms of five years and include options for renewal, and
pro forma ground lease expense is based on executed ground leases. Nextel has
leased space on each of the 2,000 towers we acquired, primarily for five-year
terms with options for renewal.

                                       17
<PAGE>   21

     The pro forma minimum ground lease expenses and minimum rental income for
these leases assuming the Nextel transaction occurred and the related leases
commenced January 1, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       GROUND LEASE     RENTAL
                                         EXPENSE        INCOME
                                       ------------    --------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>             <C>
1998...............................      $17,648       $ 40,766
1999...............................       17,648         40,766
2000...............................       17,648         40,766
2001...............................       17,648         40,766
2002...............................       17,648         40,766
                                         -------       --------
  Total............................      $88,240       $203,830
                                         =======       ========
</TABLE>

     The acquisition of tower assets from Airadigm and the leaseback of antenna
space by Airadigm are presented as if the purchase of assets had occurred on
January 1, 1998. Adjustments for revenues are based on the executed tenant lease
terms for the Airadigm towers. Adjustments for costs of operations consist of
the cost of the executed ground leases, historical routine maintenance costs and
property taxes associated with the towers. Depreciation expense is straight-line
depreciation of the aggregate cost of $11.25 million of the 45 towers. The
Airadigm ground leases are non-cancelable operating leases, generally for terms
of five years and include options for renewal, and pro forma ground lease
expense is based on executed ground leases. Airadigm has leased space on these
towers for a five-year term with options for renewal. Airadigm has recently
filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. We cannot
predict the impact of this proceeding on our future results of operations or
financial condition. The pro forma minimum ground lease expenses and minimum
rental income for these leases assuming the transaction occurred and the related
leases commenced January 1, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         GROUND LEASE    RENTAL
                                           EXPENSE       INCOME
                                         ------------    ------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>             <C>
1998.................................       $  260       $1,007
1999.................................          260        1,007
2000.................................          260        1,007
2001.................................          260        1,007
2002.................................          260        1,007
                                            ------       ------
  Total..............................       $1,300       $5,035
                                            ======       ======
</TABLE>

WESTOWER

     The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of Westower
present the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations of
Westower for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998 and the period from
January 1, 1999 through September 2, 1999, the date on which SpectraSite
acquired Westower. The unaudited consolidated statement of operations data give
effect to the following transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 1998:

      --   the acquisition of Cord Communications, Inc.;

      --   the acquisition of Summit Communications, LLC; and

      --   the acquisition of communications towers from Koch Industries, Inc.
           and its affiliates.

     These statements include pro forma adjustments to reflect the results of
operations of Cord and Summit for the period from January 1, 1998 through the
dates of acquisition, August 31, 1998 and November 11, 1998, respectively, and
give effect to the Koch tower acquisition, which occurred in February 1999, as
if this

                                       18
<PAGE>   22

acquisition occurred on January 1, 1998. In addition to the above acquisitions,
from March 1, 1998 through August 31, 1999, Westower acquired Jovin
Communications, Inc., Acier Filteau, Inc., CNG Communications, Inc., Teletronics
Management Services, Inc., Cypress Real Estate Services, Inc. and
Telecommunications R. David. These acquisitions, which are included in the
historical financial statements of Westower, were not considered significant
transactions, individually or in the aggregate, and therefore, were not included
in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of Westower.

     The acquisition of tower assets from Koch and the leaseback of antenna
space by Koch are presented as if the purchase of assets had occurred on January
1, 1998. Adjustments for revenues are based on the executed tenant lease terms
for the Koch towers. Adjustments for costs of operations consist of direct
operating expenses, which include ground lease payments, estimated routine
maintenance costs, property taxes and insurance associated with the towers.
Depreciation expense is straight-line depreciation of the aggregate cost of
$17.0 million. The Koch ground leases are non-cancelable operating leases for a
term of 49 years, and pro forma ground lease expense is based on executed ground
leases. Koch has leased space on these towers for a ten-year term with options
for renewal. The pro forma minimum ground lease expense and minimum rental
income for these leases assuming the transaction occurred and the related leases
commenced January 1, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        GROUND LEASE    RENTAL
                                          EXPENSE       INCOME
                                        ------------    -------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>             <C>
1998................................      $   439       $ 1,364
1999................................          439         1,364
2000................................          439         1,364
2001................................          439         1,364
2002................................          439         1,364
Thereafter..........................       19,322         6,824
                                          -------       -------
  Total.............................      $21,517       $13,644
                                          =======       =======
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>   23

                     PRE-MERGER SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                  FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PRE-MERGER
                                                                                    SPECTRASITE
                                              HISTORICAL     NEXTEL     AIRADIGM     PRO FORMA
                                              ----------    --------    --------    -----------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues:
  Site leasing............................     $ 29,450     $ 14,954(a)   $17(f)     $ 44,421
  Network services........................       13,967           --                   13,967
                                               --------     --------      ---        --------
Total revenues............................       43,417       14,954       17          58,388
                                               --------     --------      ---        --------
Operating expenses:
  Costs of operations:
     Site leasing.........................       10,490        6,913(b)     6(f)       17,409
     Network services.....................        7,265           --       --           7,265
  Selling, general and administrative
     expenses.............................       21,909           --(c)    --          21,909
  Depreciation and amortization...........       21,833       11,808(d)    14(f)       33,655
  Restructuring and other non-recurring
     charges..............................        7,727           --       --           7,727
                                               --------     --------      ---        --------
Total operating expenses..................       69,224       18,721       20          87,965
                                               --------     --------      ---        --------
Loss from operations......................      (25,807)      (3,767)      (3)        (29,577)
                                               --------     --------      ---        --------
Other income (expense):
  Interest income.........................        7,212           --       --           7,212
  Interest expense........................      (47,519)     (20,554)(e)    --        (68,073)
  Other income (expense)..................         (295)          --       --            (295)
                                               --------     --------      ---        --------
     Total other income (expense).........      (40,602)     (20,554)      --         (61,156)
                                               --------     --------      ---        --------
Loss before income taxes..................      (66,409)     (24,321)      (3)        (90,733)
Income tax expense........................          107           --       --             107
                                               --------     --------      ---        --------
Net income (loss).........................     $(66,516)    $(24,321)     $(3)       $(90,840)
                                               ========     ========      ===        ========
Net loss..................................     $(66,516)
Accretion of redemption value of preferred
  stock...................................         (760)
                                               --------
Net loss applicable to common
  shareholders............................     $(67,276)
                                               ========
Net loss per share:
     Basic and diluted....................     $ (16.85)
                                               ========
Weighted average number of shares of
  common stock outstanding:
     Basic and diluted....................        3,993
                                               ========
</TABLE>

    See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of
                                  operations.
                                       20
<PAGE>   24

                     PRE-MERGER SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.
       NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                  FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

          (a)  Consists of $2,611 of historical co-location revenues received by
     Nextel prior to the acquisition, which are based on fixed payment lease
     terms. This information was provided to us by Nextel. Also consists of
     $12,343 of additional revenues to be recognized by SpectraSite under the
     terms of the Nextel master site lease agreement.

          (b)  Reflects certain direct operating expenses, primarily the cost of
     executed ground leases, historical routine maintenance and property taxes
     associated with the towers, paid by Nextel prior to the acquisition.

          (c)  SpectraSite has incurred incremental operating expenses as a
     result of the Nextel tower acquisition. Such incremental expenses are
     estimated to have been approximately $1.5 million per month. These
     incremental operating expenses are based upon management's estimates rather
     than on any contractual obligation; as such, these amounts have not been
     presented as adjustments in the accompanying pro forma financial
     statements.

          (d)  Reflects the depreciation of the acquired towers calculated on a
     straight-line basis over 15 years.

          (e)  Reflects adjustment to interest expense as if SpectraSite had
     issued its 11 1/4% senior discount notes due 2009 and had entered into the
     credit facility on January 1, 1998 as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
PRO FORMA INTEREST EXPENSE:
Interest on 2009 notes at 11.25%....................    $ 1,170
Interest on $150,000 term loan......................      3,964
Amortization of debt issuance costs.................     13,794
Commitment fees on unused portion of credit
  facility..........................................      1,626
                                                        -------
Total adjustment....................................    $20,554
                                                        =======
</TABLE>

          (f)  Reflects the acquisition from Airadigm of one tower, which was
     placed into service on June 30, 1999, and one month of revenue and related
     expenses for each of the four Airadigm towers placed into service on
     January 31, 1999.

                                       21
<PAGE>   25

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
         FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1999 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 2, 1999

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       HISTORICAL       KOCH        WESTOWER
                                                        WESTOWER     ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                       ----------    -----------    ---------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  Site leasing.....................................     $  1,649        $ 227(a)    $  1,876
  Network services.................................       62,002           --         62,002
                                                        --------        -----       --------
  Total revenues...................................       63,651          227         63,878
                                                        --------        -----       --------
Operating expenses:
  Costs of operations:
     Site leasing..................................          928          123(b)       1,051
     Network services..............................       43,943           --         43,943
  Selling, general and administrative expenses.....       18,439           --         18,439
  Depreciation and amortization....................        2,920          142(c)       3,062
  Restructuring and other non-recurring charges....        4,629           --          4,629
                                                        --------        -----       --------
Total operating expenses...........................       70,859          265         71,124
                                                        --------        -----       --------
Loss from operations...............................       (7,208)         (38)        (7,246)
                                                        --------        -----       --------
Other income (expense):
  Interest income..................................          151           --            151
  Interest expense.................................       (2,317)        (213)(d)     (2,530)
  Other income (expense)...........................          154           --            154
                                                        --------        -----       --------
     Total other income (expense)..................       (2,012)        (213)        (2,225)
                                                        --------        -----       --------
Loss before income taxes...........................       (9,220)        (251)        (9,471)
Income tax expense.................................          223         (100)(e)        123
                                                        --------        -----       --------
Net loss...........................................     $ (9,443)       $(151)      $ (9,594)
                                                        ========        =====       ========
Net loss per share:
  Basic and diluted................................     $  (1.10)
                                                        ========
Weighted average number of shares of common stock
  outstanding:
  Basic and diluted................................        8,562
                                                        ========
</TABLE>

    See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of
                                  operations.
                                       22
<PAGE>   26

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

       NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
         FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1999 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 2, 1999

     (a)  Consists of additional revenues to be recognized by Westower in
connection with site lease agreements with Koch.

     (b)  Reflects certain direct operating expenses, primarily the cost of
executed ground leases, estimated routine maintenance, property taxes and
insurance associated with the towers.

     (c)  Reflects the depreciation of the acquired towers from Koch calculated
on a straight-line basis over 20 years.

     (d)  Reflects adjustment to interest expense related to additional
borrowings under Westower's credit facility to acquire the Koch towers, based on
the credit facility's approximate interest rate of 7.5%.

     (e)  Reflects income tax benefit for the Koch tower operating results at
Westower's estimated tax rate of 40%.

                                       23
<PAGE>   27

                     POST-MERGER SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                  FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  POST-MERGER
                                       SPECTRASITE    WESTOWER       MERGER       SPECTRASITE
                                        PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA    ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                       -----------    ---------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  Site leasing.....................     $ 44,421       $ 1,876       $    --       $  46,297
  Network services.................       13,967        62,002        (1,449)(a)      74,520
                                        --------       -------       -------       ---------
Total revenues.....................       58,388        63,878        (1,449)        120,817
                                        --------       -------       -------       ---------
Operating expenses:
  Costs of operations:
     Site leasing..................       17,409         1,051            --          18,460
     Network services..............        7,265        43,943        (1,014)(a)      50,194
  Selling, general and
     administrative expenses.......       21,909        18,439            --          40,348
  Depreciation and amortization....       33,655         3,062         9,577(b)       45,843
                                                                        (451)(c)
  Restructuring and other
     non-recurring charges.........        7,727         4,629        (4,629)(d)       7,727
                                        --------       -------       -------       ---------
Total operating expenses...........       87,965        71,124         3,483         162,572
                                        --------       -------       -------       ---------
Loss from operations...............      (29,577)       (7,246)       (4,932)        (41,755)
                                        --------       -------       -------       ---------
Other income (expense):
  Interest income..................        7,212           151        (1,466)(e)       5,897
  Interest expense.................      (68,073)       (2,530)        2,052(f)      (68,551)
  Other income (expense)...........         (295)          154            --            (141)
                                        --------       -------       -------       ---------
     Total other income
       (expense)...................      (61,156)       (2,225)          586         (62,795)
                                        --------       -------       -------       ---------
Loss before income taxes...........      (90,733)       (9,471)       (4,346)       (104,550)
Income tax expense.................          107           123            --             230
                                        --------       -------       -------       ---------
Net loss...........................     $(90,840)      $(9,594)      $(4,346)      $(104,780)
                                        ========       =======       =======       =========
Net loss per share:
  Basic and diluted................                                                $   (5.50)(g)
                                                                                   =========
Weighted average number of shares
  of common stock outstanding:
  Basic and diluted................                                                   19,060
                                                                                   =========
</TABLE>

    See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of
                                  operations.
                                       24
<PAGE>   28

                     POST-MERGER SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.
       NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                  FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     (a)  Reflects the elimination of intercompany site construction revenues
and costs of site construction for towers built by Westower for SpectraSite
during the period from January 1, 1999 through September 2, 1999.

     (b)  Reflects amortization of goodwill as if the merger of Westower and
SpectraSite had occurred on January 1, 1998. Goodwill is amortized over 15
years.

     (c)  Reflects adjustments to eliminate amortization of historical goodwill
of Westower of $1,062 and to convert Westower tower depreciation from 20 years
to 15 years, increasing expense by $611.

     (d)  Reflects the elimination of certain non-recurring charges resulting
directly from the transaction which were incurred by Westower prior to its
acquisition by Spectrasite.

     (e)  Reflects an adjustment to eliminate interest income as if SpectraSite
had used cash-on-hand to repay Westower's outstanding indebtedness.

     (f)  Reflects adjustments to eliminate interest expense as if Westower's
credit facility and its $15,000 convertible note from BET Associates were paid
in full on January 1, 1998.

     (g)  SpectraSite's earnings per share for the nine months ended September
30, 1999 reflects the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 128, "Earnings Per Share", which requires companies to compute earnings per
share under two different methods, basic and diluted. The weighted average
common shares outstanding at September 30, 1999 reflects the issuance of 15,497
shares of SpectraSite common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding shares
of Westower common stock.

     If SpectraSite had positive net income during this period, diluted earnings
per share would have included potential common shares related to its convertible
preferred stock and outstanding options. These potential common shares were not
included in the diluted earnings per share calculation for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 because the effect would have been antidilutive.

                                       25
<PAGE>   29

                     PRE-MERGER SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.
            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PRE-MERGER
                                                                                    SPECTRASITE
                                              HISTORICAL     NEXTEL     AIRADIGM     PRO FORMA
                                              ----------    --------    --------    -----------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues:
  Site leasing............................     $    656     $ 49,388(a)  $1,007      $ 51,051
  Network services........................        8,142           --         --         8,142
                                               --------     --------     ------      --------
Total revenues............................        8,798       49,388      1,007        59,193
                                               --------     --------     ------      --------
Operating expenses:
  Costs of operations:
     Site leasing.........................          299       22,830(b)     326        23,455
     Network services.....................        2,492           --         --         2,492
  Selling, general and administrative
     expenses.............................        9,690           --(c)      --         9,690
  Depreciation and amortization...........        1,268       39,000(d)     750        41,018
                                               --------     --------     ------      --------
Total operating expenses..................       13,749       61,830      1,076        76,655
                                               --------     --------     ------      --------
Loss from operations......................       (4,951)     (12,442)       (69)      (17,462)
                                               --------     --------     ------      --------
Other income (expense):
  Interest income.........................        3,569           --         --         3,569
  Interest expense........................       (8,170)     (67,865)(e)      --      (76,035)
  Other income (expense)..................          473           --         --           473
                                               --------     --------     ------      --------
     Total other income (expense).........       (4,128)     (67,865)        --       (71,993)
                                               --------     --------     ------      --------
Net loss..................................     $ (9,079)    $(80,307)    $  (69)     $(89,455)
                                               ========     ========     ======      ========
Net loss..................................     $ (9,079)
Accretion of redemption value of preferred
  stock...................................       (2,156)
                                               --------
Net loss applicable to common
  shareholders............................     $(11,235)
                                               ========
Net loss per share:
  Basic and diluted.......................     $ (12.09)
                                               ========
Weighted average number of shares of
  common stock outstanding:
  Basic and diluted.......................          929
                                               ========
</TABLE>

    See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of
                                  operations.
                                       26
<PAGE>   30

                     PRE-MERGER SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

       NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     (a)  Consists of $8,622 of historical co-location revenues received by
Nextel prior to the acquisition, which are based on fixed payment lease terms.
This information was provided to us by Nextel. Also consists of $40,766 of
additional revenues to be recognized by SpectraSite under the terms of the
Nextel master site lease agreement.

     (b)  Reflects certain direct operating expenses, primarily ground lease
payments, historical routine maintenance and property taxes associated with the
towers, paid by Nextel prior to the acquisition.

     (c)  SpectraSite would have incurred incremental operating expenses as a
result of the Nextel tower acquisition. Such incremental expenses are estimated
to have been approximately $1.5 million per month. These incremental operating
expenses are based upon management's estimates rather than on any contractual
obligation; as such, these amounts have not been presented as adjustments in the
accompanying pro forma financial statements.

     (d)  Reflects the depreciation of the acquired towers calculated on a
straight-line basis over 15 years.

     (e)  Reflects adjustment to interest expense as if SpectraSite had issued
its 12% senior discount notes due 2008 and its 11 1/4% senior discount notes due
2009, as well as completed the Nextel tower acquisition and related financing
transactions, on January 1, 1998. The table below outlines the adjustment:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
PRO FORMA INTEREST EXPENSE:
Commitment fees on credit facility....................  $ 4,000
$150,000 of term loan at 8.50%........................   12,750
$125,000 (gross proceeds) of 2008 notes at 12.00%.....   15,450
$340,004 (gross proceeds) of 2009 notes at 11.25%.....   39,326
Amortization of debt issuance costs...................    4,272
Less: historical interest expense of 2008 notes.......   (7,933)
                                                        -------
Total adjustment......................................  $67,865
                                                        =======
</TABLE>

                                       27
<PAGE>   31

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              HISTORICAL                            HISTORICAL
                                    ------------------------------              ------------------
                                    WESTOWER   WESTOWER   WESTOWER   WESTOWER    CORD      SUMMIT
                                    1/1/98-    3/1/98-    10/1/98-   1/1/98-    1/1/98-   1/1/98-       KOCH          OTHER
                                    2/28/98    9/30/98    12/31/98   12/31/98   8/31/98   11/11/98   ADJUSTMENTS   ADJUSTMENTS
                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   -------   --------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>
Revenues:
 Site leasing.....................   $   49    $   170    $    74    $   293    $   --     $   --      $1,364(a)     $    --
 Network services.................    7,784     31,774     24,914     64,472     6,714      8,818          --             --
                                     ------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ------      ------        -------
   Total revenues.................    7,833     31,944     24,988     64,765     6,714      8,818       1,364             --
                                     ------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ------      ------        -------
Operating expenses:
 Costs of operations:
   Site leasing...................       11         25         13         49        --         --         738(b)          --
   Network services...............    5,971     23,833     18,131     47,935     6,219      6,707          --             --
 Selling, general and
   administrative expenses........      991      4,958      4,258     10,207     2,636      1,040          --             73(f)
 Depreciation and amortization....      149        578        589      1,316       132        279         850(c)         673(g)
 Merger related expenses..........       --        327         77        404        --         --          --             --
                                     ------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ------      ------        -------
Total operating expenses..........    7,122     29,721     23,068     59,911     8,987      8,026       1,588            746
                                     ------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ------      ------        -------
Loss from operations..............      711      2,223      1,920      4,854    (2,273)       792        (224)          (746)
                                     ------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ------      ------        -------
Other income (expense):
 Interest income..................       14        130         53        197         4         --          --             --
 Interest expense.................      (42)      (771)      (572)    (1,385)      (45)       (93)     (1,275)(d)         --
 Other income (expense)...........      128         (2)        --        126        17         30          --             --
                                     ------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ------      ------        -------
   Total other income (expense)...      100       (643)      (519)    (1,062)      (24)       (63)     (1,275)            --
                                     ------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ------      ------        -------
Loss before income taxes..........      811      1,580      1,401      3,792    (2,297)       729      (1,499)          (746)
Income tax expense................      556        351        610      1,517      (919)        --        (600)(e)        262(e)
                                     ------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ------      ------        -------
Net income (loss).................   $  255    $ 1,229    $   791    $ 2,275    $(1,378)   $  729      $ (899)       $(1,008)
                                     ======    =======    =======    =======    =======    ======      ======        =======
Net income per share:
 Basic............................                                   $  0.34
                                                                     =======
 Diluted..........................                                   $  0.30
                                                                     =======
Weighted average number of shares
 of common stock outstanding:
 Basic............................                                     6,786
                                                                     =======
 Diluted..........................                                     7,548
                                                                     =======

<CAPTION>

                                    WESTOWER
                                    PRO FORMA
                                    ---------
<S>                                 <C>
Revenues:
 Site leasing.....................   $ 1,657
 Network services.................    80,004
                                     -------
   Total revenues.................    81,661
                                     -------
Operating expenses:
 Costs of operations:
   Site leasing...................       787
   Network services...............    60,861
 Selling, general and
   administrative expenses........    13,956
 Depreciation and amortization....     3,250
 Merger related expenses..........       404
                                     -------
Total operating expenses..........    79,258
                                     -------
Loss from operations..............     2,403
                                     -------
Other income (expense):
 Interest income..................       201
 Interest expense.................    (2,798)
 Other income (expense)...........       173
                                     -------
   Total other income (expense)...    (2,424)
                                     -------
Loss before income taxes..........       (21)
Income tax expense................       260
                                     -------
Net income (loss).................   $  (281)
                                     =======
Net income per share:
 Basic............................
 Diluted..........................
Weighted average number of shares
 of common stock outstanding:
 Basic............................
 Diluted..........................
</TABLE>

    See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of
                                  operations.
                                       28
<PAGE>   32

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

       NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                 FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

     (a)  Consists of additional revenues to be recognized by Westower in
connection with site lease agreements with Koch.

     (b)  Reflects certain direct operating expenses, primarily ground lease
payments, estimated routine maintenance, property taxes and insurance associated
with the towers.

     (c)  Reflects the depreciation of the acquired towers calculated on a
straight-line basis over 20 years.

     (d)  Reflects adjustment to interest expense related to additional
borrowings under Westower's credit facility to acquire the Koch towers, based on
the credit facility's approximate interest rate of 7.5%.

     (e)  Reflects a tax benefit for the Koch tower operating results and an
increase of the tax provision based on the pro forma operating results related
to the Cord and Summit acquisitions at Westower's estimated tax rate of 40%.

     (f)  Reflects adjustments in selling, general, and administrative expense
related to compensation of former owners of Cord and Summit.

     (g)  Reflects the amortization of goodwill as if the acquisitions of Cord
and Summit had each occurred on January 1, 1998. Goodwill is amortized over a
period of 20 years.

                                       29
<PAGE>   33

                     POST-MERGER SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PRE-MERGER                                 POST-MERGER
                                        PRO FORMA     WESTOWER       MERGER       SPECTRASITE
                                       SPECTRASITE    PRO FORMA    ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                       -----------    ---------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  Site leasing.....................     $ 51,051       $ 1,657      $     --       $  52,708
  Network services.................        8,142        80,004        (2,004)(a)      86,142
                                        --------       -------      --------       ---------
Total revenues.....................       59,193        81,661        (2,004)        138,850
                                        --------       -------      --------       ---------
Operating expenses:
  Costs of operations:
     Site leasing..................       23,455           787            --          24,242
     Network services..............        2,492        60,861        (1,403)(a)      61,950
  Selling, general and
     administrative expenses.......        9,690        13,956            --          23,646
  Depreciation and amortization....       41,018         3,250        12,769(b)       56,372
                                                                        (665)(c)
  Merger related expenses..........           --           404            --             404
                                        --------       -------      --------       ---------
Total operating expenses...........       76,655        79,258        10,701        (166,614)
                                        --------       -------      --------       ---------
Income (loss) from operations......      (17,462)        2,403       (12,705)        (27,764)
                                        --------       -------      --------       ---------
Other income (expense):
  Interest income..................        3,569           201        (1,954)(d)       1,816
  Interest expense.................      (76,035)       (2,798)        1,034(e)      (77,799)
  Other income (expense)...........          473           173            --             646
                                        --------       -------      --------       ---------
     Total other income
       (expense)...................      (71,993)       (2,424)         (920)        (75,337)
                                        --------       -------      --------       ---------
Loss before income taxes...........      (89,455)          (21)      (13,625)       (103,101)
Income tax expense.................           --           260          (146)(f)         114
                                        --------       -------      --------       ---------
Net loss...........................     $(89,455)      $  (281)     $(13,479)      $(103,215)
                                        ========       =======      ========       =========
Net loss per share:
  Basic and diluted................                                                $   (5.60)(g)
                                                                                   =========
Weighted average number of shares
  of common stock outstanding:
  Basic and diluted................                                                   18,426
                                                                                   =========
</TABLE>

     See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma statement of operations.
                                       30
<PAGE>   34

                     POST-MERGER SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

       NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     (a)  Reflects the elimination of intercompany site construction revenues
and costs of site construction for towers built by Westower for SpectraSite for
the year ended December 31, 1998.

     (b)  Reflects amortization of goodwill as if the merger of Westower and
SpectraSite had occurred on January 1, 1998. Goodwill is amortized over 15
years.

     (c)  Reflects adjustments to eliminate amortization of historical and pro
forma goodwill of Westower of $979 and to convert Westower tower depreciation
from 20 years to 15 years, increasing expense by $314.

     (d)  Reflects an adjustment to eliminate interest income as if SpectraSite
had used cash-on-hand to repay Westower's outstanding indebtedness.

     (e)  Reflects adjustments to eliminate interest expense as if Westower's
credit facility and the $15,000 convertible note were paid in full on January 1,
1998.

     (f)  Reflects a reduction of the tax provision based on the consolidated
results of post-merger SpectraSite.

     (g)  SpectraSite's earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1998
reflects the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
"Earning Per Share," which requires companies to compute earnings per share
under two different methods, basic and diluted. The weighted average common
shares outstanding at December 31, 1998 reflects the issuance of 18,426 shares
of SpectraSite common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of
Westower common stock.

     If SpectraSite had net income during this period, diluted earnings per
share would have included potential common shares related to its convertible
preferred stock and outstanding options. These potential common shares were not
included in the diluted earnings per share calculation for the year ended
December 31, 1998 because the effect would have been antidilutive.

                                       31
<PAGE>   35

                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

     The following table sets forth summary historical financial data derived
from the audited and unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus, as of and for:

      --   the year ended December 31, 1996;

      --   the period from January 1, 1997 to May 12, 1997;

      --   the period from SpectraSite's inception on April 25, 1997 to December
           31, 1997;

      --   the year ended December 31, 1998;

      --   the nine months ended September 30, 1998; and

      --   the nine months ended September 30, 1999.

     The data for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1999 were derived
from SpectraSite's unaudited financial statements for those periods. Data for
all other periods presented were derived from the audited financial statements
of SpectraSite and its predecessor, Telesite Services, LLC. SpectraSite prepared
the unaudited financial data on the same basis as the audited financial
statements and, in management's opinion, such data include all normal and
recurring adjustments necessary to fairly present the information. Operating
results for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 are not necessarily
indicative of results expected for the entire year.

     The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto
included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                       32
<PAGE>   36

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED
                                      TELESITE (PREDECESSOR)     SPECTRASITE          DECEMBER 31,               SPECTRASITE
                                     -------------------------   ------------   -------------------------   ---------------------
                                                                                                                 NINE MONTHS
                                                    JANUARY 1,    APRIL 25,     TELESITE &                          ENDED
                                      YEAR ENDED      1997-         1997-       SPECTRASITE                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                     DECEMBER 31,    MAY 12,     DECEMBER 31,    COMBINED     SPECTRASITE   ---------------------
                                         1996          1997          1997          1997          1998         1998        1999
                                     ------------   ----------   ------------   -----------   -----------   --------   ----------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Site leasing.....................     $   --        $   --       $    --        $    --      $    656     $    211   $   29,450
  Network services.................      8,841         1,926         5,002          6,928         8,142        5,154       13,967
                                        ------        ------       -------        -------      --------     --------   ----------
Total revenues.....................      8,841         1,926         5,002          6,928         8,798        5,365       43,417
                                        ------        ------       -------        -------      --------     --------   ----------
Operating expenses:
  Costs of operations:
    Site leasing, exclusive of
      depreciation.................         --            --            --             --           299          143       10,490
    Network services...............      2,255           595         1,120          1,715         2,492        1,721        7,265
  Selling, general and
    administrative.................      4,256         1,742         7,390          9,132         9,690        5,997       21,909
  Depreciation and amortization
    expense........................         91            56           489            545         1,268          780       21,833
  Restructuring and other
    non-recurring charges..........         --            --            --             --            --           --        7,727
                                        ------        ------       -------        -------      --------     --------   ----------
Total operating expenses...........      6,602         2,393         8,999         11,392        13,749        8,641       69,224
                                        ------        ------       -------        -------      --------     --------   ----------
Income (loss) from operations......     $2,239        $ (467)      $(3,997)       $(4,464)     $ (4,951)    $ (3,276)  $  (25,807)
                                        ======        ======       =======        =======      ========     ========   ==========
Net income(loss)...................      2,289          (503)       (3,890)        (4,393)       (9,079)      (5,028)     (66,516)
Net income (loss) applicable to
  common shareholders..............      2,289          (503)       (4,390)        (4,893)      (11,235)      (6,424)     (67,276)
OTHER DATA:
Net cash provided by (used in)
  operating activities.............     $1,109        $  (71)      $   223        $   152      $ (2,347)    $    340   $   19,734
Net cash provided by (used in)
  investing activities.............       (853)         (322)       (7,178)        (7,500)      (45,002)     (71,348)    (682,141)
Net cash provided by (used in)
  financing activities.............       (266)          390         9,189          9,579       144,663      144,978      683,100
EBITDA(a)..........................      2,330          (411)       (3,508)        (3,919)       (3,683)      (2,496)       3,753
Capital expenditures(b)............        498            64           850            914        26,598      (12,496)     566,359
SELECTED OPERATING DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Number of owned towers.......................................................           5           106           45        2,405
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Cash, cash equivalents and short term investments............................     $ 2,234      $114,962     $121,766   $  120,241
Total assets.................................................................      13,642       161,946      163,171    1,169,666
Total debt...................................................................       2,986       132,931      132,973      657,100
Total stockholders' (deficiency) equity......................................      (1,898)      (14,067)      (8,681)     471,096
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(a) EBITDA consists of operating income (loss) before depreciation and
    amortization expense and restructuring charges. EBITDA is provided because
    it is a measure commonly used in the communications site industry as a
    measure of a company's operating performance. EBITDA is not a measurement of
    financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles and
    should not be considered an alternative to net income as a measure of
    performance or to cash flow as a measure of liquidity. EBITDA is not
    necessarily comparable with similarly titled measures for other companies.
    SpectraSite believes that EBITDA can assist in comparing company performance
    on a consistent basis without regard to depreciation and amortization
    expense, which may vary significantly depending on accounting methods where
    acquisitions are involved or non-operating factors such as historical cost
    bases. EBITDA presented in the table is consistent with EBITDA calculated
    under the indentures governing SpectraSite's 2008 notes and its 2009 notes.

(b) Capital expenditures for Telesite have been reduced for the periods ended
    December 31, 1996 and May 12, 1997 by $340 and $258, respectively. These
    expenditures were for land and construction in progress which were sold
    prior to the closing of the acquisition of Telesite.

                                       33
<PAGE>   37

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS OVERVIEW


     SpectraSite's primary focus is on the ownership of multi-tenant towers and
leasing of antenna space on such towers. As of December 31, 1999, we had 2,765
towers in service, as compared to 106 towers at December 31, 1998. As a result
of our limited operating history and primary focus on tower ownership and
leasing, management believes that our results of operations for the period ended
December 31, 1997 and for the year ended December 31, 1998 are not indicative of
our results of operations in the future.


     Historically, we have derived most of our revenues from network services
activities. As a result of recent acquisitions, principally the Nextel and
Westower transactions, we expect that network services and antenna site leasing
will generate most of our revenues. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to
the Nextel tower acquisition, the Westower merger and certain other
transactions, site leasing and network services would have represented 38% and
62% of our revenues, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1998.
Similarly, site leasing and network services would have represented 38% and 62%
of revenues, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 1999. We
believe that our antenna site leasing business will continue to represent a
substantial portion of our revenues and will continue to grow as we increase our
network of towers.

     Our two largest expense line items have been depreciation and amortization
and selling, general and administrative expense. Depreciation expense primarily
relates to our towers, which we depreciate over 15 years. In 1999, amortization
expense is primarily due to goodwill associated with the Westower merger. On a
pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Nextel tower acquisition, the
Westower merger and certain other transactions, depreciation and amortization
expense would have represented 41% and 38% of revenues for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and the nine months ended September 30, 1999, respectively. We
experienced a significant increase in selling, general and administrative
expense in 1999 as we integrated Westower's operations and increased our
employee base to market and manage the 2,000 Nextel towers and build towers for
Nextel under the master site commitment agreement.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 COMPARED TO THE RESULTS FOR THE NINE
MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

     Consolidated revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 were
$43.4 million, an increase of $38.1 million from the nine months ended September
30, 1998. Revenues from site leasing increased to $29.5 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 from $0.2 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998, primarily as a result of revenues derived from 2,000
communication towers which we acquired from Nextel in April 1999. We owned 2,405
communications towers at September 30, 1999 compared to 45 communications towers
at September 30, 1998.

     Revenues from network services increased to $14.0 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 compared to $5.2 million in the nine months
ended September 30, 1998, primarily as a result of the acquisition of Westower
in September 1999. In September 1999, we announced that we would no longer
directly provide site acquisition services. Revenues from site acquisition
activities were $6.2 million and $5.2 million in the nine months ended September
30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

     Costs of operations increased to $17.8 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 from $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30,
1998. The increase in costs was attributable to operating costs of the 2,000
communication towers purchased from Nextel in April 1999. Costs of operations
for site leasing as a percentage of site leasing revenues decreased to 35.6% for
the nine months ended September 30, 1999 from 67.8% for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 primarily due to revenues generated from the acquisition of
towers from Nextel and co-location revenues on those towers. As our site leasing
operations mature, additional tenants on a tower will generate decreases in
costs of operations for site leasing as a percentage of site leasing revenues
and increases in cash flow because a significant proportion of tower operating
costs are fixed and do not increase with additional tenants. Costs of operations
for network
                                       34
<PAGE>   38

services as a percentage of network services revenues increased to 52.0% for the
nine months ended September 30, 1999 from 33.4% for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998. This increase is due to construction activities associated
with Westower's operations which have higher levels of direct costs than our
historical site acquisition activities.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $21.9 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1999 from $6.0 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998. The increase is a result of expenses related to
additional corporate overhead and field operations implemented to manage and
operate the growth in the ongoing activities of SpectraSite and the acquisition
of Westower.

     Depreciation and amortization expense increased to $21.8 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1999 from $0.8 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998, primarily as a result of the increased depreciation from the
towers we acquired or constructed and amortization of goodwill related to the
Westower acquisition.

     For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, we recorded restructuring and
other non-recurring charges of $7.7 million. In September 1999, we announced
that we would no longer directly provide site acquisition services. As a result,
we recorded restructuring charges of $7.1 million, of which $6.2 million related
to the write-off of goodwill associated with the purchase of TeleSite Services,
LLC and $0.9 million related to costs of employee severance. In March 1999,
SpectraSite announced that it would relocate its marketing and administrative
operations from Little Rock, Arkansas and Birmingham, Alabama to its corporate
headquarters in Cary, North Carolina. As a result, we recorded a non-recurring
charge of $0.6 million for employee termination and other costs related to the
relocation of these activities.

     As a result of the factors discussed above, our loss from operations was
$25.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 compared to $3.3
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998.

     Net interest expense increased to $40.3 million during the nine months
ended September 30, 1999 from $2.2 million for the nine months ended September
30, 1998, reflecting additional interest expense due to the issuance of the 2008
notes in June 1998 and the 2009 notes in April 1999, as well as borrowings under
our credit facility in April 1999.

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO THE COMBINED RESULTS FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

     The following is a discussion of the financial condition and results of
operations of SpectraSite for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the year
ended December 31, 1997, which consists of the period from April 25, 1997
through December 31, 1997 and Telesite's results of operations for the period
from January 1, 1997 through May 12, 1997.

     Revenues increased to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1998
from $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 due to the initiation of
site leasing activity and an increase in the number and size of site development
services projects.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses, including depreciation
expense, increased to $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 from
$9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. The increase is a result of
expenses related to additional corporate overhead to manage and operate the
ongoing activities of SpectraSite. Marketing expenses related to tower
development activities as well as the site acquisition operations also
contributed to the increase in expenses. Telesite did not actively market its
services, relying primarily on its reputation in the industry and customer
referrals to generate revenues. To support our entry into tower development and
leasing, we have established a dedicated marketing effort which promotes tower
development and leasing as well as site acquisition services. Amortization of
goodwill increased to approximately $0.6 million in the year ended December 31,
1998 compared to approximately $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 1997
as a result of acquisitions.

     As a result of the factors discussed above, our operating loss was $5.0
million for the year ended December 31, 1998, compared to $4.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997.

                                       35
<PAGE>   39

     Other income, which consists primarily of gain on sales of assets and
equity in earnings of affiliates, increased to approximately $0.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998 from approximately $0.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997. The increase is a result of a gain on the sale of
assets in connection with the disposal of Metrosite during the first quarter of
1998 of approximately $0.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 1997, we
recognized approximately $0.2 million as equity earnings of Communication
Management Specialists. We disposed of our interest in Communication Management
Specialists during the second quarter of 1998 and did not recognize any equity
in the earnings of this affiliate during 1998.

     COMBINED RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO
TELESITE'S RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

     The following is a discussion of the financial condition and results of
operations of SpectraSite for the year ended December 31, 1997, which consists
of and for the period from April 25, 1997 through December 31, 1997 and
Telesite's results of operations for the period from January 1, 1997 through May
12, 1997, and of Telesite for the year ended December 31, 1996.

     Total revenues decreased to $6.9 million for the year ended December 31,
1997 from $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 due primarily to the
decreased demand for site development services from more established personal
communications services licensees as a result of their completing the first
phase of construction in their initial markets and not yet commencing secondary
build-outs in such markets or in additional markets, and the fact that holders
of certain more recently issued licenses had not yet commenced construction of
tower networks in their respective markets.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $9.1 million for
the year ended December 31, 1997 from $4.3 million for the year ended December
31, 1996. The increase is a result of the expenses related to management of the
ongoing activities of SpectraSite, expenses related to the implementation of
tower development and marketing activities, one-time non-cash charges of
approximately $2.6 million as a result of the formation of SpectraSite,
amortization of goodwill of approximately $0.3 million in connection with our
acquisition of Telesite and expenses incurred in connection with the operations
of Metrosite. We sold our interest in Metrosite during early 1998. We anticipate
that in the future costs related to tower development activities will be
capitalized as part of the cost of the towers.

     Operating loss was $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1997
compared to $2.2 million of operating income for the year ended December 31,
1996. The change is primarily a result of the decline in revenues and the
increase in selling, general and administrative expenses attributable to the
commencement of operations of SpectraSite.

     Other income, which consists primarily of equity in earnings of affiliates,
was approximately $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the
year ended December 31, 1996.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, cash flows provided by
operating activities were $19.7 million as compared to $0.3 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998. The change is primarily attributable to the
favorable cash flows generated from communication tower acquisitions in 1999.

     For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, cash flows used in investing
activities were $682.1 million compared to $71.3 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998. In the nine months ended September 30, 1999,
SpectraSite invested $614.5 million in purchases of property and equipment and
deposits on future acquisitions, primarily related to the acquisition of
communication towers from Nextel. In addition, we used $78.7 million to acquire
Westower in September 1999. These investments were partially offset by $15.4
million in maturities of short-term investments.

     In the nine months ended September 30, 1998, we invested $45.6 million in
short-term investments. In the nine months ended September 30, 1999, cash flows
provided by financing activities were $683.1 million as compared to $145.0
million in the nine months ended September 30, 1998. The increase in cash
provided by
                                       36
<PAGE>   40

financing activities was attributable to the proceeds from the sales of Series C
preferred stock and the 2009 notes, as well as proceeds from borrowings under
the credit facility.

     Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31,
1998 was $2.3 million compared to $0.2 million provided by operating activities
during the comparable period in 1997. The increase in cash used in operating
activities was primarily attributable to an increase in accounts receivable
resulting from the timing of billings related to site development services and
the net loss incurred during the year. Net cash used for investing for the year
ended December 31, 1998 was $45.0 million compared to $7.5 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997. The cash used for investing activities during the year
ended December 31, 1998 was primarily the result of the investment of unused
proceeds from the sale of the 2008 notes in short-term investments, costs
associated with tower construction, the acquisition of towers from Airadigm and
the acquisition of GlobalComm. The cash used for investing activities during the
year ended December 31, 1997 primarily related to the acquisition of Telesite.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 1998
was $144.7 million compared to $9.6 million for the same period in 1997. The
increase in cash provided by financing activities was attributable to the
proceeds from the sales of Series B preferred stock and the 2008 notes.

     Holdings is a holding company whose only significant asset is the
outstanding capital stock of its subsidiary, SpectraSite Communications. Our
only source of cash to pay interest on and principal of our indebtedness is
distributions from SpectraSite Communications. Prior to July 15, 2003, interest
expense on the 2008 notes will consist solely of non-cash accretion of an
original issue discount and the notes will not require annual cash interest
payments. After such time, the 2008 notes will have accreted to approximately
$225.2 million and will require semi-annual cash interest payments of $13.5
million. In addition, the notes mature on July 15, 2008. Similarly, the 2009
notes will not require cash interest payments prior to October 15, 2004 and
mature on April 15, 2009. After October 15, 2004, the 2009 notes will have
accreted to approximately $586.8 million and will require semi-annual cash
interest payments of $33.0 million. Furthermore, the new credit facility
provides for periodic principal and interest payments.

     We acquired 45 communications towers and certain related assets from
Airadigm Communications, Inc. for an aggregate purchase price of $11.25 million
in 1998 and 1999. Airadigm is the anchor tenant on 48 of our towers and has
recently filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. We
cannot predict the impact of this proceeding on our future results of operations
or financial condition.


     On April 20, 1999, SpectraSite acquired 2,000 communications towers from
Nextel in a merger transaction. All the sites were then leased back to Nextel
under a master lease agreement. In addition, in connection with this
transaction, Nextel and its controlled affiliates agreed to offer SpectraSite
certain exclusive opportunities relating to the construction or purchase of an
additional 1,700 sites. Some of these sites may in the future be leased to
Nextel Partners Operating Corp. instead of Nextel. Nextel Partners, Inc., the
parent of Nextel Partners Operating Corp., is an entity in which Nextel has a
minority equity interest. In connection with this acquisition, we paid $560.0
million in cash and issued 14.0 million shares of Series C preferred stock,
valued at $70.0 million, to Nextel.


                                       37
<PAGE>   41

     The following table sets forth the sources and uses of funds for the Nextel
tower acquisition in thousands of dollars:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
Credit facility.....................................   $150,000
11 1/4% senior discount notes due 2009..............    340,004
Series C preferred stock issued to Nextel...........     70,000
Series C preferred stock sold to the Series C
  investors.........................................    231,434
                                                       --------
  Total sources.....................................   $791,438
                                                       ========
USES OF FUNDS:
Cash paid to Nextel.................................   $560,000
Series C preferred stock issued to Nextel...........     70,000
Cash available for general corporate purposes.......    127,688
Estimated fees and expenses.........................     33,750
                                                       --------
  Total uses........................................   $791,438
                                                       ========
</TABLE>

     The merger agreement required that SpectraSite and Nextel and certain other
persons enter into several ancillary agreements. For a summary of the material
terms of the new stockholders' agreement, the new registration rights agreement
and the ancillary agreements, see "Certain Transactions--Stockholders'
Agreement," "--Agreements with Nextel," and "--Registration Rights Agreement"
respectively.

     In connection with the Nextel tower acquisition, SpectraSite privately
placed 46,286,795 shares of Holdings' Series C preferred stock for an aggregate
purchase price of $231.4 million. On April 20, 1999, SpectraSite completed the
private offering of $586.8 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of
11 1/4% senior discount notes due 2009. We used a portion of the net proceeds
from these offerings to partially fund the Nextel tower acquisition and to pay
related fees and expenses. We intend to use the remaining proceeds for general
corporate purposes, including construction of new towers and selective
acquisitions.


     Also on April 20, 1999, SpectraSite entered into a $500.0 million
seven-year credit facility. We borrowed $150.0 million under this facility at
the closing of the Nextel tower acquisition. We also issued 2.0 million shares
of common stock to various parties as consideration for providing financing
commitments related to the Nextel tower acquisition. We did not utilize these
commitments for the Nextel acquisition primarily because of the success of the
2009 notes offering. We currently have $300.0 million available under our credit
facility to fund new tower construction or acquisition activity. In addition, as
of September 30, 1999, our cash and cash equivalents were $120.2 million.


     On September 2, 1999, we acquired Westower Corporation, a Washington
corporation, in a stock-for-stock merger. In this transaction, Westower
stockholders received 1.81 shares of Holdings' common stock, plus cash for any
fractional Westower share, in exchange for each of their shares of Westower
common stock. In connection with the merger, SpectraSite repaid approximately
$70.0 million of Westower indebtedness with cash-on-hand. Westower Corporation
now operates as a wholly-owned subsidiary of SpectraSite Communications, which
in turn is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.

     On September 8, 1999, we acquired a 33% interest in Concourse
Communications Group, LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $2.5 million.
Concourse was established to build certain wireless communications
infrastructures at facilities owned by the Port Authority of New York and New
Jersey, including the Holland and Lincoln Tunnels, World Trade Center Concourse
and New York's three major airports. As part of our investment, we agreed to
provide approximately $14.4 million of working capital and construction
financing to Concourse in the form of secured loans over the next three years.
In addition, after three years, we have an option to purchase an additional 33%
interest in Concourse, and after six years, we have an option to purchase the
remaining interest in Concourse.

     On September 15, 1999, we completed the exchange offers for our 2008 notes
and our 2009 notes. Under a registration rights agreement with the initial
purchasers of the 2008 notes, Holdings agreed to complete an exchange offer for
the privately placed 2008 notes prior to March 10, 1999. Since we did not
complete this exchange offer prior to March 10, 1999, the interest rate on the
2008 notes increased by 0.50% per year. This

                                       38
<PAGE>   42

additional interest accrued on the 2008 notes until we completed the exchange
offer, and we will pay this interest in cash on January 15, 2000. Similarly,
under a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the 2009
notes, Holdings agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC for an
exchange offer of registered notes for the privately placed 2009 notes before
July 20, 1999. Since we did not file the 2009 notes exchange offer registration
statement before July 20, 1999, the interest rate on the 2009 notes increased by
0.50% per year. This additional interest accrued on the 2009 notes until we
filed the exchange offer registration statement on August 12, 1999, and we paid
this interest in cash on October 15, 1999.

     In November 1999, we entered into an agreement to acquire 94 communications
towers from DigiPH PCS, Inc. for $36.0 million in cash. The towers span the
corridor connecting Jackson, Mississippi, Mobile, Alabama and Tallahassee,
Florida. We acquired 61 towers for approximately $23.9 million on December 29,
1999, and we expect to acquire the remaining towers during the first quarter of
2000.


     On December 30, 1999, we acquired Stainless, Inc., formerly a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Northwest Broadcasting, L.P., for $40.0 million in cash. Stainless
provides engineering, fabrication and other services in connection with the
erection of towers used for television broadcast companies. Also on December 30,
1999, we acquired Doty Moore Tower Services, Inc., Doty Moore Equipment Company,
Inc. and Doty Moore RF Services, Inc. for $2.5 million in cash and 500,000
unregistered shares of our common stock. Doty Moore is a leading source for
broadcast tower construction and technical services. In addition, on January 5,
2000, we acquired Vertical Properties, Inc. in a merger transaction under which
we issued 225,000 unregistered shares of our common stock and repaid outstanding
indebtedness of approximately $2.0 million. Vertical Properties is a broadcast
tower development company formed to meet the needs of broadcasters in secondary
broadcast markets faced with the complexities of converting to digital
technology through site acquisition, tower placement and leasing of antenna
space. On January 5, 2000, we signed a definitive agreement to acquire
substantially all of the assets of International Towers, Inc. and its
subsidiaries, including S&W Communications, Inc. International Towers owns a
modern broadcast tower manufacturing facility and, through S&W Communications,
provides integrated services for the erection of broadcast towers, foundations
and multi-tenant transmitter buildings. We have agreed to pay $5.5 million and
to issue an aggregate of 350,000 unregistered shares of our common stock in
connection with this acquisition. Consummation of the transaction is subject to
customary closing conditions, and we expect to complete this transaction in
January 2000.



     On January 5, 2000, we acquired Apex Site Management Holdings, Inc. in a
merger transaction. Apex provides rooftop and in-building access to wireless
carriers. We issued approximately 4.5 million unregistered shares of our common
stock and approximately 190,000 options to purchase common stock at an exercise
price of $3.58 per share to the stockholders of Apex at the closing of the
merger. In addition, we issued approximately 1.7 million additional shares of
common stock into escrow, which shares may be released to Apex's stockholders
one year after this offering based on the average trading price for our common
stock for the 30-day period immediately preceding the one-year anniversary of
this offering. We also used approximately $6.2 million in cash to repay
outstanding indebtedness and other obligations of Apex in connection with the
merger.


     Our ability to fund capital expenditures, make scheduled payments of
principal of, or pay interest on, our debt obligations, and our ability to
refinance any such debt obligations, including the 2008 notes and the 2009
notes, will depend on our future performance, which, to a certain extent is
subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and
other factors that are beyond our control. Our business strategy contemplates
substantial capital expenditures, including an expected approximate amount of
$200 million during the first half of 2000, primarily to fund the construction
and acquisition of additional communications towers. Management believes that
cash flow from operations, available cash as of September 30, 1999 of
approximately $120.2 million, and anticipated available borrowings under the
credit facility will be sufficient to fund our capital expenditures for the
foreseeable future. However, if acquisitions or other opportunities present
themselves more rapidly than we currently anticipate or if our estimates prove
inaccurate, we may seek additional sources of debt or equity capital prior to
the end of 2000 or reduce the scope of tower construction activity. We cannot
assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that
future borrowings or equity or debt financings will be available on terms
acceptable to us, in amounts sufficient to service our indebtedness and make
anticipated capital expenditures.

                                       39
<PAGE>   43

     Some of our expenses, such as those for marketing, wages and benefits,
generally increase with inflation. However, we do not believe that our financial
results have been, or will be, adversely affected by inflation in a material
way.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS 133
requires that derivative instruments be recognized as either assets or
liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet based on their fair values.
Changes in the fair values of such derivative instruments will be recorded
either in results of operations or in other comprehensive income, depending on
the intended use of the derivative instrument. The initial application of SFAS
133 will be reported as the effect of a change in accounting principle. SFAS 133
is effective for all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. We have not yet
determined the effect that the adoption of SFAS 133 will have on our
consolidated financial statements.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     We have conducted a comprehensive review of our computer systems to
identify which of our systems will have to be modified, upgraded or converted to
recognize and process dates after December 31, 1999. We believe that most, if
not all, of our computer software and systems are substantially year 2000
compliant, because most of our hardware and software has been purchased within
the past two years. We presently believe that the year 2000 issue will not pose
significant operational problems for our systems as so modified, upgraded or
converted. In fact, even if all of our computer systems and other equipment
vulnerable to the millennium date change failed, we could continue operations
uninterrupted after such failures. However, one non-operational year 2000 risk
for us is tower lighting systems. Year 2000-related problems could prevent our
monitoring systems, which use computer-controlled devices, from detecting a
failure to light systems on our tower structures, creating a situation where a
failed light might not be automatically reported to air navigation. SpectraSite
is responsible for maintaining tower lighting in compliance with FCC and FAA
requirements. We intend to take the necessary steps to address this year 2000
problem; however, we may not be entirely successful. Like most other companies,
SpectraSite is dependent upon a variety of external suppliers including vendors
providing electrical power, telephony, water and other necessary commodities.
SpectraSite also relies upon the interstate banking system and related
electronic communications for functions such as transmitting financial data from
field offices. We are not aware currently of any material non-compliance by
these vendors that will materially affect our business operations; however, we
do not control these systems and cannot assure you that they will be converted
in a timely fashion. Any delays or omissions by us or our customers, suppliers
or contractors to resolve the year 2000 issue could materially adversely affect
our business, financial condition or results of operations. We do not anticipate
material expenditures related to the year 2000 issue and incremental costs to
date have been negligible, but we cannot assure you that amounts to be spent on
addressing the year 2000 issue will not be material.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

     We use financial instruments, including fixed and variable rate debt, to
finance our operations. The information below summarizes our market risks
associated with debt obligations outstanding as of September 30, 1999. The
following table presents principal cash flow and related weighted average
interest rates by fiscal year of maturity. Variable interest rate obligations
under the credit facility are not included in the table. We have no long-term
variable interest obligations other than borrowings under the credit facility.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     EXPECTED MATURITY DATE
                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            1999       2000       2001       2002       2003     THEREAFTER    TOTAL
                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   ----------   --------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Long-term obligations:
  Fixed rate............  $     --   $     --   $     --   $     --   $     --    $501,382    $501,382
     Average interest
       rate.............        --         --         --         --         --        11.5%       11.5%
</TABLE>

                                       40
<PAGE>   44

                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW


     We are one of the leading providers of outsourced antennae site and network
services to the wireless communications and broadcast industries in the United
States and Canada. Our businesses include the ownership and leasing of antennae
sites on towers, managing wireless rooftop and in-building telecommunications
access on commercial real estate, network planning and deployment, and
construction of towers and related wireless facilities. Our customers are
leading wireless communications providers and broadcasters, including Nextel,
Sprint PCS, AT&T Wireless, VoiceStream Communications, Tritel Communications,
Teligent, WinStar, Cox Broadcasting, Clear Channel Communications and Paxson
Communications. As of December 31, 1999 and after giving effect to our
acquisition of Apex, we owned or managed over 15,000 sites, including 2,765
owned towers, in 98 of the top 100 markets in the United States.


     The wireless communications industry is growing rapidly and carriers are
making large capital investments to expand their networks. We believe that the
number of wireless communications sites, including towers, is likely to continue
to increase together with the growth in demand for wireless services. This
expected growth in communications sites is the result of several factors,
including:

      --   the continuing build-out of higher frequency technologies, such as
           personal communications services, which have a reduced cell range and
           require a more concentrated network of towers than previous wireless
           technologies;

      --   the need to expand the capacity of existing networks;

      --   the issuance of new wireless network licenses requiring the
           construction of new wireless networks; and

      --   the emergence of new wireless technologies.

     As carriers deploy these networks, they are faced with a proliferation in
both the number and type of competitors. Because of this increasingly
competitive environment, carriers must also focus on satisfying customer demand
for enhanced services, seamless and comprehensive coverage, better call quality,
faster data transmission and lower prices.

     We believe that as carriers face the increased challenges of expanding
their networks and improving their services, they must allocate their available
capital and resources in the most efficient manner. In particular, carriers are
increasingly outsourcing tower ownership, as well as network planning deployment
and management to independent tower owners like SpectraSite. This outsourcing
allows our customers to focus on their core competencies and to rely on us for
planning and deploying their networks. Our services are designed to improve our
customers' competitive positions through the efficient planning, deployment and
management of their networks.

GROWTH STRATEGY

     Our objective is to be the leading independent provider of outsourced
antennae site and network services to the telecommunications and broadcast
industries. Our growth strategy involves the following key elements:

     MAXIMIZING THE UTILIZATION OF OUR TOWERS AND MANAGED SITES

     We intend to capitalize on the substantial opportunities for revenue and
cash flow growth by maximizing the number of tenants we have on each of our
towers and managed sites. We believe that our strategy of owning clustered
groups of towers and managed sites in major metropolitan markets and providing
our customers with a full range of products and services allows us to deliver
reliable, scalable network solutions and will result in increased co-location on
our towers and managed sites. Since most tower costs are fixed, leasing
available space on an existing tower results in minimal additional expenses
while generating a larger percentage increase in tower cash flow. In addition,
tenant turnover is low because of the relatively high cost of antenna
relocation. We generally construct towers to accommodate at least three
broadband tenants and have a dedicated sales force which markets co-location
opportunities to wireless communications providers. Our

                                       41
<PAGE>   45

objective is to use our national tower presence to enable wireless service
providers to more quickly establish wireless coverage in individual and multiple
markets.

     EXPANDING OUR TOWER PORTFOLIO


     We seek to expand our tower portfolio by building new towers for anchor
tenants and by making selective acquisitions of towers. We believe that Nextel's
agreement to lease space on an additional 1,543 towers we own, acquire or
construct for Nextel or other tenants will substantially increase the number of
towers we own and operate. We also continue to pursue attractive network
development opportunities with other wireless service providers. In addition, we
evaluate other tower development opportunities from time to time which we
believe have higher than average co-location opportunities. We intend to
continue to make selective acquisitions in the highly fragmented tower owner and
operator industry. Our strategy is to acquire towers that have some, or all, of
the following criteria:


      --   underutilized with additional co-location potential;

      --   favorably located, either individually or in clusters, in large urban
           areas and along major transportation corridors; and

      --   complementary to our existing coverage areas.

     We believe there are tower acquisition opportunities currently available
from both wireless service providers and smaller independent tower operators.
Furthermore, we believe that the number of tower opportunities available in the
future is likely to grow as large wireless communications service providers and
smaller independent tower companies continue to divest their tower holdings. We
regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities, engage in negotiations and submit
bids with respect to acquisitions of individual towers, groups of towers and
entities that own or manage towers and related businesses. In addition to our
transaction with Nextel, we continue to seek partnerships and other strategic
arrangements with other major wireless communications carriers in order to
assume ownership of their towers. We have no current agreements or commitments
with respect to any material acquisition.

     EXPANDING THE SUITE OF SERVICES WE OFFER AND PURSUING CROSS-SELLING
OPPORTUNITIES.

     We believe our ability to provide a package of integrated services, which
have traditionally been offered by multiple subcontractors coordinated by a
carrier's deployment staff, will make us a preferred provider of all outsourced
antennae site and network services. For example, we believe that our leadership
in rooftop and in-building access will give us an advantage across all of our
product offerings as fixed wireless carriers expand their networks and as
wireless telephone and data companies increasingly focus on network deployment
and in-building service. In addition, our leadership in broadcast tower design,
fabrication and construction will give us a competitive advantage as
broadcasters increasingly outsource tower and facilities ownership and
management.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

     WIRELESS TOWER OWNERSHIP AND LEASING

     We are one of the largest independent owners and operators of wireless
communications towers in the United States and Canada. We provide antennae site
leasing services, which primarily involve the leasing of antennae space on our
communications towers to wireless carriers. Each of our towers has an anchor
tenant, and we seek to add several co-location tenants over time. In leasing
antennae space, we generally receive monthly lease payments from customers. Our
customer leases typically have original terms of five years, with four or five
renewal periods of five years each, and usually provide for periodic price
increases. Monthly lease pricing varies with the number and type of antennae
installed on a communications site.

                                       42
<PAGE>   46


     The following chart shows the locations of our owned towers as of December
31, 1999:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          NUMBER
STATE                    OF TOWERS
- -----                    ---------
<S>                      <C>
California...........        408
Florida..............        186
Michigan.............        168
Ohio.................        166
Texas................        165
Illinois.............        155
Georgia..............        154
North Carolina.......        130
Louisiana............         99
Alabama..............         94
Washington...........         88
Wisconsin............         85
Tennessee............         81
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          NUMBER
STATE                    OF TOWERS
- -----                    ---------
<S>                         <C>
Missouri.............         62
Indiana..............         55
Mississippi..........         54
Pennsylvania.........         52
South Carolina.......         52
Arizona..............         48
Massachusetts........         44
Oregon...............         43
Oklahoma.............         39
Nevada...............         38
Maryland.............         35
Colorado.............         33
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          NUMBER
STATE                    OF TOWERS
- -----                    ---------
<S>                      <C>
New Mexico...........         30
Minnesota............         25
Utah.................         23
New Jersey...........         19
Virginia.............         18
Kansas...............         17
New York.............         16
Iowa.................         14
Alberta..............         13
Other................         56
                           -----
Total................      2,765
                           =====
</TABLE>


     In addition to towers we build for Nextel under the master site commitment
agreement and towers we selectively build and acquire, we also expect to expand
our tower portfolio through build-to-suit programs. Under build-to-suit
programs, we utilize our network development capabilities to construct tower
networks after having signed an antenna site lease agreement with an anchor
tenant and having made the determination that the initial or planned capital
investment for that tower network would not exceed a targeted multiple of tower
cash flow after a certain period of time.

     In addition to leasing antenna space, we also provide maintenance and
management services at our communication sites. In providing these services to
our customers we use a combination of in-house personnel and independent
contractors. In-house personnel are responsible for oversight and supervision of
all aspects of site maintenance and management and are particularly responsible
for monitoring, security, access and lighting, radio frequency emission and
interference issues, signage, structural engineering and tower capacity, tenant
relations and supervision of independent contractors. We hire local independent
contractors to perform routine maintenance functions, such as landscaping, pest
control, snow removal and site access.

     WIRELESS ROOFTOP AND IN-BUILDING ACCESS


     We are the largest independent provider of rooftop and in-building access
services in the United States. We are the exclusive site manager for
approximately 12,700 diverse real estate properties, with significant access
clusters in New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore/Washington, D.C., Atlanta, New
England, Florida, Western Pennsylvania/Ohio/Indiana, Chicago, Seattle, Southern
California, Texas and St. Louis. A principal attraction of this portion of our
business is the opportunity to develop new sources of revenue and value for
building owners by managing:


      --   rooftops for transmitting and receiving installations; and

      --   rooftops, risers and internal telecommunications equipment space for
           competitive voice, data and Internet services offered to in-building
           tenants.


     Wireless communications carriers utilize our managed sites as transmitting
locations, often where there are no existing towers for co-location or where new
towers are difficult to build. Our transmitting tenants encompass a broad array
of wireless communications providers, including personal communications service,
cellular, enhanced specialized mobile radio, specialized mobile radio, wireless
data, two-way radio, microwave, wireless cable and paging companies. As the
largest rooftop and in-building access manager in the United States, we provide
services to the facilities-based (wired and wireless) competitive local exchange
carrier and Internet service provider market. We have executed agreements
allowing these carriers access to over 3,000 properties, including agreements
with national providers such as Adelphia Business Solutions, AT&T Local


                                       43
<PAGE>   47


Services, Eureka Broadband, NEXTLINK, Site Line, Teligent and WinStar, as well
as numerous regional carriers. These access agreements are, to date,
predominantly for office and industrial properties.



     Our managed portfolio contains over 3,300 office and industrial properties
encompassing over 375 million square feet. We are engaged by ten of the top
nineteen office real estate investment trusts, based on market capitalization,
in the United States, according to the National Association of Real Estate
Investment Trusts. In most cases, multiple carriers will access a single
property. Our management contracts are generally for a period of three to five
years, and contain renewal periods unless terminated by either party before
renewal or upon an uncured default. Under these contracts, we are engaged as the
exclusive site manager for rooftop management. In most cases, we are also
engaged as the exclusive manager for riser and telecommunications access
management. As the site manager, we are responsible for marketing the properties
as part of our portfolio of potential telecommunications sites, reviewing
existing license agreements, negotiating new license agreements, managing and
enforcing those agreements, supervising installation of equipment by carriers to
ensure, among other things, non-interference with other users, as well as site
billing, collections and contract administration. For these services, we receive
a percentage of occupancy fees, which is higher for the new carriers we add than
for existing carriers. Upon any termination of a contract, unless due to our
default, we are entitled to continue to receive our percentage with respect to
carriers added during the term of our management agreement for so long as they
remain tenants.


     NETWORK DESIGN AND DEPLOYMENT SERVICES

     We are a leading provider of design and deployment services for wireless
networks. These services include architectural and engineering design, tower
construction, line and antenna installation and site acquisition services. We
offer these services individually and as an integrated package. We believe that
we have a competitive advantage in our ability to provide comprehensive network
development services by eliminating our customers' need to seek services from
different providers.

     In providing these network design and deployment services, we have
developed the capability to effectively manage multiple site acquisition and
tower development projects in various locations at the same time. Where
appropriate, we supplement our in-house expertise with a pre-qualified pool of
local contractors and advisors. In addition, we have developed detailed and
standardized site acquisition and construction specifications and procedures
that allow us to rapidly construct tower networks. Wireless carriers require
aggressive network build-out schedules, and uniform procedures and
specifications allow for reduced employee training time, improved vendor
performance and quicker identification of potential tower sites.

     Architectural and Engineering Design.  Our architecture and engineering
team manages a complex array of electrical, structural and architectural
elements while interfacing with our clients and construction crews to ensure
that site-specific objectives are reflected in construction documents. Our
structural engineering and design abilities enable us to construct towers that
have maximum antenna site capacity based on the physical features of the land on
which the tower is constructed and the demand in the market in which the tower
is located. We seek to design aesthetically acceptable sites and construct
towers with minimal environmental impact. Our custom structure design abilities
combined with our engineering skills also allow us to build towers in
geographically difficult locations at competitive prices. We believe that this
specialty service will enable us to compete effectively in regions in which
other companies are not able to participate on a cost-efficient basis.

     Tower Construction.  Our engineering, general contracting, electrical,
structural steel and other specialty licenses allow us to perform services
required to design, develop and construct communications towers. Our ability to
perform civil and electrical engineering as well as tower construction enables
us to expedite and simplify this phase of development by minimizing the need to
subcontract.

     During tower construction, a project team of five to seven people is
dispatched to the site. A temporary field office is established at the site. The
project team is typically composed of our permanent employees, but may be
supplemented with local hires.

                                       44
<PAGE>   48

     We use our information technology abilities to create construction models,
development budgets, critical path schedules and status reports covering
schedules and costs throughout the course of a project. Our civil engineering
capability allows us to prepare the construction site by leveling the land,
removing vegetation and installing access roads as needed. Based on the results
of soil tests that we conduct at each site, we design and build the tower
foundation. After the foundation is in place, we erect the tower. We utilize our
structural engineering capability by constructing a tower designed for maximum
antenna capacity.

     Line and Antenna Installation.  After erecting the tower and placing the
equipment shelter, we install the antennae and feed lines, including the sweep,
test and orientation. Depending on the project, electricity is installed either
during the erection process to conform with the FAA lighting requirements or
after the tower has been constructed. Our technical crews are regularly trained
in cellular, microwave, fiber optic and direct current power plant system
installation and testing methods. We are also a leader in designing and
implementing in-building wireless systems, as well as a broad range of cellular
and personal communications services repeater systems. Our test equipment and
dedicated radio frequency testing teams allow us to monitor and maintain system
integrity and quality control.

     We also offer the ability to construct the switch facility that controls an
antenna's communications with other communications sites. Although switch
construction is not performed at every project site, it is an additional
specialty service we provide.

     After constructing the tower, placing the equipment shelter and completing
the antenna work, we install grounding lines and protective fencing around the
site. We then perform final grounding and landscaping as necessary to complete
the project.

     Site Acquisition Services.  We offer a full range of site acquisition
services, including network pre-design, communication site selection,
communication site acquisition and local zoning and permitting. We offer these
services through local contractors who have knowledge and expertise in the
specific geographic area.

     BROADCAST TOWER DEVELOPMENT AND LEASING

     We are a leading provider of broadcast tower analysis, design, fabrication,
installation, and technical services. We have over 50 years of experience in the
broadcast tower industry and have worked on the development of more than 700
broadcast towers, which we believe represents approximately 50% of the existing
broadcast tower infrastructure in the United States. Our broadcast tower group
extends our core business of outsourced wireless antenna sites to broadcast
towers. We intend to capitalize on our broadcast tower development expertise to
create tower ownership and leasing opportunities.

     In 1996, the FCC mandated the conversion of analog television signals to
digital. The mandate specifies that by May 1, 2003, each television station in
the United States must complete construction of new digital broadcasting
facilities and, beginning April 21, 2003, must be simulcasting at least 50% of
its programming on both its analog and digital facilities. This conversion
creates significant potential demand for co-location on broadcast towers.

     Broadcast towers require a high level of technical design and erection
expertise, as they reach heights of up to 2,000 feet. Broadcast towers support
extremely powerful television and FM radio signals over entire metropolitan
areas. The existing domestic broadcast tower infrastructure was generally
developed to accommodate individual broadcast signals. This broadcast tower
infrastructure was built primarily in the 1940's and 1950's. Today, it is
considered to be at capacity and somewhat antiquated. The FCC mandate creates
significant infrastructure deployment requirements and burdens for the broadcast
community in the United States. In addition, the engineering and construction
expertise for broadcast towers is limited to a relatively small number of
fabrication and construction companies that specialize in broadcast towers.

     Recognizing this opportunity to capitalize on the broadcast infrastructure
tower development and leasing requirement, we have developed a strategic plan
that is designed to position us as the leading tower resource in the broadcast
sector. We have identified the critical core competencies necessary to fulfill
broadcast industry requirements. Through our acquisition of Stainless and Doty
Moore, we can now offer broadcast tower engineering, fabrication and erection
services. In addition, we have original tower design specifications and
                                       45
<PAGE>   49

considerable tower modification historical information on approximately 50% of
the existing broadcast tower infrastructure. We believe that this intellectual
property positions us as one of broadcasters' first points of contact for any
broadcast tower project.

CUSTOMERS

     Our primary customer currently is Nextel. On a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the Nextel acquisition, the Westower merger and certain other
transactions described under "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data," Nextel
represented approximately 28% and 34% of our revenues for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 and the year ended December 31, 1998, respectively.


     Nextel provides a wide array of digital wireless communications services
throughout the United States. Nextel offers a differentiated, integrated package
of digital wireless communications services under the Nextel brand name,
primarily to business users. Nextel's digital mobile network constitutes one of
the largest integrated wireless communications systems utilizing a single
transmission technology in the United States. Nextel has significant specialized
mobile radio spectrum holdings in and around every major business population
center in the country, including all of the top 50 metropolitan statistical
areas in the United States. Nextel files periodic reports and other information
with the SEC. For more information about Nextel, you should read Nextel's SEC
filings. However, we are not incorporating any of Nextel's SEC filings by
reference into this document.


     In addition, our customers also include several of the largest wireless
service providers in the United States, including AT&T Wireless and Sprint PCS.
We also have provided services to enhanced specialized mobile radio, specialized
mobile radio and cellular wireless providers. For the year ended December 31,
1997, Powertel, Sprint PCS, GTE Mobility, Intercel and Horizon accounted for
38.9%, 18.8%, 14.7%, 13.0% and 11.2%, respectively, of our revenues. For the
year ended December 31, 1998 before giving effect to the Nextel acquisition,
related financings and the Westower merger, Powertel and Tritel accounted for
46.6% and 24.3%, respectively, of our revenues. During this period, no other
customer accounted for more than 10% of SpectraSite's revenues. The preceding
disclosures are historical and do not reflect our acquisition of the Nextel
towers, Westower or the other acquisitions we have completed in 1999 or expect
to complete in January 2000.

SALES AND MARKETING

     We believe that our ability to satisfy a wide range of our customer's
network deployment requirements will make us a preferred provider of all
outsourced antennae site and network services. Our sales and marketing goals are
to:

      --   use existing relationships and develop new relationships with
           wireless service providers to lease antenna space on our owned and
           managed communication sites; and

      --   form affiliations with select communications system vendors who
           utilize end-to-end services, including those provided by SpectraSite,
           which will enable us to market our services and products through
           additional channels of distribution.

     Historically, we have capitalized on the strength of our experience,
performance and relationships with wireless service providers to obtain
build-to-suit mandates, and we intend to continue to emphasize our capability in
these areas in selling our broad range of services.

     Maintaining and cultivating relationships with wireless service providers
is a main focus of senior management. In addition, we have a dedicated group of
representatives focused on sales efforts and establishing relationships with
wireless service providers. The representatives are assigned specific accounts
based on historical experience with a provider and the quality of the
relationship between the SpectraSite representative and such provider. Most
wireless service providers have national corporate headquarters with regional
offices. We believe that most decisions for site acquisition and site leasing
services are made by providers at the regional level with input from their
corporate headquarters. Our sales representatives work with provider
representatives at the local level and, when appropriate, at the national level.
Our sales staff
                                       46
<PAGE>   50

compensation is heavily weighted to incentive-based goals and measurements. In
addition to our dedicated marketing and sales staff, we rely upon our executive
and operations personnel at the national and field office levels to identify
sales opportunities within existing customer accounts, as well as acquisition
opportunities.

COMPETITION

     Our principal competitors include American Tower Corporation, Crown Castle
International Corp., Pinnacle Holdings Inc. and SBA Communications Corporation.

     Towers are not the only kind of platform for radio transmitters. The FCC
has authorized numerous entities and is considering applications from many
others to provide fixed and mobile satellite services using various frequency
bands in a manner that may compete with terrestrial service providers. Iridium
LLC, for example, has commenced space-borne provision of mobile satellite
service, although it is currently subject to bankruptcy proceedings. Teledesic
plans to provide high-speed fixed satellite data services through low-earth-
orbit satellites. In 1997, the FCC allocated one gigahertz of spectrum in the 47
GHz band for any use consistent with the spectrum allocation table. The FCC has
decided to auction this spectrum in 200 MHz blocks for the provision of
communications services. It is unclear whether these new technologies will be
commercially feasible, and to what extent they will offer significant
competitive alternatives to terrestrial structures.

EMPLOYEES


     As of December 31, 1999, SpectraSite had 1,198 employees, none of whom are
represented by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our employee
relations to be good. Due to the nature of the site construction business, we
may experience increases and decreases in employees as site construction
contracts are entered into or completed.


PROPERTIES

     SpectraSite is headquartered in Cary, North Carolina, where it currently
leases 62,136 square feet of space. We have established full-service regional
offices in the New York, Atlanta, Chicago and San Francisco areas. We open and
close project offices from time to time in connection with our network design
and development services, which offices are generally leased for periods not
exceeding 18 months.

     We own a broadcast tower manufacturing facility located in Pine Forge,
Pennsylvania. We also own five acres of land in Surrey, British Columbia,
Canada, on which a 10,000 square foot fabrication, assembly and storage facility
and a 5,000 square foot office building are located; four acres of land near
Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on which a 7,000 square foot facility is located; and
a one acre lot in Houston, Texas, on which approximately 2,500 square feet of
office space and 5,000 square feet of warehouse space are located. We also lease
office space in the following locations:

      --   Phoenix and Tucson, Arizona;

      --   Little Rock, Arkansas;

      --   Burbank, Los Angeles, Newport Beach, Sacramento and San Jose,
           California;

      --   Ft. Lauderdale, Palm Beach Gardens, Tampa and Orlando, Florida;

      --   Ridgeland, Mississippi;

      --   Las Vegas, Nevada;


      --   Syracuse, New York;


      --   Charlotte and Greensboro, North Carolina;

      --   Columbus, Ohio;

      --   Portland and Roseburg, Oregon;

                                       47
<PAGE>   51

      --   Conshohocken, Forty Fort, North Wales and Upper Gwynedd Township,
           Pennsylvania;

      --   Austin, Dallas and Houston, Texas;

      --   Redmond and Seattle, Washington; and

      --   Alberta, Nova Scotia and Ontario, Canada.

     Our interests in communications sites are comprised of a variety of fee
interests, leasehold interests created by long-term lease agreements, private
easements, easements and licenses or rights-of-way granted by government
entities. In rural areas, a communications site typically consists of a
three-to-five acre tract which supports towers, equipment shelters and guy wires
to stabilize the structure. Less than 2,500 square feet are required for a
self-supporting tower structure of the kind typically used in metropolitan
areas. Land leases generally have an initial term of five years, with five
additional five-year renewal periods. You should read "--Products and
Services--Wireless Tower Ownership and Leasing" for a list of the locations of
our owned towers.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     From time to time, SpectraSite is involved in various legal proceedings
relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not
currently a party to any such legal proceeding, the adverse outcome of which,
individually or in the aggregate, is expected to have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

INTERNATIONAL

     Our primary focus is on operations in the United States and Canada.
However, we evaluate possible international opportunities and may, in the
future, pursue opportunities we consider attractive.

REGULATORY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     FEDERAL REGULATIONS

     Both the FCC and the FAA regulate towers used for wireless communications
transmitters and receivers. Such regulations control the siting, marking and
lighting of towers and may, depending on the characteristics of particular
towers, require registration of tower facilities. Wireless communications
antennae operating on towers are separately regulated and independently licensed
by the FCC based upon the particular frequency being used and the service being
provided. In addition to these regulations, SpectraSite must comply with certain
environmental laws and regulations. See "Risk Factors--We are subject to
environmental laws that impose liability without regard to fault" and
"--Perceived health risks of radio frequency emissions could impact our
business."

     Under the requirements of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, the
FCC, in conjunction with the FAA, has developed standards to consider proposals
for new or modified antennae. These standards mandate that the FCC and the FAA
consider the height of the proposed antenna structure, the relationship of the
structure to existing natural or man-made obstructions and the proximity of the
structure to runways and airports. Proposals to construct or modify existing
structures above certain heights or within certain proximity to airports are
reviewed by the FAA to ensure they will not present a hazard to aviation. The
FAA may condition its issuance of no-hazard determinations upon compliance with
specified lighting and marking requirements. The FCC will not license the
operation of wireless telecommunications antennae on towers unless the tower has
been registered with the FCC or a determination has been made that such
registration is not necessary. The FCC will not register a tower unless it has
received all necessary clearances from the FAA. The FCC also enforces special
lighting and painting requirements. Owners of towers on which wireless
communications antennae are located have an obligation to maintain painting and
lighting to conform to FCC standards. Tower owners may also bear the
responsibility of notifying the FAA of any tower lighting failures. SpectraSite
generally indemnifies its customers against any failure to comply with
applicable regulatory standards. Failure to comply with the applicable
requirements may lead to civil penalties and tort liability.

                                       48
<PAGE>   52

     In 1995, the FCC adopted regulations making the owners of towers, rather
than communications licensees, primarily responsible for compliance with antenna
structure painting and lighting requirements. These rule changes are based on
statutory amendments adopted by Congress in 1992 extending regulatory
jurisdiction to tower owners. Communications licensees are now secondarily
responsible for tower maintenance if the tower owners are unwilling or unable to
perform those duties. Currently, these requirements apply to antenna structures
that are more than 200 feet in height, or that may interfere with the approach
or departure space of a nearby airport runway.

     The regulatory requirements adopted in 1995 required tower owners, like
SpectraSite, to register existing structures by state, in accordance with filing
windows, over a two-year period between July 1, 1996 and June 30, 1998.
Historically, tower locations were determined using area maps. The FCC has
recognized that, with the proliferation of inexpensive, satellite-based locating
devices, such as Global Positioning System receivers, structures can now be
easily located with a higher degree of accuracy. Accordingly, the FCC has told
owners who determined that tower registration information conflicted with
previously issued licenses for antennae on their towers to register their
structures using the new data and to seek new FAA determinations of no hazard as
necessary under the FAA's rules. The FCC also has instructed licensees or
permittees who discovered that the coordinates on their authorizations differed
from those determined by more accurate means to submit corrective construction
permit applications. In February 1999, the FCC's Wireless Telecommunications
Bureau announced a new policy under which defective applications for wireless
authorizations and antenna structure registrations will be summarily dismissed,
without giving the applicants an opportunity to amend but requiring them to
correct and retender their applications. As part of the new policy, the Bureau
said that effective May 1, 1999, it will return and not process tower
registration applications including data that do not agree with information
listed on previously issued FAA determinations. The FCC also announced that
applications for FCC communications authorizations would be dismissed if a tower
registration number is not listed on the FCC application. Although the FCC
initially said the rule affecting communications applications would apply
beginning May 1, 1999, for applicants proposing antennae on existing structures,
and July 1, 1999, for applicants proposing to utilize new towers, the FCC in
late April 1999 extended these deadlines. For services, such as cellular,
paging, and personal communications services, which have already had their
records converted to the FCC's new Uniform Licensing System database, the new
tougher dismissal rule applied effective July 1, 1999. For other communications
services that have not yet been converted to the Uniform Licensing System, the
FCC said the new processing rules would go into effect six months after each
service's incorporation into the Uniform Licensing System. This new policy means
that for towers to be of use to FCC applicants, it will be necessary for tower
owners to notify the FAA and obtain FCC tower registrations well in advance of
the date tenants will be filing FCC applications.

     In December 1998, the FCC announced that a recent audit of existing antenna
structures revealed that over one quarter of the audited structures had not been
registered as required by the FCC's rules. In light of this finding and several
reported near misses of towers by aircraft, the FCC in January 1999 announced a
no-tolerance policy, requiring all owners of existing unregistered structures to
register them immediately or face monetary forfeitures or civil fines.
SpectraSite has been working to review the registration of the towers it has
acquired and to confirm the accuracy of the information submitted to the FAA and
the FCC by the prior owners.

     The Telecommunications Act of 1996 amended the Communications Act of 1934
by limiting state and local zoning authorities' jurisdiction over the
construction, modification and placement of wireless communications towers. The
new law preserves local zoning authority but prohibits any action that would
discriminate between different providers of wireless services or ban altogether
the construction, modification or placement of communications towers. The 1996
Telecom Act also requires the federal government to help licensees for wireless
communications services gain access to preferred sites for their facilities.
This may require that federal agencies and departments work directly with
licensees to make federal property available for tower facilities.

                                       49
<PAGE>   53

     STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS

     Most states regulate certain aspects of real estate acquisition and leasing
activities. Where required, SpectraSite conducts the site acquisition portions
of its site acquisition services business through licensed real estate brokers
or agents, who may be employees of SpectraSite or hired as independent
contractors. Local regulations include city and other local ordinances, zoning
restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers. These
regulations vary greatly, but typically require tower owners to obtain approval
from local officials or community standards organizations prior to tower
construction. Local zoning authorities generally have been hostile to
construction of new transmission towers in their communities because of the
height and visibility of the towers. Companies owning or seeking to build towers
have encountered an array of obstacles arising from state and local regulation
of tower site construction, including environmental assessments, fall radius
assessments, marketing/lighting requirements, and concerns with interference to
other electronic devices. The delays resulting from the administration of such
restrictions can last for several months, and when appeals are involved, can
take several years.

     ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS

     Owners and operators of communications towers are subject to, and,
therefore, must comply with environmental laws. The FCC's decision to register a
proposed tower may be subject to environmental review under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969, which requires federal agencies to evaluate
the environmental impacts of their decisions under certain circumstances. The
FCC has issued regulations implementing the National Environmental Policy Act.
These regulations place responsibility on each applicant to investigate any
potential environmental effects of operations and to disclose any significant
effects on the environment in an environmental assessment prior to constructing
a tower. In the event the FCC determines the proposed tower would have a
significant environmental impact based on the standards the FCC has developed,
the FCC would be required to prepare an environmental impact statement. This
process could significantly delay the registration of a particular tower. In
addition, we are subject to environmental laws which may require investigation
and clean-up of any contamination at facilities we own or operate or at third-
party waste disposal sites. These laws could impose liability even if we did not
know of, or were not responsible for, the contamination. Although we believe
that we currently have no material liability under applicable environmental
laws, the costs of complying with existing or future environmental laws,
investigating and remediating any contaminated real property and resolving any
related liability could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.

                                       50
<PAGE>   54

                                   MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     The executive officers, directors and key employees of SpectraSite are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                    AGE                          POSITION
- ----                                    ---   ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>   <C>
Stephen H. Clark.....................   55    President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director
Timothy G. Biltz.....................   41    Chief Operating Officer
David P. Tomick......................   47    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
                                              Secretary
Richard J. Byrne.....................   42    Executive Vice President--Business Development
Calvin J. Payne......................   47    Executive Vice President--Design and Construction and
                                              a Director
Terry L. Armant......................   51    Senior Vice President--Operations
John H. Lynch........................   42    Vice President, General Counsel
Daniel I. Hunt.......................   35    Vice President--Finance and Administration
Steven C. Lilly......................   30    Vice President and Treasurer
Lawrence B. Sorrel...................   40    Chairman of the Board
Timothy M. Donahue...................   50    Director
Andrew R. Heyer......................   42    Director
James R. Matthews....................   32    Director
Thomas E. McInerney..................   58    Director
Michael J. Price.....................   42    Director
Rudolph E. Rupert....................   34    Director
Steven M. Shindler...................   36    Director
Michael R. Stone.....................   37    Director
</TABLE>

     Stephen H. Clark is President and Chief Executive Officer of SpectraSite
and a director of Holdings. He has been a director of SpectraSite since its
formation in May 1997. Mr. Clark has 22 years of general management experience
in high growth, start-up companies in the communications, technology and
manufacturing sectors. In 1994, he co-founded PCX Corporation, a manufacturer of
electrical distribution systems. Prior to starting PCX, Mr. Clark co-founded and
served as Chairman and President of Margaux, a supplier of building automation
systems. Prior to starting Margaux, he worked at several technology based,
start-up companies. Mr. Clark has a BA in physics and an MBA from the University
of Colorado.

     Timothy G. Biltz is Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining SpectraSite
in August 1999, Mr. Biltz spent 10 years at Vanguard Cellular Systems, Inc.,
most recently as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. He joined
Vanguard in 1989 as Vice President of Marketing and Operations and was Executive
Vice President and President of U.S. Wireless Operations from November 1996
until May 1998 when he became Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Biltz was
instrumental in Vanguard's development from an initial start-up to an enterprise
with over 800,000 subscribers.

     David P. Tomick is Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Secretary. Mr. Tomick has extensive experience raising capital in both private
and public markets for high growth companies in the telecommunications industry.
From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Tomick was Chief Financial Officer of Masada Security,
Inc., a company engaged in the security monitoring business. From 1988 to 1994,
he was Vice President--Finance of Falcon Cable TV, a multiple system operator of
cable television systems, where he was responsible for debt management, mergers
and acquisitions, equity origination and investor relations. Prior to 1988, he
managed a team of corporate finance professionals focusing on the communications
industry for The First National Bank of Chicago. Mr. Tomick holds a Master of
Management degree from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern
University.

                                       51
<PAGE>   55

     Richard J. Byrne is Executive Vice President--Business Development. Prior
to joining SpectraSite in April 1999, Mr. Byrne served as the Director of
Business Development for Nextel. He had primary responsibility for the tower
sale/lease-back and build-to-suit commitment. In addition, Mr. Byrne was
responsible for all carrier-to-carrier co-location agreements. Before joining
Nextel in 1997, Mr. Byrne held positions of increasing responsibility in the
System Development Group of AT&T Wireless Services. Prior to entering the
wireless communications industry, Mr. Byrne spent 15 years in the real-estate
industry. His work centered on property management, ownership and brokerage of
investment properties.

     Calvin J. Payne is Executive Vice President--Design and Construction of
SpectraSite and a director of Holdings. Mr. Payne was Co-founder, Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Westower and had been a director of
Westower or its predecessor since 1990. Prior to founding Westower, Mr. Payne
acquired experience in all aspects of the construction of steel communications
towers. Mr. Payne, an award-winning tower designer, has engineered over 600
towers. Mr. Payne is a graduate of the University of British Columbia and the
University of Western Australia.

     Terry L. Armant is Senior Vice President--Operations. Prior to joining
SpectraSite in August 1998, Mr. Armant was Director -- System Implementation at
AT&T Wireless Services. In this position, he was responsible for site
acquisition, construction, equipment installation and site management for the
Northeast region. Mr. Armant oversaw eight departments and a staff of over 115.

     John H. Lynch is Vice President, General Counsel. Prior to joining
SpectraSite in August 1999, Mr. Lynch served as General Counsel for Qualex Inc.,
the wholly-owned photofinishing subsidiary of Eastman Kodak Company. Before
joining Qualex in 1989, Mr. Lynch practiced corporate and real estate law in the
Atlanta, Georgia offices of Wildman, Harrold, Allen, Dixon and Branch. Mr. Lynch
holds a B.A. in Economics and English from Ohio Wesleyan University, an M.B.A.
from Ohio State University, and a J.D. from Ohio State University.

     Daniel I. Hunt is Vice President--Finance and Administration. Prior to
joining SpectraSite in April 1999, Mr. Hunt served as Director of Accounting and
Financial Reporting at Wavetek Wandel & Goltermann, Inc., a developer and
manufacturer of communications test equipment based in North Carolina and
Eningen, Germany. Previously, Mr. Hunt was Controller for Wandel & Goltermann
Technologies, Inc. Before joining Wandel & Goltermann, Mr. Hunt worked in the
audit and business consulting practice of Arthur Anderson. Mr. Hunt is a
certified public accountant and a graduate of Wake Forest University.

     Steven C. Lilly is Vice President and Treasurer.  Prior to joining
SpectraSite in July 1999, Mr. Lilly served as a Vice President in First Union
Corporation's loan syndications group where he was primarily responsible for
structuring and negotiating transactions for emerging telecommunications
companies, including wireless service providers, competitive local exchange
carriers and tower companies.

     Lawrence B. Sorrel has been Chairman of the Board of Holdings since April
1999. Mr. Sorrel joined Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe in 1998 and is a
managing member or general partner of the respective sole general partners of
WCAS VIII and other associated investment partnerships. Prior to joining Welsh,
Carson, Mr. Sorrel spent 12 years at Morgan Stanley, where he was a Managing
Director and senior executive in Morgan Stanley's private equity group, Morgan
Stanley Capital Partners. Mr. Sorrel is a director of Select Medical Corp.,
Emmis Communications, Westminster Healthcare Ltd. and Valor Telecommunications,
LLC.

     Timothy M. Donahue has been a director of Holdings since April 1999. Mr.
Donahue has served as Chief Executive Officer of Nextel since July 15, 1999, and
as a director of Nextel since May 1996. Prior to being named Chief Executive
Officer, Mr. Donahue served as President, and on February 29, 1996, he was
elected to the additional position of Chief Operating Officer of Nextel. From
1986 to January 1996, Mr. Donahue held various senior management positions with
AT&T Wireless Services, Inc., including Regional President for the Northeast.
Mr. Donahue serves as a director of Nextel International.

     Andrew R. Heyer has been a director of Holdings since April 1999. Mr. Heyer
is a Managing Director at CIBC World Markets Corp., where he serves as co-head
of The High Yield Group. Prior to joining CIBC World Markets, Mr. Heyer was
founder and Managing Director of the Argosy Group L.P., which was acquired by
CIBC World Markets in 1995. Mr. Heyer is also Chairman of the Board of Directors
of the Hain
                                       52
<PAGE>   56

Food Group, and is a director of Niagara Corporation, Hayes Lemmerz
International, Inc., Lancer Industries, Fairfield Manufacturing Company and
Millenium Digital Media Holdings, Inc.


     James R. Matthews has been a director of Holdings since August 1998. Mr.
Matthews has been employed by J.H. Whitney & Co. since 1994 and serves as a
general partner. Previously, he was with Gleacher & Co. Inc. and Salomon
Brothers Inc. Mr. Matthews is a director of ClearSource, Inc. and NewPath
Holdings, Inc.


     Thomas E. McInerney has been a director of Holdings since April 1999. Mr.
McInerney joined Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe in 1986 and is a managing
member or general partner of the respective sole general partners of WCAS VIII
and other associated investment partnerships. Formerly, he co-founded and served
as President and Chief Executive Officer of Dama Telecommunications Corp., a
telecommunications services company. Earlier, he was Group Vice
President--Financial Services at ADP and Senior Vice President--Operations at
the American Stock Exchange. Mr. McInerney is a director of, among others,
Centennial Cellular Corp., Control Data Systems, Bridge Information Systems, The
BISYS Group, The Cerplex Group, Attachmate Corp., Global Knowledge Network and
Valor Telecommunications, LLC.

     Michael J. Price has been a director of Holdings since April 1999. Mr.
Price is Co-Chief Executive Officer of FirstMark Communications International
LLC, a broadband wireless telecommunications company. Prior to that, he worked
at Lazard Freres & Co. LLC, starting in 1987, serving first as a Vice President
and then as a Managing Director, where he led their global technology and
telecommunications practice.

     Rudolph E. Rupert has been a director of Holdings since April 1999. Mr.
Rupert joined Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe in 1997 and is a managing member
or general partner of the respective sole general partners of Welsh, Carson,
Anderson, & Stowe VIII and other associated investment partnerships. Previously
he was at General Atlantic Partners and Lazard Freres. Mr. Rupert is a director
of Centennial Cellular and Control Data Systems, Inc.


     Steven M. Shindler has been a director of Holdings since April 1999. Mr.
Shindler joined Nextel in May 1996 and serves as Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer. Between 1987 and 1996, Mr. Shindler was an officer with
Toronto Dominion Bank, where most recently he was a Managing Director in its
Communications Finance Group. Mr. Shindler serves as a director of Nextel
International.


     Michael R. Stone has been a director of Holdings since its formation in May
1997. Mr. Stone has been employed by J.H. Whitney & Co. since 1989 and serves as
a general partner. Previously, he was with Bain & Company. Mr. Stone is a
director of TBM Holdings, Inc., Scirex Corporation, MedSource Technologies, Inc.
and Physicians Surgical Care, Inc.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     Each member of the board of directors holds office until the next annual
meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor has been duly elected and
qualified. For information regarding certain voting arrangements with respect to
the board of directors, see "Certain Transactions--Stockholders' Agreement."

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The board of directors has formed the following committees:

      --   Executive Committee;

      --   Audit Committee; and

      --   Compensation Committee.


     EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  The members of the executive committee are Stephen
Clark, Andrew Heyer, Thomas McInerney, Steven Shindler, Lawrence Sorrel and
Michael Stone. The principal functions of the executive committee include
exercising the powers of the board of directors during intervals between board


                                       53
<PAGE>   57

meetings and acting as an advisory body to the board of directors by reviewing
various matters prior to their submission to the board.

     AUDIT COMMITTEE.  The members of the audit committee are James Matthews,
Michael Price and Rudolph Rupert. The audit committee performs the following
functions:

      --   approves the selection of independent auditors for SpectraSite;

      --   reviews the scope and results of the annual audit;

      --   approves the services to be performed by the independent auditors;

      --   reviews the independence of the auditors;

      --   reviews the adequacy of the system of internal accounting controls;

      --   reviews the scope and results of internal auditing procedures; and

      --   reviews related party transactions.

     COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.  The members of the compensation committee are
Thomas McInerney, Lawrence Sorrel and Michael Stone. The compensation committee
performs the following functions:

      --   adopts and oversees the administration of compensation plans for
           executive officers and senior management of SpectraSite;

      --   determines awards granted to executive officers under such plans;

      --   approves the Chief Executive Officer's compensation; and

      --   reviews the reasonableness of such compensation.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

     The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation paid by
or incurred on behalf of SpectraSite to its Chief Executive Officer and the
other executive officers whose salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1998. Amounts shown for 1997 include compensation paid by
Holdings to the named executive officers from April 25, 1997, the date of
Holdings' inception, through December 31, 1997. The amounts reported as All
Other Compensation for all years represent SpectraSite's contributions under its
401(k) plan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   LONG TERM
                                                                  COMPENSATION
                                                                     AWARDS
                                                                  ------------
                                                                   NUMBER OF
                                                                   SECURITIES
                                        ANNUAL COMPENSATION        UNDERLYING
        NAME AND PRINCIPAL          ---------------------------     OPTIONS/        ALL OTHER
             POSITION               YEAR   SALARY($)   BONUS($)     SARS(#)      COMPENSATION($)
        ------------------          ----   ---------   --------   ------------   ---------------
<S>                                 <C>    <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>
Stephen H. Clark..................  1998    168,000     68,000      300,000           2,400
  Chief Executive Officer.........  1997    107,046         --      425,000              --
David P. Tomick...................  1998    140,000     56,000       50,000           2,178
  Chief Financial Officer.........  1997     64,029         --      225,000              --
Terry L. Armant(a)................  1998     55,192     68,150      125,000              --
  Senior Vice President
Joe L. Finley, III(b).............  1998    350,000         --           --           2,400
  Executive Vice President........  1997    248,548         --           --           2,375
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(a) Mr. Armant joined SpectraSite in August 1998.

(b) Mr. Finley was an executive officer of SpectraSite in 1997 and 1998.
    Effective January 1, 1999, Mr. Finley became a consultant to SpectraSite,
    and as of September 30, 1999, Mr. Finley ceased providing services to
    SpectraSite. See "--Employment Agreements."

                                       54
<PAGE>   58

     OPTIONS/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     All options become exercisable immediately upon a change in control. Unless
a particular option grant provides otherwise, a change in control occurs upon a
merger, consolidation, reorganization or any transaction in which all or
substantially all of Holdings' assets are sold, leased or transferred. However,
a transaction in which the holders of Holdings' capital stock immediately prior
to the transaction continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of
the surviving corporation does not constitute a change in control, and no
options become exercisable upon a change in control as to which a performance
milestone has not been achieved as of the date of the change in control. Messrs.
Clark, Tomick and Armant have agreed that the Nextel tower acquisition and the
related financing transactions did not constitute a change of control under
their options. The shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the options
are subject to certain rights of first refusal.

     The present value of the options granted was estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
dividend yield of 0.0%, volatility of 0.7, risk-free interest rate of 6.0% and
expected option lives of seven years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          NUMBER OF      % OF TOTAL
                          SECURITIES    OPTIONS/SARS
                          UNDERLYING     GRANTED TO
                         OPTIONS/SARS   EMPLOYEES IN   EXERCISE PRICE   EXPIRATION    GRANT DATE
NAME                       GRANTED          1998         PER SHARE         DATE      PRESENT VALUE
- ----                     ------------   ------------   --------------   ----------   -------------
<S>                      <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>
Stephen H. Clark.......    300,000          36%            $4.00         3/23/08       $178,500
David P. Tomick........     50,000            6             4.00         3/23/08         31,500
Terry L. Armant........    125,000           14             4.00         8/10/08         75,000
</TABLE>

              AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                         AND YEAR-END OPTION/SAR VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            NUMBER OF SECURITIES           VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                           UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED              IN-THE-MONEY
                                                OPTIONS/SARS                   OPTIONS/SARS
                                            AT DECEMBER 31, 1998          AT DECEMBER 31, 1998($)
                                         ---------------------------    ---------------------------
NAME                                     EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- ----                                     -----------   -------------    -----------   -------------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>
Stephen H. Clark.......................    106,250        618,750        $117,938       $353,813
David P. Tomick........................     56,250        218,750          62,438        187,313
Terry L. Armant........................          0        125,000               0              0
</TABLE>

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     SpectraSite has entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs.
Clark, Tomick and Byrne effective April 20, 1999. The initial term of the
employment agreements is five years. The annual salaries for Messrs. Clark,
Tomick and Byrne are $225,000, $200,000 and $175,000, respectively, and they are
eligible to receive annual bonuses determined at the discretion of the board of
directors. Mr. Byrne also received a $40,000 bonus in connection with his
relocation to Cary, North Carolina. If their employment is terminated as a
result of their death, disability, or termination without cause Messrs. Clark,
Tomick and Byrne will be entitled to receive continued salary, bonus and health
benefits for a period of 24 months.

     Under the employment agreements, Messrs. Clark, Tomick and Byrne were
granted incentive stock options to purchase 775,000, 225,000 and 200,000 shares
of common stock, respectively. The exercise price for the options will be $5.00.
Twenty percent of the stock options will become exercisable each year over the
five-year employment period. If SpectraSite terminates the employment of Mr.
Byrne without cause, or if he dies or becomes disabled, then his stock options
shall be fully exercisable. If SpectraSite terminates the employment of Mr.
Clark or Mr. Tomick without cause, or if either of them dies or becomes
disabled, then

                                       55
<PAGE>   59

the stock options that they held prior to entering into the employment
agreement, but not those granted under the employment agreement, shall be fully
exercisable.

     Messrs. Clark, Tomick and Byrne have agreed that for a period of 24 months
following the termination of their employment with SpectraSite they will not:

      --   engage in competition, own any interest in, or perform any services
           for any business which engages in competition with SpectraSite;

      --   solicit management employees of SpectraSite or otherwise interfere
           with the employment relationship between SpectraSite and its
           employees; or

      --   engage or work with any supplier, contractor or entity with a
           business relationship with SpectraSite, if such action would have a
           material adverse effect on SpectraSite.

     In addition, in connection with his employment with SpectraSite, Mr. Byrne
purchased 50,000 shares of common stock for a nominal amount. Mr. Byrne's right
to retain these shares of common stock vests in equal 25% installments on each
of the first four anniversaries of his employment agreement. Vesting will
accelerate upon Mr. Byrne's termination without cause or if he dies or becomes
disabled. Mr. Byrne will also receive a bonus to pay income taxes incurred in
connection with this purchase of common stock.

     On May 12, 1997, SpectraSite entered an employment agreement with Joe L.
Finley, III. The initial term of the employment agreement was May 12, 1997 to
May 31, 1999. SpectraSite and Mr. Finley terminated the employment agreement,
effective December 31, 1998. In connection with the termination of his
employment agreement, Mr. Finley agreed that:

      --   he will not use, divulge or otherwise transfer or convey any
           confidential or proprietary information obtained as a result of his
           employment;

      --   prior to January 1, 2002, he will not engage in any business related
           to certain of SpectraSite's activities in any state where SpectraSite
           has done business at any time during the three years prior to the
           termination of Mr. Finley's employment; and

      --   prior to January 1, 2002, he will not interfere with the
           relationships between SpectraSite and any of its affiliates,
           including employees and customers existing at any time during the two
           years prior to Mr. Finley's departure, or suppliers existing at any
           time during the three years prior to Mr. Finley's departure.

     SpectraSite and Finley & Company, Inc., an Arkansas corporation, entered
into a consulting agreement effective January 1, 1999, and this agreement was
terminated as of September 30, 1999. Finley & Company has agreed that it will
not use, divulge or otherwise transfer or convey any confidential or proprietary
information obtained as a result of consultation activities conducted for
SpectraSite, and assigned all rights, title and interest to any inventions,
ideas, developments and designs created while providing services under the
consulting agreement. Further, Finley & Company has agreed not to provide or
perform the same or substantially similar services for any competing business
which it provides to SpectraSite or to any SpectraSite customer as it provides
for such customers under the consulting agreement. Finley & Company also has
agreed not to interfere with the relationship between SpectraSite and any of its
employees, or any of its customers or suppliers.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

     The SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan was originally
effective June 24, 1997 and was amended and restated effective August 5, 1999.
The plan has a term of ten years and provides for the issuance of incentive
stock options, non-qualified stock options and other stock-based awards to key
employees, directors, advisors and consultants of SpectraSite, as well as any
subsidiary of SpectraSite. An aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of common stock has
been reserved for issuance under the plan. The number of shares available for
grant as options may be adjusted in the event of a stock split, stock dividend,
combination of shares, spin-off, spin-out or other similar change, exchange or
reclassification of the common stock at the

                                       56
<PAGE>   60

discretion of the board, and shares subject to an option which expires, is
terminated or canceled, or is repurchased by SpectraSite, shall be available for
future grants under the plan.

     ADMINISTRATION.  The plan may be administered by the board of directors or
by a duly appointed committee having powers specified by the board. This
committee shall consist solely of directors who are non-employee directors, for
purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and outside directors, for purposes
of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The specific terms of any award
under the plan will be reflected in a written agreement. The committee
administering the plan has the discretion to determine which eligible
individuals will receive awards, the number of shares to be covered by the
awards, the exercise date of the awards, whether the options should be incentive
stock options or non-qualified stock options, and the terms and conditions of
the awards.

     STOCK OPTIONS--INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS AND NONQUALIFIED STOCK
OPTIONS.  Under the plan, the committee has the discretion to grant incentive
stock options qualifying for special tax treatment under Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code and nonqualified stock options that do not qualify for
such treatment. The exercise price of any incentive stock option may not be less
than the fair market value of the stock on the date the option is granted,
provided the exercise price of any incentive stock option shall not be less than
110% of the fair market value of a share of stock on the date the option is
granted in the event the participant owns stock possessing more than 10% of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of Holdings. Payment of the
option price is to be made in cash, by check, in cash equivalent or by any other
form permitted by the committee, including by promissory note to SpectraSite or
by delivering other shares. Only employees are eligible to receive incentive
stock options, and at the time an incentive stock option is granted, the fair
market value of the common stock for which the incentive stock option will
become exercisable in any year may not exceed $100,000.

     The committee is authorized to award re-load options to participants in
order to enable the participant to use previously owned shares to pay the
exercise price of the stock options and/or to satisfy any tax withholding
requirements incident to the exercise of the underlying options, without
reducing the participant's overall ownership of shares. Re-load options are not
intended to be incentive stock options, become exercisable twelve months after
the date of grant, and must be exercised within the term of the original stock
option.

     OTHER AWARDS.  Under the plan, the committee has the discretion to grant
restricted stock, performance awards, dividend equivalents, deferred stock,
stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards on terms and conditions
determined by the committee.

     Restricted stock means shares that are subject to certain transfer
restrictions and/or risk of forfeiture. Except as specifically set forth in the
restricted stock award agreement, the participant will have all rights and
privileges of a stockholder as to his or her restricted stock, including the
rights to vote and to receive dividends.

     Performance award means an award of the right to receive shares, cash or
other property upon the achievement of performance criteria determined by the
committee.

     Dividend equivalent means the award of the right to the payment of amounts
equal to the value of dividends that may be paid with respect to shares in the
future. The committee may provide that dividend equivalents will be paid or
distributed when accrued or will be deemed to have been reinvested in additional
shares or awards, or otherwise reinvested.

     Deferred stock means an award of the right to receive shares upon
expiration of a deferral period subject to certain restrictions and the risk of
forfeiture as provided under the plan and the award agreement related to the
award. Holdings will deliver shares under a deferred stock award upon expiration
of the deferral period or other conditions specified by the committee or, if
permitted by the committee, as elected by the participant.

     Stock appreciation right means a right to receive an amount measured by the
appreciation in the fair market value of shares from the date of grant of the
stock appreciation right to the date of exercise of the right. A stock
appreciation right may be exercised at such times and in such manner as is
determined by the committee and, as determined by the committee, may be settled
in cash, shares or other property.

                                       57
<PAGE>   61

     The committee may grant other stock-based awards purely as bonuses that are
not subject to any restrictions or conditions. Such awards will be denominated
or payable in, valued by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to,
shares.

     RESTRICTIONS ON PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS.  Performance awards,
performance-based restricted stock, and certain other stock-based awards subject
to performance criteria are intended to be qualified performance-based
compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code,
and will be paid solely on account of the attainment of one or more
preestablished, objective performance goals within the meaning of Section 162(m)
and the regulations thereunder. As selected by the committee, the performance
goal will be the attainment of one or more preestablished amounts of sales
revenue, net income, operating income, cash flow, return on assets, return on
equity or total shareholder return of SpectraSite. No participant may be granted
any combination of performance awards, restricted stock or other stock-based
awards subject to performance criteria in any single year, the value of which is
based on more than 1,000,000 shares. The payout of any such award to a
participant may be reduced, but not increased, based on the degree of attainment
of other performance criteria or otherwise at the direction of the committee.

     VESTING AND EXERCISABILITY.  Generally, SpectraSite expects the committee
to award options that vest and become exercisable according to a vesting
schedule of not less than four years. In the event of a merger, consolidation,
corporate reorganization, or any transaction in which all or substantially all
of the assets of SpectraSite are sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed
of, all outstanding options shall immediately vest and become exercisable as of
a date prior to the change in control, unless the options were to become
exercisable upon attainment of a performance milestone which has not been
achieved as of the date of the change in control.

     VESTING AND EXERCISABILITY FOR INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  Once vested, an
incentive stock option may remain exercisable until the earliest of:

      --   ten years from the date of grant or five years from the date of grant
           if the participant owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total
           combined voting power of all classes of stock of SpectraSite;

      --   three months from the date on which the participant terminates
           employment with SpectraSite; or

      --   if the participant's employment ceases by reason of his or her death
           or disability, 12 months from the date on which the participant's
           employment terminated.

     In no event shall an incentive stock option be exercisable after one month
following the date a participant's employment with SpectraSite is terminated for
cause, as determined by the committee.

     VESTING FOR RESTRICTED STOCK.  Restricted stock awards will be subject to
the vesting schedules stated in the applicable award agreements. Any restricted
stock awards that are not vested or are subject to restrictions upon the
employee's termination of employment for any reason with SpectraSite will be
forfeited, provided that the committee may determine that a participant may
become vested in all or any portion of his award if his employment termination
constitutes a dismissal without cause and/or follows a change in control.

     VESTING FOR DEFERRED STOCK.  In general, any deferred stock that is subject
to deferral, other than deferral at the employee's election, will be forfeited
upon the employee's termination of employment for any reason during the deferral
period, subject to the committee's authority to waive such forfeiture
conditions.

     VESTING FOR OTHER STOCK BASED AWARDS.  A participant's rights in other
awards will be subject to forfeiture in accordance with the terms and conditions
of each award as set forth in the award agreement related to that award.

     RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.  Generally, SpectraSite expects the committee to
award options subject to a right of first refusal. When a participant proposes
to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer any shares acquired upon the exercise of
an option, SpectraSite would have the right to repurchase those shares under a
right of first refusal, in accordance with the terms set forth in the individual
option agreements. If SpectraSite fails to exercise the right of first refusal,
the participant may conclude the proposed transfer, but the subsequent
transferee would

                                       58
<PAGE>   62

be required, as a condition of the transfer, to hold the shares subject to
SpectraSite's right of first refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer.
SpectraSite's right of first refusal would not apply to transfers of shares:

      --   in connection with a change in control;

      --   to one or more members of the participant's immediate family;

      --   that constitute a pledge to SpectraSite as security for a loan by
           SpectraSite to the participant in connection with exercise of an
           option; or

      --   that have been approved by the board.

     In addition, SpectraSite's right of first refusal would terminate upon a
change in control, unless the successor assumes the plan, or at such time as the
common stock is traded on a public market.

     ASSIGNMENT OF INTEREST/NON-TRANSFERABILITY.  Awards under the plan
generally are not assignable or transferable except by the laws of descent and
distribution. A participant's rights under the plan belong to the participant
alone and may not be sold, transferred, assigned or pledged to any other person
during his or her lifetime, provided the committee may permit an option or
restricted stock to be transferable to members of the participant's immediate
family or to a trust, partnership or other entity for the benefit of the
participant and/or member of the participant's immediate family to the extent
the shares underlying the options or restricted stock may be registered pursuant
to a Form S-8.

     MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES.  The maximum number of shares with respect to
which options and awards may be granted to a participant in any single taxable
year is 1,000,000.

     COMPETITION.  Notwithstanding any plan provisions to the contrary, the
committee may provide under the terms of any award agreement that all rights of
the participant in any award, to the extent such rights have not already expired
or been exercised, will terminate and be extinguished immediately if a
participant engages in competition, as defined in the applicable award
agreement, with SpectraSite or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or
successors, whether during or after his or her employment. In the event that a
participant exercises an option or other award at a time when, without the
committee's knowledge or consent, he or she has already engaged in competition
with SpectraSite, the committee may rescind and void such exercise, and the
participant will return upon demand by the committee such stock certificate(s)
representing the shares issued to him or her upon the exercise of the option or
award and still owned by the participant.

     AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.  The plan may be amended, suspended or
terminated by the board in whole or in part at any time, provided that such
amendment, suspension or termination of the plan may not adversely affect the
rights of or obligations to the participants without the participants' consent.
The board must obtain stockholder approval for any change in the plan that
would:

      --   extend the period during which options may be granted beyond June 24,
           2007;

      --   materially increase the number of shares which may be issued under
           the plan; or

      --   materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for
           participation under the plan.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN TAX CONSEQUENCES

     STOCK OPTIONS.  The grant of an option under the plan will not have any
immediate effect on the federal income tax liability of SpectraSite or the
participant. If the board grants a participant a non-qualified stock option,
then the participant will recognize ordinary income at the time he or she
exercises the non-qualified stock option equal to the difference between the
fair market value of the common stock and the exercise price paid by the
participant, and SpectraSite will receive a deduction for the same amount.

     If the board grants a participant an incentive stock option, then the
participant generally will not recognize any taxable income at the time he or
she exercises the incentive stock option, other than potential liability for
alternative minimum tax, but will recognize income only at the time he or she
sells the common stock acquired by exercise of the incentive stock option. Upon
sale of the common stock acquired upon exercise of the incentive stock option,
the participant will recognize income equal to the difference between
                                       59
<PAGE>   63

the exercise price paid by the participant and the amount received upon sale,
and such income generally will be eligible for capital gain treatment.
SpectraSite generally is not entitled to an income tax deduction for the grant
of an incentive stock option or as a result of either the participant's exercise
of an incentive stock option or the participant's sale of the common stock
acquired through exercise of an incentive stock option. However, if the
participant sells the common stock either within two years of the date of the
grant to him or her of the incentive stock option, or within one year of the
date of the transfer to him or her of the common stock following exercise of the
incentive stock option, then the option is treated for federal income tax
purposes as if it were a non-qualified stock option; the income recognized by
the participant will not be eligible for capital gain treatment and SpectraSite
will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction equal to the amount of income
recognized by the participant.

     AWARDS OF RESTRICTED STOCK.  If the participant receives restricted stock,
the participant will be taxed in accordance with Section 83 of the Internal
Revenue Code. In general, under Section 83(a) a participant will not recognize
ordinary income, and SpectraSite will not receive a deduction, with respect to
restricted stock until such shares are no longer subject to risk of forfeiture
or are transferable. The amount included in ordinary income will be the fair
market value of the restricted stock determined as of the date the shares are no
longer subject to risk of forfeiture or are transferable. However, under Section
83(b), the participant may accelerate the recognition of ordinary income to the
time of the grant of the restricted stock award by filing an election with the
Internal Revenue Service and SpectraSite no later than 30 days after the date of
grant. In that case, the amount of ordinary income recognized by the participant
and the amount of SpectraSite's deduction will be equal to the fair market value
of the restricted stock determined as of the date of grant of the restricted
stock award.

     OTHER AWARDS.  In general, there will be no tax consequences to the
participant upon the issuance of other awards under the plan, and the
participant will recognize ordinary income only at the time that cash, shares or
other property are received by the participant under the award. The amount of
ordinary income recognized by the participant will be equal to the cash received
by the participant and/or the fair market value of the shares or other property
received by the participant, determined as of the date of receipt. The
disclosure contained in this prospectus of the stock incentive plan will
constitute approval of SpectraSite's adoption of the plan for purposes of the
stockholder approval requirements of SEC Rule 16b-3, which will exempt certain
transactions involving the plan from short-swing profit liability under Section
16(b) of the Exchange Act.

SPECTRASITE'S EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

     SpectraSite has adopted the SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. Employee Stock
Purchase Plan. The stock purchase plan is administered by a committee designated
by the board of directors. The board of directors has reserved and authorized
for issuance under the stock purchase plan 1,000,000 shares of common stock. We
intend to register the shares reserved under the stock purchase plan with the
SEC. However, we currently do not expect to issue shares under this plan before
September 30, 2000.

     All individuals employed by SpectraSite as of a grant date who customarily
work at least 20 hours per week and five months per year will be eligible to
participate in the stock purchase plan. Each eligible employee will be given an
option to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to the total dollar
amount contributed by the employee to his or her payroll deduction account
during each six month offering period, divided by the purchase price per share
under the option. In no event may an employee receive an option which would
permit him or her during any one calendar year to purchase shares which have a
fair market value on the grant date in excess of $25,000. The price of the
shares offered to employees under the stock purchase plan will be the lesser of:

      --   85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date;
           or

      --   85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the exercise
           date.

     Generally, the employee does not recognize taxable income, and SpectraSite
is not entitled to an income tax deduction, on the grant or exercise of an
option issued under the stock purchase plan. If the employee sells the shares
acquired upon exercise of his or her option at least one year after the date he
or she exercised the

                                       60
<PAGE>   64

option and at least two years after the date the option was granted to him or
her, then the employee will recognize ordinary income equal to the difference
between the fair market value of the stock as of the date of grant and the
exercise price. Any additional appreciation realized on the sale of the option
stock will be treated as a capital gain. SpectraSite will be entitled to an
income tax deduction corresponding to the amount of ordinary income recognized
by the employee. If the employee sells the shares acquired upon the exercise of
his or her option at any time within one year after the date of exercise of the
option, or two years after the date the option was granted, then the employee
will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of

      --   the lesser of the sale price or the fair market value on the date of
           exercise, over

      --   the exercise price of the option.

     Payment of an eligible employee's subscription amount will be made through
payroll deductions, and an employee's participation in the stock purchase plan
is contingent on the employee providing SpectraSite with written authorization
to withhold from his or her pay an amount to be applied toward the purchase of
shares of common stock. An eligible employee is deemed to have exercised his or
her option granted under the stock purchase plan as of the exercise date.

     SpectraSite will generally be entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to
the amount of ordinary income recognized by the employee.

     The stock purchase plan may be amended, suspended or terminated by the
board of directors at any time, provided such amendment, suspension or
termination of the stock purchase plan may not adversely affect the rights of or
obligations to the participants without the participants' consent, and any such
amendment, suspension or termination will be subject to the approval of
SpectraSite stockholders to the extent required by any federal or state law or
regulation of any stock exchange.

                                       61
<PAGE>   65

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

TELESITE AND METROSITE ACQUISITION


     On May 12, 1997, in connection with its formation, SpectraSite purchased
the outstanding membership units of Telesite Services, LLC and Metrosite
Management, LLC from Joe L. Finley, III and certain affiliates of Mr. Finley for
an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7.2 million which consisted of
cash and 81,753 shares of common stock valued at $177,200 in the aggregate. In
addition, as part of the acquisition consideration, 408,764 shares of common
stock were issued into escrow, to be released when and if the acquired business
achieved certain operating goals. The escrow arrangement provided that
SpectraSite may repurchase the shares held in escrow if the acquired business
did not achieve the specified operating goals. In May 1998, SpectraSite
exercised its option to repurchase 204,382 shares of the common stock held in
escrow for an aggregate repurchase price of $204.38, and in May 1999,
SpectraSite repurchased an additional 137,828 shares for an aggregate purchase
price of $137.83. The remaining 66,554 shares of common stock were released to
Mr. Finley in May 1999.


     Joe L. Finley, III, formerly the Vice Chairman of Holdings' board of
directors, members of Mr. Finley's family and entities controlled by Mr. Finley
received all of the aggregate purchase price, which amount included a note
payable to Mr. Finley in the original principal amount of approximately $2.3
million, and all of the common stock issued in connection with the acquisitions.
SpectraSite used approximately $2.3 million of the proceeds from the sale of the
2008 notes to pay the outstanding principal amount of and accrued interest on
the note payable to Mr. Finley.

REPURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK FROM FORMER EMPLOYEE

     In an agreement dated September 15, 1998, a former employee agreed to sell
125,000 shares of common stock to SpectraSite and to release SpectraSite from
any potential claims for an agreed upon price. In addition, the agreement
provided that stockholders of Holdings would have an option to purchase the
former employee's remaining 37,605 shares of common stock for the same price per
share, provided that SpectraSite advise the former employee in writing of the
exercise of all or any portion of such option by November 15, 1998. On October
9, 1998, SpectraSite paid the former employee $0.5 million for his shares and
the release under the agreement, and on February 5, 1999, David P. Tomick
purchased the remaining 37,605 shares for an aggregate purchase price of
$150,240.

THE PREFERRED STOCK OFFERINGS

     According to the terms of a stock purchase agreement, dated as of May 12,
1997, Whitney Equity Partners, L.P. and Kitty Hawk Capital Limited Partnership,
III purchased an aggregate of 3,462,830 shares of Holdings' Series A preferred
stock for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million in a transaction exempt
from registration under the Securities Act.

     According to the terms of a stock purchase agreement, dated as of March 23,
1998, Whitney Equity Partners, L.P., J.H. Whitney III, L.P., Whitney Strategic
Partners III, L.P., Waller-Sutton Media Partners, L.P., Kitty Hawk Capital
Limited Partnership, III, Kitty Hawk Capital Limited Partnership IV, Eagle Creek
Capital, L.L.C., The North Carolina Enterprise Fund, L.P., Finley Family Limited
Partnership, William R. Gupton, Jack W. Jackman and Alton D. Eckert purchased an
aggregate of 7,000,000 shares of Holdings' Series B preferred stock for an
aggregate purchase price of $28.0 million. As of March 23, 1998 the Series B
investors purchased the first installment of 4,250,000 shares of Series B
preferred stock for $17.0 million. As of August 27, 1998, the Series B investors
(other than Whitney Equity Partners, L.P.) purchased 2,074,016 shares for an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $8.3 million and as of September 21,
1998, Whitney Equity Partners, L.P. purchased the remaining 675,874 shares of
Series B preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2.7
million.

     According to the terms of a stock purchase agreement, dated as of February
10, 1999, as amended on April 20, 1999, Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VIII,
L.P., certain other persons and entities affiliated with Welsh, Carson, Anderson
& Stowe, J.H. Whitney III, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners III, L.P., CIBC WG

                                       62
<PAGE>   66

Argosy Merchant Fund 2, L.L.C., Co-Investment Merchant Fund 3, LLC, The North
Carolina Enterprise Fund, L.P., Waller-Sutton Media Partners, L.P., Kitty Hawk
Capital Limited Partnership, IV, Finley Family Limited Partnership, Eagle Creek
Capital, L.L.C., David P. Tomick, Jack W. Jackman, Alton D. Eckert, William R.
Gupton, The Price Family Limited Partnership and Benake L.P. agreed to purchase
46,286,795 shares of Holdings' Series C convertible preferred stock in
connection with and partially to fund the Nextel tower acquisition. The Series C
investors paid an aggregate purchase price of approximately $231.4 million on
April 20, 1999 for the shares of Holdings' Series C preferred stock in a
transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

     The Series C investors, including the holders of the Series A preferred
stock and the Series B preferred stock, and certain other stockholders of
Holdings are entitled to certain rights under the stockholders' agreement and
the registration rights agreement, described below.

AGREEMENTS WITH NEXTEL

     On April 20, 1999, Nextel and SpectraSite entered into several agreements
in connection with SpectraSite's acquisition of tower assets from Nextel. The
following is a summary of the material terms of these agreements.

     Master Site Commitment Agreement.  SpectraSite and certain of Nextel's
subsidiaries entered into a master site commitment agreement under which Nextel
and its controlled affiliates will offer SpectraSite certain exclusive
opportunities, under specified terms and conditions, relating to the
construction or purchase of, or co-location on, additional communications sites.
These sites will then be leased by subsidiaries of Nextel under the terms of the
master site lease agreement. If the number of new sites leased, whether
purchased from Nextel, constructed at Nextel's request or otherwise made
available for co-location by Nextel, its affiliates and Nextel Partners, is less
than the agreed upon numbers as of particular dates, then commencing with the
37th month after the closing, Nextel has agreed to make certain payments to
SpectraSite. The master site commitment agreement terminates on the earlier of
April 20, 2004 or the date on which the number of sites purchased or constructed
or made available for co-location under the master site commitment agreement
equals or exceeds 1,700. The master site commitment agreement also gives
SpectraSite a right of first refusal to acquire any towers that Nextel or
certain affiliates desire to sell.

     The master site commitment agreement specifies that SpectraSite is not
obligated to develop more than 566 new sites each year. SpectraSite has agreed
to abide by Nextel's deployment plan. To date, Nextel's plan has emphasized
filling gaps in current coverage areas to increase capacity and enhance signal
quality, as well as deploying sites in areas contiguous to Nextel's existing
markets and deploying sites in new markets to expand the Nextel network. These
sites also include sites operated or to be developed by Nextel Partners in their
service areas. This strategy contemplates expansion and deployment in most major
metropolitan areas of the contiguous United States, including highway corridors
that connect existing and planned markets, particularly in the eastern half of
the United States and along the west coast. SpectraSite is not obligated to
develop sites outside of Nextel's or Nextel Partners' currently delineated
network deployment area to the extent these sites account for more than 10% of
the total sites developed under this agreement.

     The agreement may be terminated by either side, by written notice, under
certain conditions. SpectraSite may terminate the agreement if:

      --   Nextel or one of its subsidiaries that transferred assets to
           SpectraSite becomes insolvent, or is unable to pay its debts as they
           become due; or

      --   Nextel or a transferring subsidiary is liquidated, voluntarily or
           involuntarily, or a receiver or liquidator is appointed for that
           entity.

     Nextel may terminate the agreement if:

      --   either Holdings or its subsidiary holding the Nextel towers becomes
           insolvent, or is unable to pay its debts as they become due;

                                       63
<PAGE>   67

      --   either Holdings or such subsidiary is liquidated, voluntarily or
           involuntarily, or a receiver or liquidator is appointed for such
           entity; or

      --   at or after the end of any calendar year, Nextel has exercised its
           rights to recover a penalty payment, as specified in the agreement,
           because, for more than 10% of the total number of towers required to
           be developed by SpectraSite during each year, SpectraSite has failed
           to complete development of new towers during the allotted time
           period.

     Either SpectraSite or Nextel may terminate the agreement if the other party
is in breach of an obligation to pay money or in breach of a material
nonmonetary obligation, if the breach is neither waived nor cured.

     Master Site Lease Agreement.  SpectraSite and Nextel entered into a master
site lease agreement under which SpectraSite has agreed to lease to Nextel's
subsidiaries space on wireless communications towers or other transmission
space:

      --   at the sites transferred to SpectraSite as part of the Nextel tower
           acquisition;

      --   at the sites subsequently constructed or acquired by SpectraSite
           under the master site commitment agreement; or

      --   at other sites and related wireless communications towers or
           transmission space owned, leased or licensed by SpectraSite.

     In addition, an entity in which Nextel holds a minority equity interest,
Nextel Partners, may in the future enter into a separate master site lease
agreement. Under this separate agreement, SpectraSite would agree to lease to
Nextel Partners space on wireless communications towers or other transmission
space:

      --   at some of the sites transferred to SpectraSite as part of the Nextel
           tower acquisition;

      --   at some of the sites subsequently constructed or acquired by
           SpectraSite under the master site commitment agreement; or

      --   at other sites and related space on wireless communications towers or
           transmission space owned, leased or licensed by SpectraSite.

     If Nextel Partners does not enter into a master site lease agreement with
SpectraSite in the future, any site that would otherwise have been leased to
Nextel Partners thereunder will instead be leased to Nextel's subsidiaries under
the Nextel master site lease agreement.

     The Nextel master site lease agreement and, if executed, the Nextel
Partners master site lease agreement will be supplemented from time to time to
provide for the lease of space on certain additional communications towers or
other transmission space at sites owned, constructed or acquired by SpectraSite.
Nextel and, if Nextel Partners executes a master site lease agreement, Nextel
Partners shall have a right of first refusal with respect to the sale of any
sites acquired by SpectraSite as part of the Nextel tower acquisition or
constructed or acquired by SpectraSite under the master site commitment
agreement.

     The Nextel master site lease agreement and, if executed, the Nextel
Partners master site lease agreement provide that within 15 days of the
commencement of the lease of a given site, and on the first day of each month
thereafter for the term of the lease, a rental payment of $1,600 per month will
be due on each tower which SpectraSite leases to any of the tenants who are
parties to the agreement. Monthly payments will be adjusted for partial months
when appropriate. On each annual anniversary of a given lease's commencement,
the rent owed under the lease will increase by 3%.

     Other rental provisions include:

      --   an option for tenants to lease additional space, if available, on
           sites where the tenant already leases space; and

      --   a right allowing tenants to install, at their sole option and expense
           and only when additional capacity exists at the rental site,
           microwave antennae of various sizes and other equipment at additional
           rental rates delineated in the agreement.
                                       64
<PAGE>   68

     These provisions are subject to the same annual 3% rate increase as the
base rent.

     The agreement further provides that each tenant is responsible for any
portion of personal property taxes assessed on any site and directly
attributable to the tenant's property, franchise and similar taxes imposed on
the tenant's business and sales tax imposed upon payment or receipt of rents
payable under the agreement. The landlord is responsible for all other taxes.
Additionally, the agreement provides that the landlord will be responsible for
certain types of insurance. Each tenant is also responsible for certain other
types of insurance.

     The term of each lease contracted under the agreement is at least five
years, with a right to extend for five successive five-year periods. In certain
cases, the initial lease term will be six, seven or eight years. The lease is
automatically renewed unless the tenant submits notification of its intent to
terminate the lease, when its current term expires, prior to such expiration.
The tenant has the right to trade the term of any given site for the term of any
other site, upon written notice to the landlord. However, such a trade is
limited to one time per site per term.

     A tenant may terminate a lease for any site, at its sole discretion,
without further liability to the landlord, with 30 days prior written notice,
if:

      --   the tenant uses reasonable efforts and fails to obtain or maintain
           any license, permit or other approval necessary for operation of its
           communications equipment; or

      --   the tenant is unable to use the tower due to FCC action which is not
           a result of any action by the tenant.

     Either party may terminate a lease for any site with 60 days prior written
notice, if the other party breaches a nonmonetary obligation, subject to certain
cure provisions. Either party may terminate a lease for any site with 10 days
prior written notice, if the other party breaches a monetary obligation and that
breach is not cured within the 10-day period. In addition, if Nextel or Nextel
Partners, if Nextel Partners executes a master site lease agreement, defaults on
rental payments with respect to more than 10% of the sites covered by its
respective master site lease agreement and Nextel or Nextel Partners, as the
case may be, remains in default for 30 days following notice from SpectraSite,
SpectraSite may cancel the master site lease agreement of the defaulting party
as to all sites covered by that agreement.

     Security and Subordination Agreement.  SpectraSite and Nextel entered into
a security and subordination agreement under which SpectraSite granted to Nextel
a continuing security interest in the assets acquired in the Nextel tower
acquisition or acquired or constructed under the master site commitment
agreement. This interest secures SpectraSite's obligations under the Nextel
master site lease agreement and, if applicable, the Nextel Partners master site
lease agreement. The terms of an intercreditor agreement render Nextel's lien
and the other rights and remedies of Nextel under the security and subordination
agreement subordinate and subject to the rights and remedies of the lenders
under the credit facility.

TRANSACTIONS RELATED TO THE NEXTEL TOWER ACQUISITION

     On April 20, 1999, in connection with the Nextel tower acquisition, Messrs.
Sorrel, Rupert, McInerney and Price purchased 50,000, 25,000, 262,973 and
100,000 shares of Holdings' Series C preferred stock for $5.00 per share,
respectively. See "-- The Preferred Stock Offerings." In addition, Mr. Price
purchased 100,000 shares of common stock and executed promissory notes as
payment for the common stock. The promissory notes mature on April 20, 2009 and
bear interest at 5.67% per year. Under the purchase agreement for Mr. Price's
shares, 25% of the shares of common stock vest each year, with the first
installment vesting on April 20, 2000. In addition, SpectraSite has the right to
repurchase half of the shares at their original cost to Mr. Price at any time
prior to April 20, 2000 and upon the date Mr. Price ceases to perform services
for SpectraSite. Each of Messrs. Sorrel, Rupert, McInerney and Price are members
of Holdings' board of directors. Messrs. Sorrel, Rupert and McInerney are also
affiliates of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe.

     Affiliates of Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, J. H. Whitney & Co., and
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce received an aggregate of two million shares
of Holdings common stock as consideration for financing commitments made in
connection with the Nextel tower acquisition. Welsh Carson, J. H. Whitney

                                       65
<PAGE>   69

and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce are each significant stockholders of
Holdings and affiliates of each entity are members of Holdings' board of
directors.

     To finance a portion of the cash consideration paid to Nextel, Holdings
issued and sold the 2009 notes in a private offering and borrowed $150.0 million
under its credit facility. CIBC World Markets Corp. was an initial purchaser in
the 2009 notes offering, and an affiliate of CIBC World Markets is an agent and
a lender under the credit facility. CIBC World Markets was also an initial
purchaser of Holdings' 2008 notes. CIBC World Markets and its affiliates
received customary fees for such services. Andrew M. Heyer is a director of
Holdings and a Managing Director of CIBC World Markets Corp.

TRANSACTIONS WITH EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     In May 1997, Stephen H. Clark agreed to invest additional personal funds in
SpectraSite at the average per share price of Holdings Series A and Series B
preferred stock. In satisfaction of this commitment, Mr. Clark purchased 210,000
shares of Holdings common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $772,800 on
April 20, 1999.

     In August 1999, SpectraSite loaned David P. Tomick $325,000 in connection
with the exercise of certain stock options. The 112,500 shares Mr. Tomick
acquired through the exercise of these options are pledged to SpectraSite as
security for this loan. The loan bears interest at the applicable federal rate
under the Internal Revenue Code, 5.36% per annum, and matures in August 2002.

     In September 1999, SpectraSite loaned Timothy G. Biltz $500,000 to purchase
a home as a relocation incentive. This loan will be secured by any shares of
Holdings common stock issued to Mr. Biltz upon his exercise of options, bears
interest at 5.82% per annum and matures in September 2004.

STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

     In connection with the closing of the Nextel tower acquisition, Holdings
and its stockholders entered into the third amended and restated stockholders'
agreement, which superseded and replaced the existing stockholders' agreement
among Holdings and its stockholders. The following is a summary of the material
terms of the stockholders' agreement that will remain in effect following this
offering.

     The stockholders' agreement contains a voting agreement provision under
which Holdings and certain stockholders agreed to take all appropriate action
to:

      --   elect the greater of three and the number of directors Welsh, Carson
           could appoint based on its proportionate ownership of Holdings stock
           to Holdings' board;

      --   elect two Nextel designees to Holdings' board;

      --   elect two designees of funds affiliated with J.H. Whitney & Co. to
           Holdings' board;

      --   elect one designee of Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce or its
           affiliates to Holdings' board;

      --   elect the Chief Executive Officer, initially Stephen H. Clark, to
           Holdings' board;

      --   remove and replace any director if requested to do so by the
           stockholders who designated the director;

      --   use their best efforts to cause Welsh, Carson designees to make up
           two of the three members of a compensation committee created to,
           among other things, set SpectraSite's employee compensation policy;

      --   use their best efforts to cause Welsh, Carson and the J.H. Whitney
           funds' designees to make up two of the three members of an audit
           committee to, among other things, review and approve SpectraSite's
           financial statements; and

      --   use their best efforts to elect a Welsh, Carson affiliate, Lawrence
           B. Sorrel, as Chairman of Holdings' board.

                                       66
<PAGE>   70

     This voting agreement provision terminates on the earlier to occur of April
20, 2009 and the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering. The
voting agreement provision will terminate as to any given stockholder on the
earlier to occur of that stockholder's disposition of 50% or more of its
Holdings stock and the date on which the stockholder owns less than 8% of
Holdings' outstanding stock.

     The stockholders' agreement also prohibits all stockholders that are
parties to the agreement other than Welsh, Carson from selling or otherwise
transferring their Holdings stock, except for transfers:

      --   made with the prior written consent of Welsh, Carson;

      --   in limited instances, made with the prior written consent of 60% of
           the aggregate shares of capital stock held by affiliates of J.H.
           Whitney & Co., Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and Nextel;

      --   by an individual stockholder to his or her spouse or descendant;

      --   in accordance with the tag-along provisions described below;

      --   by institutional stockholders to their affiliates; and

      --   by Nextel to its affiliates or creditors to secure obligations under
           a secured credit facility.

     These transfer restrictions terminate upon the earlier of the sale,
transfer or other disposition by Welsh, Carson of 50% or more of its Holdings
stock, 18 months after the earlier of the closing date of this offering and
April 20, 2002. Holdings' stockholders also agreed that they would agree to a
longer transfer restriction period if asked to do so by the underwriter of an
initial public offering of Holdings' stock, so long as the lock-up binds
SpectraSite's executive officers and all holders of more than 5% of Holdings'
outstanding stock, and any exceptions to the lock-up provision apply equally to
all stockholders.

     Once the transfer restrictions terminate, all transfers by stockholders
owning more than 5% of Holdings' stock will continue to be governed by the
coordinated distribution requirements of Holdings' second amended and restated
registration rights agreement. See "--Registration Rights Agreement."

     The stockholders' agreement contains a tag-along provision which gives the
parties to the stockholders' agreement the right to participate in any sale by
Welsh, Carson of its Holdings stock on the same terms as Welsh, Carson sells its
stock. This provision will terminate at the same time as the transfer
restrictions terminate.

     SpectraSite must make all redemptions of preferred stock equally among all
outstanding classes of preferred stock unless it receives written consent to do
otherwise from at least 80% of each outstanding class of preferred stock.
SpectraSite may not redeem any shares of common stock, except for repurchases
from employees of up to $0.5 million in any twelve-month period.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


     In connection with the closing of the Nextel tower acquisition,
SpectraSite, Nextel, the Series A investors, the Series B investors, the Series
C investors and certain members of SpectraSite's management entered into a
second amended and restated registration rights agreement. In connection with
SpectraSite's acquisition of Apex, the former stockholders of Apex are expected
to join the registration rights agreement. The following is a summary of the
material terms of the registration rights agreement.


     Under the registration rights agreement, the holders of Holdings' stock
party to the agreement may require SpectraSite to register all or some of their
shares under the Securities Act. The following conditions must be met to trigger
this registration obligation:

      --   SpectraSite must receive a request for registration from holders of
           at least 25% of its outstanding stock covered by the registration
           rights agreement, exclusive of stock held by management;

      --   the request must be received at any time following the earliest of

        (1)  April 20, 2002,

                                       67
<PAGE>   71

        (2)  18 months following an initial public offering of SpectraSite's
             stock effected prior to April 20, 2001, and

        (3)  180 days after an initial public offering effected on or after
             April 20, 2001; and

      --   SpectraSite must expect the aggregate offering price of the
           registered securities will exceed $50.0 million.

     SpectraSite is only obligated to effect three such registrations. Both
Holdings and its management have the right to include their shares in any
registration statement required by the registration rights agreement.

     The registration rights agreement also provides that Holdings'
institutional stockholders and Nextel have the right to require SpectraSite to
file a registration statement on a Form S-3 covering their stock if and when
Holdings becomes eligible to file a such a registration statement. Nextel or the
institutional shareholders may request this registration if:

      --   Holdings is eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3;
           and

      --   SpectraSite expects the aggregate offering price of the registered
           securities will exceed $10.0 million.

     In addition to SpectraSite's registration obligations discussed above, if
Holdings registers any of its common stock under the Securities Act for sale to
the public for SpectraSite's own account or for the account of others or both,
the registration rights agreement requires that it use its best efforts to
include in the registration statement stock held by other Holdings stockholders
who wish to participate in the offering. Registrations by Holdings on Form S-4,
Form S-8 or any other form not available for registering stock for sale to the
public will not trigger this registration obligation.

     The parties to the registration rights agreement also agreed that if they
publicly sell their securities after an initial public offering they will
attempt to conduct the sale in a manner that will not adversely disrupt the
market for SpectraSite stock. The stockholders agreed, to the extent
practicable, to coordinate those sales and make them through a single broker or
market maker over a sufficient period of time to permit an orderly disposition
of their securities. This coordinated distribution restriction terminates:

      --   with respect to any shares that have been effectively registered and
           disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering
           those shares;

      --   as to any stockholder who owns less than 5% of Holdings' outstanding
           stock; or

      --   at such time as the number of shares of common stock in the hands of
           the public exceeds the number of shares of Holdings' restricted stock
           and stock held by management.

                                       68
<PAGE>   72

                           OWNERSHIP OF CAPITAL STOCK


     The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 1999, information with
respect to the beneficial ownership of Holdings' capital stock by:


      --   each person who is known by Holdings to be the beneficial owner of
           more than 5% of any class or series of capital stock of Holdings;

      --   each of the directors and named executive officers individually; and

      --   all directors and executive officers as a group.


     The percentage of total voting power of common stock before the offering is
based on 90,941,229 shares of capital stock, which consisted of 20,191,604
shares of common stock and 70,749,625 shares of preferred stock which are
convertible into common stock, outstanding as of December 31, 1999. The
percentage of total voting power of common stock after the offering gives effect
to this offering, the conversion of all of the preferred stock into 70,749,625
shares of our common stock and the issuance of 6,175,997 and 225,000 shares of
common stock in connection with the Apex merger and the Vertical Properties
merger, respectively, on January 5, 2000.


     Each share of Series A preferred stock, each share of Series B preferred
stock and each share of Series C preferred stock is immediately convertible into
one share of common stock, subject to certain adjustments, and, therefore, the
holders of Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C
preferred stock are deemed to be the beneficial owners of the shares of common
stock into which their preferred stock can be converted. In addition, all shares
of Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock will automatically convert
into shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering. The amounts and
percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of
regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of
securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a beneficial
owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes
the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or investment power,
which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such
security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of
which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days.
Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner
of securities as to which such person has an economic interest.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NUMBER OF         PERCENTAGE OF
                                                      SERIES A    SERIES B     SERIES C    SHARES OF STOCK      TOTAL VOTING
                                           COMMON     PREFERRED   PREFERRED   PREFERRED     BENEFICIALLY          POWER OF
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                    STOCK       STOCK       STOCK       STOCK           OWNED           COMMON STOCK
- ------------------------                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ----------   ---------------   -------------------
                                                                                                              BEFORE     AFTER
                                                                                                             OFFERING   OFFERING
                                                                                                             --------   --------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>        <C>
Stephen H. Clark(a).....................  1,159,435          --          --           --      1,159,435         1.3%         *
David P. Tomick(b)......................    150,105          --          --       12,395        162,500           *          *
Terry L. Armant(c)......................     31,250          --          --           --         31,250           *          *
Calvin J. Payne(d)......................  2,091,454          --          --           --      2,091,454         2.3%       1.7%
Michael R. Stone(e).....................         --   3,203,118   5,161,219    4,000,000     12,364,337        13.6%      10.3%
James R. Matthews(e)....................         --   3,203,118   5,161,219    4,000,000     12,364,337        13.6%      10.3%
Lawrence B. Sorrel(f)...................  1,375,000          --          --   29,500,000     30,875,000        34.0%      25.8%
Andrew R. Heyer(g)(j)...................    312,500          --          --   10,000,000     10,312,500        11.0%       8.4%
Thomas E. McInerney(f)..................  1,375,000          --          --   29,712,973     31,087,973        34.2%      26.0%
Michael J. Price(h).....................    100,000          --          --      100,000        200,000           *          *
Rudolph E. Rupert(f)....................  1,375,000          --          --   29,475,000     30,850,000        33.9%      25.8%
Timothy M. Donahue(i)...................         --          --          --   14,000,000     14,000,000        15.4%      11.7%
Steven M. Shindler(i)...................         --          --          --   14,000,000     14,000,000        15.4%      11.7%
Nextel Communications, Inc.(i)..........         --          --          --   14,000,000     14,000,000        15.4%      11.7%
Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe(f)......  1,375,000          --          --   29,450,000     30,825,000        33.9%      25.8%
Funds affiliated with J.H. Whitney &
  Co.(e)................................    312,500   3,203,118   5,161,219    4,000,000     12,676,837        13.9%      10.3%
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce(g)...         --          --          --   10,000,000     10,000,000        11.0%       8.4%
Caravelle Investment Fund, L.L.C.(j)....    312,500          --          --           --        312,500           *          *
Waller-Sutton Media Partners, L.P.(k)...         --          --   1,228,862      400,000      1,628,862         1.8%       1.9%
</TABLE>


                                       69
<PAGE>   73


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NUMBER OF         PERCENTAGE OF
                                                      SERIES A    SERIES B     SERIES C    SHARES OF STOCK      TOTAL VOTING
                                           COMMON     PREFERRED   PREFERRED   PREFERRED     BENEFICIALLY          POWER OF
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                    STOCK       STOCK       STOCK       STOCK           OWNED           COMMON STOCK
- ------------------------                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ----------   ---------------   -------------------
                                                                                                              BEFORE     AFTER
                                                                                                             OFFERING   OFFERING
                                                                                                             --------   --------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>        <C>
Kitty Hawk Capital(l)...................     32,761     259,712     368,659      200,000        861,132           *          *
S. Roy Jeffrey(m).......................  2,091,454          --          --           --      2,091,454         2.3%       1.7%
Peter Jeffrey(n)........................  1,627,190          --          --           --      1,627,190         1.8%       1.4%
All directors and executive officers as
  a group (18 persons)(o)...............  4,957,244   3,203,118   5,161,219   57,900,368     71,221,949        78.0%      59.3%
</TABLE>


- ---------------

*   Less than 1%.

(a) Includes 212,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
    outstanding options exercisable within 60 days. Of the shares reported in
    the table, 816,327 are held by Holt Road, L.P. Mr. Clark owns a 1% general
    partnership interest, certain family trusts own a 98% limited partnership
    interest and Mary Clark, Mr. Clark's spouse, owns a 1% limited partnership
    interest in Holt Road, L.P. Mr. Clark is a trustee of each family trust, and
    he disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Holt Road, L.P., as
    well as those deemed to be beneficially owned by the family trusts.

(b) None of Mr. Tomick's outstanding options are exercisable within 60 days.

(c) Includes 31,250 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
    outstanding options exercisable within 60 days.

(d) Includes 177,380 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
    outstanding options exercisable within 60 days.

(e) Represents 3,203,118 shares of Series A preferred stock and 1,720,406 shares
    of Series B preferred stock held by Whitney Equity Partners, L.P.; 3,359,852
    shares of Series B preferred stock and 3,905,882 shares of Series C
    preferred stock held by J.H. Whitney III, L.P.; 80,961 shares of Series B
    preferred stock and 94,118 shares of Series C preferred stock held by
    Whitney Strategic Partners III, L.P.; and 312,500 shares of common stock
    held by J.H. Whitney Mezzanine Fund, L.P. Each of these funds is affiliated
    with J.H. Whitney & Co. Each of Mr. Stone and Mr. Matthews disclaims
    beneficial ownership of shares held by these entities except to the extent
    of his pecuniary interest in such funds. The business address for Mr. Stone,
    Mr. Matthews and the Whitney funds is 177 Broad Street, Stamford,
    Connecticut 06901.

(f) Messrs. Sorrel, McInerney and Rupert are each principals of Welsh, Carson,
    Anderson & Stowe and acquired directly 50,000, 262,973 and 25,000 shares of
    Series C preferred stock, respectively. Messrs. Sorrel, McInerney and Rupert
    each disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by Welsh, Carson. The
    business address for Messrs. Sorrel, McInerney and Rupert and Welsh, Carson
    is 320 Park Avenue, Suite 2500, New York, New York 10022.

(g) Andrew R. Heyer, an employee of an affiliate of Canadian Imperial Bank of
    Commerce, along with Jay R. Bloom and Dean C. Kehler, who are also employees
    of an affiliate of Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, have shared power to
    vote and dispose of the Series C preferred stock reported in the table. The
    business address for Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce is 161 Bay Street,
    PP Box 500, M51 258, Toronto, Canada, and the business address for Mr. Heyer
    is 425 Lexington Avenue, 3rd Floor, New York, New York 10017.

(h) All of the Series C preferred shares reported as beneficially owned by Mr.
    Price are held by The Price Family Limited Partnership. Mr. Price disclaims
    beneficial ownership of all such shares.

(i) Messrs. Donahue and Shindler are executive officers of Nextel, own no shares
    directly and disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by Nextel. The
    business address for Messrs. Donahue and Shindler and Nextel is 2001 Edmund
    Halley Drive, Reston, Virginia 20191.

(j) The general partner and investment manager of Caravelle Investment Fund,
    L.L.C. are affiliates of Andrew R. Heyer, Jay R. Bloom and Dean C. Kehler.
    See footnote (g). The business address for Caravelle is 425 Lexington
    Avenue, New York, New York 10017.


(k) The percentage of total voting power of common stock after the offering
    reflects 633,996 shares of common stock to be issued to Waller-Sutton Media
    Partners, L.P. in connection with the Apex merger. The business address for
    Waller-Sutton Media Partners, L.P. is c/o Waller-Sutton Management Group,
    Inc., 1 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10020.


(l) The business address for Kitty Hawk Capital is 2700 Coltsgate Road, Suite
    202, Charlotte, North Carolina 28211.


(m) Includes 177,380 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
    outstanding options exercisable within 60 days.



(n) Includes 115,840 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
    outstanding options exercisable within 60 days and 755,000 shares held by
    the Peter Jeffrey Family Trust. Mr. Jeffrey disclaims beneficial ownership
    of the shares held by the trust.



(o) Includes 421,130 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
    outstanding options exercisable within 60 days.


                                       70
<PAGE>   74

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of
Holdings' capital stock. Holdings' amended and restated certificate of
incorporation authorizes 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value
per share, and 70,749,625 shares of preferred stock, of which 3,462,830 shares
have been designated as Series A convertible preferred stock, 7,000,000 shares
have been designated as Series B convertible preferred stock and 60,286,795
shares have been designated as Series C convertible preferred stock.


     As of December 31, 1999, there were:



      --   20,191,604 shares of common stock issued and outstanding;


      --   3,462,830 shares of Series A preferred stock issued and outstanding;

      --   7,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock issued and outstanding;
           and

      --   60,286,795 shares of Series C preferred stock issued and outstanding.

     All of the shares of Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock will
convert into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis in connection with
the consummation of this offering. Holdings is not authorized to issue any
preferred stock other than the outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C
preferred stock. In addition:

      --   1,000,000 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under our
           employee stock purchase plan;


      --   4,084,703 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance upon
           exercise of stock options available for future grant under the stock
           incentive plan;



      --   5,715,291 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance upon
           exercise of stock options granted under the stock incentive plan; and


      --   70,749,625 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance upon the
           conversion of the preferred stock.

COMMON STOCK

     Holdings has two classes of authorized common stock which are identical in
all respects except that one class is non-voting. If a Holdings stockholder is
deemed a regulated entity under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as
amended, its shares of common stock over 5% of the total issued and outstanding
common stock will become non-voting until transferred to a non-regulated entity.
The voting common stock is entitled to one vote per share. All outstanding
shares of common stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The
common stock holders have no cumulative rights, subscription, redemption,
sinking fund or conversion rights and preferences. There are no preemptive
rights other than those granted under the stockholders' agreement. See "Certain
Transactions--Stockholders' Agreement." Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to the Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock, the common
stock holders will be entitled to receive such dividends as the board of
directors may declare out of funds legally available for that purpose. The
rights and preferences of the common stock holders are subject to the rights of
the preferred stock holders.

PREFERRED STOCK

     CONVERSION.  The preferred stock will automatically convert into common
stock upon Holdings' completion of a firm commitment underwritten initial public
offering raising gross proceeds of at least $150.0 million at an offering price
per share greater than or equal to $8.00. Therefore, upon consummation of this
offering, all shares of preferred stock will convert into shares of common
stock. Until then, each holder of Series A, Series B and Series C preferred
stock has the right to convert his or her shares at any time. Currently each
share of preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock, subject
to adjustment in the event of:

      --   any dividend or distribution made in shares of common stock;

      --   subdivision, combination or reclassification of Holdings' outstanding
           common stock;
                                       71
<PAGE>   75

      --   any issue of common stock at less than a specified price per share;

      --   any issue of rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase
           shares of common stock at less than a specified price per share;

      --   any issue of rights for the purchase of shares of common stock or
           other securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of common
           stock at less than a specified price per share; and

      --   any Holdings distribution, to the common stock holders of any shares
           of its capital stock, other than common stock, or evidence of
           indebtedness, cash or other assets.

     DIVIDENDS.  The holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock are not
entitled to receive dividends. However, when, as and if Holdings' board of
directors declares and pays a dividend on the common stock out of funds legally
available for that purpose, Holdings will declare and pay to each preferred
stock holder a dividend equal to the dividend that would have been payable to
such holder if his or her shares of preferred stock had been converted into
common stock on the date of determination of common stock holders entitled to
receive such dividend. No dividends will be paid on the common stock until all
accumulated and unpaid dividends have been paid on the preferred stock, or with
the prior written consent of 75% of the holders of outstanding preferred stock
voting as a single class. Accrued and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock
will be payable upon Holdings' liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.

     LIQUIDATION.  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of
Holdings, either voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment to
holders of common stock or other capital stock, other than the Series A, the
Series B and the Series C preferred stock, the preferred stock holders shall be
entitled to receive an amount equal to the applicable liquidation preference.
The liquidation preference, for this purpose, is equal to the original issue
price plus all unpaid, accrued and accumulated dividends on the Series A, the
Series B and the Series C preferred stock. If Holdings' assets are insufficient
to permit payment in full to all the preferred stock holders, the assets shall
be distributed ratably among them. Any remaining assets available for
distribution shall be distributed to the common stock holders.

     VOTING.  Each of the Series A, the Series B and the Series C preferred
stock holders is entitled to such number of votes equal to the whole number of
shares of common stock into which such holder's preferred stock is convertible
immediately after the close of business on the record date of the meeting.

SPECIAL REQUIRED APPROVAL

     Holdings may not take the following actions without approval by vote or
written consent of the holders of 60% of all issued shares of the Series A, the
Series B and the Series C preferred stock, voting as a single class:

      --   the consummation of any sale or transfer of all or substantially all
           of Holdings' assets, or any consolidation or merger with or into any
           other corporation or corporations;

      --   any amendment, restatement or modification of Holdings' certificate
           of incorporation or bylaws which adversely affects the respective
           preferences, qualifications, special or relative rights, or
           privileges of preferred stock holders or which adversely affects the
           common stock or its holders, provided, however, that any such change
           which adversely affects the preferences, qualifications, special or
           relative rights or privileges of any series of preferred stock but
           does not affect the other series of preferred stock in a
           substantially similar manner shall require the prior consent of the
           holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the affected
           series of preferred stock;

      --   Holdings' voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up; or

      --   the authorization, creation or issuance of any shares of capital
           stock or other securities which are ranked prior to or ratably with
           the preferred stock, increase the authorized amount of the preferred
           stock, increase the authorized amount of any additional class of
           shares of stock which are ranked prior to or ratably with the
           preferred stock, or create or authorize any obligation or security
           convertible into shares of preferred stock or any other class of
           stock which is ranked prior to or ratably with the preferred stock as
           to dividends and the distribution of assets on Holdings' liquidation,
           dissolution or winding up.

                                       72
<PAGE>   76

                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

CREDIT FACILITY

     SpectraSite Communications, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings,
entered into a credit agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999, with CIBC
Oppenheimer Corp., now known as CIBC World Markets Corp., Credit Suisse First
Boston, New York Branch, and certain other lenders. This credit facility
provides a $500.0 million credit facility. Proceeds from the credit facility
were used to consummate the Nextel tower acquisition, and future borrowings will
be used to finance the construction and acquisition of additional towers and for
working capital and general corporate purposes.

     The following is a summary of the material terms of the credit facility.
This summary is qualified in its entirety by the final terms of the credit
facility.

     The credit facility consists of:

      --   a $50.0 million revolving credit facility that may, subject to the
           satisfaction of certain financial covenants, be drawn at any time and
           from time to time prior to December 31, 2005, at which time all
           amounts drawn under the revolving credit facility must be paid in
           full;

      --   a $300.0 million multiple draw term loan that may be drawn at any
           time and from time to time through March 31, 2002; the amount drawn
           must be repaid in quarterly installments commencing on June 30, 2002
           and ending on December 31, 2005; and

      --   a $150.0 million term loan that was drawn in full at the closing of
           the Nextel tower acquisition and that amortizes at a rate of 1.0%
           annually, payable in quarterly installments beginning in 2002, $67.5
           million on March 31, 2006 with the balance due on June 30, 2006.

     In addition, the credit facility contemplates borrowings to be funded by
affiliates of certain of Holdings' stockholders subject to the approval of a
majority of the lenders under the credit facility and the consent of such
affiliates.

     The revolving credit loans and the multiple draw term loans will bear
interest, at SpectraSite Communications' option, at either:

      --   Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce's base rate, plus an applicable
           margin of 1.5% per annum initially, which margin after a period of
           time may decrease based on a leverage ratio; or

      --   the reserve adjusted London interbank offered rate, plus an
           applicable margin of 3.0% per annum initially, which margin after a
           period of time may decrease based on a leverage ratio.

     The term loan bears interest, at SpectraSite Communications' option, at
either:

      --   Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce's base rate, plus 2.0% per annum,
           which margin after a period of time may decrease based on a leverage
           ratio; or

      --   the reserve adjusted London interbank offered rate, plus 3.5% per
           annum, which margin after a period of time may decrease based on a
           leverage ratio.

     SpectraSite Communications will be required to pay a commitment fee of
between 1.25% and 0.50% per annum in respect of the undrawn portion of the
multiple draw term loan, depending on the amount undrawn. SpectraSite
Communications will be required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum in
respect of the undrawn portion of the revolving credit facility.

     SpectraSite Communications may be required to prepay the credit facility in
part upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a sale of assets, the
incurrence of certain additional indebtedness, the issuance of equity and the
generation of excess cash flow.

                                       73
<PAGE>   77

Holdings and each of SpectraSite Communications' subsidiaries has guaranteed
SpectraSite Communications' obligations under the credit facility. The credit
facility is further secured by:

      --   substantially all the tangible and intangible assets of SpectraSite
           Communications and its subsidiaries; and

      --   a pledge of all of the capital stock of SpectraSite Communications
           and of all of its subsidiaries.

     The credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other
things, restrict the ability of Holdings, SpectraSite Communications and their
subsidiaries to:

      --   incur additional indebtedness;

      --   create liens on assets;

      --   make investments, make acquisitions, or engage in mergers or
           consolidations;

      --   dispose of assets;

      --   enter into new lines of business;

      --   engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and

      --   pay dividends or make capital distributions.

     SpectraSite Communications, however, will be permitted to pay dividends
after July 15, 2003, for the purpose of paying interest on the 2008 notes and
the 2009 notes so long as no default under the credit facility then exists or
would exist after giving effect to such payment.

     In addition, the credit facility requires compliance with certain financial
covenants, including requiring SpectraSite Communications and its subsidiaries,
on a consolidated basis, to maintain:

      --   a maximum ratio of total debt to annualized EBITDA;

      --   a minimum interest coverage ratio;

      --   a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio; and

      --   a minimum annualized EBITDA, for the first year only.

     SpectraSite Communications does not expect that such covenants will
materially impact its ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to operate
their respective businesses.

     The credit facility contains customary events of default.

SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES

     On June 26, 1998, Holdings issued $225.2 million in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of its 12% senior discount notes due 2008 under an indenture
between Holdings and the United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee.
The 2008 notes mature on July 15, 2008 and rank equally with the 2009 notes.

     The 2008 notes were issued at a substantial discount to their principal
amount and were sold to investors at a price that yielded gross proceeds to
SpectraSite of $125.0 million. The 2008 notes accrete daily at a rate of 12% per
year, compounded semiannually, to an aggregate principal amount of $225.2
million as of July 15, 2003. Cash interest will not accrue on the 2008 notes
prior to July 15, 2003. Commencing July 15, 2003, cash interest on the 2008
notes will accrue and be payable semiannually in arrears on each January 15 and
July 15, commencing January 15, 2004, at a rate of 12% per year. Except as
described in this paragraph, the 2008 notes are not redeemable at Holdings'
option prior to July 15, 2003. Thereafter, the 2008 notes will be subject to
redemption at any time at the option of Holdings, in whole or in part, at the
redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date. In addition, from time to
time prior to July 15, 2001, SpectraSite may on one or more occasions redeem up
to 25% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the 2008 notes issued at
a redemption price of 112% of their accreted value, to the redemption date, with
the net cash proceeds from one or more equity offerings; provided,
                                       74
<PAGE>   78

however, that at least 75% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of 2008
notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of
such redemption.

     On April 20, 1999, Holdings issued $586.8 million in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of its 11 1/4% senior discount notes due 2009 under an
indenture between Holdings and the United States Trust Company of New York, as
trustee. The 2009 notes mature on April 15, 2009 and rank equally with the 2008
notes.

     The 2009 notes were issued at a substantial discount to their principal
amount and were sold to investors at a price that yielded gross proceeds to
SpectraSite of $340.0 million. The 2009 notes accrete daily at a rate of 11 1/4%
per annum, compounded semiannually, to an aggregate principal amount of $586.8
million as of April 15, 2004. Cash interest will not accrue on the 2009 notes
prior to April 15, 2004. Commencing April 15, 2004, cash interest on the 2009
notes will accrue and be payable semiannually in arrears on each October 15 and
April 15, commencing October 15, 2004, at a rate of 11 1/4% per annum.

     Except as described in this paragraph, the 2009 notes are not redeemable at
Holdings' option prior to April 15, 2004. Thereafter, the 2009 notes will be
subject to redemption at any time at the option of Holdings, in whole or in
part, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date. In addition,
from time to time prior to April 15, 2002, SpectraSite may on one or more
occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
2009 notes issued at a redemption price of 111.25% of their accreted value, to
the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more equity
offerings; provided, however, that at least 65% of the aggregate principal
amount at maturity of 2009 notes originally issued remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of such redemption.

     The 2008 notes and the 2009 notes are general unsecured obligations of
Holdings, rank senior in right of payment to any future indebtedness of Holdings
which is made expressly junior to, the notes and rank equal in right of payment
with all current and future unsecured senior indebtedness of Holdings. All of
the operations of Holdings are conducted through its subsidiaries, and Holdings'
subsidiaries did not guarantee the 2008 notes nor the 2009 notes. Accordingly,
the 2008 notes and the 2009 notes are effectively subordinated to all
indebtedness and all other liabilities or obligations of such subsidiaries,
including borrowings under the $500.0 million credit facility.

     Upon the occurrence of a change of control, the holders of the 2008 notes
and the holders of the 2009 notes have the right to require Holdings to
repurchase such holders' 2008 notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to
101% of their accreted value or principal amount, as applicable, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

     The indentures governing the 2008 notes and the 2009 notes contain certain
covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Holdings and its
subsidiaries to:

      --   incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;

      --   pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments;

      --   enter into transactions with affiliates;

      --   make certain asset dispositions;

      --   merge or consolidate with, or transfer substantially all its assets
           to, another entity;

      --   create liens securing indebtedness; and

      --   permit subsidiaries to incur restrictions on their ability to pay
           dividends to Holdings.

     However, all of these limitations are subject to a number of important
qualifications.

     On March 24, 1999, Holdings received consents from all holders of the 2008
notes to certain amendments to the indenture governing the 2008 notes. The
indenture amendments allowed for consummation of the Nextel tower acquisition
and the related financing transactions.

                                       75
<PAGE>   79

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Prior to the consummation of the Westower merger, there was no market for
our common stock. We cannot assure you that a significant public market for the
common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of
substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, in the public market after this offering could adversely
affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability
to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.


     Upon completion of this offering, after giving effect to the conversion of
our preferred stock and the issuance of common stock in connection with our
acquisitions of Apex and Vertical Properties, we will have outstanding
119,642,226 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters'
over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options, of which, as of
December 31, 1999, 1,765,666 were vested and an additional 3,949,625 will vest
for in the future. Of these shares, the 22,300,000 shares, or 25,645,000 shares
if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, of common
stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under
the Securities Act unless purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined
in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Approximately 74,147,932 shares of common
stock outstanding, including shares of common stock issued upon conversion of
outstanding preferred stock, will be restricted securities under Rule 144 and
may in the future be sold without registration under the Securities Act to the
extent permitted by Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the
Securities Act. Some holders of outstanding shares of common stock immediately
prior to the offering may, under certain circumstances, include their shares in
a registration statement filed by Holdings for a public offering of common
stock. Some existing stockholders also have the right to demand that we register
their shares of common stock for resale. See "Certain Transactions--Registration
Rights Agreement."


     Each of Holdings and the directors, executive officers and certain other
stockholders of Holdings has agreed that, without the prior written consent of
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, it will not,
during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus sell shares
of common stock or take related actions, subject to limited exceptions, all as
described under "Underwriters." In addition, certain executive officers,
directors and stockholders of Holdings are subject to certain transfer
restrictions under a stockholders' agreement. See "Certain
Transactions--Stockholders' Agreement."


     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person, or persons
whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at
least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner except an
affiliate, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of:


      --   one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding,
           which will equal approximately shares immediately after this
           offering, or

      --   the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four
           calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to the
           sale.

     Sales under Rule 144 also are subject to certain manner of sale provisions
and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information
about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an
affiliate of SpectraSite at any time during the three months preceding a sale
and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two
years, including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, is
entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.


     Rule 701 permits resales of shares in reliance on Rule 144 but without
compliance with specified restrictions of Rule 144. Any employee, officer or
director of or consultant to SpectraSite who purchased his or her shares under a
written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale
provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701
shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of
Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell those shares in
reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.


                                       76
<PAGE>   80


     We have filed registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act
covering shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our stock
incentive plan. Based on the number of shares subject to outstanding options at
December 31, 1999 and currently reserved for issuance under the stock incentive
plan, the stock incentive plan registration statement covers 10,000,000 shares
issuable on exercise of the options, of which 1,765,666 options have vested.
Accordingly, subject to the exercise of those options and any applicable lock-up
agreements, shares registered under that registration statement are available
for sale in the open market. We also have reserved 1,000,000 shares for issuance
under our employee stock purchase plan. We currently do not expect to issue
shares under this plan before September 30, 2000. Also, after this offering,
some holders of shares of common stock will be entitled to registration rights
for their shares of common stock for offer and sale to the public. However,
under lock-up agreements with the underwriters, those rights will not be
available for exercise until 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See
"Certain Transactions--Registration Rights Agreement" and "Underwriters."


                                       77
<PAGE>   81

      CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     The following is a summary of the material United States federal income,
estate and gift tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the common stock by holders that are non-U.S. holders, as that term is defined
below. This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential
tax effects and is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
existing and proposed regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and
court decisions, all as in effect and existing on the date hereof and all of
which are subject to change at any time, which change may be retroactive or
prospective. Unless otherwise specifically noted, this summary applies only to
those persons that hold the common stock as capital asset within the meaning of
Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code.

     This summary is for general information only and does not address the tax
consequences to taxpayers who are subject to special rules or circumstances.
This summary does not address any tax consequences arising under any state,
municipality, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction. Prospective
investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the United States
federal tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of the common
stock, including the investor's status as a non-U.S. holder, as well as any tax
consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, municipality, foreign
country or other taxing jurisdiction.

GENERAL

     For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of
the common stock that is not:

          (1)  a citizen or individual resident, as defined in Section 7701(b)
     of the Internal Revenue Code, of the United States;

          (2)  a corporation or partnership, including any entity treated as a
     corporation or partnership for United States federal income tax purposes,
     created or organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof
     or the District of Columbia unless, in the case of a partnership, otherwise
     provided by regulation;

          (3)  an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal
     income tax without regard to its source; or

          (4)  a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise
     primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more
     United States persons have the authority to control all substantial
     decisions of the trust.

     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, certain trusts in existence on
August 20, 1996, and treated as a U.S. holder prior to such date, may elect to
continue to be treated as a U.S. holder.

DIVIDENDS

     Dividends, if any, paid to a non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to
the withholding of United States federal income tax at the rate of 30% of the
gross amount of such dividends, unless:

      --   the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
           or business or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to
           a permanent establishment, as defined therein, within the United
           States of the non-U.S. holder, and such non-U.S. holder furnishes to
           SpectraSite or its agent a duly executed Internal Revenue Service
           Form W-8ECI, or any successor form; or

      --   such non-U.S. holder is entitled to a reduced withholding tax rate
           pursuant to any applicable income tax treaty.

     For purposes of determining whether tax will be withheld at a reduced rate
as specified by an income tax treaty, current law permits SpectraSite to presume
that dividends paid to an address in a foreign country are paid to a resident of
such country absent definite knowledge that such presumption is not warranted.
However, under newly issued U.S. Treasury regulations, in the case of dividends
paid after December 31, 2000, in order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding
under an income tax treaty, a non-U.S. holder generally will be
                                       78
<PAGE>   82

required to furnish to SpectraSite or its agent a duly executed Internal Revenue
Service Form W-8BEN, or any successor form, certifying, under penalties of
perjury, that such non-U.S. holder is entitled to benefits under an income tax
treaty. The new regulations also provide special rules for dividend payments
made to foreign intermediaries, U.S. or foreign wholly-owned entities that are
disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes and entities that are treated
as fiscally transparent in the United States, the applicable income tax treaty
jurisdiction or both. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors
concerning the effect, if any, of the adoption of these new U.S. Treasury
regulations on an investment in the common stock. A non-U.S. holder who is
eligible for a reduced withholding rate may obtain a refund of any excess
amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the Internal
Revenue Service.

     Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business, or, if an income tax treaty applies, are
attributable to a permanent establishment, as defined therein, within the United
States of the non-U.S. holder will generally be taxed on a net income basis,
that is, after allowance for applicable deductions, at the graduated rates that
are applicable to United States persons. In the case of a non-U.S. holder that
is a corporation, such income may also be subject to the United States federal
branch profits tax, which is generally imposed on a foreign corporation upon the
deemed repatriation from the United States of effectively connected earnings and
profits, at a 30% rate, unless the rate is reduced or eliminated by an
applicable income tax treaty and the non-U.S. holder is a qualified resident of
the treaty country.

GAIN ON SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION

     A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to regular United States
federal income or withholding tax on gain recognized on a sale or other
disposition of the common stock, unless:

          (1)  the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
     business, or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a
     permanent establishment, as defined therein, within the United States of
     the non-U.S. holder or of a partnership, trust or estate in which such
     non-U.S. holder is a partner or beneficiary;

          (2)  SpectraSite has been, is or becomes a United States real property
     holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Internal
     Revenue Code at any time within the shorter of the five-year period
     preceding such sale or other disposition or such non-U.S. holder's holding
     period for the common stock; or

          (3)  the non-U.S. holder is an individual that:

             (a)  is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the
        taxable year of the sale or other disposition; and

             (b)  either (i) has a tax home in the United States, as specially
        defined for purposes of the United States federal income tax, or (ii)
        maintains an office or other fixed place of business in the United
        States and the gain from the sale or other disposition of the common
        stock is attributable to such office or other fixed place of business.

     Gains realized by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business, or, if an income tax treaty applies, are
attributable to a permanent establishment, as defined therein, within the United
States of the non-U.S. holder will generally be taxed on a net income basis,
that is, after allowance for applicable deductions, at the graduated rates that
are applicable to United States persons. In the case of a non-U.S. holder that
is a corporation, such income may also be subject to the United States federal
branch profits tax, which is generally imposed on a foreign corporation upon the
deemed repatriation from the United States of effectively connected earnings and
profits, at a 30% rate, unless the rate is reduced or eliminated by an
applicable income tax treaty and the non-U.S. holder is a qualified resident of
the treaty country.

     A corporation is generally considered to be a United States real property
holding corporation if the fair market value of its United States real property
interests within the meaning of Section 897(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code
equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real

                                       79
<PAGE>   83

property interests plus the fair market value of any other of its assets used or
held for use in a trade or business. The determination of the fair market value
of our assets and, therefore, whether we are a United States real property
holding corporation at any given time will depend on the particular facts and
circumstances applicable at the time. Currently, it is our best estimate that
the fair market value of our United States real property interests is
approximately 50% of the fair market value of our United States and non-United
States real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in our
trade or business. Therefore, we believe that it is likely that we currently are
a United States real property holding corporation. Because the determination of
whether we are a United States real property holding corporation is based on the
fair market value of our United States real property interests and our other
assets, it is difficult to predict whether we will be a United States real
property holding corporation in the future.

     Nevertheless, even if we are or have been a United States real property
holding corporation, a non-5% holder, as defined below, that is not otherwise
taxed under any other circumstance described above will not be taxed on any gain
realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock if, at any time
during the calendar year of the disposition, the common stock was regularly
traded on an established securities market. A non-5% holder is a non-U.S. holder
that did not beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the total
fair market value of the common stock at any time during the shorter of the
five-year period ending on the date of disposition and the period that the
common stock was held by the non-U.S. holder. The common stock is quoted on the
Nasdaq National Market. Although the matter is not free from doubt, the common
stock should be considered to be regularly traded on an established securities
market during the time it is regularly quoted on Nasdaq.

     If we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation and
either the common stock is not considered to be regularly traded on an
established securities market or the selling non-U.S. holder does not qualify as
a non-5% holder, then the selling non-U.S. holder will be taxed on any gain
realized on the disposition of such holder's common stock on a net income basis
at the rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons.

     Furthermore, if we are treated as a United States real property holding
corporation and the common stock is not considered to be regularly traded on an
established securities market, the person acquiring the common stock from the
selling non-U.S. holder generally will be required to withhold a withholding tax
at a rate of 10% from the gross amount of the proceeds of the sale. The
witholding tax will be creditable against the selling non-U.S. holder's United
States federal income tax liability and might entitle the non-U.S. holder to a
refund upon furnishing required information to the Internal Revenue Service. In
addition, the witholding tax rate may be reduced or eliminated by obtaining a
withholding certificate from the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with
applicable U.S. Treasury regulations.

     We urge all non-U.S. holders to consult their own tax advisors regarding
the application of the foregoing rules to them.

     Individual non-U.S. holders may also be subject to tax pursuant to
provisions of United States federal income tax law applicable to certain United
States expatriates, including former long-term residents of the United States.

FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAXES

     Common stock owned or treated as owned by a non-U.S. holder at the date of
death will be included in such individual's estate for United States federal
estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

     A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to United States federal gift tax on
a transfer of common stock, unless such person is an individual domiciled in the
United States or such person is an individual subject to provisions of United
States federal gift tax law applicable to certain United States expatriates,
including certain former long-term residents of the United States.

                                       80
<PAGE>   84

BACKUP WITHHOLDING TAX AND INFORMATION REPORTING

     SpectraSite must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to
each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with
respect to, such non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether tax was actually
withheld and whether withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty.
Under certain income tax treaties and other agreements, that information may
also be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the
non-U.S. holder resides.

     United States federal backup withholding, which generally is withholding
tax imposed at the rate of 31% on certain payments to persons not otherwise
exempt who fail to furnish certain identifying information, will generally not
apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are subject to withholding at
the 30% rate, or that are subject to withholding at a reduced rate under an
applicable income tax treaty. Under current law, dividends paid to a non-U.S.
holder at an address outside of the United States are subject to withholding at
the rate of 30% or a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty, unless
the payor has knowledge that the payee is a United States person.

     Under newly issued U.S. Treasury regulations, in the case of dividends paid
after December 31, 2000, a non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to backup
withholding, unless certain certification procedures, or in the case of payments
made outside of the United States with respect to an offshore account, certain
documentary evidence procedures, are satisfied, directly or through a foreign
intermediary.

     The backup withholding and information reporting requirements will
generally also apply to the gross proceeds paid to a non-U.S. holder upon the
sale or other disposition of common stock by or through a United States office
of a United States or foreign broker, unless the non-U.S. holder certifies to
the broker under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its name,
address and status as a non-U.S. holder by filing the Service's Form W-8BEN, or
any successor form with the broker, or unless the non-U.S. holder otherwise
establishes an exemption.

     Information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will
generally apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of
common stock effected at a foreign office of:

          (i)  a United States broker,

          (ii)  a foreign broker 50% or more of whose gross income for certain
     periods is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
     within the United States,

          (iii)  a foreign broker that is a controlled foreign corporation for
     United States federal income tax purposes, or

          (iv)  pursuant to newly issued U.S. Treasury regulations effective
     after December 31, 2000, a foreign broker that is

             (A)  a foreign partnership one or more of whose partners are U.S.
        persons that in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or
        capital interest in the partnership at any time during its tax year, or

             (B)  a foreign partnership engaged at any time during its tax year
        in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, unless the
        broker has certain documentary evidence in its records that the holder
        is a non-U.S. holder, and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary,
        and certain other conditions are met, or unless the non-U.S. holder
        otherwise establishes an exemption.

     Neither backup withholding nor information reporting will generally apply
to a payment of the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of common stock
effected at a foreign office of a foreign broker not subject to the preceding
paragraph. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning
the effect, if any, of the adoption of the newly issued U.S. Treasury
regulations on backup withholding and information reporting on an investment in
the common stock.

     Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the
backup withholding rules will be refunded or credited against the non-U.S.
holder's United States federal income tax liability, provided that the non-U.S.
holder files an appropriate claim for a refund with the Internal Revenue
Service.

                                       81
<PAGE>   85

                                  UNDERWRITERS


     Under the terms and subject to the conditions of an underwriting agreement
dated the date of this prospectus, the U.S. underwriters named below, for whom
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., CIBC World Markets
Corp., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,
Lehman Brothers Inc. and Salomon Smith Barney, Inc. are acting as U.S.
representatives, and the international underwriters named below for whom Morgan
Stanley & Co. International Limited, Goldman Sachs International, CIBC World
Markets plc, Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited, Deutsche Bank AG
London, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) and Salomon Brothers
International Limited are acting as international representatives, have
severally agreed to purchase, and Holdings has agreed to sell to them,
severally, the number of shares of our common stock indicated below:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NUMBER OF
NAME                                                            SHARES
- ----                                                          -----------
<S>                                                           <C>
U.S. Underwriters:

  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.........................
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. .....................................
  CIBC World Markets Corp. .................................
  Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation....................
  Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. ............................
  Lehman Brothers Inc. .....................................
  Salomon Smith Barney Inc. ................................
                                                              -----------
     Subtotal...............................................   18,955,000
International Underwriters:
  Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited................
  Goldman Sachs International...............................
  CIBC World Markets plc ...................................
  Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited...............
  Deutsche Bank AG London...................................
  Lehman Brothers International (Europe)....................
  Salomon Brothers International Limited....................
                                                              -----------
     Subtotal...............................................    3,345,000
                                                              -----------
       Total................................................   22,300,000
                                                              ===========
</TABLE>


     The U.S. underwriters and the international underwriters, and the U.S.
representatives and the international representatives, are collectively referred
to as the "underwriters" and the "representatives," respectively. The
underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance
of the shares from Holdings and subject to prior sale. The underwriting
agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for
and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are
subject to the approval of specific legal matters by their counsel and to
certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all
of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, if any are purchased.
However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered
by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

     In the agreement between the U.S. and international underwriters, sales may
be made between the U.S. underwriters and international underwriters of any
number of shares as may be mutually agreed. The per share price of any shares so
sold by the underwriters shall be the public offering price listed on the cover
page of this prospectus, in United States dollars, less an amount not greater
than the per share amount of the concession to dealers described below.

                                       82
<PAGE>   86

     The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common
stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover
page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a
concession not in excess of $          a share under the public offering price.
Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in
excess of $          a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After
the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other
selling terms may from time to time be changed by the representatives.


     Holdings has granted to the U.S. underwriters an option, exercisable for 30
days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
3,345,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed
on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and
commissions. The U.S. underwriters may exercise this option solely for the
purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the
offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent
the option is exercised, each U.S. underwriter will become obligated, subject to
specified conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of additional shares
of common stock as the number listed next to the U.S. underwriter's name in the
preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next
to the names of all U.S. underwriters in the preceding table. If the U.S.
underwriters' option is exercised in full, the total price to the public for
this offering would be $     , the total underwriters' discounts and commissions
would be $     and total proceeds to SpectraSite would be $     .


     Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"SITE."


     At the request of SpectraSite, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at
the public offering price, shares offered by this prospectus for directors,
officers, employees, business associates, and related persons of SpectraSite.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated will administer the directed share program.
The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public
will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any
reserved shares which are not so purchased, will be offered by the underwriters
to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this
prospectus.


     Each of Holdings and the directors, executive officers and certain other
stockholders of Holdings, has agreed that, without the prior written consent of
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, it will not,
during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:


      --   offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
           purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
           right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose
           of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any
           securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common
           stock; or



      --   enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another,
           in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of
           the common stock;



whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common
stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, these
directors, executive officers and stockholders have agreed that, without the
prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the
underwriters, they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of
this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the
registration of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.


     The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

      --   the sale of shares to the underwriters under the underwriting
           agreement;

      --   the issuance by Holdings of shares of common stock upon the exercise
           of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding
           on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been
           advised in writing;

      --   transactions by any person other than Holdings relating to shares of
           common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions
           after the completion of this offering;

      --   the pledge or transfer of shares in accordance with certain
           provisions of the stockholders' agreement;
                                       83
<PAGE>   87


      --   the granting by Holdings of any options, deferred shares or other
           equity awards under Holdings' stock incentive plan, so long as such
           options do not vest and become exercisable or such deferred share or
           other awards do not vest, in each case, in the absence of
           extraordinary events or occurrences beyond the control of the grantee
           or recipient, until after the expiration of such 180 day period;



      --   the issuance by Holdings of shares of common stock in connection with
           acquisitions of businesses or portions thereof; provided the parties
           in any such acquisition agree in writing to be bound by the foregoing
           restrictions;


      --   the pledge of shares to us by our employees to secure loans from us;
           or

      --   any disposition made among such persons' family members or
           affiliates.


     In order to facilitate this offering, the underwriters may engage in
transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the
shares of common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may agree to sell or
allot more shares than the 22,300,000 shares of our common stock which we have
agreed to sell them. This over-allotment would create a short position in our
common stock for the underwriters' account. To cover any over-allotments or to
stabilize the price of the common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and
purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting
syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer
for distributing the common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases
previously distributed common stock in transactions to cover syndicate short
positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. The underwriters have
reserved the right to reclaim selling concessions in order to encourage
underwriters and dealers to distribute the common stock for investment, rather
than for short-term profit taking. Increasing the proportion of the offering
held for investment may reduce the supply of common stock available for
short-term trading. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market
price of the common stock above independent market levels. The underwriters are
not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities
at any time.


     From time to time, some of the underwriters have provided, and may continue
to provide, investment banking services to us. Affiliates of CIBC World Markets
Corp. and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation are acting as agents and
lenders under SpectraSite's credit facility and each receives fees customary for
performing those services. Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Lehman
Brothers Inc. and CIBC World Markets Corp. were initial purchasers of Holdings'
2008 notes in June 1998, and each received customary fees for their services. In
addition, CIBC World Markets Corp., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated were initial purchasers of Holdings' 2009
notes in April 1999 and each received customary fees for their services.

     Holdings and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against a
variety of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

                                       84
<PAGE>   88

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Dow, Lohnes & Albertson, PLLC, Washington, D.C., will pass upon the
validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Davis Polk &
Wardwell in New York, New York will pass upon certain matters for the
underwriters.

                                    EXPERTS

     Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited our consolidated
financial statements for the period from inception (April 25, 1997) to December
31, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1998 and the consolidated financial
statements of our predecessor, Telesite Services, LLC, for the year ended
December 31, 1996 and for the period from January 1, 1997 to May 12, 1997
included in this registration statement, as set forth in their reports appearing
elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

     Westower's consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 1998 and
for the seven months then ended and Summit's financial statements as of
September 30, 1998 and for the nine months then ended have been included in this
registration statement in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.

     Westower's consolidated financial statements as of February 28, 1997 and
February 28, 1998 and for the three years ended February 28, 1998 and Cord's
financial statements as of June 30, 1998 and for the two years ended June 30,
1998 have been included in this prospectus in reliance on the report of Moss
Adams LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.

     The financial statements of MJA Communications Corp. as of December 31,
1996 and December 31, 1997 and for the three years ended December 31, 1997, have
been consolidated with those of Westower in this prospectus in reliance on the
report of Lamn, Krielow, Dytrych & Darling, independent accountants, given on
the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

     The financial statements of Summit Communications LLC as of December 31,
1997 and for the period from inception, May 24, 1997, to December 31, 1997 have
been included in this prospectus in reliance on the report of Shearer, Taylor &
Co., P.A., independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     Holdings filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC for this
offering, and this prospectus is part of that registration statement. For
further information on SpectraSite, you should refer to our registration
statement and its exhibits. This prospectus summarizes material provisions of
contracts and other documents that we refer you to. Since the prospectus may not
contain all the information that you may find important, you should review the
full text of these documents. We have included copies of these documents as
exhibits to our registration statement.

     Holdings files reports with the SEC as the Exchange Act requires. In
addition, the indentures governing Holdings' outstanding notes require that we
file Exchange Act reports with the SEC and provide those reports to the
indenture trustee and holders of notes. Our SEC filings are also available over
the Internet at the SEC's web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and
copy any document we file at the SEC's public reference rooms in Washington,
D.C., New York and Chicago. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more
information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges.

                                       85
<PAGE>   89

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 1999
(unaudited) and December 31, 1998...........................   F-3
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
  for the three and nine months ended September 30, 1999 and
  1998......................................................   F-4
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Redeemable
  Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders' Equity
  (Deficiency) for the nine months ended September 30,
  1999......................................................   F-5
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
  for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998.....   F-6
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial
  Statements................................................   F-7
Report of Independent Auditors..............................  F-14
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and
  December 31, 1998.........................................  F-15
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from
  inception (April 25, 1997) to December 31, 1997 and for
  the year ended December 31, 1998..........................  F-16
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred
  Stock and Shareholders' Deficiency........................  F-17
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from
  inception (April 25, 1997) to December 31, 1997 and for
  the year ended December 31, 1998..........................  F-18
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................  F-19
TELESITE SERVICES, LLC
Report of Independent Auditors..............................  F-30
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1996..........  F-31
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended
  December 31, 1996 and for the period from January 1, 1997
  through May 12, 1997......................................  F-32
Consolidated Statements of Members' Equity..................  F-33
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended
  December 31, 1996 and for the period from January 1, 1997
  through May 12, 1997......................................  F-34
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................  F-35
WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 1998
  and June 30, 1999 (unaudited).............................  F-39
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
  for the three and nine months ended June 30, 1999 and
  1998......................................................  F-40
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'
  Equity for the nine months ended June 30, 1999............  F-41
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
  for the nine months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998..........  F-42
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial
  Statements................................................  F-43
Reports of Independent Accountants..........................  F-50
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 28, 1997 and 1998
  and September 30, 1998....................................  F-53
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
  February 29, 1996, February 28, 1997 and 1998 and for the
  seven months ended September 30, 1997 (unaudited) and
  1998......................................................  F-54
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
  years ended February 29, 1996, February 28, 1997 and 1998
  and for the seven months ended September 30, 1998.........  F-55
</TABLE>

                                       F-1
<PAGE>   90

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
February 29, 1996, February 28, 1997 and 1998 and for the
seven months ended September 30, 1997 (unaudited) and
1998........................................................  F-56
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................  F-57
CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
Report of Independent Auditors..............................  F-77
Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1998 and 1997.................  F-78
Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 1998
  and 1997..................................................  F-79
Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for
  the years ended June 30, 1998 and 1997....................  F-80
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1998
  and 1997..................................................  F-81
Notes to Financial Statements...............................  F-82
SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC
Report of Independent Accountants...........................  F-90
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and September 30,
  1998......................................................  F-92
Statements of Income for the period from May 24, 1997
  (Inception) to December 31, 1997 and for the nine months
  ended September 30, 1998..................................  F-93
Statement of Members' Equity for the period from May 24,
  1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997 and for the nine
  months ended September 30, 1998...........................  F-94
Statements of Cash Flows for the period from May 24, 1997
  (Inception) to December 31, 1997 and for the nine months
  ended September 30, 1998..................................  F-95
Notes to Financial Statements...............................  F-96
</TABLE>

                                       F-2
<PAGE>   91

                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                   AT SEPTEMBER 30,1999 AND DECEMBER 31, 1998
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30, 1999   DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                        ------------------   -----------------
                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>                  <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................      $  120,241           $ 99,548
  Short-term investments..............................              --             15,414
  Accounts receivable.................................          24,721              3,353
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
     billings.........................................           7,314                 --
  Inventories.........................................           4,055                 --
  Prepaid expenses and other..........................           2,825                253
                                                            ----------           --------
     Total current assets.............................         159,156            118,568
Property and equipment, net...........................         695,921             28,469
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net.............         257,834             12,757
Other assets..........................................          56,755              2,152
                                                            ----------           --------
     Total assets.....................................      $1,169,666           $161,946
                                                            ==========           ========
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable....................................      $   24,548           $  1,635
  Accrued and other expenses..........................          13,936                809
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated
     earnings.........................................           2,986                 --
                                                            ----------           --------
     Total current liabilities........................          41,470              2,444
Long term debt........................................         155,718                 --
Senior discount notes.................................         501,382            132,689
Other long-term liabilities...........................              --                224
                                                            ----------           --------
     Total liabilities................................         698,570            135,357
                                                            ----------           --------
Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A and
  B)..................................................              --             40,656
                                                            ----------           --------
Shareholders' equity (deficiency):
Common stock ($.001 par value) 95,000,000 and
  20,000,000 shares authorized, 19,060,219 and 956,753
  shares issued and outstanding as of September 30,
  1999 and December 31, 1998, respectively............              19                  1
Convertible preferred stock (Series A, B and C).......         339,494                 --
Additional paid-in-capital............................         209,376                 --
Accumulated other comprehensive income................             135                 --
Accumulated deficit...................................         (77,928)           (14,068)
                                                            ----------           --------
     Total shareholders' equity (deficiency)..........         471,096            (14,067)
                                                            ----------           --------
     Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock and
       shareholders' equity (deficiency)..............      $1,169,666           $161,946
                                                            ==========           ========
</TABLE>

                                       F-3
<PAGE>   92

                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

           UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
            THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND 1998
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     THREE MONTHS    THREE MONTHS     NINE MONTHS     NINE MONTHS
                                         ENDED           ENDED           ENDED           ENDED
                                     SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                         1999            1998            1999            1998
                                     -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues:
Site leasing.......................    $ 16,436         $   170        $ 29,450         $   211
  Network services.................       9,644           1,520          13,967           5,154
                                       --------         -------        --------         -------
Total revenues.....................      26,080           1,690          43,417           5,365
                                       --------         -------        --------         -------
Operating expenses:
  Costs of operations excluding
     depreciation, amortization and
     selling, general and
     administrative expenses:
     Site leasing..................       5,463             117          10,490             143
     Network services..............       6,372             565           7,265           1,721
  Selling, general and
     administrative expenses.......      12,249           2,262          21,909           5,997
  Depreciation and amortization
     expense.......................      12,759             461          21,833             780
  Restructuring and non-recurring
     charges.......................       7,127              --           7,727              --
                                       --------         -------        --------         -------
Total operating expenses...........      43,970           3,405          69,224           8,641
                                       --------         -------        --------         -------
Loss from operations...............     (17,890)         (1,715)        (25,807)         (3,276)
                                       --------         -------        --------         -------
Other income (expense):
  Interest income..................       2,485           1,743           7,212           2,110
  Interest expense.................     (18,693)         (3,898)        (47,519)         (4,335)
  Other income (expense)...........        (295)            208            (295)            473
                                       --------         -------        --------         -------
     Total other income
       (expense)...................     (16,503)         (1,947)        (40,602)         (1,752)
                                       --------         -------        --------         -------
Loss before income taxes...........     (34,393)         (3,662)        (66,409)         (5,028)
Income tax expense.................         107              --             107              --
                                       --------         -------        --------         -------
Net loss...........................    $(34,500)        $(3,662)       $(66,516)        $(5,028)
                                       ========         =======        ========         =======
Loss applicable to common
  shareholders:
Net loss...........................    $(34,500)        $(3,662)       $(66,516)        $(5,028)
Accretion of redemption value of
  preferred stock..................          --            (626)           (760)         (1,396)
                                       --------         -------        --------         -------
Net loss applicable to common
  shareholders.....................    $(34,500)        $(4,288)       $(67,276)        $(6,424)
                                       ========         =======        ========         =======
Net loss per common share (basic
  and diluted).....................    $  (4.21)        $ (4.53)       $ (16.85)        $ (6.86)
                                       ========         =======        ========         =======
Weighted average common shares
  outstanding (basic and
  diluted).........................       8,188             947           3,993             937
                                       ========         =======        ========         =======
</TABLE>

                                       F-4
<PAGE>   93

                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

            UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF REDEEMABLE
       CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
                      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     REDEEMABLE                                                              OTHER
                                     CONVERTIBLE      COMMON STOCK       CONVERTIBLE                     COMPREHENSIVE
                                      PREFERRED    -------------------    PREFERRED      ADDITIONAL         INCOME
                                        STOCK        SHARES     AMOUNT      STOCK      PAID-IN CAPITAL      (LOSS)
                                     -----------   ----------   ------   -----------   ---------------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>          <C>      <C>           <C>               <C>
Balance at December 31, 1998.......   $ 40,656        956,753    $ 1      $     --        $     --         $     --
Net loss...........................         --             --     --            --              --          (66,516)
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment.......................         --             --     --            --              --              135
                                                                                                           --------
Total comprehensive loss...........         --                                                             $(66,381)
                                                                                                           ========
Issuance of common stock...........         --     18,103,466     18            --         215,927
Stock issuance costs...............         --             --     --            --          (6,551)
Issuance of Series C preferred
  stock............................         --             --     --       301,494              --
Accretion of redemption value......        760             --     --            --              --
Cancellation of redemption status
  of preferred stock...............    (41,416)            --     --        38,000              --
                                      --------     ----------    ---      --------        --------
Balance at September 30, 1999......   $     --     19,060,219    $19      $339,494        $209,376
                                      ========     ==========    ===      ========        ========

<CAPTION>

                                     ACCUMULATED OTHER
                                       COMPREHENSIVE     ACCUMULATED
                                       INCOME (LOSS)       DEFICIT       TOTAL
                                     -----------------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                  <C>                 <C>           <C>
Balance at December 31, 1998.......        $ --           $(14,068)    $ (14,067)
Net loss...........................          --            (66,516)      (66,516)
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment.......................         135                 --           135
Total comprehensive loss...........
Issuance of common stock...........          --                 --      (215,945)
Stock issuance costs...............          --                 --        (6,551)
Issuance of Series C preferred
  stock............................          --                 --       301,494
Accretion of redemption value......          --               (760)         (760)
Cancellation of redemption status
  of preferred stock...............          --              3,416        41,416
                                           ----           --------     ---------
Balance at September 30, 1999......        $135           $(77,928)    $(471,096)
                                           ====           ========     =========
</TABLE>

                                       F-5
<PAGE>   94

                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

           UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND 1998
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999         1998
                                                              ---------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss....................................................  $ (66,516)   $ (5,028)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Depreciation..............................................     19,749         261
  Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles............      2,084         519
  Amortization of debt issuances costs......................     11,085          --
  Amortization of senior discount notes.....................     28,689       3,915
  Write-off of TeleSite goodwill............................      6,178          --
  Loss (gain) on sale of assets.............................         95        (472)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities net of
  acquisitions:
  Accounts receivable.......................................     (3,859)        436
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings........       (552)         --
  Inventories...............................................       (147)         --
  Prepaid expenses and other................................     (1,938)       (149)
  Accounts payable..........................................     16,832      (1,217)
  Other current liabilities.................................      8,372        (359)
Other, net..................................................       (338)         --
                                                              ---------    --------
Net cash provided by operating activities...................     19,734         340
                                                              ---------    --------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property and equipment.........................   (566,359)    (12,496)
Deposits on asset purchases.................................    (48,186)    (11,750)
Purchase of short-term investments..........................         --     (45,561)
Maturities of short-term investments........................     15,414          --
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired..........................    (78,720)     (1,989)
Proceeds from sale of assets................................         22         298
Other, net..................................................     (4,312)        150
                                                              ---------    --------
Net cash used in investing activities.......................   (682,141)    (71,348)
                                                              ---------    --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common stock......................        900          --
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock...................    231,494      28,000
Stock issuance costs........................................     (6,551)       (359)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt....................    150,052          --
Repayments of debt..........................................     (3,598)     (2,952)
Proceeds from issuance of senior discount notes.............    340,004     125,000
Debt issuance costs.........................................    (29,201)     (4,711)
                                                              ---------    --------
Net cash provided by financing activities...................    683,100     144,978
                                                              ---------    --------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents...................     20,693      73,970
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............     99,548       2,234
                                                              ---------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..................    120,241      76,204
                                                              =========    ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the period for interest....................  $   4,498    $    211
                                                              =========    ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING
  ACTIVITIES:
Common stock issued for financing costs.....................  $   9,000    $     --
                                                              =========    ========
Series C preferred stock issued for purchase of property and
  equipment.................................................  $  70,000    $     --
                                                              =========    ========
Common stock issued for purchase of Westower Corporation....  $ 205,559    $     --
                                                              =========    ========
</TABLE>

                                       F-6
<PAGE>   95

                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

       NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. ("SpectraSite") and its wholly owned
subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the "Company") are principally engaged
in providing services to companies operating in the telecommunications industry,
including leasing of antenna sites on multi-tenant towers, network design, tower
construction and antenna installation.

  PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
SpectraSite and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and
balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

  USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

  REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Site leasing revenues are recognized when earned. Escalation clauses
present in the lease agreements with the Company's customers are recognized on a
straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Service revenues from site
selection, construction and construction management activities are derived under
service contracts with customers which provide for billing on a time and
materials or fixed price basis. Revenues are recognized as services are
performed with respect to time and materials contracts. Revenues are recognized
using the percentage-of-completion method for fixed price contracts, measured by
the percentage of contract costs incurred to date compared to estimated total
contract costs. Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts represent
revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. Billings in excess of costs on
uncompleted contracts represent billings in excess of revenues recognized.
Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period
in which such losses are determined.

  INVENTORIES

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in,
first-out method and consist primarily of materials purchased for future
construction not associated with specific jobs

  INVESTMENTS

     Investments in entities in which the Company owns more than 20% but less
than 50% are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the
investment is stated at cost plus the Company's equity in net income (loss) of
the entity since acquisition. The equity in net income (loss) of such entity is
recorded in "Other income (expense)" in the accompanying condensed consolidated
statements of operations.

  SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

     In the three and nine months ended September 30, 1999, one customer
accounted for 40.2% and 40.4% of the Company's revenues, respectively. In the
three and nine months ended September 30, 1998, a different customer accounted
for 41.2% and 42.2% of revenues, respectively. In addition, in the three months
ended September 30, 1998, two customers accounted for 21.9% and 10.1% of the
Company's revenues, respectively.

                                       F-7
<PAGE>   96
                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

            NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                           STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  RESTRUCTURING AND NON-RECURRING CHARGES

     In September 1999, the Company announced that it would no longer directly
provide site acquisition services. As a result, the Company recorded
restructuring charges of $7.1 million, of which $6.2 million related to the
write-off of goodwill related to the purchase of TeleSite Services, LLC and $0.9
million is related to the costs of employee severance. In March 1999, the
Company announced that it would relocate its marketing and administrative
operations from Little Rock, Arkansas and Birmingham, Alabama to its corporate
headquarters in Cary, North Carolina. As a result, the Company recorded a
non-recurring charge of $0.6 million for employee termination and other costs
related to the relocation of these activities.

  INCOME TAXES

     The Company provides for income taxes at the end of each interim period
based on the estimated effective tax rate for the full fiscal year for each tax
reporting entity. Cumulative adjustments to the Company's estimate are recorded
in the interim period in which a change in the estimated annual effective rate
is determined.

  RECLASSIFICATIONS

     Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1998 condensed consolidated
financial statements to conform to the 1999 presentation.

  IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities ("SFAS
133"). SFAS 133 requires that derivative instruments be recognized as either
assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet based on their fair
values. Changes in the fair values of such derivative instruments will be
recorded either in results of operations or in other comprehensive income,
depending on the intended use of the derivative instrument. The initial
application of SFAS 133 will be reported as the effect of a change in accounting
principle. SFAS 133 is effective for all fiscal quarters beginning after June
15, 2000. The Company has not yet determined the effect that the adoption of
SFAS 133 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

  UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have
been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for
interim financial reporting and in accordance with the instructions for Form
10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and disclosures normally required by generally accepted
accounting principles for complete financial statements or those normally
reflected in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K. The financial information
included herein reflects all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair
presentation of results for interim periods. Results of interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year.

                                       F-8
<PAGE>   97
                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

            NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                           STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                    1999             1998
                                                -------------    ------------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>
Towers........................................    $667,333         $24,780
Equipment.....................................       6,293             823
Furniture and fixtures........................       1,701             288
Other.........................................      11,444             212
                                                  --------         -------
                                                   686,771          26,103
Less accumulated depreciation.................     (15,348)           (870)
                                                  --------         -------
                                                   671,423          25,233
Construction in progress......................      24,498           3,236
                                                  --------         -------
                                                  $695,921         $28,469
                                                  ========         =======
</TABLE>

3.  ACQUISITION ACTIVITIES

     In September 1999, the Company consummated the Agreement and Plan of
Merger, dated as of May 15, 1999 with Westower Corporation ("Westower"). Under
the terms of the agreement, Westower shareholders received 1.81 shares of
SpectraSite common stock for each share of Westower common stock. In the
aggregate, SpectraSite exchanged 15.5 million shares of its common stock valued
at $205.6 million for 8.6 million shares of Westower common stock and assumed
$81.5 million of debt. The Company repaid $72.2 million of such assumed debt at
closing. In addition, the Company assumed the outstanding Westower employee
stock options, which were converted into options to purchase 1.7 million shares
of SpectraSite's common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase,
and the excess of cost over fair value of the net assets acquired is being
amortized on a straight-line basis over fifteen years. The operations of
Westower are included in the consolidated statement of operations from the date
of acquisition.

     The pro forma unaudited results of operations for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 and 1998, assuming the acquisition of Westower by the Company
and Westower's purchases of Cord Communications, Inc. and Summit Communications,
LLC had been consummated as of January 1, 1998, follows (in thousands, except
per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                NINE MONTHS      NINE MONTHS
                                                   ENDED            ENDED
                                               SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   1999             1998
                                               -------------    -------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>
Revenues.....................................    $130,571         $ 60,613
Net loss.....................................    $(81,860)        $(17,834)
Basic and diluted net loss per common
  share......................................    $  (4.65)        $  (1.17)
</TABLE>

     In April 1999, the Company purchased 2,000 communications towers from
Nextel Communications, Inc. ("Nextel") for $560.0 million in cash and shares of
SpectraSite's Series C preferred stock valued at $70.0 million. The Company used
$150.0 million of borrowings under a $500.0 million committed credit facility,
$340.0 million from the proceeds of a privately-placed offering of senior
discount notes and $231.5 million from the sale of SpectraSite's Series C
preferred stock to fund the cash purchase price, to pay related fees and
expenses and for general corporate purposes. As part of the transaction, Nextel
has agreed to lease 1,700 additional sites on the Company's towers as part of
Nextel's national deployment.

                                       F-9
<PAGE>   98
                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

            NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                           STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     In connection with the purchase, Nextel entered into a master lease
agreement to become the anchor tenant on each of the acquired towers and also
conveyed to the Company certain third-party co-location site leases associated
with the acquired assets. Nextel also transferred to the Company certain
non-cancelable ground leases, and the Company assumed all operating and other
costs associated with the acquired assets.

     In November 1999, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire 94
communication towers from DigiPH PCS, Inc. for $36 million in cash. The cash
consideration is expected to come from currently available funds. The
transaction is expected to close in the fourth quarter of 1999.

4.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                    1999             1998
                                                -------------    ------------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>
Goodwill......................................    $227,048         $ 8,963
Debt issuance costs...........................      33,847           4,836
                                                  --------         -------
                                                   260,895          13,799
Less accumulated amortization.................      (3,061)         (1,042)
                                                  --------         -------
                                                  $257,834         $12,757
                                                  ========         =======
</TABLE>

5.  OTHER ASSETS

     Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                    1999             1998
                                                -------------    ------------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>
Deposits......................................     $49,244          $1,750
Other.........................................       7,511             402
                                                   -------          ------
                                                   $56,755          $2,152
                                                   =======          ======
</TABLE>

6.  DEBT

  11.25% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2009

     In April 1999, SpectraSite issued $586.8 million aggregate principal amount
at maturity of senior discount notes due 2009 (the "2009 Notes") for gross
proceeds of $340.0 million. Interest on the 2009 Notes accretes daily at a rate
of 11.25% per annum, compounded semiannually, to an aggregate principal amount
of $586.8 million on April 15, 2004. Cash interest will not accrue on the 2009
Notes prior to April 15, 2004. Commencing April 15, 2004, cash interest will
accrue and be payable semiannually in arrears on each April 15 and October 15,
commencing October 15, 2004, at a rate of 11.25% per annum. After April 15,
2004, the Company may redeem all or a portion of the 2009 Notes at specified
redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to the applicable
redemption date. On one or more occasions prior to April 15, 2002, the Company
may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the 2009
Notes with the net cash proceeds from one or more equity offerings. The
redemption price would be 111.25% of the accreted value on the redemption date.
The Company is required to comply with certain covenants under the terms of the
2009 Notes that restrict the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness,
make certain payments and issue preferred stock, among other things.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>   99
                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

            NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                           STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  CREDIT FACILITY

     In April 1999 in connection with the acquisition of communications towers
from Nextel, SpectraSite Communications, Inc. ("Communications"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of SpectraSite, entered into a $500.0 million credit facility. The
credit facility consists of a $50.0 million revolving credit facility that may,
subject to the satisfaction of certain financial covenants, be drawn at any time
up to December 31, 2005, at which time all amounts drawn under the revolving
credit facility must be paid in full; a $300.0 million multiple draw term loan
that may be drawn at any through March 31, 2002, which requires that the amount
drawn be repaid in quarterly installments commencing on June 30, 2002 and ending
on December 31, 2005; and a $150.0 million term loan that was drawn in full at
the closing of the Nextel tower acquisition and that amortizes at a rate of 1.0%
annually, payable in quarterly installments beginning on June 30, 2002 through
December 31, 2005, $67.5 million on March 31, 2006 with the balance due on June
30, 2006. In addition, the credit facility contemplates borrowings to be funded
by affiliates of certain of SpectraSite's stockholders subject to the approval
of a majority of the lenders under the credit facility and the consent of such
affiliates.

     The revolving credit loans and the multiple draw term loans will bear
interest, at our option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce's base
rate, plus an applicable margin of 1.5% per annum initially, which margin after
a period of time may decrease based on a leverage ratio, or the reserve adjusted
London interbank offered rate, plus an applicable margin of 3.0% per annum
initially, which margin after a period of time may decrease based on a leverage
ratio.

     The term loan bears interest, at our option, at either Canadian Imperial
Bank of Commerce's base rate, plus 2.0% per annum, which margin after a period
of time may decrease based on a leverage ratio, or the reserve adjusted London
interbank offered rate, plus 3.5% per annum, which margin after a period of time
may decrease based on a leverage ratio.

     We will be required to pay a commitment fee of between 1.25% and 0.50% per
annum in respect of the undrawn portion of the multiple draw term loan,
depending on the amount undrawn. We are required to pay a commitment fee of
0.50% per annum in respect of the undrawn portion of the revolving credit
facility.

     We may be required to prepay the credit facility in part upon the
occurrence of certain events, such as a sale of assets, the incurrence of
certain additional indebtedness, the issuance of equity and the generation of
excess cash flow.

     SpectraSite and each of Communications' subsidiaries has guaranteed the
obligations under the credit facility. The credit facility is further secured by
substantially all the tangible and intangible assets of Communications and its
subsidiaries and a pledge of all of the capital stock of Communications and its
subsidiaries.

     The credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other
things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness; create liens on
assets; make investments, make acquisitions, or engage in mergers or
consolidations; dispose of assets; enter into new lines of business; engage in
certain transactions with affiliates; and pay dividends or make capital
distributions. SpectraSite, however, will be permitted to pay dividends after
July 15, 2003, for the purpose of paying interest on its 12% Senior Discount
Notes due 2008 and the 2009 Notes so long as no default under the credit
facility then exists or would exist after giving effect to such payment.

     In addition, the credit facility requires compliance with certain financial
covenants, including requiring Communications and its subsidiaries, on a
consolidated basis, to maintain a maximum ratio of total debt to annualized
EBITDA; a minimum interest coverage ratio; a minimum fixed charge coverage
ratio; and a minimum annualized EBITDA, for the first year only.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>   100
                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

            NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                           STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

7.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

  SERIES A AND B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

     At December 31, 1998, the Company had mandatorily redeemable convertible
preferred stock consisting of Series A and Series B cumulative redeemable
preferred stock, each with a $0.001 par value, 10,462,830 shares authorized in
the aggregate and 3,462,830 and 7,000,000 shares issued and outstanding,
respectively. In connection with closing the Nextel tower acquisition,
provisions for dividends and redemption were eliminated with respect to the
Series A and Series B preferred stock. Previously accrued dividends have been
eliminated, and the outstanding balances have been reclassified as shareholders'
equity in the balance sheet as of September 30, 1999. Each share of Series A and
Series B preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock and
entitles the holder to vote on an as-converted basis with holders of common
stock. In addition, contemporaneously with the closing of an underwritten public
offering of common stock resulting in gross proceeds of at least $150.0 million
at a per share price of $8.00 or greater, the outstanding shares of Series A and
Series B preferred stock shall automatically convert to common stock on a
share-for-share basis. The Company has reserved a sufficient number of its
authorized shares of common stock for the purpose of effecting the future
conversion of the preferred stock.

  SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

     In connection with closing the Nextel tower acquisition, the Company sold
46,286,795 shares of Series C preferred stock at a price of $5.00 per share. In
addition, Nextel received 14 million shares of Series C preferred stock. At
September 30, 1999, the Company has 60,286,795 of $0.001 par value Series C
shares authorized, issued and outstanding. Each share of Series C preferred
stock is convertible into one share of common stock and entitles the holder to
vote on an as-converted basis with holders of common stock. In addition,
contemporaneously with the closing of an underwritten public offering of common
stock resulting in gross proceeds of at least $150.0 million at a per share
price of $8.00 or greater, the outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock
shall automatically convert to common stock. The Company has reserved a
sufficient number of its authorized shares of common stock for the purpose of
effecting the future conversion of the preferred stock.

  COMMON STOCK

     In connection with the Nextel tower acquisition, SpectraSite also restated
its certificate of incorporation. The amended and restated certificate
authorized 95 million shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share. In
addition, the Company increased the maximum number of shares for which options
may be granted under its stock option plan to 4.1 million.

     In August 1999, SpectraSite amended its restated certificate of
incorporation to increase the authorized shares of common stock to 300 million.
In addition, SpectraSite increased the maximum number of shares for which
options may be granted under its stock option plan to 10 million and authorized
one million shares to be issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

8.  BUSINESS SEGMENTS

     The Company previously operated in one business segment. As a result of the
Westower acquisition, the Company now operates in two business segments, site
leasing and network services. Prior period information has been restated to
reflect the current business segments. The site leasing segment provides for
leasing and subleasing of antennae sites on multi-tenant towers for a diverse
range of wireless communication services, including personal communication
services, paging, cellular and microwave. The network services segment offers a
broad range of network development services, including network design, tower
construction and antenna installation.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>   101
                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

            NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                           STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     In evaluating financial performance, management focuses on operating profit
(loss), excluding depreciation and amortization and restructuring charges. This
measure of operating profit (loss) is also before interest income, interest
expense, other income (expense) and income taxes. All reported segment revenues
are generated from external customers as intersegment revenues are not
significant.

     Summarized financial information concerning the reportable segments as of
and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 is shown in
the following table. The "Other" column represents amounts excluded from
specific segments, such as income taxes, corporate general and administrative
expenses, depreciation and amortization, restructuring and other non-recurring
charges and interest. In addition, "Other" also includes corporate assets such
as cash and cash equivalents, tangible and intangible assets and income tax
accounts which have not been allocated to a specific segment.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   SITE      NETWORK
                                                 LEASING     SERVICES     OTHER        TOTAL
                                                 --------    --------    --------    ----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
1999
Revenues.......................................  $ 16,436    $ 9,644     $     --    $   26,080
Income (loss) before income taxes..............    10,944      1,227      (46,564)      (34,393)
Assets.........................................   691,820     44,832      433,014     1,169,666
     1998
Revenues.......................................  $    170    $ 1,520     $     --    $    1,690
Income (loss) before income taxes..............        53        955       (4,670)       (3,662)
Assets.........................................    25,865         --      136,081       161,946
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
     1999
Revenues.......................................  $ 29,450    $13,967     $     --    $   43,417
Income (loss) before income taxes..............    18,930      4,658      (89,997)      (66,409)
Assets.........................................   691,820     44,832      433,014     1,169,666
     1998
Revenues.......................................  $    211    $ 5,154     $     --    $    5,365
Income (loss) before income taxes..............        68      3,433       (8,529)       (5,028)
Assets.........................................    25,865         --      136,081       161,946
</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>   102

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SpectraSite
Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and subsidiary as of December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
redeemable convertible preferred stock and shareholders' deficiency and cash
flows for the year ended December 31, 1998 and for the period from April 25,
1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SpectraSite
Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary at December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997, and
the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and for the period from April 25, 1997 (inception) to December
31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                          /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
February 26, 1999

                                      F-14
<PAGE>   103

                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------
                                                               1997        1998
                                                              -------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $ 2,234    $ 99,548
  Short-term investments....................................       --      15,414
  Accounts receivable.......................................    1,610       3,353
  Prepaid expenses and other................................       34         253
                                                              -------    --------
Total current assets........................................    3,878     118,568
Property and equipment, net.................................    1,176      28,469
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of $278 and $798
  respectively..............................................    6,792       8,165
Deposits....................................................    1,300       1,750
Investment in affiliate.....................................      336          --
Note receivable.............................................       --         273
Debt issuance costs, less accumulated amortization of
  $244......................................................       --       4,592
Other assets................................................      160         129
                                                              -------    --------
Total assets................................................  $13,642    $161,946
                                                              =======    ========
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS'
  DEFICIENCY
Current liabilities:
  Line of credit............................................  $   629    $     --
  Accounts payable..........................................    1,049       1,635
  Accrued and other expenses................................    1,005         759
  Deferred revenue..........................................       --          32
  Current portion of long-term debt.........................       26          18
                                                              -------    --------
Total current liabilities...................................    2,709       2,444
Long-term debt, less current portion........................       19          --
Other long-term liabilities.................................       --         224
Note payable to shareholder.................................    2,312          --
Senior discount notes.......................................       --     132,689
                                                              -------    --------
Total liabilities...........................................    5,040     135,357
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par,
  3,462,830 shares authorized, 3,462,830 outstanding........   10,500      11,300
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par,
  7,000,000 shares authorized, 7,000,000 outstanding........       --      29,356
Shareholders' deficiency:
  Common stock, $0.001 par, 12,000,000 and 20,000,000
     authorized, respectively, 931,753 and 956,753 issued
     and outstanding, respectively..........................        1           1
  Additional paid-in-capital................................    1,991          --
  Accumulated deficit.......................................   (3,890)    (14,068)
                                                              -------    --------
Total shareholders' deficiency..............................   (1,898)    (14,067)
                                                              -------    --------
Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock and
  shareholders' deficiency..................................  $13,642    $161,946
                                                              =======    ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>   104

                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PERIOD FROM
                                                                INCEPTION             YEAR
                                                           (APRIL 25, 1997) TO       ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1997                1998
                                                           -------------------    ------------
<S>                                                        <C>                    <C>
Revenues:
Site acquisition.........................................        $ 5,002            $  8,142
  Site leasing...........................................             --                 656
                                                                 -------            --------
Total revenues...........................................          5,002               8,798
Costs of operations:
  Site acquisition.......................................          1,120               2,492
  Site leasing (exclusive of depreciation presented
     separately below)...................................             --                 299
                                                                 -------            --------
                                                                   1,120               2,791
Selling, general and administrative expenses.............          7,390               9,690
Depreciation and amortization expense....................            489               1,268
                                                                 -------            --------
Operating loss...........................................         (3,997)             (4,951)
Other income (expense):
  Equity in earnings of affiliate........................            205                  --
  Interest income........................................            122               3,569
  Interest expense.......................................           (164)             (8,170)
  Gain on sale of assets.................................             --                 473
  Other expense..........................................            (56)                 --
                                                                 -------            --------
                                                                     107              (4,128)
                                                                 -------            --------
Net loss.................................................        $(3,890)           $ (9,079)
                                                                 =======            ========
Loss applicable to common shareholders:
Net loss.................................................        $(3,890)           $ (9,079)
Accretion of redemption value of preferred stock.........           (500)             (2,156)
                                                                 -------            --------
Net loss applicable to common shareholders...............        $(4,390)           $(11,235)
                                                                 =======            ========
Net loss per common share (basic and diluted)............        $ (5.21)           $ (11.98)
                                                                 =======            ========
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and
  diluted)...............................................            842                 938
                                                                 =======            ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>   105

                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
                            SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY
                                     REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE       --------------------------------------------
                                         PREFERRED STOCK                   ADDITIONAL
                                  -----------------------------   COMMON    PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED
                                  SERIES A   SERIES B    TOTAL    STOCK     CAPITAL       DEFICIT      TOTAL
                                  --------   --------   -------   ------   ----------   -----------   --------
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance at April 25, 1997
  (inception)...................  $    --    $    --    $    --     $--     $    --      $     --     $     --
Issuance of common stock........       --         --         --      1        2,281            --        2,282
Issuance of warrants............       --         --         --     --          390            --          390
Issuance of preferred stock.....   10,000         --     10,000     --           --            --           --
Stock issuance cost.............       --         --         --     --         (180)           --         (180)
Accretion of redemption value...      500         --        500     --         (500)           --         (500)
Net loss........................       --         --         --     --           --        (3,890)      (3,890)
                                  -------    -------    -------     --      -------      --------     --------
Balance at December 31, 1997....   10,500         --     10,500      1        1,991        (3,890)      (1,898)
Issuance of preferred stock.....       --     28,000     28,000     --           --            --           --
Stock issuance costs............       --         --         --     --         (434)           --         (434)
Accretion of redemption value...      800      1,356      2,155     --       (1,557)         (599)      (2,156)
Repurchase of common stock......       --         --         --     --           --          (500)        (500)
Net loss........................       --         --         --     --           --        (9,079)      (9,079)
                                  -------    -------    -------     --      -------      --------     --------
Balance at December 31, 1998....  $11,300    $29,356    $40,656     $1      $    --      $(14,068)    $(14,067)
                                  =======    =======    =======     ==      =======      ========     ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>   106

                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PERIOD FROM INCEPTION
                                                               (APRIL 25, 1997) TO       YEAR ENDED
                                                                DECEMBER 31, 1997     DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                              ---------------------   -----------------
<S>                                                           <C>                     <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss....................................................         $(3,890)             $ (9,079)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation..............................................             191                   712
  Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles............             298                   556
  Amortization of debt issuance costs.......................              --                   244
  Loss (gain) on sale of assets.............................              60                  (473)
  Equity in earnings of affiliate...........................            (205)                   --
  Amortization of discount--senior discount notes...........              --                 7,689
  Non-cash charge (Note 1)..................................           2,600                    --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable.....................................            (289)               (1,451)
    Interest receivable on short-term investments...........              --                  (759)
    Prepaid expenses and other..............................             136                  (164)
    Accounts payable........................................             317                   591
    Accrued and other expenses..............................           1,005                  (213)
                                                                     -------              --------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.........             223                (2,347)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from note receivable...............................              --                    41
Purchases of property and equipment.........................            (850)              (26,598)
Distribution from affiliate.................................              --                   150
Purchases of investments....................................              --               (30,005)
Maturities of short-term investments........................              --                15,350
Proceeds from sale of assets................................              --                   299
Repurchase of common stock..................................              --                  (500)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired..........................          (5,028)               (1,989)
Deposits on acquisitions....................................          (1,300)               (1,750)
                                                                     -------              --------
Net cash used in investing activities.......................          (7,178)              (45,002)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock...................          10,000                28,000
Stock issuance costs........................................            (179)                 (434)
Proceeds from issuance of senior discount notes.............              --               125,000
Debt issuance costs.........................................              --                (4,836)
Net repayments on line of credit............................            (568)                 (628)
Repayment of note to shareholder and other debt.............             (64)               (2,439)
                                                                     -------              --------
Net cash provided by financing activities...................           9,189               144,663
                                                                     -------              --------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents...................           2,234                97,314
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............              --                 2,234
                                                                     -------              --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..................         $ 2,234              $ 99,548
                                                                     =======              ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid during the period for interest....................         $    64              $    216
                                                                     =======              ========
Additional consideration (common stock) for acquisition.....         $    --              $    224
                                                                     =======              ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>   107

                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  FORMATION OF COMPANY

     SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings") and its wholly owned subsidiary
SpectraSite Communications, Inc. ("SCI") (collectively referred to as the
"Company" throughout), are principally engaged in providing services to
companies operating in the telecommunications industry including site
development services, transmission tower construction and leasing antenna tower
sites.

     Holdings formerly known as Integrated Site Development, Inc. ("ISD"), was
incorporated in the State of Delaware on April 25, 1997. Holdings, on May 12,
1997, issued 850,000 shares of its common stock and common stock warrants for
150,000 shares in exchange for the 850,000 issued and outstanding shares of
common stock and common stock warrants for 150,000 shares of US Towers, Inc.
("UST"). Holdings' chief executive officer was the principal shareholder of UST
prior to this transaction. One of the primary purposes of the exchange of shares
was the hiring of the chief executive officer. Since UST had minimal assets and
operations, this transaction was compensatory in nature, rather than a business
combination or an asset acquisition. Accordingly, this transaction resulted in a
non-cash compensation charge of $2,600,000, based on the estimated fair value of
the stock of $2.60 per share and the estimated fair value of the warrants of
$2.60 per warrant at the date of issuance. The warrants entitled the holder to
the right to purchase 150,000 shares of Holdings common stock at a price of
$0.001 per share, through 2001. In September and October 1998, all of the
warrants were exercised. See Note 4.

     On May 12, 1997, Holdings acquired all of the outstanding membership
interests of TeleSite Services, LLC ("TeleSite") and its subsidiary, MetroSite
Management, LLC ("MetroSite"), for consideration including $4,850,000 in cash,
81,753 shares of common stock valued at $177,200 and a $2,312,000 note payable.
Since Holdings had minimal operations prior to this acquisition, TeleSite is
considered Holdings' predecessor for financial reporting purposes. In October
1997, TeleSite was merged into UST, and UST changed its name to SpectraSite
Communications, Inc. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase in
accordance with the provisions of APB 16 and, accordingly, the results of
operations of TeleSite are included in the consolidated operations of the Issuer
from the date of acquisition.

     In connection with the TeleSite acquisition, Holdings will be required to
provide additional consideration of 55,919 shares of its common stock based upon
TeleSite achieving certain operating goals through the end of December 31, 1998,
pursuant to a provision in the TeleSite acquisition agreement. The Company
accounted for the obligation as an additional cost of the acquisition, recording
approximately $224,000 of goodwill and a related long-term liability based upon
the fair value of the Company's common stock at December 31, 1998. The
obligation will be subsequently relieved and $224,000 of additional paid-
in-capital will be recorded when the shares are issued.

  PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Holdings and SCI. All significant intercompany transactions and balances
have been eliminated in consolidation.

  USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>   108
                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of
three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

  SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

     At December 31, 1998, the Company's short-term investments consisted of
commercial paper and certificates of deposit with maturities of less than one
year. The carrying amount of these investments approximates market value.

  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment, including towers, are stated at cost. The Company
is capitalizing costs incurred in bringing towers to an operational state.
Direct costs related to the development and construction of towers, including
interest, are capitalized and are included in construction in progress.
Approximately $109,700 of interest was capitalized for the year ended December
31, 1998. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from three to fifteen years.

  GOODWILL

     The Company has classified as goodwill the cost in excess of fair value of
net assets acquired in purchase transactions. Goodwill is being amortized on a
straight-line basis over fifteen years.

  DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS

     The Company capitalized costs relating to the issuance of the 12% Senior
Discount Notes Due 2008 (the "Senior Discount Notes") (Note 3). The costs are
amortized using the straight-line method over the term of these notes.

  INCOME TAXES

     The liability method is used in accounting for income taxes and deferred
tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the
financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities.

  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents and investments
approximates fair value for these instruments. The estimated fair value of the
Senior Discount Notes (see Note 3) is based on the quoted market price in the
private market. Although management is not aware of any factors that would
significantly affect the fair value of amounts, such amounts have not been
comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that
date. The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments, along
with the carrying amounts of the related assets (liabilities), are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          DECEMBER 31, 1997       DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                          ------------------    ----------------------
                                          CARRYING     FAIR     CARRYING       FAIR
                                           AMOUNT     VALUE      AMOUNT        VALUE
                                          --------    ------    ---------    ---------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S>                                       <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...............   $2,234     $2,234    $  99,548    $  99,548
Short-term investments..................       --         --       15,414       15,414
Senior Discount Notes...................       --         --     (132,689)    (114,871)
</TABLE>

                                      F-20
<PAGE>   109
                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenue from site acquisition services is recognized when services are
rendered. Revenue from site leasing contracts, which include scheduled rent
increases, are recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the term of
the contracts. To date, a large majority of the Company's revenues have been
generated by providing site acquisition services.

  COSTS OF OPERATIONS

     Costs of operations for site acquisition services consist of direct costs
incurred to provide the related services.

     Costs of operations for site leasing services consist of direct costs
incurred to provide the related services including ground lease cost, tower
maintenance and related real estate taxes. Costs of operations for site leasing
services does not include depreciation expense of the related leased assets.

  SIGNIFICANT CONCENTRATIONS

     The Company's customer base consists of businesses operating in the
wireless telecommunications industry. The Company's exposure to credit risk
consists primarily of unsecured accounts receivable from these customers. Five
customers accounted for 96.6% of the Company's 1997 revenue. Two customers
accounted for 70.9% of the Company's 1998 revenue. Following is a list of
significant customers:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       PERCENT OF REVENUES
                       FOR THE PERIOD FROM                         PERCENT OF REVENUES      PERCENT OF
                         APRIL 25, 1997      PERCENT OF ACCOUNTS      FOR THE YEAR           ACCOUNTS
                         (INCEPTION) TO         RECEIVABLE AT             ENDED            RECEIVABLE AT
                        DECEMBER 31, 1997     DECEMBER 31, 1997     DECEMBER 31, 1998    DECEMBER 31, 1998
                       -------------------   -------------------   -------------------   -----------------
<S>                    <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Customer 1...........         38.9%                 75.0%                 46.6%                15.6%
Customer 2...........         18.8%                   --                    --                   --
Customer 3...........         14.7%                   --                    --                   --
Customer 4...........         13.0%                   --                    --                   --
Customer 5...........         11.2%                   --                    --                   --
Customer 6...........           --                    --                  24.3%                45.0%
Customer 7...........           --                    --                    --                 22.7%
</TABLE>

  ADVERTISING EXPENSE

     The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred, and totaled approximately
$131,000 and $135,000 for the period from April 25, 1997 (inception) to December
31, 1997 and for the year ended December 31, 1998, respectively.

  EARNINGS PER SHARE

     Basic net loss per common share is computed using net loss applicable to
common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares
outstanding. Diluted net loss per common share is identical to basic net loss
per common share due to the fact that the Company was operating at a net loss
position for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the period from inception
(April 25, 1997) to December 31, 1997.

  STOCK OPTIONS

     The Company has elected under the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation ("SFAS
123") to account for its employee stock options in

                                      F-21
<PAGE>   110
                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

accordance with Accounting Principle Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees ("APB 25"). Companies that account for stock based
compensation arrangements for its employees under APB No. 25 are required by
SFAS 123 to disclose the pro forma effect on net income (loss) as if the fair
value based method prescribed by SFAS 123 had been applied. The Company plans to
continue to account for stock based compensation using the provisions of APB 25
and has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123. Under APB 25, no
compensation expense has been recognized for stock options granted to its
employees since the exercise price of the options has equaled or exceeded the
estimated fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Option grants
to advisors and consultants will be accounted for using the fair value method
prescribed by SFAS 123.

IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income ("SFAS 130"), which establishes
standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components
in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. SFAS 130 only impacts
financial statement presentation as opposed to actual amounts recorded. Other
comprehensive income includes all nonowner changes in equity that are excluded
from net income. This Statement has no financial statement impact for an
enterprise that has no items of other comprehensive income in any period
presented. During the period from inception (April 25, 1997) to December 31,
1997 and during the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company had no items of
other comprehensive income.

     In 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information"
("SFAS 131"). SFAS 131 changes the way public companies report segment
information in annual financial statements and also requires those companies to
report selected segment information in interim financial statements to
shareholders. SFAS 131 also establishes standards for related disclosures about
products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The application of
the new rules did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial
position at December 31, 1998 or its results of operations for the year ended
December 31, 1998 as the Company currently operates in only one segment.

     In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities ("SFAS
133"). SFAS 133 requires that derivative instruments be recognized as either
assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet based on their fair
values. Changes in the fair values of such derivative instruments will be
recorded either in results of operations or in other comprehensive income,
depending on the intended use of the derivative instrument. The initial
application of SFAS 133 will be reported as the effect of a change in accounting
principle. SFAS 133 is effective for all fiscal years beginning after June 15,
1999. We will adopt the requirements of SFAS 133 in our 1999 financial
statements. We have not yet determined the effect that the adoption of SFAS 133
will have on our consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>   111
                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -------------------
                                                           1997        1998
                                                          ------      -------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>
Towers..................................................  $  167      $24,780
Equipment...............................................     466          823
Furniture and fixtures..................................     250          288
Other...................................................     148          212
                                                          ------      -------
Total...................................................   1,031       26,103
Less accumulated depreciation...........................    (161)        (870)
                                                          ------      -------
                                                             870       25,233
Construction in progress................................     306        3,236
                                                          ------      -------
Property and equipment, net.............................  $1,176      $28,469
                                                          ======      =======
</TABLE>

3.  DEBT

  12% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2008

     In June 1998, the Company issued $225,238,000 aggregate principal amount at
maturity of Senior Discount Notes with gross proceeds of $125,000,333. The
Senior Discount Notes accrete daily at a rate of 12% per annum, compounded
semiannually, to an aggregate principal amount of $225,238,000 on July 15, 2003.
Cash interest will not accrue on the Senior Discount Notes prior to July 15,
2003. Commencing July 15, 2003, cash interest will accrue and be payable
semiannually in arrears on each January 15 and July 15, commencing January 15,
2004, at a rate of 12% per annum. After July 15, 2003, the Company may redeem
all or a portion of the Senior Discount Notes at specified redemption prices,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, to the applicable redemption date. On one or
more occasions prior to July 15, 2001, the Company may redeem up to 25% of the
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Senior Discount Notes issued with
the net cash proceeds from one or more equity offerings. The redemption price
would be 112% of the accreted value on the redemption date. The Company is
required to comply with certain covenants under the terms of the Senior Discount
Notes that restrict the Company's ability to incur indebtedness, make certain
payments and issue preferred stock among other things. In the year ended
December 31, 1998, the Company recorded amortization of debt discount of
approximately $7,689,000 related to the Senior Discount Notes as additional
interest expense.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AS OF
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1998
                                                           ------------------
<S>                                                        <C>
Senior Discount Notes....................................       $225,238
Unamortized discount.....................................        (92,549)
                                                                --------
  Balance................................................       $132,689
                                                                ========
</TABLE>

  LINE OF CREDIT

     During 1997, the Company maintained a $1.5 million line of credit with a
bank, which bore interest at prime plus 0.5%. The balance at December 31, 1997
was $628,561. The line of credit was repaid in full in March 1998.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>   112
                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  OTHER LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt, other than the Senior Discount Notes, consists of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -------------------
                                                            1997       1998
                                                          --------    -------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>
Installment notes payable to a bank, bearing interest at
  rates ranging from 8.75% to 10.2%, maturing from
  October 1998 to December 1999, monthly payments of
  principal and interest, collateralized by vehicles....  $ 44,780    $17,826
Less current portion....................................   (25,404)    17,826
                                                          --------    -------
Long-term debt, less current portion....................  $ 19,376    $    --
                                                          ========    =======
</TABLE>

  BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

     In January 1998, the Company signed a letter of intent with a bank for a
$50.0 million revolving credit facility for the purpose of financing the
construction and/or the acquisition of telecommunication towers for PCS or other
wireless communication services and other permitted acquisitions as defined by
the agreement, contingent upon certain events. In the year ended December 31,
1998 the Company incurred approximately $252,000 in commitment fees related to
the agreement. The agreement expired on December 31, 1998.

4.  REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE VOTING PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

  REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE VOTING PREFERRED STOCK

     The Company's mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock consists
of Series A and Series B cumulative redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$.001 par value, 10,462,830 shares authorized in the aggregate and 3,462,830 and
7,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 1998, respectively.
Dividends accumulate at a rate of 8% per annum per share and are payable when
declared in cash and are subject to certain restrictions. Voting rights for
preferred stock are equal to the voting rights of the largest number of common
shares into which the preferred stock are convertible. Accumulated dividends for
Series A and B cumulative redeemable preferred stock at December 31, 1998 are
$2,655,781. The Company is accreting the carrying value of the preferred stock
to reflect the accumulating dividends.

     Contemporaneously with the closing of an underwritten public offering of
common stock resulting in gross proceeds of at least $30.0 million at a per
share price of $4.47 or greater, the outstanding shares of Series A and Series B
Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to common stock. The Series A and
Series B preferred stock is convertible into common stock based on a share for
share basis and can be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain transactions
defined in the Issuer's articles of incorporation. In December 2008 each share
of Series A and Series B preferred stock shall automatically be redeemed at a
redemption price per share, in cash, equal to 100% of the original issue price
plus unpaid accumulated dividends. The Company has reserved a sufficient number
of its authorized shares of common stock for the purpose of effecting the future
conversion of the preferred stock.

WARRANTS

     During September and October, 1998, 150,000 shares of common stock were
issued in connection with the exercise of common stock warrants at a price of
$0.001 per share.

     On October 9, 1998, the Company paid a former employee $500,000 under an
agreement to buy 125,000 shares of SpectraSite common stock from the former
employee for an agreed upon price and to release the Company from any potential
claims. In addition, the agreement provided that shareholders of SpectraSite

                                      F-24
<PAGE>   113
                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

would have an option to purchase the former employee's remaining 37,605 shares
of SpectraSite common stock for the same price per share, provided that the
Company advise the former employee in writing of the exercise of all or any
portion of such option by November 15, 1998. The shares were subsequently
purchased by a shareholder of the Company on February 5, 1999 for an aggregate
purchase price of $150,240.

STOCK OPTIONS

     During 1997, the Company adopted a stock option plan which provides for the
purchase of common stock by key employees, directors, advisors and consultants
of the Company. The maximum number of shares for which options may be granted
under the plans shall not exceed 1,817,700 shares. Stock options are granted
under various stock option agreements. Each stock option agreement contains
specific terms. During the period from inception (April 25, 1997) to December
31, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1998, option grants were solely to
employees.

     The options without a performance acceleration feature which were granted
under the terms of the incentive stock option agreement and options granted
under the terms of the non qualified stock option agreement vest and become
exercisable ratably over a four-year period, commencing one year after date of
grant.

     The options with a performance acceleration feature which were granted
under the terms of the incentive stock option agreement and the non-qualified
stock option agreement vest and become exercisable upon the seventh anniversary
of the grant date. Vesting, however, can be accelerated upon the achievement of
certain milestones defined in each agreement.

     In accordance with SFAS 123, the fair value of each option grant was
determined by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following
weighted average assumptions for the period ended December 31, 1997 and the year
ended December 31, 1998: dividend yield of 0.0%; volatility of .70; risk free
interest rate of 6.0% to 5.0%; and expected option lives of 7 years. Had
compensation cost for the Company's stock options been determined based on the
fair value at the date of grant consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, the
Company's net loss would have been $2,167,196 for the period ended December 31,
1997 and $9,274,354 for the year ended December 31, 1998.

     Option activity under the Company's plans is summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           INCENTIVE STOCK       NON QUALIFIED STOCK
                                             OPTION PLAN             OPTION PLAN
                                         --------------------    -------------------
                                                     WEIGHTED               WEIGHTED
                                                     AVERAGE                AVERAGE
                                                     EXERCISE               EXERCISE
                                          SHARES      PRICE      SHARES      PRICE
                                         --------    --------    -------    --------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Outstanding at beginning of April 25,
  1997.................................        --     $  --           --     $  --
Options granted........................   724,700      2.89      160,000      2.89
Options exercised......................        --        --           --        --
Options canceled.......................        --        --           --        --
                                         --------                -------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997.......   724,700      2.89      160,000      2.89
Options granted........................   367,000      3.95      475,000      4.00
Options exercised......................        --        --           --        --
Options canceled.......................  (158,800)     2.92           --        --
                                         --------                -------
Outstanding at December 31, 1998.......   932,900      3.30      635,000      3.72
                                         ========                =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>   114
                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     At December 31, 1997, there were no options exercisable under the incentive
stock option plan. At December 31, 1998 there were 185,475 options exercisable
under the incentive stock option plan. There were no options exercisable under
the non-qualified option plan at December 31, 1997 or 1998.

     At December 31, 1997 and 1998, the weighted average remaining contractual
life of the incentive stock options outstanding was 8.77 years and 8.90 years,
respectively.

     At December 31, 1997 and 1998, the weighted average remaining contractual
life of the non-qualified stock options outstanding was 8.73 years and 9.09
years, respectively.

  COMMON STOCK RESERVED FOR FUTURE ISSUANCE

     The Company had reserved shares of its authorized 20,000,000 shares of
common stock for future issuance as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AS OF
                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998
                                                        ------------
<S>                                                     <C>
Convertible preferred stock...........................   10,462,830
Outstanding stock options.............................    1,567,900
Possible future issuance under stock option plans.....      249,800
                                                         ----------
Total.................................................   12,280,530
                                                         ==========
</TABLE>

5.  LEASES

  OPERATING LEASES FROM OTHERS

     The Company leases land "ground leases", office space and certain office
equipment under noncancelable operating leases. Ground leases are generally for
terms of five years and are renewable at the option of the Company. Rent expense
was approximately $588,000 and $234,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998 and
for the period from April 25, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997,
respectively. The future minimum lease payments for these leases at December 31,
1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
1999.....................................................  $1,369,027
2000.....................................................   1,221,426
2001.....................................................   1,196,597
2002.....................................................     973,186
2003.....................................................     310,066
                                                           ----------
Total....................................................  $5,070,302
                                                           ==========
</TABLE>

  ANTENNA SPACE LEASED TO OTHERS

     The Company currently leases antenna space on multi-tenant towers to a
variety of wireless service providers under non-cancelable operating leases. The
tenant leases are generally for terms of five years and include options for
renewal. Cost and accumulated depreciation of the leased towers at December 31,
1997, was $167,000 and $3,000, respectively, and at December 31, 1998, was
$24,780,000 and $517,000, respectively.

                                      F-26
<PAGE>   115
                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     At December 31, 1998, the approximate future minimum rental income under
operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess
of one year are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       RENTAL INCOME
                                                       -------------
<S>                                                    <C>
1999.................................................   $2,074,635
2000.................................................    2,085,046
2001.................................................    2,065,295
2002.................................................    1,963,056
2003.................................................    1,378,538
                                                        ----------
Total................................................   $9,566,570
                                                        ==========
</TABLE>

6.  INCOME TAXES

     The Company did not recognize any income tax expense for the period from
April 25, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997 and for the year ended December
31, 1998 as the Company incurred a net loss for the periods and the resulting
deferred tax assets were fully reserved.

     The components of net deferred taxes at December 31, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1997          1998
                                                     ---------    -----------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Tax loss carryforwards.............................  $ 183,000    $ 4,057,000
                                                     =========    ===========
  Total gross deferred tax assets..................    183,000      4,057,000
  Valuation allowance..............................   (183,000)    (4,057,000)
                                                     ---------    -----------
  Total net deferred tax assets....................  $      --    $        --
                                                     =========    ===========
</TABLE>

     Deferred tax assets result primarily from differences between book and tax
treatment of net operating losses. The Company has a federal net operating loss
carryforward of approximately $2.6 million that begins to expire in the year
2012. Also, the Company has state tax losses of $2.6 million that expire
beginning in 2002. Based on the Company's history of losses to date, management
has provided a valuation allowance to fully offset the deferred assets related
to federal and state net operating loss carryforwards.

7.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

     In conjunction with the acquisition of TeleSite, the Company issued a
$2,312,000 note payable to a shareholder. In the period from April 25, 1997
(inception) to December 31, 1997 and during the year ended December 31, 1998,
the Company incurred approximately $100,000 and $81,000 of interest expense
related to the note payable to shareholder, respectively. The balance of the
note payable at December 31, 1997 was $2,312,000. In June 1998, the note was
repaid in full.

     During the period from April 25, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997 and
the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company paid approximately $60,000 and
$120,000 to a related party for management fees.

     During the period from April 25, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997, the
Company paid approximately $57,000 to a related party for rent expense for an
office facility. In September 1997, the lease with the related party was
terminated.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>   116
                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

8.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company provides a 401(k) plan for the benefit of all its employees
meeting specified eligibility requirements. The Company's contributions to the
plan are discretionary and totaled approximately $11,000 and $31,000 for the
period from April 25, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997 and for the year
ended December 31, 1998, respectively.

9.  SALE OF AFFILIATES

     In February 1998, the Company entered into an agreement under which it sold
its wholly-owned subsidiary, MetroSite, for $298,575. The Company recognized a
gain on the sale of $257,251.

     In May 1998, the Company sold its ownership interest in Communication
Management Specialists, LLC ("CMS") for $375,000, in exchange for a note
receivable bearing interest at 8.5% per annum, payable to the Company over 60
months. The total amount due to the Company at December 31, 1998 is $333,687 of
which the current portion, $60,752, is included in prepaid expenses and other
current assets in the accompanying balance sheet. The Company recognized a gain
on the sale of approximately $189,000. Prior to the sale, the Company's
ownership interest in CMS was accounted for using the equity method.

10.  ACQUISITION ACTIVITY

     In June 1998, the Company entered into an agreement under which it acquired
all of the membership interests of H&K Investments, LLC for $1,400,000 in a
transaction accounted for as a purchase. The results of operations of H&K are
included in the Company's operations from the date of acquisition. The Company
paid $1,300,000 in cash and recorded notes payable for $100,000 in conjunction
with the acquisition. The outstanding note payable was subsequently paid in
December 1998.

     In August 1998, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with
Airadigm Communications, Inc. ("Airadigm") for the purchase of 47 towers for
approximately $11,750,000. As of December 31, 1998, 40 towers have been placed
in service and the remaining 7 towers will be placed in service subject to
completion of pending due diligence. Of the total purchase price, $1,750,000
remains in escrow at December 31, 1998 and is recorded as a noncurrent deposit
in the accompanying balance sheet. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company
will lease antenna space on the towers to Airadigm.

     In August 1998, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with
Amica Wireless Phone Service, Inc. for the purchase of the construction in
progress related to 14 towers for approximately $474,000. The results of
operations of Amica are included in the Company's operations from the date of
acquisition.

     In September 1998, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock
of GlobalComm, Inc. for $1,988,864 in cash in a transaction accounted for as a
purchase. The results of operations of GlobalComm are included in the Company's
operations from the date of acquisition. The Company recorded approximately
$1,669,000 of goodwill related to the transaction.

     The following unaudited pro forma summary presents consolidated results of
operations for the Company as if the GlobalComm and H&K acquisitions had been
consummated as of January 1, 1998. The pro forma information does not
necessarily reflect the actual results that would have been achieved, nor is it
necessarily indicative of future consolidated results for the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                              -------------------------
                                              (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>
Net revenues................................           $11,055
Net loss....................................            (7,965)
</TABLE>

                                      F-28
<PAGE>   117
                   SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

11.  YEAR 2000 ISSUE (UNAUDITED)

     Many existing computer systems and applications, and other control devices,
use only two digits to identify a year in the date field, without considering
the impact of the upcoming changes in the century. As a result, such systems and
applications could fail or create erroneous results unless corrected so that
they can process data related to the year 2000. The Company relies on its
systems, applications and devices in operating and monitoring all major aspects
of its business, including the financial systems (such as general ledger,
accounts payable and payroll modules), customer services, infrastructure,
embedded computer chips, networks and telecommunications equipment and products.
The Company also relies, directly and indirectly, on external systems of
business enterprises such as customers, suppliers, creditors, financial
organizations and of governmental entities, both domestic and international, for
accurate exchange of data. The Company's current estimate is that the costs
associated with the year 2000 issue, and the consequences of incomplete or
untimely resolution of the year 2000 issue, will not have a material adverse
effect on the results of operations or financial position of the Company in any
given year. However, even if the internal systems of the Company are not
materially affected by the year 2000 issue, the Company could be affected
through disruption in the operation of the enterprises with which the Company
interacts.

12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

     In April 1999, the Company purchased 2,000 communications towers from
Nextel Communications, Inc. ("Nextel") for $560.0 million in cash and shares of
Series C preferred stock valued at $70.0 million. As part of the transaction,
Nextel has agreed to lease 1,700 additional sites on the Company's towers as
part of Nextel's national deployment.

     In connection with the purchase, Nextel entered into a master lease
agreement to become the anchor tenant on each of the acquired towers and also
conveyed to the Company certain third-party co-location site leases associated
with the acquired assets. Nextel also transferred to the Company certain non-
cancelable ground leases, and the Company assumed all operating and other costs
associated with the acquired assets.

     The Company used $150.0 million of borrowings under a $500.0 million
committed credit facility, $340.0 million from the proceeds of a privately
placed high yield debt offering, and $231.4 million from the sale of new Series
C preferred stock, to fund the cash purchase price and to pay related fees and
expenses. As part of the acquisition, Nextel will receive approximately $70.0
million of SpectraSite Series C preferred stock resulting in Nextel obtaining an
equity position representing approximately 18% of all the Company's outstanding
stock on a fully-diluted basis.

     In connection with the Nextel tower transaction, the Company also restated
its certificate of incorporation. The amended and restated certificate
authorized 85 million shares of common stock, $0.001 per value per share, and
70,599,625 shares of preferred stock, 3,462,830 shares were designated as Series
A convertible preferred stock, 7,000,000 shares designated as Series B
convertible preferred stock and 60,136,795 shares were designated as Series C
convertible preferred stock.

     In May 1999, the board of directors of the Company and Westower Corporation
("Westower") entered into a definitive agreement under which Westower will merge
with SpectraSite. On September 2, 1999, the Westower stockholders approved the
merger, and Westower was merged with a wholly-owned subsidiary of SpectraSite.
As a result, Westower now operates as a subsidiary of the Company. In connection
with the merger, SpectraSite issued 1.81 shares of SpectraSite's common stock
for each share of Westower's common stock. The merger is subject to the approval
of Westower's shareholders and the appropriate regulatory agencies as well as
other customary closing conditions.

                                      F-29
<PAGE>   118

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Members
TeleSite Services, LLC

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of TeleSite
Services, LLC (the "Company") as of December 31, 1996 and the related
consolidated statements of operations and members' equity and cash flows for the
year ended December 31, 1996 and for the period from January 1, 1997 through May
12, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TeleSite
Services, LLC at December 31, 1996 and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the
period from January 1, 1997 through May 12, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
March 27, 1998

                                      F-30
<PAGE>   119

                             TELESITE SERVICES, LLC

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                            AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash......................................................  $    4,854
  Accounts receivable:
     Trade..................................................   1,777,611
     Other..................................................      37,107
  Prepaid expenses and other................................      39,964
                                                              ----------
Total current assets........................................   1,859,536
Property and equipment, net.................................     931,291
Investment in affiliate.....................................     131,459
                                                              ----------
Total assets................................................  $2,922,286
                                                              ==========
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Line of credit............................................  $  946,724
  Accounts payable..........................................     688,180
  Accrued expenses..........................................      33,092
  Current portion of long-term debt.........................     295,711
                                                              ----------
Total current liabilities...................................   1,963,707
Long-term debt, less current portion........................      81,106
                                                              ----------
Total liabilities...........................................   2,044,813
Members' equity.............................................     877,473
                                                              ----------
Total liabilities and members' equity.......................  $2,922,286
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                      F-31
<PAGE>   120

                             TELESITE SERVICES, LLC

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   FOR THE
                                                                                 PERIOD FROM
                                                               FOR THE         JANUARY 1, 1997
                                                             YEAR ENDED              TO
                                                          DECEMBER 31, 1996     MAY 12, 1997
                                                          -----------------    ---------------
<S>                                                       <C>                  <C>
Revenues................................................     $8,840,869          $1,925,985
Costs of operations.....................................      2,254,777             594,683
Selling, general and administrative expenses............      4,255,840           1,741,856
Depreciation expense....................................         91,133              55,870
                                                             ----------          ----------
Operating income (loss).................................      2,239,119            (466,424)
Interest expense........................................        (66,505)            (35,695)
Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliate..................        116,459              (1,087)
                                                             ----------          ----------
Net income (loss).......................................     $2,289,073          $ (503,206)
                                                             ==========          ==========
Pro forma income data (unaudited):
  Net income (loss) as reported.........................     $2,289,073          $ (503,206)
  Pro forma provision for income taxes..................        892,783                  --
                                                             ----------          ----------
  Pro forma net income (loss)...........................     $1,396,290          $ (503,206)
                                                             ==========          ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                      F-32
<PAGE>   121

                             TELESITE SERVICES, LLC

                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Members' deficiency at January 1, 1996......................  $ (445,584)
Distributions to members....................................    (966,016)
  Net income................................................   2,289,073
                                                              ----------
Members' equity at December 31, 1996........................  $  877,473
  Contribution to capital...................................         100
  Distributions to members..................................    (211,256)
  Net loss..................................................    (503,206)
                                                              ----------
Members' equity at May 12, 1997.............................  $  163,111
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                      F-33
<PAGE>   122

                             TELESITE SERVICES, LLC

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   FOR THE
                                                                                 PERIOD FROM
                                                               FOR THE         JANUARY 1, 1997
                                                             YEAR ENDED              TO
                                                          DECEMBER 31, 1996     MAY 12, 1997
                                                          -----------------    ---------------
<S>                                                       <C>                  <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss).......................................     $ 2,289,073          $(503,206)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
  provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation..........................................          91,133             55,870
  Equity in (earnings) loss of affiliate................        (116,459)             1,087
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Trade accounts receivable..........................      (1,314,087)           456,345
     Other accounts receivable..........................         (34,072)           (76,610)
     Prepaid expenses and other.........................         (35,827)           (17,487)
     Accounts payable...................................         197,702            (42,534)
     Accrued expenses...................................          31,568             55,593
                                                             -----------          ---------
       Net cash provided by (used in) operating
          activities....................................       1,109,031            (70,942)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property and equipment.....................        (837,808)          (321,788)
Investment in affiliate.................................         (15,000)                --
                                                             -----------          ---------
       Net cash used in investing activities............        (852,808)          (321,788)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from line of credit........................         368,724            249,338
Net proceeds from long-term debt........................         556,391            293,785
Repayment of long-term debt.............................        (224,923)                --
Proceeds from capital contribution......................              --                100
Distribution to members.................................        (966,016)          (153,499)
                                                             -----------          ---------
       Net cash (used in) provided by financing
          activities....................................        (265,824)           389,724
                                                             -----------          ---------
Net decrease in cash....................................          (9,601)            (3,006)
Cash at beginning of period.............................          14,455              4,854
                                                             -----------          ---------
Cash at end of period...................................     $     4,854          $   1,848
                                                             ===========          =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid during the period for interest................     $    64,000          $  30,695
                                                             ===========          =========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                      F-34
<PAGE>   123

                             TELESITE SERVICES, LLC

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  NATURE OF OPERATIONS

     TeleSite Services, LLC (the "Company") was formed on August 1, 1995, for
the purpose of providing site development services, as agent, to companies
operating in the telecommunications industry. TeleSite's clients are located
primarily in the southeastern and south central regions of the United States.

     MetroSite Management, LLC ("MetroSite") was formed on February 28, 1997 by
the contribution of $99 by the Company and $1 by a member of the Company for the
99% and 1% ownership of MetroSite, respectively. MetroSite was formed for the
purpose of negotiating agreements with municipalities to lease certain locations
to PCS providers (e.g., water towers, etc.) in return for a percentage of the
monthly rental amounts charged by the municipalities to the PCS providers.

  PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

     The accompanying 1997 consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of TeleSite, LLC and MetroSite Management, LLC from the date of
MetroSite's formation. All significant intercompany transactions and balances
have been eliminated in consolidation. Minority interest related to the
membership interest not owned by the Company is insignificant.

  USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using
straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the
assets ranging from three to seven years.

  REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenue from projects is recognized when site selection services are
rendered.

  COST OF REVENUES

     Cost of revenues consist of the direct costs incurred to provide the
related services.

  SIGNIFICANT CONCENTRATIONS

     The Company's customer base consists of companies operating in the
telecommunications industry. The Company's exposure to credit risk consists
primarily of unsecured accounts receivable from these customers.

                                      F-35
<PAGE>   124
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Following is information concerning revenue and accounts receivable
concentrations of the Company's major customers:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     % OF REVENUES
                                          ------------------------------------
                                                                 PERIOD FROM
                                                               JANUARY 1, 1997
                                             YEAR ENDED              TO
                                          DECEMBER 31, 1996     MAY 12, 1997
                                          -----------------    ---------------
<S>                                       <C>                  <C>
Customer 1..............................         21%                 34%
Customer 2..............................         63%                 30%
Customer 3..............................         --                  12%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               % OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AT
                                            ---------------------------------
                                            DECEMBER 31, 1996    MAY 12, 1997
                                            -----------------    ------------
<S>                                         <C>                  <C>
Customer 1................................         11%                37%
Customer 2................................         67%                24%
</TABLE>

  INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATE

     The Company's 33% ownership interest in Communication Management
Specialists, LLC, ("CMS") a company that provides construction management
services to telecommunications companies, is accounted for using the equity
method.

     Summary financial information of CMS is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AS OF AND FOR THE
                                          AS OF AND FOR THE       PERIOD FROM
                                             YEAR ENDED         JANUARY 1, 1997
                                            DECEMBER 31,              TO
                                                1996             MAY 12, 1997
                                          -----------------    -----------------
                                             (UNAUDITED)          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>                  <C>
Current Assets..........................     $1,110,500            $810,200
Non-current Assets......................         16,300              17,800
Current Liabilities.....................        747,400             452,000
Non-current.............................             --                  --
Liabilities Members' equity.............        379,400             376,000
Net Sales...............................      2,404,866             650,000
Gross Profit............................        553,164             179,500
Net income..............................        352,900              (3,300)
</TABLE>

  INCOME TAXES

     The Company is organized as a limited liability company and is therefore
not subject to income taxes. All taxable income or loss is reported by the
members on their respective income tax returns. Therefore the accompanying
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Members' Equity does not include any
provision for income tax expense.

                                      F-36
<PAGE>   125
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Land.....................................................  $  297,600
Equipment................................................     304,148
Furniture and fixtures...................................     143,199
Vehicles.................................................     200,240
Leasehold improvements...................................      53,448
Construction in progress.................................      42,259
                                                           ----------
Total....................................................   1,040,894
Less accumulated depreciation............................    (109,603)
                                                           ----------
Property and equipment, net..............................  $  931,291
                                                           ==========
</TABLE>

3.  LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT

     The Company has a maximum $1,500,000 line of credit with a bank, with an
outstanding balance of $946,724 at December 31, 1996. The line of credit bears
interest at a variable rate, not to exceed 10.0%, with interest payable monthly
and principal due May 31, 1997. The rate of interest at December 31, 1996 was
8.5%. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all assets of the
Company.

     Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Note payable to a bank, bearing interest at 8.5%, maturing
  April 4, 1997, monthly payments of interest of $1,780,
  collateralized by land....................................  $ 250,000
Installment notes payable to a bank, bearing interest at
rates ranging from 8.75% to 10.2%, maturing from October 20,
1998 to December 9, 1999, monthly payments of principal and
interest of $4,614, collateralized by vehicles..............    126,817
                                                              ---------
Total.......................................................    376,817
Less current maturities.....................................   (295,711)
                                                              ---------
Long-term debt..............................................  $  81,106
                                                              =========
</TABLE>

     Maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FOR THE
                                                      YEAR ENDED
                                                   DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                   -----------------
<S>                                                <C>
1997.............................................      $295,711
1998.............................................        46,815
1999.............................................        34,291
                                                       --------
Total............................................      $376,817
                                                       ========
</TABLE>

     The Company estimates that the fair value of notes payable approximates the
carrying value based upon its effective current borrowing rate for debt with
similar terms and remaining maturities. Disclosure about fair value of financial
instruments is based upon information available to management as of December 31,
1996.

4.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company is affiliated with other organizations by common ownership
and/or control. During the year ended December 31, 1996 and the period from
January 1, 1997 to May 12, 1997, the Company paid approximately $66,000 and
$22,000, respectively, to an affiliated organization for rent expense.

                                      F-37
<PAGE>   126
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     On May 9, 1997, a member of the Company assumed the Company's construction
line of credit with a bank of $562,135, in exchange for land and construction in
progress with carrying values of $297,600 and $322,292, respectively. The
Company recorded a non-cash shareholder's distribution of $57,757 associated
with this transaction.

5.  LEASES

     The Company leases office space and certain office equipment under
noncancelable operating leases. The future minimum lease payments under such
leases at December 31, 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
1997......................................................  $164,597
1998......................................................   136,409
1999......................................................    93,696
2000......................................................    66,429
2001......................................................    27,500
                                                            --------
Total.....................................................  $488,631
                                                            ========
</TABLE>

     Rent expense under operating leases was approximately $110,000 and $57,000
for the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the period from January 1, 1997 to
May 12, 1997, respectively.

6.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company provides a 401(k) plan for the benefit of its employees meeting
specified eligibility requirements. The Company's contributions to the plan are
discretionary and totaled $15,205 in 1996 and $12,342 for the period from
January 1, 1997 to May 12, 1997.

7.  PRO FORMA INCOME DATA (UNAUDITED)

     The pro forma provision for income taxes is based upon the statutory income
tax rates in effect during the year ended December 31, 1996. No provision was
provided in the period from January 1 to May 12, 1997 due to the net operating
loss.

8.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

     On May 12, 1997, 100% of the members' interests of the Company and its
subsidiary, MetroSite, were acquired by SpectraSite Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation.

                                      F-38
<PAGE>   127

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                     AT JUNE 30,1999 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                JUNE 30,      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1999            1998
                                                              ------------    -------------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  4,204,000     $ 9,331,000
  Accounts receivable, net..................................    20,506,000      13,289,000
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     6,758,000       5,078,000
  Inventory.................................................     3,133,000       2,151,000
  Related party advances and receivables....................       419,000         956,000
  Income tax receivable.....................................       220,000         220,000
  Other current assets......................................     1,744,000       1,203,000
                                                              ------------     -----------
     Total current assets...................................    36,984,000      32,228,000
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................    50,217,000       7,574,000
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net......................................    26,992,000      19,721,000
OTHER ASSETS................................................     6,139,000       2,771,000
                                                              ------------     -----------
TOTAL ASSETS................................................  $120,332,000     $62,294,000
                                                              ============     ===========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Trade accounts payable....................................  $  8,374,000     $ 7,053,000
  Other current liabilities.................................     1,909,000       2,810,000
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     1,586,000       1,435,000
  Income taxes payable......................................     2,450,000       2,116,000
  Deferred income taxes.....................................       395,000         428,000
  Stockholder advances and notes payable to related
     parties................................................       154,000         228,000
  Note payable..............................................        68,000       1,089,000
  Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease
     obligations............................................     1,576,000       2,419,000
                                                              ------------     -----------
          Total current liabilities.........................    16,512,000      17,578,000
LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, excluding
  current portion...........................................    57,059,000      14,991,000
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.......................................     2,977,000       2,962,000
                                                              ------------     -----------
          Total liabilities.................................    76,548,000      35,531,000
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Common stock ($.01 par value, 25,000,000 and 10,000,000
     shares authorized, 8,562,000 and 7,047,000 shares
     issued and outstanding at June 30, 1999 and September
     30, 1998, respectively)................................        85,000          70,000
  Additional paid-in-capital................................    39,818,000      22,610,000
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss......................      (237,000)       (581,000)
  Retained earnings.........................................     4,118,000       4,664,000
                                                              ------------     -----------
          Total stockholders' equity........................    43,784,000      26,763,000
                                                              ------------     -----------
          TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY........  $120,332,000     $62,294,000
                                                              ============     ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-39
<PAGE>   128

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
               THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     THREE MONTHS    THREE MONTHS     NINE MONTHS     NINE MONTHS
                                         ENDED           ENDED           ENDED           ENDED
                                     JUNE 30, 1999   JUNE 30, 1998   JUNE 30, 1999   JUNE 30, 1998
                                     -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
CONTRACT AND OTHER REVENUES
  EARNED...........................   $25,184,000     $12,637,000    $  68,455,000    $35,995,000
COSTS OF REVENUES EARNED (exclusive
of depreciation shown below).......    17,688,000       9,609,000       48,418,000     26,659,000
                                      -----------     -----------    -------------    -----------
  Gross profit.....................     7,496,000       3,028,000       20,037,000      9,336,000
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES.........................     5,128,000       1,640,000       13,385,000      4,827,000
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION......     1,078,000         146,000        2,537,000        407,000
MERGER RELATED EXPENSES............     1,519,000         250,000        1,596,000        250,000
                                      -----------     -----------    -------------    -----------
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)............      (229,000)        992,000        2,519,000      3,852,000
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
  Other income (expense)...........       (53,000)         41,000          220,000        157,000
  Interest income..................        21,000          75,000          152,000        187,000
  Interest and financing expense...      (928,000)        (31,000)      (2,051,000)      (103,000)
                                      -----------     -----------    -------------    -----------
          Total other income
            (expense)..............      (960,000)         85,000       (1,679,000)       241,000
                                      -----------     -----------    -------------    -----------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR
  INCOME TAXES.....................    (1,189,000)      1,077,000          840,000      4,093,000
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.........      (503,000)       (213,000)      (1,386,000)    (1,270,000)
                                      -----------     -----------    -------------    -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS)..................   $(1,692,000)    $   864,000    $    (546,000)   $ 2,823,000
                                      ===========     ===========    =============    ===========

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
BASIC..............................   $     (0.20)    $      0.14    $       (0.07)   $      0.46
                                      ===========     ===========    =============    ===========
DILUTED............................   $     (0.20)    $      0.13    $       (0.07)   $      0.39
                                      ===========     ===========    =============    ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-40
<PAGE>   129

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

      UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 JUNE 30, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            ACCUMULATED
                             COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL                     OTHER
                          -------------------     PAID-IN      RETAINED    COMPREHENSIVE   COMPREHENSIVE
                           SHARES     AMOUNT      CAPITAL      EARNINGS    INCOME (LOSS)   INCOME (LOSS)      TOTAL
                          ---------   -------   -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------   -----------
<S>                       <C>         <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>
BALANCE, September 30,
  1998..................  7,047,000   $70,000   $22,610,000   $4,664,000     $(581,000)                    $26,763,000
Net loss................                                        (546,000)                    $(546,000)
Foreign currency
  translation
  adjustment............                                                       344,000         344,000
                                                                                             ---------
    Total comprehensive
      loss..............                                                                     $(202,000)       (202,000)
                                                                                             =========
Proceeds from warrants
  and options exercised,
  net...................  1,112,000   11,000      8,868,000                                                  8,879,000
Stock issuances for
  business
  acquisitions..........    403,000    4,000      8,280,000                                                  8,284,000
Stock compensation
  expense...............                             60,000                                                     60,000
                          ---------   -------   -----------   ----------     ---------                     -----------
BALANCE, June 30,
  1999..................  8,562,000   $85,000   $39,818,000   $4,118,000     $(237,000)                    $43,784,000
                          =========   =======   ===========   ==========     =========                     ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-41
<PAGE>   130

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                    NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1999           1998
                                                              ------------    -----------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)...........................................  $   (546,000)   $ 2,823,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income(loss) to net cash from
  operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization.............................     2,537,000        407,000
  Gain on sale of assets....................................                     (125,000)
  Non-cash interest and financing expense...................       361,000        142,000
  Earnings from equity investment...........................      (142,000)
  Stock compensation expense................................        60,000         55,000
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect
  of acquisitions
  Accounts receivable.......................................    (3,609,000)      (646,000)
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................    (1,680,000)    (1,138,000)
  Inventory and other current assets........................    (1,333,000)      (867,000)
  Other assets..............................................                       13,000
  Trade accounts payable....................................       647,000        109,000
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................       151,000        141,000
  Other current liabilities.................................    (1,023,000)        19,000
  Income taxes payable......................................       334,000      1,280,000
  Current and deferred income taxes.........................       (18,000)       (57,000)
                                                              ------------    -----------
  Net cash flows (used in) provided by operating
     activities.............................................    (4,261,000)     2,156,000
                                                              ------------    -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired..........    (6,583,000)    (1,474,000)
  Increase in other assets..................................    (2,700,000)
  Purchases of property and equipment.......................   (37,422,000)    (1,405,000)
  Proceeds from sale of assets..............................                      302,000
                                                              ------------    -----------
  Net cash flows used in investing activities...............   (46,705,000)    (2,577,000)
                                                              ------------    -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Proceeds from stock issuances, net........................     8,878,000      8,934,000
  Redemption of preferred stock.............................                     (150,000)
  Proceeds from long-term debt..............................     1,207,000     15,884,000
  Repayments to related parties.............................    (2,080,000)    (1,972,000)
  Repayments from (advances to) related parties.............       696,000       (101,000)
  Borrowings (repayments) on line of credit, net............    (1,871,000)      (245,000)
  Proceeds from credit facility.............................    41,600,000
  Distributions to stockholders of acquired subsidiaries
     prior to acquisition...................................                   (2,800,000)
  Additions to financing costs..............................      (490,000)      (349,000)
  Repayments of long-term debt..............................    (2,140,000)      (476,000)
                                                              ------------    -----------
  Net cash flow from financing activities...................    45,800,000     18,725,000
                                                              ------------    -----------
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATES....................................        39,000         28,000
                                                              ------------    -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS........    (5,127,000)    18,332,000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period..............     9,331,000      1,748,000
                                                              ------------    -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period....................  $  4,204,000    $20,080,000
                                                              ============    ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-42
<PAGE>   131

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1--BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     Westower Corporation (the "Company") designs, builds and maintains wireless
communications transmitting and receiving facilities for providers of wireless
communications services. The Company also owns and leases communications towers.
The Company operates throughout the U.S. and Canada.

     The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto
at June 30, 1999 and September 30, 1998 (audited), and for the three and nine
months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, reflect the October 28, 1997 merger with
Western Telecom Construction Ltd., an Alberta corporation, the May 29, 1998
merger with MJA Communications Corp., a Florida corporation, and the August 31,
1998 merger with Standby Services, Inc., a Texas corporation. All companies
design, fabricate and construct wireless transmitting and receiving facilities
and shelters for communications providers. The Company issued 835,000 shares of
its common stock for all the common shares of Western Telecom Construction Ltd.,
397,000 shares of its common stock for all of the common shares of MJA
Communications Corp., and 544,000 shares of its common stock for all of the
common shares of Standby Services, Inc. All of these mergers were accounted for
as or similar to a pooling-of-interests.

     On October 27, 1998, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from February
28 to September 30. All prior information has been restated to conform with a
September 30 year end.

     The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have
been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for
interim financial reporting and in accordance with the instructions for Form
10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and disclosures normally required by generally accepted
accounting principles for complete financial statements or those normally
reflected in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB. The financial
information included herein reflects all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a
fair presentation of results for interim periods. Results of interim periods are
not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year. These
unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements for the seven-month
Transition Period ended September 30, 1998 and the notes thereto included in the
Company's Form 10-KSB.

     CONSOLIDATION--The consolidated financial statements include the accounts
of the Company and its wholly owned domestic and Canadian subsidiaries.
Investments in subsidiaries in which the Company exercises significant influence
but which it does not control are accounted for using the equity method.
Investment in a 60% owned affiliated company is accounted for on the equity
method of accounting. The Company's equity (loss) earnings from this investment
during the three and nine months ended June 30, 1999 was $(83,000) and $142,000,
respectively, which has been included in other income. All material intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

     FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION--All asset and liability accounts of Canadian
operations are translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates. Revenues
and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate during the period.
Foreign currency translation adjustments are reported as a component of
comprehensive income and stockholders' equity in the consolidated balance sheet.
Exchange gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in
income currently.

     USE OF ESTIMATES--The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the unaudited
condensed consolidated financial statements. Examples of estimates subject to
possible revision based upon the outcome of future events include costs and
estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, depreciation of property and
equipment, accrued income tax liabilities, and purchase price allocations for
acquisitions. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                                      F-43
<PAGE>   132
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

  NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     RECLASSIFICATION--Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to
conform to the current year presentation and did not impact previously reported
stockholders' equity or cash flow.

NOTE 2--INVENTORY

     Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and estimated net realizable value
using the first-in, first-out method. Inventory consists of materials purchased
for future construction not associated with specific jobs.

NOTE 3--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   JUNE 30,      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1999            1998
                                                  -----------    -------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>
Buildings.......................................  $ 1,883,000     $ 1,795,000
Vehicles........................................    4,016,000       2,540,000
Equipment.......................................    2,851,000       1,580,000
Communications towers...........................   37,479,000       1,401,000
Furniture and fixtures..........................    1,840,000         943,000
Leasehold improvements..........................      161,000          81,000
Construction in progress........................    3,534,000
                                                  -----------     -----------
                                                   51,764,000       8,340,000
Less accumulated depreciation and
  amortization..................................   (2,878,000)     (1,562,000)
                                                  -----------     -----------
                                                   48,886,000       6,778,000
Land............................................    1,331,000         796,000
                                                  -----------     -----------
                                                  $50,217,000     $ 7,574,000
                                                  ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

     In February 1999, the Company completed the acquisition of certain
communications towers under contract in December 1998, at an aggregate cost of
approximately $17 million. In May 1999, the Company completed the acquisition of
certain communications towers under contract in October 1998, at an aggregate
cost of approximately $15.5 million.

NOTE 4--ACQUISITIONS

     During the nine months ended June 30, 1999, the Company consummated the
following transactions which were accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting, and accordingly, the operating results of the acquired entities have
been included in the consolidated operating results since the date of
acquisition.

     On October 30, 1998 the Company completed the acquisition of Teletronics
Management Services, Inc. ("Teletronics"). The acquisition was effected by
exchanging approximately 188,000 shares of common stock valued at approximately
$3.8 million, based on the publicly traded price, $1.8 million in cash,
including distributions payable to former shareholders in the amount of
$800,000, and the assumption of certain liabilities, for all outstanding shares
of Teletronics. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method for
business combinations resulting in goodwill of approximately $5.0 million.

     On November 10, 1998 the Company completed the acquisition of Summit
Communications, LLC ("Summit"), a Mississippi limited liability company which
engages in operations similar to those of the Company. The acquisition was
effected by exchanging approximately 200,000 shares of common stock valued at
approximately $4.1 million, based on the publicly traded price, $4.4 million in
cash, and the assumption of certain liabilities, for all membership interests in
Summit. The former members of Summit may also receive

                                      F-44
<PAGE>   133
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

  NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

an additional 100,000 shares of common stock, based on certain performance
criteria during the three years following the date of acquisition. The
acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method for business
combinations resulting in goodwill of approximately $8.0 million.

     On February 4, 1999 the Company completed the acquisition of Cypress Real
Estate Services, Inc. ("Cypress"), a Florida corporation. The acquisition was
effected by exchanging approximately 15,000 shares of common stock valued at
approximately $424,000, based on the publicly traded price, for all outstanding
shares of Cypress. The former shareholder of Cypress may also receive additional
shares of common stock, based on the number of towers, not to exceed 1,000
towers, acquired or constructed by the Company, subject to certain limitations
and restrictions.

     The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method for business
combinations with substantially all of the purchase price allocated to goodwill.

     On February 26, 1999 the Company completed the acquisition of
Telecommunications R. David ("R. David"), a Quebec, Canada company which engages
in operations similar to those of the Company. The acquisition was effected by
exchanging approximately $330,000 in cash, and the assumption of certain
liabilities, for all outstanding shares of R. David. The acquisition was
accounted for using the purchase method for business combinations resulting in
goodwill of approximately $350,000.

     The following is a summary of all consideration exchanged for acquisitions
that were accounted for as purchases:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        NINE MONTHS
                                                           ENDED
                                                         JUNE 30,
                                                           1999
                                                        -----------
<S>                                                     <C>
Shares issued.........................................      403,000
Value of shares.......................................  $ 8,284,000
Cash..................................................    6,583,000
                                                        -----------
          Total purchase price........................  $14,867,000
                                                        ===========
</TABLE>

     The assets and liabilities of the acquired entities were recorded at their
estimated fair market values at the dates of acquisition. The initial
allocations of fair market values are preliminary and are subject to adjustments
during the first year following the acquisition. The initial allocations were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           JUNE 30,
                                                             1999
                                                          -----------
<S>                                                       <C>
Non-compete agreements..................................  $   136,000
Tangible assets.........................................    5,084,000
Goodwill................................................   13,825,000
Liabilities assumed and deferred tax liabilities........   (4,178,000)
                                                          -----------
          Total purchase price..........................  $14,867,000
                                                          ===========
</TABLE>

     Included in the operating results for the three and nine months ended June
30, 1999 are revenues of $5,273,000 and $14,552,000, respectively, and operating
income of $668,000 and $2,028,000, respectively, from the dates of acquisition.
Goodwill is generally amortized over a 20 year period.

                                      F-45
<PAGE>   134
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

  NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

NOTE 5--INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     Intangible assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   JUNE 30,      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1999            1998
                                                  -----------    -------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>
Goodwill........................................  $27,864,000     $14,039,000
Communications tower purchase contract..........           --       5,661,000
Non-compete agreements..........................      355,000         219,000
                                                  -----------     -----------
                                                   28,219,000      19,919,000
Less accumulated amortization...................   (1,227,000)       (198,000)
                                                  -----------     -----------
                                                  $26,992,000     $19,721,000
                                                  ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

NOTE 6--OTHER ASSETS

     Other assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                      1999           1998
                                                   ----------    -------------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>
Deposits on tower purchase contracts.............  $1,176,000     $       --
Equity investment in joint venture...............   1,189,000        217,000
Other noncurrent assets, net.....................   3,774,000      2,554,000
                                                   ----------     ----------
                                                   $6,139,000     $2,771,000
                                                   ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

     During the nine months ended June 30, 1999, the Company paid approximately
$1.2 million as deposits to acquire additional towers. Equity investment in
joint venture represents the Company's cash investment and the Company's equity
earnings from this investment

NOTE 7--LONG-TERM DEBT

     During the nine months ended June 30, 1999, the Company borrowed an
aggregate $41.6 million under its credit facility with Bank Boston N.A. As of
June 30, 1999, the effective interest rate on borrowings under the facility was
approximately 7.75%. The Company borrowed an additional $8.0 million under the
facility subsequent to June 30, 1999. The facility is collateralized by
substantially all of the Company's assets. At June 30, 1999, the Company was in
compliance with all of its covenants with the exception of certain financial
ratio requirements related to cash flow. The Company has received a waiver from
the lenders waiving the right to demand repayment as a result of the violation.

NOTE 8--COMMON STOCK

     On October 15, 1997, the Company issued 1,200,000 shares of common stock
and 1,380,000 warrants to purchase common stock in a public offering. The
Company received proceeds, net of costs, of $7,493,000 from its public offering.
During the nine months ended June 30, 1999, the Company received net proceeds of
$7,291,000 on the exercise of 819,000 warrants, at $9.00 per share of common
stock. In addition to the warrants noted above, during the nine months ended
June 30, 1999, the Company's underwriters exercised warrants, issued in
connection with the Company's initial public offering, resulting in the Company
receiving $1,123,000 on the exercise of warrants to purchase 162,000 shares of
common stock at $9 per share. At June 30, 1999, there were unexercised warrants
to purchase approximately 79,000 shares of common stock held by underwriters.

                                      F-46
<PAGE>   135
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

  NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

NOTE 9--EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

     The numerators and denominators of basic and fully diluted earnings (loss)
per share are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              THREE MONTHS   THREE MONTHS   NINE MONTHS   NINE MONTHS
                                 ENDED          ENDED          ENDED         ENDED
                                JUNE 30,       JUNE 30,      JUNE 30,      JUNE 30,
                                  1999           1998          1999          1998
                              ------------   ------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Numerator--Net income(loss)
  as reported...............  $(1,692,000)    $  864,000    $ (546,000)   $2,823,000
                              ===========     ==========    ==========    ==========
Denominator--Weighted
average number of shares
outstanding:
  Basic weighted average
     number of shares.......    8,525,000      6,356,000     8,234,000     6,104,000
  Effect of dilutive stock
     options and warrants...                     431,000                   1,104,000
                              -----------     ----------    ----------    ----------
     Diluted weighted
       average number of
       shares...............    8,525,000      6,787,000     8,234,000     7,208,000
                              ===========     ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

     For the three and nine months ended June 30, 1999, all potential common
shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share
because inclusion would have had an anti-dilutive effect on earnings (loss) per
share. For the three months ended June 30, 1998, shares associated with
convertible debt were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per
share because inclusion would have had an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per
share. All other potential common shares have been included in the diluted
earnings per share calculations for the three and nine months ended June 30,
1998.

NOTE 10--SEGMENT INFORMATION

     The Company's operations are comprised of a number of communication tower
construction entities that were recently acquired. While management assesses the
operating results of each of these entities separately, as these entities and
its existing operations exhibit similar financial performance and have similar
economic characteristics, they have been aggregated as one segment.

     The following table summarizes contract and other revenues and long-lived
assets related to the respective countries in which the Company operates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          AS OF AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                          ---------------------------------------------
                                             TOTAL        UNITED STATES       CANADA
                                          -----------     -------------     -----------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>               <C>
1999
Contract and Other Revenues.............  $68,455,000      $52,658,000      $15,797,000
  Long-lived Assets.....................  $50,217,000      $43,574,000      $ 6,643,000
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          AS OF AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                          ---------------------------------------------
                                             TOTAL        UNITED STATES       CANADA
                                          -----------     -------------     -----------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>               <C>
1998
Contract and Other Revenues.............  $35,995,000      $19,206,000      $16,789,000
  Long-lived Assets.....................  $ 4,854,000      $ 1,251,000      $ 3,603,000
</TABLE>

     Long-lived assets are comprised of property and equipment and exclude
intangible assets.

                                      F-47
<PAGE>   136
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

  NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

NOTE 11--MERGER OF THE COMPANY

     On May 15, 1999, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with
SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. (SpectraSite), under which Westower will merge with a
subsidiary of SpectraSite. The transaction was consummated on September 2, 1999
and under the terms of the agreement, Westower shareholders received 1.81 shares
of SpectraSite common stock for each Westower share. During the nine months
ended June 30, 1999, the Company incurred approximately $1.5 million in expenses
related to the merger, which included $750,000 paid to the Company's investment
advisors for services in connection with the merger. Under the terms of the
arrangement the Company paid an additional $2,250,000 to its investment advisors
at closing.

                                      F-48
<PAGE>   137

                        [PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

                                      F-49
<PAGE>   138

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Westower Corporation

     In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of income, of stockholders' equity, and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Westower
Corporation and its subsidiaries at September 30, 1998, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the seven months ended September 30, 1998 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above. The financial statements of Westower Corporation for the three years in
the period ended February 28, 1998 were audited by other independent accountants
whose report dated April 14, 1998, except for the third paragraph in Note 3, as
to which the date is May 31, 1998 and the fourth paragraph in Note 3, as to
which the date is June 14, 1999, expressed an unqualified opinion on those
statements.

                                          /s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Seattle, Washington
February 4, 1999,
except for the fourth
paragraph in Note 3,
as to which the date
is June 17, 1999

                                      F-50
<PAGE>   139

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Westower Corporation

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Westower
Corporation and Subsidiaries as of February 28, 1997 and 1998, and the related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended February 28, 1998. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of MJA Communications
Corporation, which are included in the financial statements of Westower
Corporation as discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, and which
statements reflect total assets constituting 56% and 16% of consolidated total
assets as of February 28, 1997 and 1998 and total revenues constituting 22%, 57%
and 33% of consolidated total revenues for each of the three years in the period
ended February 28, 1998, respectively. Those statements were audited by other
auditors, whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it
relates to the amounts included for MJA Communications Corporation, is based
solely on the report of the other auditors.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits and the reports of other auditors provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of other auditors, the
consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the consolidated financial position of Westower Corporation
and Subsidiaries as of February 28, 1997 and 1998, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
February 28, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                          /s/ MOSS ADAMS LLP

Bellingham, Washington
April 14, 1998, except for the third paragraph
in Note 3, as to which the date is
May 31, 1998, and the fourth paragraph in
Note 3, as to which the date is
June 14, 1999

                                      F-51
<PAGE>   140

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
MJA Communications Corp.
Palm Beach Gardens, Florida

     We have audited the balance sheet of MJA Communications Corp. as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related statements of income and retained
earnings, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 (not separately presented herein). These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of MJA Communications Corp. as
of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                               /s/ LAMN, KRIELOW, DYTRYCH &
                                                        DARLING
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          LAMN, KRIELOW, DYTRYCH & DARLING
                                          Certified Public Accountants

February 11, 1998, except for Note 4, as to which the date is August 12, 1998

                                      F-52
<PAGE>   141

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
               FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                               1997           1998           1998
                                                           ------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..............................  $ 7,131,000    $ 7,206,000     $ 9,331,000
  Accounts receivable, net...............................    4,905,000      7,112,000      13,289,000
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
    uncompleted contracts................................      938,000      2,143,000       5,078,000
  Inventory..............................................      201,000      1,140,000       2,151,000
  Related party advances and receivables.................           --        831,000         956,000
  Income tax receivable..................................           --             --         220,000
  Other current assets...................................       63,000        125,000       1,203,000
                                                           -----------    -----------     -----------
    Total current assets.................................   13,238,000     18,557,000      32,228,000
Property and equipment, net..............................    2,707,000      4,321,000       7,574,000
Intangible assets, net...................................           --      2,088,000      19,721,000
Other assets.............................................       58,000         91,000       2,771,000
                                                           -----------    -----------     -----------
Total assets.............................................  $16,003,000    $25,057,000     $62,294,000
                                                           ===========    ===========     ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Trade accounts payable.................................  $ 4,980,000    $ 4,445,000     $ 7,053,000
  Other current liabilities..............................      275,000        929,000       2,810,000
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
    uncompleted contracts................................    3,850,000      1,745,000       1,435,000
  Income taxes payable...................................      155,000      1,652,000       2,116,000
  Deferred income taxes..................................      580,000        534,000         428,000
  Stockholder advances and notes payable to related
    parties..............................................      672,000      2,044,000         228,000
  Note payable...........................................      208,000        147,000       1,089,000
  Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease
    obligations..........................................      610,000        502,000       2,419,000
                                                           -----------    -----------     -----------
         Total current liabilities.......................   11,330,000     11,998,000      17,578,000
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, excluding
  current portion........................................      212,000        292,000      14,991,000
Deferred income taxes....................................       27,000         48,000       2,962,000
                                                           -----------    -----------     -----------
         Total liabilities...............................   11,569,000     12,338,000      35,531,000
Commitments and contingencies
Minority interest........................................       40,000             --              --
                                                           -----------    -----------     -----------
Redeemable preferred stock...............................      450,000             --              --
                                                           -----------    -----------     -----------
Stockholders' equity
  Common stock ($.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares
    authorized, 4,776,000, 6,117,000 and 7,047,000 shares
    issued and outstanding at February 28, 1997 and 1998,
    and September 30, 1998, respectively)................       48,000         61,000          70,000
  Additional paid-in-capital.............................      (48,000)     8,672,000       22,610,00
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)..........       27,000        (67,000)       (581,000)
  Retained earnings......................................    3,917,000      4,053,000       4,664,000
                                                           -----------    -----------     -----------
         Total stockholders' equity......................    3,944,000     12,719,000      26,763,000
                                                           -----------    -----------     -----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...............  $16,003,000    $25,057,000     $62,294,000
                                                           ===========    ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-53
<PAGE>   142

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
          YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 29, 1996 AND FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND 1998
           SEVEN MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          SEVEN MONTHS    SEVEN MONTHS
                                              YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED        ENDED           ENDED
                                             FEBRUARY 29,   FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,   SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                 1996           1997           1998           1997            1998
                                             ------------   ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
Contract and other revenues earned.........  $14,775,000    $46,091,000    $41,662,000     $22,869,000     $31,944,000
Costs of revenues earned (exclusive of
depreciation and amortization shown
below).....................................   10,755,000     33,936,000     29,508,000      16,778,000      23,858,000
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
  Gross profit.............................    4,020,000     12,155,000     12,154,000       6,091,000       8,086,000
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses.................................    2,944,000      7,832,000      7,236,000       2,720,000       4,958,000
Depreciation and amortization..............      196,000        268,000        473,000         187,000         578,000
Merger related expenses....................           --             --             --              --         327,000
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
Operating income...........................      880,000      4,055,000      4,445,000       3,184,000       2,223,000
Other income (expense)
  Other income (expense)...................      (24,000)        32,000        126,000              --          (2,000)
  Interest income..........................           --         70,000        127,000          41,000         130,000
  Interest and financing expense...........     (110,000)       (72,000)      (129,000)        (32,000)       (771,000)
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
         Total other income (expense)......     (134,000)        30,000        124,000           9,000        (643,000)
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
Income before income taxes and minority
  interest.................................      746,000      4,085,000      4,569,000       3,193,000       1,580,000
Minority interest..........................       (6,000)       (19,000)            --              --              --
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
Income before provision for income taxes...      740,000      4,066,000      4,569,000       3,193,000       1,580,000
Provision for income taxes.................      193,000        636,000      1,633,000       1,141,000         351,000
                                             -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
Net income.................................  $   547,000    $ 3,430,000    $ 2,936,000     $ 2,052,000     $ 1,229,000
                                             ===========    ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
Earnings per share:
Basic......................................  $      0.11    $      0.72    $      0.56     $      0.43     $      0.19
                                             ===========    ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
Diluted....................................  $      0.11    $      0.72    $      0.52     $      0.43     $      0.16
                                             ===========    ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
Pro forma earnings per share:
Basic......................................  $      0.11    $      0.53    $      0.53     $      0.37     $      0.12
                                             ===========    ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
Diluted....................................  $      0.11    $      0.53    $      0.50     $      0.37     $      0.10
                                             ===========    ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                      F-54
<PAGE>   143

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
          YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 29, 1996 AND FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND 1998
                     SEVEN MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       COMMON STOCK                                    ACCUMULATED
                                    -------------------   ADDITIONAL                      OTHER
                                                            PAID-IN      RETAINED     COMPREHENSIVE   COMPREHENSIVE
                                     SHARES     AMOUNT      CAPITAL      EARNINGS     INCOME(LOSS)       INCOME          TOTAL
                                    ---------   -------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -------------   -----------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>       <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 1995........  4,776,000   $48,000   $   (48,000)  $   362,000     $  29,000                     $   391,000
Net income........................                                          547,000             7      $  547,000
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment......................         --        --            --            --            --              --
                                                                                                       ----------
        Total comprehensive
          income..................                                                                     $  547,000         547,000
                                                                                                       ==========
Distributions of earnings to S
  corporation stockholders of
  acquired subsidiary prior to
  acquisition.....................         --        --            --       (39,000)           --                         (39,000)
                                    ---------   -------   -----------   -----------     ---------                     -----------
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 29, 1996........  4,776,000    48,000       (48,000)      870,000        29,000                         899,000
Net income........................         --        --            --     3,430,000            --      $3,430,000
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment......................         --        --            --            --        (2,000)         (2,000)
                                                                                                       ----------
        Total comprehensive
          income..................                                                                     $3,428,000       3,428,000
                                                                                                       ==========
Distributions of earnings to S
  corporation stockholders of
  acquired subsidiary prior to
  acquisition.....................         --        --            --      (383,000)           --                        (383,000)
                                    ---------   -------   -----------   -----------     ---------                     -----------
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 1997........  4,776,000    48,000       (48,000)    3,917,000        27,000                       3,944,000
Net income........................         --        --            --     2,936,000            --      $2,936,000
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment......................         --        --            --            --       (94,000)        (94,000)
                                                                                                       ----------
        Total comprehensive
          income..................                                                                     $2,842,000       2,842,000
                                                                                                       ==========
Stock issuances...................  1,341,000    13,000     8,699,000            --            --                       8,712,000
Stock compensation expense........         --        --        21,000            --            --                          21,000
Distributions of earnings to S
  corporation stockholders of
  acquired subsidiary prior to
  acquisition.....................         --        --            --    (2,800,000)           --                      (2,800,000)
                                    ---------   -------   -----------   -----------     ---------                     -----------
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 1998........  6,117,000    61,000     8,672,000     4,053,000       (67,000)                    $12,719,000
Net income........................         --        --            --     1,229,000            --      $1,229,000
Foreign currency translation
  adjustment......................         --        --            --            --      (514,000)       (514,000)
                                                                                                       ----------
        Total comprehensive
          income..................                                                                     $  715,000         715,000
                                                                                                       ==========
Adjustment to conform fiscal year
  ends of acquired subsidiaries...         --        --            --       438,000            --                         438,000
Proceeds from warrants
  exercised.......................    559,000     6,000     4,782,000            --            --                       4,788,000
Proceeds from stock options
  exercised and related tax
  benefit.........................     35,000        --       556,000            --            --                         556,000
Stock issuances for business
  acquisitions....................    336,000     3,000     8,097,000            --            --                       8,100,000
Value ascribed to conversion
  feature and warrants of
  convertible debt, net of
  deferred taxes..................         --        --       468,000            --            --                         468,000
Stock compensation expense........         --        --        35,000            --            --                          35,000
Distributions of earnings and for
  taxes to stockholders of
  acquired subsidiaries prior to
  acquisition.....................         --        --            --    (1,056,000)           --                      (1,056,000)
                                    ---------   -------   -----------   -----------     ---------                     -----------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1998.......  7,047,000   $70,000   $22,610,000   $ 4,664,000     $(581,000)                    $26,763,000
                                    =========   =======   ===========   ===========     =========                     ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                      F-55
<PAGE>   144

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
          YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 29, 1996 AND FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND 1998
           SEVEN MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED) AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        SEVEN
                                                                                                    SEVEN MONTHS       MONTHS
                                                        YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED        ENDED           ENDED
                                                       FEBRUARY 29,   FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,   SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           1996           1997           1997           1998            1998
                                                       ------------   ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income...........................................  $   547,000    $ 3,430,000    $ 2,936,000     $ 2,052,000     $ 1,229,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from
  operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization......................      196,000        268,000        473,000         187,000         578,000
  Provision for bad debt.............................           --             --             --              --         221,000
  Deferred income taxes..............................       96,000        433,000        (41,000)       (209,000)        367,000
  Non-cash interest and financing expense............           --             --             --              --         264,000
  Gain on sale of assets.............................           --             --       (125,000)             --              --
  Stock-based compensation...........................           --             --         56,000              --          35,000
  Earnings from equity investment....................           --             --             --              --         (46,000)
  Minority interest..................................        6,000         19,000             --         (40,000)             --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of
  effect of acquisitions
  Accounts receivable................................   (2,570,000)    (1,402,000)    (1,484,000)     (1,962,000)     (1,603,000)
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
    on uncompleted contracts.........................     (284,000)      (545,000)    (1,200,000)       (238,000)     (1,350,000)
    Inventory and other current assets...............      (69,000)      (143,000)      (938,000)             --        (990,000)
  Other assets.......................................      (32,000)       (93,000)        (5,000)       (597,000)        135,000
  Trade accounts payable.............................    1,163,000      3,387,000       (933,000)       (810,000)     (2,265,000)
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
    on uncompleted contracts.........................    1,464,000      2,380,000     (2,105,000)     (3,156,000)       (963,000)
    Other current liabilities........................       56,000         79,000        648,000        (198,000)          6,000
  Income taxes payable...............................      (44,000)       147,000      1,354,000        (155,000)        244,000
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
    Net cash flows (used) provided by operating
      activities.....................................      529,000      7,960,000     (1,364,000)     (5,126,000)     (4,138,000)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired...           --             --     (1,467,000)             --      (6,348,000)
  Sales of property and equipment....................      155,000             --        444,000              --              --
  Purchases of property and equipment................     (301,000)    (1,245,000)    (1,692,000)       (455,000)     (1,657,000)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
    Net cash flows used by investing activities......     (146,000)    (1,245,000)    (2,715,000)       (455,000)     (8,005,000)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Proceeds from stock issuances, net.................           --             --      7,493,000              --              --
  Proceeds from stock warrant and option exercises,
    net..............................................           --             --             --              --       5,002,000
  Redemption of preferred stock......................           --             --       (450,000)       (300,000)             --
  Principal payments on long-term debt...............     (583,000)      (389,000)      (326,000)       (227,000)       (392,000)
  Distributions to stockholders......................      (39,000)      (383,000)    (2,800,000)             --      (1,056,000)
  Advances to related parties........................           --             --       (196,000)       (384,000)        (65,000)
  Advances from related parties......................      481,000             --        457,000       1,117,000          34,000
  Repayments to related parties......................      (17,000)      (480,000)            --              --      (1,816,000)
  Borrowing (repayments) on line of credit, net......           --        207,000        (57,000)        (85,000)        (88,000)
  Additions to financing costs.......................           --             --             --              --      (2,368,000)
  Proceeds from debt incurred........................      159,000        555,000        104,000         104,000      15,256,000
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
    Net cash flows provided (used) by financing
      activities.....................................        1,000       (490,000)     4,225,000         225,000      14,507,000
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
EFFECT OF CHANGES IN EXCHANGE RATES..................           --             --        (71,000)        (27,000)       (239,000)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH......................      384,000      6,225,000         75,000      (5,383,000)      2,125,000
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD.......      522,000        906,000      7,131,000       7,131,000       7,206,000
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD.............  $   906,000    $ 7,131,000    $ 7,206,000     $ 1,748,000     $ 9,331,000
                                                       ===========    ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                      F-56
<PAGE>   145

                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1--ORGANIZATION

     Westower Corporation (the "Company") was incorporated in Washington state
in June 1997 for the purpose of acquiring Westower Holdings Ltd. and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, Westower Communications Ltd. and Westower
Communications, Inc. In connection with an initial public offering on October
15, 1997, the Company raised approximately $7.5 million in net cash proceeds.
Proceeds have been used in part to acquire the assets and operations of other
businesses.

     The Company is successor to operations begun in 1990 by Westower
Communication Ltd. It designs, builds and maintains wireless communication
transmitting and receiving facilities for providers of wireless communication
services. The Company also owns and leases wireless communication towers to
wireless communication providers. Principal operations are located in the
Pacific Northwest, including the Canadian provinces of British Columbia and
Alberta, and the Southeastern and Southwestern United States. Other operations
extend throughout the Western United States and into Eastern Canada.

     On October 27, 1998, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from February
28 to September 30 resulting in a seven month reporting period from March 1,
1998 to September 30, 1998 (the "Transition Period").

NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     (a) Consolidation--The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Westower Corporation and its wholly owned domestic and Canadian
subsidiaries.

     Investments in subsidiaries in which the Company exercises significant
influence but which it does not control are accounted for using the equity
method. At September 30, 1998, the Company has an equity investment in a joint
venture which engages in operations in Brazil that are similar to those of the
Company, in which it has an economic ownership interest of 60 percent. Revenues
and associated expenses are transacted in Canadian dollars. As of September 30,
1998, the Company's investment totaled $217,000, which has been included in
other assets, and the Company's equity earnings from this investment during the
Transition Period totaled $46,000, which has been included in contract and other
revenues earned.

     All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.

     (b) Use of Estimates--The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated
financial statements. Examples of estimates subject to possible revision based
upon the outcome of future events include costs and estimated earnings on
uncompleted contracts, depreciation of property and equipment, accrued income
tax liabilities, and purchase price allocations for acquisitions. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.

     (c) Contract and Other Revenue and Cost Recognition--Revenue from
fixed-price construction contracts is recognized using the
percentage-of-completion method based on cost incurred to total estimated cost.
Revenue from contracts based upon time and materials is recognized based upon
hours worked and materials consumed. Most of the Company's contracts are
short-term and are completed in two to three months. Contract costs include all
direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract
performance. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made
in the period in which such losses are determined.

     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. Billings in excess
of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts represents billings in
excess of revenues earned.

                                      F-57
<PAGE>   146
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The Company owns wireless communication towers which it leases to third
parties. Revenues are recognized on a monthly basis over the term of the leasing
agreement. Revenues and cost of services of approximately $170,000 and $25,000,
respectively, have been included in contract and other revenues earned and cost
of revenues earned, respectively, in the Transition Period.

     (d) Cash and Cash Equivalents--Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in
banks and money market investments on deposit with major Canadian and U.S.
financial institutions. Investments with maturities of three months or less when
purchased are considered cash equivalents.

     (e) Inventory--Inventory consists of construction parts and supplies and is
stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method.

     (f) Property and Equipment--Property and equipment is recorded at cost.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives by major asset category are
as follows: buildings--10-25 years; furniture, fixtures and equipment--3 to 10
years; wireless communication towers--20 years; vehicles--5 years. Gains or
losses on the dispositions of assets are recorded at the time of disposition.
The costs of normal repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

     (g) Capitalized Software--Purchased software is capitalized at cost and
amortized over its estimated useful life of 3 years.

     (h) Intangible Assets--Business acquisition costs are allocated to the
tangible and identifiable intangible assets that are acquired. Business
acquisition costs allocated to contracts to purchase wireless communication
towers are amortized over a 20 year period upon acquisition of the wireless
communication towers, and costs allocated to non-compete agreements are
amortized over the term of the agreements, which are generally 5 years. The
excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of the net assets
acquired and identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill is amortized over a 20 year period. The Company amortizes its
intangible assets using the straight line method.

     (i) Financing Costs--Direct costs associated with obtaining debt financing
are deferred and are amortized over the term of the debt using the effective
interest method. Direct costs of obtaining commitments for financing are
deferred and charged to expense over the term of the commitments. Direct costs
associated with obtaining equity financing are charged to additional paid-in
capital as the related funds are raised. Deferred financing costs totaled $2.4
million at September 30, 1998, which has been included in other assets.
Accumulated amortization of deferred financing costs totaled $113,000 at
September 30, 1998.

     (j) Valuation of Long-Lived Assets--The Company periodically reviews its
long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets, including
goodwill, whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may be impaired and not recoverable. Adjustments are made if
the sum of the expected future undiscounted operating cash flows is less than
the carrying value of the asset.

     (k) Income Taxes--The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability
method. Deferred taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the
basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes
at the enacted tax rates. The significant differences relate primarily to the
timing and recognition of depreciation and amortization of long-lived assets,
profit on uncompleted contracts, amortization of financing costs and bad debt
expense. Deferred tax amounts represent the future tax consequences of those
differences, which will either be deductible or taxable when the assets and
liabilities are recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established, when
necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.
The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return in the United States.
The Company files separate tax returns for each of its Canadian subsidiaries in
Canada. Additionally, certain of the Company's operations are subject to
Provincial income taxes in Canada and state income taxes in the United States.

                                      F-58
<PAGE>   147
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     (l) Foreign Currency Translation--All asset and liability accounts of
Canadian operations are translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates.
Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate during the
period. Foreign currency translation adjustments are reported as a component of
comprehensive income and stockholders' equity in the consolidated balance sheet.
Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in
income currently.

     (m) Earnings Per Share and Change in Accounting Policy--During fiscal year
ended February 28, 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 128, Earnings Per Share. The new standard supersedes
Accounting Principles Board (APB) No. 15, Earnings Per Share and establishes
standards for computing and presenting earnings per share. Prior years have been
restated to conform with the new requirements.

     Basic earnings per share amounts are computed based on the weighted average
number of shares outstanding during the period after giving retroactive effect
to stock dividends and stock splits. Diluted earnings per share amounts are
computed by determining the number of additional shares that are deemed
outstanding from stock options and warrants, using the treasury stock method,
and convertible debentures.

     (n) Segment Information--In the Transition Period, the Company adopted SFAS
No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.
SFAS No. 131 supersedes SFAS 14, Financial Reporting for Segments of a Business
Enterprise, replacing the "industry segment" approach with the "management"
approach. The management approach designates the internal organization that is
used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as
the source of the Company's reportable segments. SFAS No. 131 also requires
disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers.
The adoption of SFAS No. 131 did not significantly affect the disclosure of
segment information previously reported (see "Segment Information" note).

     (o) New Accounting Standards--In June 1997, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities. Among other provisions, SFAS No. 133 requires that entities
recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of
financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. Gains and losses
resulting from changes in the fair values of those derivatives would be
accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies
for hedge accounting. This Statement becomes effective beginning June 15, 2000,
for the Company. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, to its
financial position or results of operations.

     (p) Interim Financial Data (Unaudited)--As discussed in Note 1, on October
27, 1998 the Company changed its fiscal year end to September 30 from February
28. The information presented for the seven months ended September 30, 1997 is
unaudited. The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial
information and with Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not
include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted
accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of
management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of results of the
interim period have been made and such adjustments were of a normal and
recurring nature. The results of operations and cash flows for the seven months
ended September 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results that were
reported for the entire fiscal year ending February 28, 1998.

NOTE 3--MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

  MERGERS

     Westower Holdings Ltd.  Concurrent with its incorporation in June 1997, the
Company completed a merger with Westower Holdings Ltd. by issuing 3,000,000
shares of common stock in exchange for all outstanding common stock of Westower
Holdings Ltd. Westower Holdings Ltd. is a Wyoming corporation

                                      F-59
<PAGE>   148
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

that owns all outstanding common stock of Westower Communications Ltd. and
Westower Communications, Inc. The merger qualified as a tax-free exchange and is
accounted for similar to a pooling-of-interests.

     WTC Holdings, Inc. and Western Telecom Construction Ltd.  Effective October
28, 1997, the Company completed a merger with WTC Holdings, Inc. (formerly
411677 Alberta Ltd.) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Western Telecom
Construction Ltd., (collectively, "Western Telecom"). WTC Holdings, Inc. was
wholly-owned by a relative of a significant stockholder and a director of
Westower Corporation. WTC Holdings, Inc. is a Wyoming corporation, and Western
Telecom Construction Ltd. is a Canadian corporation. Western Telecom engages in
operations similar to those of the Company. The merger was effected by
exchanging 835,000 shares of common stock for all outstanding common stock of
Western Telecom. The merger qualified as a tax-free exchange and has been
accounted for using the pooling-of-interests method for business combinations.
Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended
February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and 1998 and the Transition Period have
been restated to include the combined financial position, results of operations,
and cash flows of Western Telecom.

     MJA Communications Corporation.  Effective May 31, 1998, the Company
completed a merger with MJA Communications Corporation ("MJA"). MJA is a Florida
corporation which engages in operations similar to those of the Company. In
connection with the merger, MJA's tax status was changed from an S corporation
to a C corporation. The merger was effected by exchanging 397,000 shares of
common stock for all outstanding common stock of MJA. The merger qualified as a
tax-free exchange and has been accounted for using the pooling-of-interests
method for business combinations. Accordingly, the consolidated financial
statements for the fiscal years ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997
and 1998 and the Transition Period have been restated to include the combined
financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of MJA.

     Standby Services, Inc.  Effective August 31, 1998, the Company completed a
merger with Standby Services, Inc. ("Standby"). Standby is a Texas corporation
which engages in operations similar to those of the Company. In connection with
the merger, Standby's tax status was changed from an S corporation to a C
corporation. The merger was effected by exchanging 544,000 shares of common
stock for all outstanding common stock of Standby. The merger qualified as a
tax-free exchange and has been accounted for using the pooling-of-interests
method for business combinations. Accordingly, the consolidated financial
statements for the fiscal years ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997
and 1998 and the Transition Period have been restated to include the combined
financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of Standby.

     Prior to the respective mergers, Western Telecom had a fiscal year-end of
January 31 and MJA and Standby had a fiscal year end of December 31. In
recording the business combinations, the fiscal years ended 1998 and 1997
financial statements have not been restated to conform with Westower
Corporation's previous fiscal year end of February 28, as the effect on the
consolidated financial statements is not material. As a result of Western
Telecom, MJA and Standby having a different fiscal year end and the change in
the Company's fiscal year end, Western Telecom and MJA and Standby's results of
operations for the respective one and two-month periods ended February 28, 1998
have been excluded from the reported results of operations in the Transition
Period and, therefore, have been presented as an adjustment to the Company's
consolidated statement of stockholders' equity for the Transition Period.
Aggregate revenues, expenses, income before extraordinary items and net income,
attributable to these mergers, which have been excluded from the Company's
reported results of operations in the Transition Period, were $3,302,000,
$2,864,000, $438,000 and $438,000, respectively, for the period from January 1,
1998 to February 28, 1998.

                                      F-60
<PAGE>   149
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Summarized results of operations for the separate companies and combined
amounts included in the consolidated financial statements, net of intercompany
transactions, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               YEAR                                     SEVEN MONTHS    SEVEN MONTHS
                              ENDED        YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED        ENDED           ENDED
                           FEBRUARY 29,   FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,   SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                               1996           1997           1998           1997            1998
                           ------------   ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
Contract and other
  revenues earned
Westower Corporation and
Subsidiaries, including
entities acquired........  $ 5,664,000    $10,415,000    $16,156,000     $ 8,652,000     $11,450,000
  MJA....................    3,305,000     26,164,000     13,929,000       8,418,000      10,824,000
  Western Telecom........    1,777,000      5,001,000      7,027,000       3,035,000       5,341,000
  Standby................    4,029,000      4,511,000      4,550,000       2,764,000       4,329,000
                           -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
                           $14,775,000    $46,091,000    $41,662,000     $22,869,000     $31,944,000
                           ===========    ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
Net income (loss)
  Westower Corporation
     and Subsidiaries,
     including entities
     acquired............  $   460,000    $   815,000    $   975,000     $   784,000     $  (816,000)
  MJA....................       (3,000)     2,617,000        527,000         195,000         513,000
  Western Telecom........       (5,000)       364,000      1,475,000         442,000         387,000
  Standby................       95,000       (366,000)       (41,000)        631,000       1,145,000
                           -----------    -----------    -----------     -----------     -----------
                           $   547,000    $ 3,430,000    $ 2,936,000     $ 2,052,000     $ 1,229,000
                           ===========    ===========    ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

     The following pro forma net income and basic diluted earnings per share are
presented as if the Company had been required to provide for income taxes that
were previously taxable to the former shareholders of the merged entities that
were previously S corporations.

                                      F-61
<PAGE>   150
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               YEAR                                     SEVEN MONTHS    SEVEN MONTHS
                              ENDED        YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED        ENDED           ENDED
                           FEBRUARY 29,   FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,   SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                               1996           1997           1998           1997            1998
                           ------------   ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
Net income as reported...    $547,000      $3,430,000     $2,936,000     $2,052,000      $1,229,000
Dividends on preferred
shares...................     (39,000)             --             --             --              --
  Pro forma adjustment
     for income taxes of
     acquired entities
     previously filing as
     S corporations......       1,000        (890,000)      (165,000)      (281,000)       (454,000)
                             --------      ----------     ----------     ----------      ----------
Pro forma net income.....    $509,000      $2,540,000     $2,771,000     $1,771,000      $  775,000
                             ========      ==========     ==========     ==========      ==========
Pro forma basic earnings
  per share..............    $   0.11      $     0.53     $     0.53     $     0.37      $     0.12
                             ========      ==========     ==========     ==========      ==========
Pro forma diluted
  earnings per share.....    $   0.11      $     0.53     $     0.50     $     0.37      $     0.10
                             ========      ==========     ==========     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

  ACQUISITIONS

     The following acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting for business combinations and, accordingly, the operating
results of the acquired companies have been included in the Company's
consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

     Acquisitions from November 1, 1997 to February 28, 1998.  On dates ranging
between November 1, 1997 and January 17, 1998, the Company acquired all
outstanding shares of common stock of National Tower Service Ltd., 501053 B.C.
Ltd., and the minority interest in WTC Leasing Ltd. which are Canadian
corporations with operations similar to those of the Company. Additionally, on
January 17, 1998 the Company acquired the assets, principally communication
towers, of Ralph's Radio, Inc. and 344813 Alberta Ltd. The aggregate purchase
price of these transactions totaled approximately $2.7 million which consisted
of $1.5 million in cash and the issuance of 134,000 shares of common stock
valued at approximately $1.2 million, based on the publicly traded price.

     Jovin Communications, Inc. and Acier Filteau, Inc.  On June 12, 1998 the
Company completed the acquisitions of Jovin Communications, Inc. ("Jovin") and
Acier Filteau, Inc. ("Acier"), both Montreal, Quebec (Canada) corporations which
engage in operations similar to those of the Company. The acquisitions were
effected by exchanging shares of common stock of the Company and shares of a
separate class of common stock of an acquisition subsidiary, with rights
identical to those of the Company's common stock, aggregating 118,000 shares in
total and valued at approximately $2.8 million, based on the publicly traded
price, and the assumption of certain obligations of Jovin and Acier, for all
outstanding common shares of Jovin and Acier.

     Cord Communications, Incorporated.  On August 31, 1998 the Company
completed the acquisition of Cord Communications Incorporated ("Cord"), a
California corporation which engages in operations similar to those of the
Company. The acquisition was effected by exchanging 218,000 shares of common
stock valued at approximately $5.2 million, based on the publicly traded price,
$5 million in cash and the assumption of certain obligations of Cord for all
outstanding common shares of Cord. The former stockholders of Cord may also
receive an additional 348,000 shares of common stock, based on the attainment of
certain performance measures of Cord during the twelve month period following
the date of acquisition. Additional shares of common stock will be recorded as
an adjustment of the purchase price and will increase recorded goodwill.

                                      F-62
<PAGE>   151
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     CNG Communications, Inc.  On September 28, 1998, the Company completed the
acquisition of CNG Communications, Inc. ("CNG") for approximately $1.7 million
in cash and the assumption of certain obligations of CNG. The former shareholder
of CNG may also receive up to an additional $3 million in cash pending the
successful acquisition of certain wireless communication towers under an
existing contract held by CNG. As part of the acquisition, the Company assumed
certain liabilities of CNG, including convertible debentures, outstanding
warrants and the termination costs relating to a financing agreement with a
third party investment banker. The Company entered into a settlement agreement
with the above parties that resulted in an aggregate payment of $3.25 million to
the convertible debenture holders, which included principal and interest, and
the third party investment banker. On October 22, 1998, the Company exercised
its right to acquire the wireless communication towers under contract at an
exercise price of $9.2 million. The consummation of the acquisition is subject
to regulatory approval.

     The following is a summary of all consideration exchanged for acquisitions
that were accounted for as purchases:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEVEN
                                                                    MONTHS
                                                  YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                 FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1998            1998
                                                 ------------    -------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Shares issued..................................      134,000          336,000
Value of shares................................   $1,184,000      $ 8,100,000
Cash...........................................    1,467,000        6,672,000
                                                  ----------      -----------
Total purchase price...........................   $2,651,000      $14,772,000
                                                  ==========      ===========
</TABLE>

     The assets and liabilities of the acquired entities were recorded at their
estimated fair market values at the dates of acquisition. The initial
allocations of fair market values are preliminary subject to adjustments during
the first year following the acquisition. The initial allocations were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEVEN
                                                                    MONTHS
                                                  YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                 FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1998            1998
                                                 ------------    -------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Non-compete agreements.........................   $       --     $    219,000
Tangible assets................................    1,437,000       11,034,000
Communication tower purchase contracts.........           --        5,661,000
Goodwill.......................................    2,104,000       12,507,000
Liabilities assumed and deferred tax
  liabilities..................................     (890,000)     (14,649,000)
                                                  ----------     ------------
Total purchase price...........................   $2,651,000     $ 14,772,000
                                                  ==========     ============
</TABLE>

     The results of operations of these businesses have been included in the
Company's consolidated financial statements from their respective acquisition
dates. The following summarizes the unaudited pro forma results of operations,
on a combined basis, as if the acquisitions had been consummated as of the
beginning of each of

                                      F-63
<PAGE>   152
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the periods presented, after including the impact of certain adjustments such as
amortization of intangible assets and income tax effects:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEVEN
                                                                    MONTHS
                                                  YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                 FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1998            1998
                                                 ------------    -------------
                                                 (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Contract and other revenues earned.............  $72,720,000      $43,273,000
Pro forma net income...........................  $ 4,323,000      $   140,000
Pro forma basic earnings per share.............  $      0.82      $      0.02
Pro forma diluted earnings per share...........  $      0.77      $      0.02
</TABLE>

     The unaudited pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the
results of operations which would actually have been reported had the
acquisitions had been completed prior to the beginning of the periods presented.
In addition, they are not intended to be indicative of future results.

NOTE 4--UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS

     Costs, estimated earnings and billings on uncompleted contracts are
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              1997            1998            1998
                                          ------------    ------------    -------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>
Costs incurred on uncompleted
  contracts.............................  $ 15,356,000    $ 12,111,000    $ 15,461,000
Estimated earnings......................     3,516,000       5,084,000       3,212,000
Less billings to date...................   (21,784,000)    (16,797,000)    (15,030,000)
                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
Total...................................  $ (2,912,000)   $    398,000    $  3,643,000
                                          ============    ============    ============
Presentation in the accompanying balance
  sheet:
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess
     of billings on uncompleted
     contracts..........................  $    938,000    $  2,143,000    $  5,078,000
  Billings in excess of costs and
     estimated earnings on uncompleted
     contracts..........................    (3,850,000)     (1,745,000)     (1,435,000)
                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
Total...................................  $ (2,912,000)   $    398,000    $  3,643,000
                                          ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>

                                      F-64
<PAGE>   153
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 5--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              1997            1998            1998
                                          ------------    ------------    -------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>
Buildings...............................   $  550,000     $ 1,507,000      $ 1,795,000
Vehicles................................      737,000       1,497,000        2,540,000
Equipment...............................      381,000         743,000        1,580,000
Communication towers....................      387,000         620,000        1,401,000
Furniture and fixtures..................      380,000         634,000          943,000
Leasehold improvements..................       27,000          73,000           81,000
                                           ----------     -----------      -----------
                                            2,462,000       5,074,000        8,340,000
Less accumulated depreciation...........     (688,000)     (1,458,000)      (1,562,000)
                                           ----------     -----------      -----------
                                            1,774,000       3,616,000        6,778,000
Land....................................      933,000         705,000          796,000
                                           ----------     -----------      -----------
                                           $2,707,000     $ 4,321,000      $ 7,574,000
                                           ==========     ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

     Depreciation expense on property and equipment in the fiscal years ended
February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and 1998 and the Transition Period was
$196,000, $262,000, $457,000 and $396,000, respectively.

NOTE 6--INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     Intangible assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1998            1998
                                                 ------------    -------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Goodwill.......................................   $2,104,000      $14,039,000
Communication tower purchase contracts.........           --        5,661,000
Non-compete agreements.........................           --          219,000
                                                  ----------      -----------
                                                   2,104,000       19,919,000
Less accumulated amortization..................      (16,000)        (198,000)
                                                  ----------      -----------
                                                  $2,088,000      $19,721,000
                                                  ==========      ===========
</TABLE>

     Amortization expense on intangible assets in the fiscal years ended
February 29, 1996, February 28, 1997 and 1998 and the Transition Period was
$0.00, $8,000, $16,000 and $182,000, respectively.

NOTE 7--NOTES PAYABLE

  NOTE PAYABLE TO FINANCE COMPANY

     At September 30, 1998, through one of its acquired subsidiaries, the
Company had a $2.5 million line of credit facility with a finance company,
secured by accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, cash and cash
equivalents. At September 30, 1998 the outstanding balance was $1.09 million,
which was repaid in October 1998, and the line of credit was cancelled.

                                      F-65
<PAGE>   154
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  NOTES PAYABLE TO BANK

     At February 28, 1998 the Company had a line of credit facility with a
Canadian bank that allowed for borrowings at the bank's prime rate plus .75%.
The line was collateralized by essentially all assets of Western Telecom
Construction Ltd. and was cancelled in May 1998.

NOTE 8--LONG TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

     Long-term debt and capital lease obligations consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              1997            1998            1998
                                          ------------    ------------    -------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>
Convertible note, interest at 7%, due
  April 30, 2007, quarterly interest
  payments through April 2005, quarterly
  reductions thereafter, see further
  description below.....................   $      --       $      --       $14,154,000
Convertible notes of acquired
subsidiary, interest at rates ranging
from 12% to 14%, repaid in December 1998
(see Note 3)............................          --              --         1,882,000
Notes payable to various Canadian banks
  repaid in full during the Transition
  Period and 1998, due on demand or in
  aggregate monthly installments of
  $8,200 including interest,
  collateralized by assets and an
  assignment of lease revenue...........     480,000         263,000                --
Notes payable to various U.S. and
  Canadian Banks, repaid in full during
  the transition period, due in
  aggregate monthly installments of
  $7,800, including interest at rates
  ranging from 7.5% to 11.25% through
  June 2002, collateralized by property,
  plant and equipment...................     222,000         129,000                --
Vehicle purchase contracts and other
  notes payable with U.S. and Canadian
  finance corporations, aggregate
  monthly installments of $30,000,
  including interest at rates up to
  11.15%, payments due through December
  2001, collateralized by vehicles and
  real property.........................      86,000         192,000           781,000
Capital lease obligations to U.S. and
  Canadian lessors, due in aggregate
  monthly installments of $19,000
  through August 2003, collateralized by
  leased equipment......................      34,000         210,000           593,000
                                           ---------       ---------       -----------
Total debt..............................     822,000         794,000        17,410,000
Less current portion....................    (610,000)       (502,000)       (2,419,000)
                                           ---------       ---------       -----------
Long-term portion.......................   $ 212,000       $ 292,000       $14,991,000
                                           =========       =========       ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-66
<PAGE>   155
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Long-term debt and capital lease obligations matures as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30,
               -------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
     1999...............................................  $ 2,419,000
     2000...............................................      452,000
     2001...............................................      225,000
     2002...............................................       98,000
     2003...............................................       62,000
     Thereafter.........................................   14,154,000
                                                          -----------
                                                          $17,410,000
                                                          ===========
</TABLE>

  CONVERTIBLE NOTE

     In June 1998, the Company issued a private placement of $15.0 million of 7%
convertible senior subordinated note (the "Convertible Debt") and warrant to
purchase 40,000 shares of common stock in exchange for $14.85 million net cash
proceeds. The Convertible Debt was immediately convertible at a ratio of $25.03
per share of common stock and the warrant provides for purchase of shares at
$23.00 per share of common stock at the holder's option. The purchase agreement
provides for an adjustment of the conversion amount for the subordinated debt
and warrant exercise price for any stock dividends, splits and other changes as
defined in the respective agreements, so as to preserve the Convertible Debt
holder's relative rights. The conversion ratio and warrant exercise price per
common share were less than the fair value of the Company's common stock at the
date of issuance. The value of the conversion features was approximately
$124,000 and was immediately charged to interest expense and an increase in
additional paid-in capital. The value ascribed to the warrant of approximately
$723,000, was reflected as both a debt discount and an increase in additional
paid-in capital. The debt discount is accounted for as a component of interest
expense using the effective interest rate method.

     The Convertible Debt requires quarterly interest payments through April 30,
2005, when the Company will be required to make principal payments of $3 million
each April 30 and October 31 thereafter through the final maturity date, April
30, 2007. The Company may begin making optional prepayments of the Convertible
Debt beginning May 30, 2000 subject to a certain minimum trading price of the
Company's common stock commencing on or after April 30, 2000. The Company is
subject to various affirmative and negative covenants contained in the
agreement, including minimum net worth and earnings requirements, and
limitations on additional indebtedness, asset disposals and asset additions. The
agreement required the holder of the Convertible Debt to consent to
subordination of the obligation to senior bank indebtedness discussed below. On
September 30, 1998, the Company was in compliance with all covenants with the
exception of the certain indebtedness covenant, which was cured subsequent to
year end. The Company has received a waiver from the note holder waiving the
right to demand repayment of the note as a result of the violation.

  CREDIT FACILITY

     Under terms of a revolving credit facility, dated June 9, 1998 and expiring
April 25, 2005, with a consortium of U.S. and non-U.S. banks, the Company may
borrow up to $75.0 million. The credit facility provides for interest only
payments through August 30, 2000, with escalating principal reductions each
three months from that date through maturity. Borrowings under the credit
facility bear interest at optional rates as specified in the agreement, subject
to the Company's election at the borrowing date. The Company is also required to
pay quarterly commitment fees of .5% on the average undrawn balance of the
credit facility, which is included as a component of interest expense. There
were no borrowings under the credit facility at September 30, 1998. Subsequent
to year end, the Company has drawn approximately $24.0 million on the

                                      F-67
<PAGE>   156
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

credit facility to finance business acquisitions, including the repayment of
acquired subsidiary debt, and to fund operations. Covenants of the credit
facility require the Company to maintain certain debt-to-earnings and interest
coverage ratios. Other provisions limit capital expenditures, subsidiary
indebtedness and require certain minimum levels of earnings and net worth. On
September 30, 1998, the Company was in compliance with all covenants with the
exception of the certain indebtedness covenant, which was cured subsequent to
September 30, 1998. The Company has received a waiver from the lenders waiving
their right to demand repayment of the credit facility as a result of this
violation.

NOTE 9--INCOME TAXES

     The provision for income taxes is comprised by the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           SEVEN MONTHS
                            YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                           FEBRUARY 29,    FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                               1996            1997            1998            1998
                           ------------    ------------    ------------    -------------
<S>                        <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Current
U.S. federal and state...    $ 38,000        $133,000       $  272,000       $  98,000
  Canadian federal and
     provincial..........      59,000          70,000        1,402,000         767,000
                             --------        --------       ----------       ---------
                               97,000         203,000        1,674,000         865,000
                             --------        --------       ----------       ---------
Deferred
  U.S. federal and
     state...............    $     --        $ (2,000)      $       --       $ (20,000)
  Canadian federal and
     provincial..........      96,000         435,000          (41,000)       (494,000)
                             --------        --------       ----------       ---------
                               96,000         433,000          (41,000)       (514,000)
                             --------        --------       ----------       ---------
          Total..........    $193,000        $636,000       $1,633,000       $ 351,000
                             ========        ========       ==========       =========
</TABLE>

     The total tax provision differs from the amount computed using the U.S.
federal statutory income tax rates as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SEVEN MONTHS
                              YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                             FEBRUARY 29,    FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                 1996            1997           1998            1998
                             ------------    ------------   ------------    -------------
<S>                          <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
Pretax net income..........    $740,000       $4,066,000     $4,569,000      $1,580,000
U.S. statutory rates.......          34%              34%            34%             34%
Tax at statutory rates.....     252,000        1,382,000      1,553,000         537,000
Income taxable to S
  Corporation
  shareholders.............       1,000         (890,000)      (165,000)       (454,000)
Effect of change in tax
  status...................          --          125,000             --              --
Non deductible expenses....          --               --             --         185,000
U.S. state income taxes,
  net of federal tax
  benefit..................          --            8,000             --           5,000
</TABLE>

                                      F-68
<PAGE>   157
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SEVEN MONTHS
                              YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                             FEBRUARY 29,    FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                 1996            1997           1998            1998
                             ------------    ------------   ------------    -------------
<S>                          <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
Effect of graduated
rates......................     (60,000)              --             --              --
Excess income tax payable
  in foreign
  jurisdictions............          --           11,000        245,000          78,000
                               --------       ----------     ----------      ----------
                               $193,000       $  636,000     $1,633,000      $  351,000
                               ========       ==========     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

     Undistributed earnings of the Company's Canadian subsidiaries amounted to
approximately $5.7 million at September 30, 1998. Essentially all of those
earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no
provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon.
Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the
Company would be subject to both U.S. income taxes, net of foreign tax credits,
and withholding taxes payable in Canada.

     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax
assets and liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              1997            1998            1998
                                          ------------    ------------    -------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>
Current
Assets:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts....    $     --        $     --       $  (51,000)
  Liabilities:
     Deferred taxable income on
       uncompleted contracts............     580,000         534,000          479,000
                                            --------        --------       ----------
                                            $580,000        $534,000       $  428,000
                                            ========        ========       ==========
Noncurrent
  Liabilities:
     Depreciation and amortization......    $ 27,000        $ 48,000       $2,626,000
     Amortization of debt discount......          --              --          322,000
     Other..............................          --              --           14,000
                                            --------        --------       ----------
                                            $ 27,000        $ 48,000       $2,962,000
                                            ========        ========       ==========
</TABLE>

NOTE 10--EARNINGS PER SHARE

     The numerators and denominators of basic and fully diluted earnings per
share are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SEVEN MONTHS    SEVEN MONTHS
                            YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED        ENDED           ENDED
                           FEBRUARY 29,   FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,   SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                               1996           1997           1998           1997            1998
                           ------------   ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
Numerator--Net income as
  reported...............   $  547,000     $3,430,000     $2,936,000     $2,052,000      $1,229,000
Dividends on preferred
shares...................      (39,000)            --             --             --              --
                            ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------      ----------
                            $  508,000     $3,430,000     $2,936,000     $2,052,000      $1,229,000
                            ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

                                      F-69
<PAGE>   158
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SEVEN MONTHS    SEVEN MONTHS
                            YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED        ENDED           ENDED
                           FEBRUARY 29,   FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,   SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                               1996           1997           1998           1997            1998
                           ------------   ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
Denominator--Weighted
  average number of
  shares outstanding
  Basic weighted average
     number of shares....    4,776,000      4,776,000      5,263,000      4,776,000       6,531,000
  Effect of dilutive
     stock options and
     warrants............           --             --        331,000             --       1,105,000
                            ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------      ----------
     Diluted weighted
       average number of
       shares............    4,776,000      4,776,000      5,594,000      4,776,000       7,636,000
                            ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

     At September 30, 1998, 342,000 weighted-average shares associated with the
Convertible Debt discussed in Note 8 were excluded from the computation of
diluted earnings per share for the Transition Period because their inclusion
would have had an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share. All other
potential common shares have been included in the diluted earnings per share
calculation. All potential common shares were included in the calculation of
diluted earnings per share for the years ended February 29, 1996 and February
28, 1997 and 1998.

NOTE 11--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

     During the year ended February 28, 1998, the Company merged with WTC
Holdings Ltd. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Western Telecom Construction Ltd.
(collectively, "Western Telecom"). The merger was accounted for as a
pooling-of-interests and the February 28, 1997 financial statements have been
restated to include the accounts of Western Telecom. In February 1994, Western
Telecom issued 467 shares of Class A redeemable preferred stock. The preferred
stock ranked in priority to common stock in the event of liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the affairs of Western Telecom. The shares also
contain stated redemption values and rights to 5% noncumulative dividends when
declared by the Board of Directors. There were no unpaid dividends at February
28, 1997 and 1998. The preferred stock has no voting rights.

     The shares have been reflected at their total redemption price of $450,000
in the February 28, 1997 balance sheet. During the year ended February 28, 1998,
the Company redeemed all outstanding shares.

  COMMON STOCK

     The Company has a single class of $0.01 par value common stock. Authorized
shares total 10 million, of which 2,580,000 have been registered on Form SB-2
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the 1933 Securities Act. A
total of 1,200,000 of the registered securities were sold in connection with an
initial public offering on October 15, 1997. Proceeds from the offering totaled
$7.5 million, net of $485,000 of underwriting costs.

     As disclosed in Note 3, an additional 1,277,000 shares were issued in
connection with various business combinations during the Transition Period and
an additional 3,969,000 shares were issued in the fiscal year ended February 28,
1998. During the fiscal year ended February 28, 1998, a total of 7,000 shares
were issued as stock awards to employees of the Company and acquired businesses
as incentive to remain in the employ of the Company.

                                      F-70
<PAGE>   159
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  STOCK WARRANTS

     In connection with its initial public offering in October 1997, the Company
issued stock warrants to purchase 1,380,000 shares of common stock of the
Company with an exercise price of $9.00 per share. The warrants contained a
provision whereby the Company could call for redemption of the warrants if the
closing price of the Company's common stock equaled or exceeded $15.00 for ten
consecutive days. During the Transition Period 559,000 warrants to purchase
559,000 shares of common stock were tendered for exercise with aggregate
proceeds of $4.79 million to the Company, net of commissions and related
expenses of $243,000. On September 29, 1998, the Company exercised its right to
call the remaining warrants, with a redemption date of October 30, 1998.
Subsequent to September 30, 1998 and prior to the redemption date, 819,000
warrants were tendered for conversion with gross proceeds of $7.37 million,
resulting in the cancellation of the remaining warrants which were not tendered.

NOTE 12--STOCK OPTIONS

     The Company has two stock option plans that provide for the granting of
stock options to certain officers, employees, directors and consultants of the
Company and its subsidiaries. These options generally vest over a period of
three years from the date of grant (as determined by the Company's Compensation
Committee) and have a maximum exercise term of ten years from the date of grant.
The 1998 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan (the "1998 Plan") is the only plan
with stock option awards currently available for grant; a prior plan has stock
options exercisable at September 30, 1998 to purchase up to 400,000 shares of
common stock. The Company is authorized to grant options for up to ten percent
of the issued shares of common stock under the 1998 Plan. A summary of awards
granted under the plans is as follows for the fiscal year ended February 28,
1998 and the Transition Period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    YEAR ENDED                 SEVEN MONTHS ENDED
                                 FEBRUARY 28, 1998             SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                            ---------------------------    ---------------------------
                                           WEIGHTED-                      WEIGHTED-
                            NUMBER OF       AVERAGE        NUMBER OF       AVERAGE
                             SHARES      EXERCISE PRICE     SHARES      EXERCISE PRICE
                            ---------    --------------    ---------    --------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>               <C>          <C>
Options outstanding at
  beginning of year.......        --            --          592,000         $ 7.78
Options granted...........   592,000         $7.78          121,500          18.63
Options exercised.........        --            --           37,000           7.80
Options forfeited.........        --            --               --             --
                             -------         -----          -------         ------
Options outstanding at end
  of year.................   592,000         $7.78          676,500         $ 9.87
                             =======         =====          =======         ======
Options exercisable at end
  of year.................   105,000         $8.07          125,500         $ 7.85
                             =======         =====          =======         ======
</TABLE>

     A summary of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 1998 is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  NUMBER        WEIGHTED-
                                OUTSTANDING      AVERAGE     WEIGHTED-       NUMBER       WEIGHTED-
                                    AT          REMAINING     AVERAGE    EXERCISABLE AT    AVERAGE
                               SEPTEMBER 30,   CONTRACTUAL   EXERCISE    SEPTEMBER 30,    EXERCISE
  RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES         1998           LIFE         PRICE          1998          PRICE
  ------------------------     -------------   -----------   ---------   --------------   ---------
<S>                            <C>             <C>           <C>         <C>              <C>
$13.40 to 26.00..............     137,000       4.8 years     $18.60             --            --
$7.50 to 8.25................     525,000       3.6 years       7.24        123,300         $7.99
$1.00........................       4,500       3.4 years       1.00          1,500          1.00
$.01.........................      10,000       3.6 years       0.01            700          0.01
</TABLE>

                                      F-71
<PAGE>   160
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The Company applies the accounting provisions of APB Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations for its
stock-based plans. Accordingly, costs for employee stock options or issuance of
shares is measured as the excess, if any, of the fair value of the Company's
common stock at the measurement date over the amount the employee must pay to
acquire the stock. The cost is recognized ratably by the Company as compensation
expense over the vesting period. The expense for the fiscal year ended February
28, 1998 and the Transition Period was $21,000 and $35,000 respectively.

     The Company adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS No. 123"), which was effective as of January
1, 1996. The fair value of each option was estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SEVEN MONTHS
                                                  YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                 FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1998            1998
                                                 ------------    -------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Risk-free interest rate........................        6.38%            4.75%
Expected life..................................   2.7 years        2.7 years
Expected volatility............................          29%              70%
Expected dividend yield........................           0%               0%
</TABLE>

     Had the Company elected to recognize compensation expense as provided for
by SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income amounts on a pro forma basis for the
year ended February 28, 1998 and the Transition Period would have been as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SEVEN MONTHS
                                                  YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                 FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1998            1998
                                                 ------------    -------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Pro forma net income adjusted..................   $2,721,000       $838,000
                                                  ==========       ========
Pro forma basic earnings per share.............   $     0.52       $   0.13
                                                  ==========       ========
Pro forma diluted earning per share............   $     0.49       $   0.11
                                                  ==========       ========
</TABLE>

     The weighted average fair values per share at the date of grant for options
granted during the year ended February 28, 1998 and the Transition Period were
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SEVEN MONTHS
                                                  YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                 FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1998            1998
                                                 ------------    -------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>
Options with exercise prices less than the fair
  value of the stock at the date of grant......      39,500          19,100
- --weighted average fair value..................    $   6.00        $  12.00
Options with exercise prices equal to the fair
  value of the stock at the date of grant......     311,500         102,400
  --weighted average fair value................    $   1.25        $   9.00
Options with exercise prices greater than the
  fair value of the stock at the date of
  grant........................................     241,000              --
  --weighted average fair value................    $   0.50              --
</TABLE>

                                      F-72
<PAGE>   161
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 13--SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

     Supplemental cash flow information is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FEBRUARY 29,   FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 28,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                     1996           1997           1998           1998
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash paid for interest.........    $ 91,000       $80,000       $  107,000     $  312,000
Cash paid for income taxes.....     128,000        77,000          177,000        280,000
Non-cash transactions
  Stock issuances for business
  acquisitions.................          --            --        1,184,000      8,100,000
</TABLE>

NOTE 14--RETIREMENT PLAN

     The Company's subsidiary, Westower Communications Inc., adopted a defined
contribution retirement plan, effective January 1, 1997. The plan contains
certain participation criteria and allows for both employee and employer
discretionary contributions. The total Company funded discretionary contribution
for the years ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and 1998 was $0,
$46,000 and $52,000, respectively. There were no employer contributions during
the Transition Period.

NOTE 15--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  ADVANCE TO RELATED PARTIES

     During the fiscal year ended February 28, 1998, the Company advanced
$119,000 to a Canadian corporation owned by certain stockholders of Westower
Corporation. Proceeds were used by the Corporation to purchase facilities leased
by two of the Company's subsidiaries. The advance was repaid during the
Transition Period. The Company also advanced $77,000 to several stockholders
during the fiscal year ended February 28, 1998 which were repaid during the
Transition Period. At September 30, 1998, additional related party advances
include $379,000 of unsecured non-interest bearing shareholder loans made by
subsidiaries, prior to acquisition, during the Transition Period which are
expected to be paid in full subsequent to September 30, 1998. At September 30,
1998, the Company has a $65,000 receivable from a former shareholder of an
acquired S corporation. The acquired S corporation made a distribution to the
shareholder, prior to the combination, in an amount to meet the shareholder's
current estimated tax obligation. Subsequent to the combination it was
determined that the tax liability was approximately $65,000 overestimated and a
receivable for the excess distribution has been recorded. The Company expects to
collect this amount in full subsequent to September 30, 1998.

  NOTE RECEIVABLE

     At September 30, 1998, the Company had a note receivable for $495,000, plus
accrued interest of $17,000, from an organization with which they share a common
director. The note bears interest at 12% and is collateralized by warrants to
purchase shares of the Company's common stock, and is due on demand.

  MANAGEMENT SERVICES AND ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

     In prior years the Company received consulting services from Westower
Consulting Ltd., a Canadian corporation owned by a stockholder of Westower
Corporation. Charges for these services were $94,000 and $126,000 in the fiscal
years ended February 28, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Included in trade accounts
payable at February 28, 1998 is $39,000 due to Westower Consulting Ltd. Fees
billed by related entities generally do not continue subsequent to acquisition
by the Company as the related services are performed by employees and officers
of the Company.

                                      F-73
<PAGE>   162
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  NOTES AND ADVANCES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES

     Notes and advances payable to related parties consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              1997            1998            1998
                                          ------------    ------------    -------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>
Current
 Unsecured advances and notes payable to
     stockholders and officers, paid in
     full during the Transition Period..    $     --       $  871,000       $     --
  Unsecured advances payable to officers
     and stockholders, in Canadian
     dollars, with no stated interest
     rate and no specific repayment
     terms, paid in full during the
     Transition Period..................          --          173,000             --
  Unsecured advances payable to officers
     and stockholders, with no stated
     interest rate, and no specific
     repayment terms....................          --               --        228,000
  Unsecured notes payable to officers
     and stockholders, paid in full
     during the transition period.......     672,000        1,000,000             --
                                            --------       ----------       --------
                                            $672,000       $2,044,000       $228,000
                                            ========       ==========       ========
</TABLE>

  FACILITY LEASES

     Two subsidiaries acquired during the fiscal year ended February 28, 1998,
501053 B.C. Ltd. and National Tower Service Ltd., lease their operating
facilities, on a month-to-month basis, from Canadian corporations owned by
certain stockholders of Westower Corporation. Lease payments made during the
Transition Period were $39,000 and there were no significant lease payments made
to the stockholders during the fiscal year ended February 28, 1998.

NOTE 16--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCY

     The Company leases operating facilities, office equipment and vehicles
under noncancelable operating lease agreements. Future minimum lease payments
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30:
- ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>
1999.....................................................  $  607,000
2000.....................................................     348,000
2001.....................................................     203,000
2002.....................................................      67,000
2003.....................................................      63,000
Thereafter...............................................      52,000
                                                           ----------
Total....................................................  $1,340,000
                                                           ==========
</TABLE>

     Rent and lease expense was $29,000, $224,000, $259,000 and $632,000 for the
fiscal years ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and 1998 and the
Transition Period, respectively.

                                      F-74
<PAGE>   163
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  LITIGATION

     The Company is subject to lawsuits and other legal claims in the normal
course of its operations. Management believes that the resolution of any such
lawsuits and legal claims, if any, will not have a material impact on the
Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 17--CREDIT RISK AND BUSINESS CONCENTRATIONS

     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and trade
accounts receivable. The Company places its temporary cash investments with a
major financial institution. At times, deposits with any one institution may
exceed federally insured limits. The Company extends credit to customers based
on evaluation of customer's financial condition and credit history. Collateral
is generally not required. Customers include large Canadian and U.S. companies
concentrated in the telecommunications industry.

     Contract revenues from two customers accounted for 29% of revenues during
the fiscal year ended February 28, 1998, and one customer accounted for 56% of
revenues during the fiscal year ended February 28, 1997. Accounts receivable
from two customers comprise 48% of accounts receivable at February 28, 1998 and
one customer accounted for 39% of account receivable at February 28, 1997. There
were no customers who accounted for greater than 10% of sales for the Transition
Period and there were no customers with accounts receivable representing 10% or
more of the total accounts receivable at September 30, 1998.

     Management expects that sales to relatively few customers will continue to
account for a high percentage of its revenues into the foreseeable future and
believes the Company's financial results depend in significant part upon the
success of these customers. Although the composition of the group comprising the
Company's largest customers may vary from period to period, the loss of a
significant customer or reduction in orders by any significant customers,
including reductions due to market, economic or competitive conditions in the
wireless communications industry, may have an adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.

NOTE 18--SEGMENT INFORMATION

     The Company's operations are comprised of a number of communication tower
construction entities that were recently acquired. While management assesses the
operating results of each of these entities separately, as these entities and
its existing operations exhibit similar financial performance and have similar
economic characteristics, they have been aggregated as one segment.

     The following table summarizes contract and other revenues and long-lived
assets related to the respective countries in which the Company operates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FEBRUARY 29, 1996
                                             ------------------------------------------
                                                TOTAL       UNITED STATES      CANADA
                                             -----------    -------------    ----------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>              <C>
Contract and other revenues................  $14,775,000     $8,897,000      $5,878,000
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FEBRUARY 28, 1997
                                             ------------------------------------------
                                                TOTAL       UNITED STATES      CANADA
                                             -----------    -------------    ----------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>              <C>
Contract and other revenues................  $46,091,000     $39,177,000     $6,914,000
Long-lived assets..........................  $ 2,707,000     $ 1,000,000     $1,707,000
</TABLE>

                                      F-75
<PAGE>   164
                     WESTOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FEBRUARY 28, 1997
                                            -------------------------------------------
                                               TOTAL       UNITED STATES      CANADA
                                            -----------    -------------    -----------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>              <C>
Contract and other revenues...............  $41,662,000     $22,160,000     $19,502,000
Long-lived assets.........................  $ 4,321,000     $ 1,196,000     $ 3,125,000
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                            -------------------------------------------
                                               TOTAL       UNITED STATES      CANADA
                                            -----------    -------------    -----------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>              <C>
Contract and other revenues...............  $31,944,000     $19,982,000     $11,962,000
Long-lived assets.........................  $ 7,574,000     $ 3,729,000     $ 3,845,000
</TABLE>

     Long-lived assets are comprised of property, plant and equipment and
excludes intangible assets.

NOTE 19--DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable and
payable, and other current liabilities approximate their carrying amounts. The
fair values of advances to and from related parties approximate their fair value
due to the short term nature of the instruments. The fair values of long-term
debt, which are based on the present values of the underlying cash flows
discounted at the Company's incremental borrowing rates, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          FEBRUARY 28,    FEBRUARY 28,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              1997            1998            1998
                                          ------------    ------------    -------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>
Long-term debt..........................    $822,000        $794,000       $19,446,000
</TABLE>

NOTE 20--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     On November 10, 1998 the Company completed the acquisition of Summit
Communications, LLC ("Summit"), a Mississippi limited liability company which
engages in operations similar to those of the Company. The merger was effected
by exchanging 200,000 shares of common stock valued at approximately $4.1
million, based on the publicly traded price, $4.4 million in cash, and the
assumption of certain liabilities, for all membership interests in Summit. The
former members of Summit may also receive an additional 100,000 shares of common
stock, based on certain performance criteria during the three years following
the date of acquisition. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase
method for business combinations resulting in goodwill of approximately $8.0
million.

     On October 30, 1998 the Company completed the acquisition of Teletronics
Management Services, Inc. ("Teletronics"). The acquisition was effected by
exchanging 188,000 shares of common stock valued at approximately $4 million,
based on the publicly traded price, $1 million in cash, and the assumption of
certain liabilities including distributions payable to former shareholders in
the amount of $800,000, for all outstanding shares of Teletronics. The
acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method for business
combinations resulting in goodwill of approximately $5.0 million.

     The Company is currently in negotiations with certain tower construction
companies concerning acquisition by Westower. The Company is also in
negotiations with certain third parties concerning the acquisition of wireless
communication towers, and with a financial institution to arrange financing for
the wireless communication tower purchases, should the negotiations conclude
successfully. None of the negotiations are finalized and there is no assurance
that the Company will be successful in concluding these negotiations, or if the
Company is successful, that the acquisitions will not be dilutive to existing
shareholders.

                                      F-76
<PAGE>   165

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors
CORD Communications, Inc.

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of CORD Communications,
Inc. as of June 30, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of operations,
changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then
ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of CORD Communications, Inc. as
of June 30, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

     As described in note 13 to the financial statements, the Company was sold
subsequent to June 30, 1998.

                                          /S/ MOSS ADAMS LLP

Beaverton, Oregon
October 21, 1998

                                      F-77
<PAGE>   166

                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      JUNE 30,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                 1998          1997
                                                              ----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   27,730    $  913,514
  Accounts receivable--trade, (net of allowance)............   1,951,901     2,452,205
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     151,817       735,634
  Unbilled amounts on completed contracts...................     175,209       394,502
  Accrued interest receivable...............................      14,410         7,744
  Employee advances.........................................       1,471         5,961
  Refundable income taxes...................................     440,320            --
  Prepaid expenses..........................................      43,392        11,069
                                                              ----------    ----------
Total current assets........................................   2,806,250     4,520,629
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation.....     401,834       399,218
Other assets................................................      42,949        39,749
                                                              ----------    ----------
Total assets................................................  $3,251,033    $4,959,596
                                                              ==========    ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable--trade...................................  $1,459,981    $1,247,921
  Note payable..............................................     500,000       155,000
  Notes payable--stockholder and related party..............          --        87,402
  Current portion, long-term debt and capital lease
     obligations............................................      38,897        48,474
  Accrued wages and payroll taxes...........................     243,426       193,051
  Other accrued liabilities.................................      83,562        17,832
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     443,185        69,352
  Income taxes payable......................................          --       547,000
  Deferred income taxes.....................................     194,800       841,478
                                                              ----------    ----------
Total current liabilities...................................   2,963,851     3,207,510
                                                              ----------    ----------
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations................      53,766        86,121
                                                              ----------    ----------
Deferred income taxes.......................................     260,700            --
                                                              ----------    ----------
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Common stock, $1 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized,
     2,000 shares issued, 873 shares outstanding............         873           873
  Additional paid-in-capital................................     350,878       350,878
  Retained earnings (deficit)...............................    (318,437)    1,374,812
  Note receivable--stock subscription.......................     (60,598)      (60,598)
                                                              ----------    ----------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)........................     (27,284)    1,665,965
                                                              ----------    ----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..................  $3,251,033    $4,959,596
                                                              ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.
                                      F-78
<PAGE>   167

                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                              --------------------------
                                                                 1998           1997
                                                              -----------    -----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
CONTRACT REVENUES...........................................  $11,010,207    $15,902,768
COST OF CONTRACTS:
  Subcontractors............................................    3,642,346      3,522,513
  Labor.....................................................    2,754,248      3,672,345
  Materials and supplies....................................    1,532,546      2,008,403
  Equipment costs and rental................................      615,980        867,399
  Other.....................................................      805,431        875,529
                                                              -----------    -----------
Total cost of contracts.....................................    9,350,551     10,946,189
GROSS PROFIT................................................    1,659,656      4,956,579
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.........................    4,157,468      1,916,076
                                                              -----------    -----------
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS).....................................   (2,497,812)     3,040,503
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):
  Interest income...........................................       10,887          8,044
  Interest expense..........................................      (41,521)      (100,982)
  Other.....................................................       37,088         18,826
                                                              -----------    -----------
Total other income (expenses)...............................        6,454        (74,112)
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES...........................   (2,491,358)     2,966,391
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES..................................     (798,109)     1,339,829
                                                              -----------    -----------
NET (LOSS) INCOME...........................................  $(1,693,249)   $ 1,626,562
                                                              ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.
                                      F-79
<PAGE>   168

                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

             STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              NOTE
                              COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL    RETAINED      RECEIVABLE
                             ---------------    PAID-IN      EARNINGS        STOCK
                             SHARES   AMOUNT    CAPITAL      (DEFICIT)    SUBSCRIPTION      TOTAL
                             ------   ------   ----------   -----------   ------------   -----------
<S>                          <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance, June 30, 1996.....   873      $873     $350,878    $  (251,750)    $(80,207)    $    19,794
Receipts on note receivable
stock subscription.........    --        --           --             --       19,609          19,609
Net income for the year....    --        --           --      1,626,562           --       1,626,562
                              ---      ----     --------    -----------     --------     -----------
Balance, June 30, 1997.....   873       873      350,878      1,374,812      (60,598)      1,665,965
                              ---      ----     --------    -----------     --------     -----------
Loss for the year..........    --        --           --     (1,693,249)          --      (1,693,249)
                              ---      ----     --------    -----------     --------     -----------
Balance, June 30, 1998.....   873      $873     $350,878    $  (318,437)    $(60,598)    $   (27,284)
                              ===      ====     ========    ===========     ========     ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.
                                      F-80
<PAGE>   169

                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                              --------------------------
                                                                 1998           1997
                                                              -----------    -----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)...........................................  $(1,693,249)   $ 1,626,562
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from
  operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.............................      131,561         73,507
  Deferred income taxes.....................................     (385,978)       780,000
  Gain (loss) on sale of fixed assets.......................       10,436         (4,284)
  Changes in certain operating assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable--trade.............................      500,304     (1,716,878)
     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings.....      583,817       (662,048)
     Unbilled amounts on completed contracts................      219,293       (394,502)
     Accrued interest receivable............................       (6,666)         3,466
     Employee advances......................................        4,490         (4,976)
     Refundable income taxes................................     (440,320)            --
     Prepaid expenses.......................................      (32,323)           (16)
     Other assets...........................................       (3,200)       (26,074)
     Accounts payable--trade................................      212,060        875,528
     Accrued wages and payroll taxes........................       50,375        143,130
     Other accrued liabilities..............................       65,730         (1,702)
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings.....      373,833        (65,560)
     Income taxes payable...................................     (547,000)       542,654
                                                              -----------    -----------
       Net cash (used in) from operating activities.........     (956,837)     1,168,807
                                                              -----------    -----------
CASH FLOWS RELATED TO INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Decrease (increase) in note receivable--stock
  subscription..............................................           --         19,609
Proceeds from sale of equipment.............................        2,800             --
Purchase of property and equipment..........................     (147,413)      (290,046)
                                                              -----------    -----------
       Net cash used in investing activities................     (144,613)      (270,437)
                                                              -----------    -----------
CASH FLOWS RELATED TO FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt and capital lease
  obligations...............................................        8,000        123,620
Principal payments on long-term debt and capital lease
  obligations...............................................      (49,932)       (60,481)
Proceeds from stockholder loans.............................           --          6,767
Principal payments on stockholder loans.....................      (87,402)            --
Net change in notes payable.................................      345,000       (110,000)
                                                              -----------    -----------
       Net cash from (used in) financing activities.........      215,666        (40,094)
                                                              -----------    -----------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH.............................     (885,784)       858,276
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year................      913,514         55,238
                                                              -----------    -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year......................  $    27,730    $   913,514
                                                              ===========    ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Interest paid...............................................  $    41,521    $   100,982
                                                              ===========    ===========
Interest received...........................................  $     4,221    $    11,510
                                                              ===========    ===========
Income taxes paid...........................................  $   575,188    $       505
                                                              ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.
                                      F-81
<PAGE>   170

                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  NATURE OF OPERATIONS

     CORD Communications, Inc. was incorporated in July 1994 in the state of
California. The Company constructs cellular communication sites, underground and
overhead telephone and utility lines, and commercial tenant improvements. In
addition, they perform site acquisition and lease negotiations, and provide land
use planning services. The Company operates primarily in California, Washington,
and Oregon.

  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three
months or less to be cash equivalents. At June 30, 1997, cash and cash
equivalents that exceeded the FDIC insurance limits were $711,410.

  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

     In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit to customers,
principally with customers located in California, Washington, and Oregon.
Collectibility of accounts receivable is periodically assessed by management.
This assessment provides the basis for any allowance for doubtful accounts and
related bad debt expense. An allowance of $83,000 was considered necessary by
management at June 30, 1998. No allowance for doubtful accounts was considered
necessary by management as of June 30, 1997. A concentration of credit risk
exists in connection with the Company's trade customers due to the proximity of
location and services provided. As of June 30, 1998 and 1997, the Company had
accounts receivable balances of $1,951,901 and $2,452,205, which were exposed to
the concentration of credit risk. Credit risk related to contract receivables is
minimized by the Company's rights under lien laws on contracts subject to those
laws.

  REVENUE AND COST RECOGNITION

     Revenues from fixed-price construction contracts are recognized on the
percentage of completion method, measured on the basis of cost incurred to date
to total estimated cost for each contract. Because of inherent uncertainties in
estimating cost to complete, it is at least reasonably possible that the
estimates used will change in the near term.

     Contract costs include all direct material, equipment and labor costs,
subcontract costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such
as supplies, travel and per diem costs. General and administrative costs are
charged to expense as incurred. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted
contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in
job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability, including those
arising from final contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs and
income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.
Claims are generally included in contract revenues when settled.

     The asset, "Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts," represents revenues recognized in advance of amounts
billed. The liability, "Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
uncompleted contracts," represents billings in advance of revenues recognized.

                                      F-82
<PAGE>   171
                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment is carried at cost and is depreciated on the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
Vehicles................................................  5 years
Office furniture and equipment..........................  3 to 7 years
Construction equipment..................................  5 to 7 years
Leasehold improvements..................................  3 years
</TABLE>

     Property and equipment consisted of the following at June 30, 1998 and
1997, respectively:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JUNE 30,
                                                       ----------------------
                                                         1998         1997
                                                       ---------    ---------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Vehicles.............................................  $ 342,782    $ 275,864
Office furniture and equipment.......................    183,760      137,735
Construction equipment...............................    119,028      112,648
Leasehold improvements...............................     19,361       19,361
                                                       ---------    ---------
                                                         664,931      545,608
Less accumulated depreciation........................   (263,097)    (146,390)
                                                       ---------    ---------
                                                       $ 401,834    $ 399,218
                                                       =========    =========
</TABLE>

     The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or disposed
are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in
operations. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed as incurred.

  INCOME TAXES

     Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of transactions reported in
the financial statements, and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes
related primarily to different methods of accounting for depreciation and the
use of the cash method for income tax purposes. The deferred taxes represent the
future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be
taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled.

  USE OF ESTIMATES IN PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Significant estimates used in preparing these financial statements include
estimated costs to complete which have a direct effect on gross profit.

  VALUATION OF LONG LIVED ASSETS AND CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICY

     The Company periodically reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles whenever events of changes in circumstance indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. There will be no provisions
for impairment during 1998 or 1997.

                                      F-83
<PAGE>   172
                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

2.  NOTE PAYABLE

     The Company has a line of credit with South Umpqua State Bank, which bears
interest at the Wall Street Journal's published prime rate plus 1%. The Company
may borrow up to $1,000,000 under the terms of the line of credit. The note is
collateralized by equipment, intangible assets, chattel paper accounts,
equipment, and general intangibles. The note payable is also personally
guaranteed by the stockholders of the Company. Borrowing on the line is limited
to 70% of receivables less than 90 days old, less retainage receivables. The
line of credit was scheduled to expire on February 1, 1999, however, the note
was paid off on September 1, 1998 (see note 13).

3.  LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    JUNE 30,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Notes payable to Ford Motor Credit Corp. with interest from
  9.75% to 10.25%, payable in monthly installments of
  $1,149, including interest, maturing from 1999 through
  2001, collateralized by vehicles..........................  $ 25,798    $ 36,431
Notes payable to South Umpqua State Bank with interest from
8.48% to 10.75%, payable in monthly installments of $1,950,
including interest, maturing from 1998 through 2001,
collateralized by vehicles..................................    21,968      36,074
Note payable to Damerow Ford with interest at 8.65%, payable
  in monthly installments of $646, including interest,
  maturing in 2001, collateralized by a vehicle.............    21,349      26,950
Note payable on equipment with interest from 1.9%, to 11.5%
  payable in monthly installments of $1,716, including
  interest, maturing in 1998 through 2001, collateralized by
  equipment.................................................    11,518      28,068
Capital lease obligations for equipment, payable in monthly
  installments of $608, including interest, inputed from
  15.29% to 20.92%, maturing in 1999 through 2001,
  collateralized by equipment...............................    12,030       7,072
                                                              --------    --------
                                                                92,663     134,595
Less current portion........................................   (38,897)    (48,474)
                                                              --------    --------
Long-term portion...........................................  $ 53,766    $ 86,121
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>

     Future maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             AMOUNT
                   YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,                     MATURING
                   --------------------                     --------
<S>                                                         <C>
1999......................................................  $38,897
     2000.................................................   27,571
     2001.................................................   22,396
     2002.................................................    3,743
     2003.................................................       56
                                                            -------
                                                            $92,663
                                                            =======
</TABLE>

4.  OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS

     The Company leases office and storage space, vehicles, and communication
analyzing equipment under non-cancelable operating leases expiring on various
dates through February 2000. Total rental payments amounted to $229,482 and
$109,964 for the years ended June 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

                                      F-84
<PAGE>   173
                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases payable over
the remaining lives of the leases are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           MINIMUM
                                                            LEASE
                  YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,                     PAYMENTS
                  --------------------                     --------
<S>                                                        <C>
     1999................................................  $73,793
     2000................................................    7,098
                                                           -------
                                                           $80,891
                                                           =======
</TABLE>

5.  COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS ON CONTRACTS IN PROGRESS

     The Company has recorded the following costs and estimated earnings on
contracts in progress:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             JUNE 30,
                                                    --------------------------
                                                       1998           1997
                                                    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress...........  $ 1,506,191    $ 1,563,604
Estimated earnings................................      402,937        807,434
                                                    -----------    -----------
  Revenue recognized to date......................    1,909,128      2,371,038
  Less billings to date...........................   (2,200,496)    (1,704,756)
                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                    $  (291,368)   $   666,282
                                                    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

     Included in the accompanying balance sheet under the following captions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JUNE 30,
                                                        ---------------------
                                                          1998         1997
                                                        ---------    --------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  contracts in progress...............................  $ 151,817    $735,634
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
contracts in progress.................................   (443,185)    (69,352)
                                                        ---------    --------
                                                        $(291,368)   $666,282
                                                        =========    ========
</TABLE>

6.  CONTRACT BACKLOG

     The following schedule summarizes changes in backlog on contracts during
the year ended June 30, 1998 and 1997. Backlog represents the amount of gross
revenue the Company expects to realize from work to be performed on contracts in
progress at year-end.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            JUNE 30,
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                      1998            1997
                                                  ------------    ------------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>
Backlog balance, beginning of year..............  $  1,279,115    $  2,568,957
New contracts during the year...................    10,571,539      14,612,926
                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                    11,850,654      17,181,883
Less: contract revenue earned during the year...   (11,010,207)    (15,902,768)
                                                  ------------    ------------
Backlog balance, end of year....................  $    840,447    $  1,279,115
                                                  ============    ============
</TABLE>

                                      F-85
<PAGE>   174
                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

7.  INCOME TAXES

     The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             JUNE 30,
                                                      -----------------------
                                                        1998          1997
                                                      ---------    ----------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Current
  Federal...........................................  $(404,249)   $  426,013
  State.............................................     (7,883)      133,816
                                                      ---------    ----------
                                                       (412,132)      559,829
                                                      ---------    ----------
Deferred
  Federal...........................................   (308,781)      624,000
  State.............................................    (77,196)      156,000
                                                      ---------    ----------
                                                       (385,977)      780,000
                                                      ---------    ----------
                                                      $(798,109)   $1,339,829
                                                      =========    ==========
</TABLE>

     The difference between the actual income tax provision (benefit) and the
tax provision (benefit) computed by applying the statutory federal rate to
income (loss) before taxes is attributable to the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JUNE 30,
                                              ----------------------------------------
                                                     1998                  1997
                                              ------------------    ------------------
                                               AMOUNT        %        AMOUNT       %
                                              ---------    -----    ----------    ----
<S>                                           <C>          <C>      <C>           <C>
Federal statutory income tax provision
  (benefit).................................  $(847,062)   (34.0)%  $1,008,573    34.0%
State statutory income tax provision
(benefit)...................................   (211,766)    (8.5)%     252,143     8.5%
Carryback of net operating losses (NOL) in
  years with rates different than statutory
  rates.....................................     13,300      0.5%           --      --
Change in valuation allowance for deferred
  taxes.....................................    283,370     11.4%           --      --
Other.......................................    (35,951)    (1.4)%      79,113     2.7%
                                              ---------    -----    ----------    ----
Actual income tax provision (benefit).......  $(798,109)   (32.0)%  $1,339,829    45.2%
                                              =========    =====    ==========    ====
</TABLE>

                                      F-86
<PAGE>   175
                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     The composition of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities at June
30, 1998 and 1997 are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             JUNE 30,
                                                     ------------------------
                                                       1998          1997
                                                     ---------    -----------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
Current deferred tax assets
  Differences in basis in assets due to cash method
     used for income taxes.........................  $      --    $   751,789
  Bad debts, vacation accrual and other............    115,100             --
  Tax benefit of net operating loss
     carryforwards.................................    283,370             --
  Valuation allowance..............................   (283,370)            --
                                                     ---------    -----------
                                                       115,100        751,789
                                                     ---------    -----------
Current deferred tax liabilities
  Differences in basis in liabilities due to cash
     method used for income taxes..................         --     (1,593,267)
  Difference in revenue recognized on uncompleted
     contracts.....................................   (171,300)            --
  Deferral of taxes from conversion from cash to
     accrual completed contract....................   (134,500)            --
  Other............................................     (4,100)            --
                                                     ---------    -----------
                                                      (309,900)    (1,593,267)
                                                     ---------    -----------
Net current deferred tax liabilities...............  $(194,800)   $  (841,478)
                                                     =========    ===========
Non-current deferred tax assets
  Capitalization differences between financial and
     tax accounting................................  $   9,000    $     1,266
  Other............................................     19,300             --
                                                     ---------    -----------
                                                        28,300          1,266
                                                     ---------    -----------
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
  Deferral of taxes from conversion from cash to
     accrual completed contract....................   (269,000)            --
  Depreciation differences between financial and
     tax accounting................................    (20,000)        (1,266)
                                                     ---------    -----------
                                                      (289,000)        (1,266)
                                                     ---------    -----------
Net non-current deferred tax liabilities...........  $(260,700)   $        --
                                                     =========    ===========
</TABLE>

     The Company's net operating loss carryforward will expire in 2013.

                                      F-87
<PAGE>   176
                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

8.  BOND GUARANTEES

     Most of the Company's business activities are performed under contract
agreements with customers which require bond guarantees from an independent
surety company. As is customary in the construction industry, the Company has
pledged all of its assets in order to indemnify the surety company against
losses under these bond guarantees.

9.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     During the year ended June 30, 1996, the Company bought back 418 shares of
its stock which was owned by a principal stockholder. The buy-back of stock was
accomplished by providing an unsecured promissory note for $138,063 payable upon
demand, which accrued interest at the rate of 10% per annum. During the year
ended June 30, 1998, the Company paid the remaining principal balance
outstanding at June 30, 1997 of $87,402.

     The Company leases equipment from a principal stockholder. Lease payments
for the years ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 were $57,600 and $78,920,
respectively. Amounts included in accounts payable that were due to the
stockholder for equipment rental were $0 and $22,200 at June 30, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

     On June 30, 1995, the Company had an outstanding unsecured note receivable
from a stockholder, which it had received in exchange for the issuance of common
stock. The note is payable upon demand and accrues interest at the rate of 10%
per annum. The Company received payments of principal and interest of $0 and
$30,820 at June 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The remaining principal balance
owed the Company at June 30, 1998 and 1997 was $60,598. The Company's accrued
interest balance at June 30, 1998 and 1997 was $14,410 and $7,744, respectively.

10.  DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PENSION PLAN

     Effective January 1997, the Company adopted a 401(k) retirement plan that
covers all employees who have completed one year of service and are at least 21
years of age. The Company's contributions, which are discretionary, are
allocated to participants based on a percentage of wages. Participants may also
make elective contributions. Employer pension expense for the year ended June
30, 1998 and 1997 totaled $28,409 and $0, respectively.

11.  DISCLOSURE ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in
estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

     Cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other current
liabilities--At June 30, 1998, carrying amounts of these financial instruments
approximate fair value because of their short maturities.

     Long term debt and capital lease obligations--At June 30, 1998, estimated
fair value of long-term debt approximates the carrying amount of $92,663, based
on current rates offered for similar debt.

12.  YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     The Company is conducting a review of its computer and other systems to
identify those areas that could be affected by the "Year 2000" issue and is
developing an implementation plan to resolve the issue. The Company is currently
working with consultants who believe, with modifications to existing software
and converting to new software and hardware, the Year 2000 problem will not pose
significant operational problems and is not anticipated to be material to its
financial position or results of operations in any given year.

                                      F-88
<PAGE>   177
                           CORD COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

13.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     On September 1, 1998, the Company's line of credit was paid in full and
canceled.

     On August 31, 1998, the stockholders of CORD Communications sold all of the
outstanding shares of stock to Westower Corporation in exchange for $5,000,000
in cash and 217,389 shares of Westower stock. The stockholders can receive
347,826 additional shares contingent on the performance of CORD Communications
during the twelve months following the purchase. The purchase agreement also
provides that Westower will support CORD's need for additional working capital
during the twelve months following the purchase. Westower is a larger cellular
tower contractor and operator, and is planning to bring its additional
marketing, operational and capital resources to CORD Communications in order to
grow and enhance the Company's business activities.

                                      F-89
<PAGE>   178

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Members of
Summit Communications, LLC

     In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statements
of income, members' equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Summit Communications, LLC at September 30,
1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above. The financial statements of Summit Communications, LLC for the Period of
Inception (May 24, 1997) to December 31, 1997 were audited by other independent
accountants whose report dated March 5, 1998 expressed an unqualified opinion on
those statements.

                                          /S/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Seattle, Washington
May 21, 1999

                                      F-90
<PAGE>   179

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Members of
Summit Communications, LLC
Ridgeland, Mississippi

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Summit Communications,
LLC, as of December 31, 1997 and the related statements of income, members'
equity and cash flows for the Period of Inception (May 24, 1997) to December 31,
1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Communications, LLC
as of December 31, 1997, the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the Period of Inception (May 24, 1997) to December 31, 1997, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

                                          /S/ SHEARER, TAYLOR & CO., P.A.

March 5, 1998
Jackson, Mississippi

                                      F-91
<PAGE>   180

                           SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1997            1998
                                                              ------------    -------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash......................................................                   $  541,850
  Accounts receivable.......................................   $1,142,771       2,791,203
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................      117,648         411,766
  Note receivable from member...............................                      155,000
  Other current assets......................................       60,949          98,088
                                                               ----------      ----------
Total current assets........................................    1,321,368       3,997,907
                                                               ----------      ----------
Property and equipment
  Machinery and equipment...................................      479,459         568,336
  Vehicles..................................................      398,916         529,734
  Furniture and fixtures....................................       17,292          24,104
                                                               ----------      ----------
                                                                  895,667       1,122,174
  Less: Accumulated depreciation............................     (196,346)       (384,547)
                                                               ----------      ----------
     Property and equipment, net............................      699,321         737,627
                                                               ----------      ----------
Other assets................................................       19,671          18,421
                                                               ----------      ----------
                                                               $2,040,360      $4,753,955
                                                               ==========      ==========
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY
Liabilities
  Current liabilities
     Book overdraft.........................................   $  118,249
     Accounts payable.......................................      183,876      $1,361,357
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
       uncompleted contracts................................      265,520         532,608
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities.................       84,266         225,356
     Line of credit.........................................      116,537         442,144
     Note payable to member.................................      388,938
     Current portion of capital lease obligations...........       14,917          65,630
     Current portion of long-term debt......................       52,041         125,802
                                                               ----------      ----------
Total current liabilities...................................    1,224,344       2,752,897
Capital lease obligations, less current portion.............       18,881         126,697
Long-term debt, less current portion........................      231,053         469,989
                                                               ----------      ----------
Total liabilities...........................................    1,474,278       3,349,583
                                                               ----------      ----------
Commitments and contingencies
Members' equity.............................................      566,082       1,404,372
                                                               ----------      ----------
                                                               $2,040,360      $4,753,955
                                                               ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                      F-92
<PAGE>   181

                           SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PERIOD
                                                               OF INCEPTION
                                                              (MAY 24, 1997)     NINE MONTHS
                                                                    TO              ENDED
                                                               DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   1997             1998
                                                              --------------    -------------
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>
Contract revenues earned....................................    $5,477,770       $8,334,650
                                                                ----------       ----------
Cost of contract revenues (exclusive of depreciation and
amortization shown below)
  Materials, supplies and contract services.................     2,519,761        3,992,685
  Direct labor..............................................       867,387        1,261,849
  Other direct costs........................................       726,241        1,031,938
                                                                ----------       ----------
Total cost of contract revenues.............................     4,113,389        6,286,472
                                                                ----------       ----------
Gross margin................................................     1,364,381        2,048,178
                                                                ----------       ----------
Selling, general and administrative expenses................       645,953          922,198
Depreciation and amortization...............................       197,061          196,616
                                                                ----------       ----------
Income from operations......................................       521,367          929,364
Other income (expense)
  Other income, net.........................................                          1,533
  Interest expense..........................................       (45,285)         (92,607)
                                                                ----------       ----------
Net income..................................................    $  476,082       $  838,290
                                                                ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                      F-93
<PAGE>   182

                           SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

                          STATEMENT OF MEMBERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Capital contributions (May 24, 1997)........................  $  100,000
Net income..................................................     476,082
Distributions to members....................................     (10,000)
                                                              ----------
December 31, 1997...........................................     566,082
Net income..................................................     838,290
September 30, 1998..........................................  $1,404,372
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                      F-94
<PAGE>   183

                           SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PERIOD
                                                               OF INCEPTION
                                                              (MAY 24, 1997)     NINE MONTHS
                                                                    TO              ENDED
                                                               DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   1997             1998
                                                              --------------    -------------
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income..................................................   $   476,082       $   838,290
ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET CASH FLOWS FROM
  OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Depreciation and amortization.............................       197,061           196,616
  Loss on disposal of assets................................                          15,520
CHANGES IN OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, NET OF EFFECT
  OF ACQUISITION:
     Accounts receivable....................................    (1,142,771)       (1,648,432)
     Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
       uncompleted contracts................................      (117,648)         (294,118)
     Other current assets...................................       (37,189)          (37,139)
     Accounts payable.......................................       183,876         1,177,481
     Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
       uncompleted contracts................................       265,520           267,088
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities.................         6,253           141,090
                                                               -----------       -----------
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities.........      (168,816)          656,396
                                                               -----------       -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Cash paid for acquisition.................................      (512,207)
  Purchases of property and equipment.......................       (13,865)         (577,476)
  Proceeds from disposals of property and equipment.........                         501,670
                                                               -----------       -----------
Net cash used in investing activities.......................      (526,072)          (75,806)
                                                               -----------       -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Advances to member........................................                        (155,000)
  Proceeds from line of credit, net.........................       116,537           325,607
  Proceeds from note payable to member......................       400,000
  Repayments of note payable to member......................       (11,062)          (10,741)
  Repayments of capital lease obligations...................      (301,930)          (14,857)
  Proceeds from long-term debt..............................       300,174           500,000
  Repayments of long-term debt..............................       (17,080)         (565,500)
  Increase (decrease) in book overdraft.....................       118,249          (118,249)
  Capital contributions.....................................       100,000
  Distributions to members..................................       (10,000)
                                                               -----------       -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.........       694,888           (38,740)
                                                               -----------       -----------
Net increase in cash........................................                         541,850
Cash at beginning of period.................................
                                                               -----------       -----------
Cash at end of period.......................................   $        --       $   541,850
                                                               ===========       ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                      F-95
<PAGE>   184

                           SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        FOR THE PERIOD OF INCEPTION (MAY 24, 1997) TO DECEMBER 31, 1997
                  AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  Organization

     Summit Communications LLC (the "Company") is incorporated under the laws of
the state of Mississippi as a limited liability company (LLC). The Company
constructs communications towers for use by the radio, television, telephone and
other industries in the continental United States.

  Accounting Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Examples of estimates subject to possible revision based upon
the outcome of future events include costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted
contracts and depreciation on property and equipment. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.

  Revenue and Cost Recognition

     Revenues from fixed-priced and modified fixed-price construction contracts
are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the
percentage of costs incurred to date to total estimated costs to complete each
contract. Most of the Company's contracts are short-term and are completed in
two to three months.

     Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those direct
costs related to contract performance, such as supplies, tools and repairs.
Selling, general and administrative costs, including indirect costs on
contracts, are charged to expense as incurred. Provisions for estimated losses
on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are
determined.

     Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts
represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. Billings in excess
of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts represents billings in
excess of revenues earned.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Estimated useful lives by major asset category are as follows: machinery and
equipment--2 to 10 years; vehicles--3 to 5 years; furniture and fixtures--3 to 7
years. Gains or losses on the dispositions of assets are recorded at the time of
disposition and are included in other income. The costs of normal repairs and
maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

  Income Taxes

     Income of the Company is taxed directly to its members for Federal income
tax purposes. As a result, no provision for Federal income taxes has been
reflected in the accompanying financial statements.

  Reclassifications

     Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform
with current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on
previously reported results of operations, net assets, cash flows or members'
equity.

                                      F-96
<PAGE>   185
                           SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

2.  UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS

     The following is a summary of costs, estimated earnings and billings on
uncompleted contracts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    1997            1998
                                                ------------    -------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts.......   $1,143,511      $2,471,585
Estimated earnings............................      495,683         888,087
                                                 ----------      ----------
                                                  1,639,194       3,359,672
Less: Billings to date........................    1,787,066       3,480,514
                                                 ----------      ----------
                                                 $ (147,872)     $ (120,842)
                                                 ==========      ==========
Presentation in the accompanying balance
  sheet:
  Cost and estimated earnings in excess of
     billings on uncompleted contracts........   $  117,648      $  411,766
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated
     earnings on uncompleted contracts........     (265,520)       (532,608)
                                                 ==========      ==========
                                                 $ (147,872)     $ (120,842)
                                                 ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

3.  LINE OF CREDIT

     Line of credit consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    1997            1998
                                                ------------    -------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>
Line of credit for $600,000 payable to
  commercial bank; interest at the lender's
  prime rate (8.5% at December 31, 1997) plus
  0.5%; principal and interest payable January
  1, 1998; collateralized by inventory,
  property and equipment, and accounts
  receivable..................................    $ 57,593
Line of credit for $750,000 payable to
  commercial bank; interest at the lender's
  prime rate, (8.5% at December 31, 1997) plus
  0.5%; principal and interest payable July 1,
  1998; collateralized by inventory, property
  and equipment, and accounts receivable......      58,944
Line of credit for $750,000 payable to
  commercial bank; interest at the lender's
  prime rate (8.25% at September 30, 1998)
  plus 0.25%; principal payable April 30,
  1999, interest payable monthly;
  collateralized by inventory, property and
  equipment and accounts receivable; amended
  on October 16, 1998 increasing the line of
  credit available to $1,000,000 and interest
  to the 90 day LIBOR rate plus 2.25%.........                    $442,144
                                                  --------        --------
                                                  $116,537        $442,144
                                                  ========        ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-97
<PAGE>   186
                           SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

4.  NOTE PAYABLE TO MEMBER

     Note payable to member consists of the following at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
Note payable to member; interest at a specified commercial
  bank's prime rate, 8.5% at December 31, 1997; principal
  payable on July 18, 1998 and interest payable
  quarterly...............................................  $388,938
                                                            ========
</TABLE>

     The net proceeds of the note were used to acquire the net assets in Note
11. In April 1998, the Company refinanced the note with a note payable to a
commercial bank (see Note 5).

     Interest paid to the member was approximately $17,000 and $11,000 for the
Period of Inception (May 24, 1997) to December 31, 1997 and the nine months
ended September 30, 1998, respectively.

5.  LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    1997            1998
                                                ------------    -------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>
Note payable to commercial bank at an interest
  rate of 8.5%; payable in monthly
  installments of $6,176, including interest,
  through September 25, 2002; collateralized
  by property and equipment and accounts
  receivable..................................    $283,094        $249,221
Note payable to commercial bank at an interest
  rate of 8.75%; payable in monthly installments
  of $8,207, including interest, through April
  5, 2003; collateralized by property and
  equipment and accounts receivable...........                     346,570
                                                  --------        --------
                                                   283,094         595,791
Less: Current portion.........................     (52,041)       (125,802)
                                                  --------        --------
Long-term debt, less current portion..........    $231,053        $469,989
                                                  ========        ========
</TABLE>

     The following is a summary of the future aggregate amounts of principal
payments for long-term debt at September 30, 1998:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Three months ending December 31, 1998....................  $  30,443
1999.....................................................    128,542
2000.....................................................    140,099
2001.....................................................    152,696
2002.....................................................    144,011
                                                           ---------
                                                             595,791
Less: Current portion....................................   (125,802)
                                                           ---------
                                                           $ 469,989
                                                           =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-98
<PAGE>   187
                           SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

6.  CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

     The following is a summary of future minimum lease payments under capital
lease agreements at September 30, 1998:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
Three months ending December 31, 1998.....................  $ 22,933
1999......................................................    70,699
2000......................................................    65,529
2001......................................................    62,712
                                                            --------
          Total minimum lease payments....................   221,873
Less: Amount representing interest........................   (29,546)
                                                            --------
                                                            $192,327
                                                            ========
</TABLE>

     The following is a summary of assets and accumulated depreciation of assets
under capital lease agreements as of:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    1997            1998
                                                ------------    -------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>
Vehicles......................................    $54,397         $138,697
Machinery.....................................                      92,473
                                                  -------         --------
                                                   54,397          231,170
Less: Accumulated depreciation................     (6,802)         (21,463)
                                                  -------         --------
                                                  $47,595         $209,707
                                                  =======         ========
</TABLE>

     Depreciation expense includes amortization of assets under capital leases
of $6,802 and $18,811 for the Period of Inception (May 24, 1997) to December 31,
1997 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1998, respectively.

7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company has a defined contribution employee benefit plan, which is the
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust. Employees become eligible for
participation in the plan after one year of service. Employees may contribute a
percentage of their gross compensation not to exceed certain limits.
Contributions by the Company are made at the discretion of the members. There
were no contributions made by the Company related to this plan for the Period of
Inception (May 24, 1997) to December 31, 1997 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998.

8.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  NOTE RECEIVABLE

     At September 30, 1998, the Company had a note receivable for $155,000 from
one of its members. The note bears interest at the same rate as the line of
credit, is payable on demand, and is uncollateralized. The note was subsequently
repaid in full.

  SALE OF BUILDINGS

     In February 1998, the Company acquired a building from one of the members
for $500,000. In July 1998 the building was sold to the members resulting in a
loss of approximately $12,000.

                                      F-99
<PAGE>   188
                           SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

  FACILITY LEASES

     The Company leases space in two buildings owned by the members of the
Company under a month to month operating lease. For the nine months ended
September 30, 1998, total rent paid to the members was approximately $9,300.

9.  CONTINGENCIES

     The Company is subject to lawsuits and other legal claims in the normal
course of its operations. Management believes that the resolution of any such
lawsuits and legal claims, if any, will not have a material impact on the
Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

10.  CREDIT RISK AND BUSINESS CONCENTRATIONS

     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable. The
Company deposits its cash with a major financial institution. At times, deposits
may exceed federally insured limits. The Company extends credit to customers
based on evaluation of the customer's financial condition and credit history.
Collateral is generally not required. Customers include large U.S. companies
concentrated in the telecommunications industry.

     Contract revenues earned from three customers accounted for 54% of revenues
for the Period of Inception (May 24, 1997) to December 31, 1997. Accounts
receivable from these three customers comprise 53% of accounts receivable at
December 31, 1997. Contract revenues earned from two customers accounted for 58%
of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1998. Accounts receivable
from these two customers comprise 57% of accounts receivable at September 30,
1998.

     Management expects that sales to relatively few customers will continue to
account for a high percentage of its revenues into the foreseeable future and
believes that financial results depend in significant part upon the success of
these customers. Although the composition of the group comprising the Company's
largest customers may vary from period to period, the loss of a significant
customer or reduction in orders by any significant customers, including
reductions due to market, economic or competitive conditions in the wireless
communications industry, may have an adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.

                                      F-100
<PAGE>   189
                           SUMMIT COMMUNICATIONS, LLC

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

11.  ACQUISITION

     On May 24, 1997, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain
liabilities of Summit Communications, Inc. (SCI), an unrelated third party, in a
purchase transaction. The following is a summary of assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in the SCI transaction:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
Assets acquired
  Other current assets....................................  $ 23,760
  Property and equipment..................................   855,896
  Other assets............................................    20,386
                                                            --------
                                                             900,042
Liabilities assumed
  Long-term debt..........................................   293,634
  Capital lease obligations...............................    16,188
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities..................    78,013
                                                            --------
                                                             387,835
                                                            --------
  Cash paid...............................................  $512,207
                                                            ========
</TABLE>

12.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PERIOD
                                               OF INCEPTION
                                              (MAY 24, 1997)     NINE MONTHS
                                                    TO              ENDED
                                               DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   1997             1998
                                              --------------    -------------
<S>                                           <C>               <C>
Interest paid...............................     $42,644          $ 95,248
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
  Vehicles and machinery acquired under
     capital leases.........................     $25,905          $173,386
  Note payable to member refinanced with
     commercial bank........................                      $378,197
</TABLE>

13.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     On November 10, 1998 the members sold all of their outstanding ownership
interest in the Company to Westower Corporation (Westower), a publicly traded
company, in exchange for approximately 200,000 shares of Westower and $4.4
million in cash. The members may also receive an additional 100,000 shares of
Westower common stock based upon certain performance criteria during the three
years subsequent to the date of acquisition. The purchase agreement also
provides that Westower will supply the Company's need for additional working
capital following the purchase.

     On May 15, 1999, Westower entered into a definitive agreement with
SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. (SpectraSite), under which Westower will merge with a
subsidiary of SpectraSite. Under the terms of the agreement, Westower
shareholders will receive 1.81 shares of SpectraSite common stock for each
Westower share and Westower will become a wholly owned subsidiary of
SpectraSite. The merger is subject to the approval of Westower's shareholders
and the appropriate regulatory agencies as well as other customary closing
conditions. There can be no assurance that the merger will be consummated.

                                      F-101
<PAGE>   190

                      (This page intentionally left blank)
<PAGE>   191

                               [SPECTRASITE LOGO]
<PAGE>   192

     The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We
     may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with
     the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is
     not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to
     buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
     permitted.


PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)


Issued January 7, 2000



                               22,300,000 Shares



                               [SpectraSite Logo]


                           SpectraSite Holdings, Inc.
                                  COMMON STOCK
                            ------------------------


SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. IS OFFERING 22,300,000 SHARES OF ITS COMMON STOCK.

                            ------------------------


OUR COMMON STOCK IS QUOTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL
"SITE." ON JANUARY 6, 2000, THE REPORTED LAST SALE PRICE FOR OUR COMMON STOCK ON
THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET WAS $13 3/8 PER SHARE.

                            ------------------------

INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON
PAGE 7.
                            ------------------------

                              PRICE $      A SHARE

                            ------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     UNDERWRITING
                                              PRICE TO              DISCOUNTS AND             PROCEEDS TO
                                               PUBLIC                COMMISSIONS              SPECTRASITE
                                              --------              -------------             -----------
<S>                                   <C>                      <C>                      <C>
Per Share.........................               $                        $                        $
Total.............................               $                        $                        $
</TABLE>


SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up
to an additional 3,345,000 shares to cover over-allotments.


The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not
approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is
truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on
          , 2000.
                            ------------------------

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER                           GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL

CIBC WORLD MARKETS
        CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
                DEUTSCHE BANK
                        LEHMAN BROTHERS

                                SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INTERNATIONAL

          , 2000
<PAGE>   193

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The following table sets forth the various expenses in connection with the
sale and distribution of the securities being registered, other than the
underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are estimates except
for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the NASD filing
fee. All of these fees are being paid by SpectraSite.


<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Registration Fee............................................  $   91,080
NASD Filing Fee.............................................      30,500
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses..................................       5,000
Legal Fees and Expenses.....................................     600,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses................................     350,000
Printing and Engraving Fees.................................     500,000
Miscellaneous...............................................     223,420
                                                              ----------
Total.......................................................  $1,800,000
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>



ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.


     Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
(the "DGCL") provides that a corporation (in its original certificate of
incorporation or amendment thereto) may eliminate or limit the personal
liability of a director (or certain persons who, pursuant to the provisions of
the certificate of incorporation, exercise of perform duties conferred or
imposed upon directors by the DGCL) to the corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such
provisions shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL
(providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or
unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which
the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant's Certificate
of Incorporation, as amended, limits the liability of directors thereof to the
extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.

     Under Section 145 of the DGCL, in general, a corporation may indemnify its
directors, officers, employees or agents against expenses (including attorney's
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by
third parties to which they may be made parties by reason of their being or
having been directors, officers, employees or agents and shall so indemnify such
persons if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect
to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their
conduct was unlawful.

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

     SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings") was formed in 1997 through the
combination of three existing companies: U.S. Towers, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("UST"); TeleSite Services, LLC, an Arkansas limited liability
company ("TeleSite"); and MetroSite Management LLC, an Arkansas limited
liability company ("MetroSite").

          (a)  Prior to the date of this registration statement, Holdings has
     issued and sold the following unregistered securities.

              (1)  Effective May 12, 1997, in connection with its formation,
        Holdings issued (i) 850,000 shares of common stock and warrants to
        purchase 150,000 shares of common stock to the original

                                      II-1
<PAGE>   194

        owners of UST and (ii) 490,517 shares of common stock to the original
        owners of Telesite and MetroSite. Also in May 1997, Stephen H. Clark
        agreed to invest additional personal funds into Holdings, and on April
        20, 1999, Holdings sold Mr. Clark 210,000 shares of common stock for an
        aggregate purchase price for $772,800.

              (2)  On May 12, 1997, Holdings sold 3,203,118 shares of its 8%
        Series A Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, $.001 par
        value per share, which will automatically convert to common stock upon
        the closing of this offering, to J.H. Whitney III, L.P. (the "JHWIII")
        for an aggregate purchase price of $9.25 million and 259,712 shares of
        its Series A preferred stock, to Kitty Hawk Capital Limited Partnership,
        III for an aggregate purchase price of $750,000.

              (3)  On May 12, 1997, Holdings issued warrants to purchase 150,000
        shares of common stock at a price of $ .001 per share in exchange for a
        "corporate opportunity" in the tower business to PCX Corporation. These
        warrants were later transferred and assigned to the shareholders of PCX.
        On September 1, 1998, Holdings issued an aggregate of 150,000 shares of
        common stock upon exercise of the warrants.

              (4)  In a series of transactions on March 23, August 27 and
        September 21, 1998, Holdings sold an aggregate of 7,000,000 shares of
        its Series B preferred stock, which will automatically convert to common
        stock upon the closing of this offering, to Whitney Equity Partners,
        L.P., J.H. Whitney III, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners III, L.P.,
        Waller-Sutton Media Partners, L.P., Kitty Hawk Capital Limited
        Partnership, III, Kitty Hawk Capital Limited Partnership IV, Eagle Creek
        Capital, L.L.C., The North Carolina Enterprise Fund, L.P., Finley Family
        Limited Partnership, William R. Gupton, Jack W. Jackman and Alton D.
        Eckert for an aggregate purchase price of $28 million to twelve
        accredited investors.

              (5)  On June 26, 1998, Holdings sold $255.2 million in aggregate
        principal amount at maturity of its 12% senior discount notes due 2008
        to Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Lehman Brothers Inc. and CIBC
        Oppenheimer Corp., as initial purchasers of the notes.

              (6)  On April 20, 1999, Holdings sold $586.8 million in aggregate
        principal amount at maturity of its 11 1/4% senior discount notes due
        2009 to CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation,
        Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.
        and TD Securities (USA), Inc., as initial purchasers of the notes.

              (7)  On April 20, 1999, Holdings an aggregate of 46,286,795 shares
        of its Series C preferred stock, which will automatically convert to
        common stock upon the closing of this offering, to Welsh, Carson,
        Anderson & Stowe VIII, L.P., WCAS Information Partners, L.P., Kenneth
        Melkus, Patrick J. Welsh, Russell L. Carson, Bruce K. Anderson, Andrew
        M. Paul, Thomas E. McInerney, Laura M. VanBuren, Robert A. Minicucci,
        Anthony J. de Nicola, Paul B. Queally, Lawrence B. Sorrel, D. Scott
        Mackesy, Priscilla A. Newman, Rudolph E. Rupert, Trust under an
        agreement dated November 26, 1984 for the benefit of Eric Welsh, Trust
        under an agreement dated November 26, 1984 for the benefit of Randall
        Welsh, Trust under an agreement dated November 26, 1984 for the benefit
        of Jennifer Welsh, J.H. Whitney III, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners
        III, L.P., CIBC WG Argosy Merchant Fund 2, L.L.C., Co-Investment
        Merchant Fund 3, LLC, The North Carolina Enterprise Fund, L.P.,
        Waller-Sutton Media Partners, L.P., Kitty Hawk Capital Limited
        Partnership, IV, Finley Family Limited Partnership, Eagle Creek Capital,
        L.L.C., David P. Tomick, Jack W. Jackman, Alton D. Eckert, William R.
        Gupton, The Price Family Limited Partnership and Benake L.P. for an
        aggregate purchase price of approximately $231.4 million.

              (8)  On April 20, 1999, Holdings issued 14,000,000 shares of its
        Series C preferred stock, which will automatically convert to common
        stock upon the closing of this offering, to Tower Parent Corp., a
        subsidiary of Nextel Communications, Inc., as part of the consideration
        paid for certain tower assets.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>   195

              (9)  On April 20, 1999, Holdings issued two million shares of
        common stock to certain stockholders for their commitment to provide
        financing for the Nextel tower acquisition.

             (10)  On April 20, 1999, Holdings sold Michael Price 100,000 shares
        of common stock.


             (11)  On December 30, 1999, Holdings issued 500,000 shares of
        common stock to the stockholders of Doty-Moore Tower Services, Inc.,
        Doty-Moore Equipment, Inc. and Doty Moore RF Services, Inc. in
        connection with Holdings' acquisitions of Doty-Moore Tower Services,
        Inc., Doty-Moore Equipment, Inc. and Doty Moore RF Services, Inc.



             (12)  On January 5, 2000, Holdings issued 225,000 shares of common
        stock to the stockholders of Vertical Properties, Inc. in connection
        with Holdings' acquisition of Vertical Properties, Inc.



             (13)  On January 5, 2000, Holdings issued 4,505,997 shares of
        common stock to the stockholders of Apex Site Management Holdings, Inc.
        and 1,670,000 shares of common stock into escrow in connection with
        Holdings' acquisition of Apex Site Management Holdings, Inc.



             (14)  As of December 31, 1999, Holdings had issued 6,167,967
        options to purchase shares of common stock to directors, employees and
        consultants pursuant to Holdings' stock incentive plan, had cancelled
        252,670 of such options, and had sold 200,006 shares of common stock
        upon exercise of such options.


          (b)  Other than the initial purchasers identified in items 5 and 6,
     there were no underwriters, brokers or finders employed in connection with
     any of the transactions set forth above.


          (c)  The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from
     registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the
     Securities Act, or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder
     (with respect to items 1 through 13), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section
     3(b) of the Securities Act (with respect to item 14) as transactions by an
     issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to
     compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as
     provided under such Rule 701. Other than with respect to items 5 and 6, the
     recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their
     intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a
     view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and
     appropriate legends were affixed to the instruments representing such
     securities issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access
     to information about Holdings.


ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

     (a)  Exhibits.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
- -------                           -----------
<C>       <S>
 **1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
   2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 10, 1999,
          among Nextel Communications, Inc., Tower Parent Corp., Tower
          Merger Vehicle, Inc., Tower Asset Sub Inc., SpectraSite
          Holdings, Inc., SpectraSite Communications, Inc. and SHI.
          Merger Sub, Inc. (the "Nextel Merger Agreement").
          Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to
          the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
   2.2    Amendment No. 1 to the Nextel Merger Agreement. Incorporated
          by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the
          registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file
          no. 333-67403.
   2.3    Agreement and Plan of Merger among Westower Corporation,
          SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. and W. Acquisition Corp., dated
          as of May 15, 1999. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
   2.4    Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of
          November 24, 1999, among SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. Apex
          Merger Sub, Inc. and Apex Site Management Holdings, Inc.
   2.5    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 30, 1999,
          between Northwest Broadcasting, L.P. and SpectraSite
          Holdings, Inc.
</TABLE>


                                      II-3
<PAGE>   196


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
- -------                           -----------
<C>       <S>
   2.6    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 30, 1999,
          among Donald Doty, John Patrick Moore and SpectraSite
          Holdings, Inc.
   2.7    Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of
          December 30, 1999, among SpectraSite Holdings, Inc., VPI
          Merger Sub, Inc., Vertical Properties, Inc. and the
          stockholders of Vertical Properties, Inc.
   3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Integrated Site Development
          ("ISD"), dated and filed as of April 25, 1997. Incorporated
          by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the
          registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file
          no. 333-67403.
   3.2    Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
          of ISD, dated as of May 11, 1997 (authorizing Series A
          Preferred Stock) and filed May 12, 1997. Incorporated by
          reference to the corresponding exhibit to the registration
          statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
   3.3    Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
          of ISD, dated as of August 14, 1997 (changing name to
          SpectraSite Communications, Inc. ("SCI")) and filed August
          15, 1997. Incorporated by reference to the corresponding
          exhibit to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the
          Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
   3.4    Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
          of SCI, dated and filed as of October 29, 1997 (changing
          name to SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. (the "Registrant")).
          Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to
          the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
   3.5    Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
          of the Registrant, dated and filed as of March 23, 1998
          (authorizing Series B Preferred Stock). Incorporated by
          reference to the corresponding exhibit to the registration
          statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
   3.6    Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
          of the Registrant, dated as of May 29, 1998 and filed June
          2, 1998. Incorporated by reference to the corresponding
          exhibit to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the
          Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
   3.7    Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
          of the Registrant, dated as of August 18, 1998 and filed
          August 19, 1998. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  *3.8    Amended Bylaws of SpectraSite Holdings, Inc.
   3.9    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
          Registrant. Incorporated by reference to the corresponding
          exhibit to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the
          Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
   3.10   Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated
          Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated August
          31, 1999. Incorporated by reference to the corresponding
          exhibit to the Form 8-K of the Registrant, dated September
          2, 1999 and filed September 17, 1999.
   4.1    Indenture, dated as of June 26, 1998, between the Registrant
          and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee.
          Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to
          the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
   4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 25, 1999,
          between the Registrant and United States Trust Company of
          New York, as trustee. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
   4.3    Indenture, dated as of April 20, 1999, between the
          Registrant and United States Trust Company of New York, as
          trustee. Incorporated by reference to the corresponding
          exhibit to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the
          Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
 **5.1    Opinion of Dow Lohnes & Albertson, PLLC.
  10.1    Stock Purchase Agreement (Series A Preferred Stock), dated
          as of May 12, 1997, by and among U.S. Towers, Inc. ("UST"),
          Telesite Services, LLC ("Telesite"), Metrosite Management,
          LLC ("Metrosite"), Whitney Equity Partners, L.P. ("Whitney
          Equity"), Kitty Hawk Capital Limited Partnership, L.P., III
          ("Kitty Hawk III"), and ISD. Incorporated by reference to
          the corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on
          Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
</TABLE>


                                      II-4
<PAGE>   197

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
- -------                           -----------
<C>       <S>
  10.2    Stock Purchase Agreement (Series B Preferred Stock), dated
          as of March 23, 1998, by and among the Registrant, Whitney
          Equity, J. H. Whitney, III, L.P. ("Whitney III"), Whitney
          Strategic Partners III, L.P. ("Whitney Strategic"),
          Waller-Sutton Media Partners, L.P. ("Waller-Sutton"), Kitty
          Hawk III, Kitty Hawk Capital Limited Partnership, IV ("Kitty
          Hawk IV"), Eagle Creek Capital, L.L.C. ("Eagle Creek"), The
          North Carolina Enterprise Fund, L.P. ("NCEF"), Finley Family
          Limited Partnership ("Finley LP"), William R. Gupton
          ("Gupton"), Jack W. Jackman ("Jackman") and Alton D. Eckert
          ("Eckert"). Incorporated by reference to the corresponding
          exhibit to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the
          Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.3    First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement (Series B
          Preferred Stock), dated as of May 29, 1998. Incorporated by
          reference to the corresponding exhibit to the registration
          statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.4    Second Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement (Series B
          Preferred Stock), dated as of August 27, 1998. Incorporated
          by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the
          registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file
          no. 333-67403.
  10.5    Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement,
          dated as of April 20, 1999, by and among the Registrant,
          Whitney Equity, Whitney III, Whitney Strategic,
          Waller-Sutton, Kitty Hawk III, Kitty Hawk IV, Eagle Creek,
          NCEF, Finley LP, certain affiliates of CIBC Oppenheimer
          Corp. (the "CIBC Purchasers"), certain affiliates and
          employees of Welsh Carson Anderson & Stowe (the "WCAS
          Purchasers"), Tower Parent Corp., Gupton, Eckert, Stephen H.
          Clark ("Clark") and David P. Tomick ("Tomick"). Incorporated
          by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the
          registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file
          no. 333-67403.
  10.6    Third Amended and Restated Stockholders' Agreement, dated as
          of April 20, 1999, by and among the Registrant, Whitney
          Equity, Whitney III, Whitney Strategic, Waller-Sutton, Kitty
          Hawk III, Kitty Hawk IV, Eagle Creek, Clark, Tomick, Finely
          LP, NCEF, the CIBC Purchasers, the WCAS Purchasers, Tower
          Parent Corp., Edward Lutkewich ("Lutkewich"), Jackman,
          Eckert, and Gupton. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.7    Employment Agreement with Stephen H. Clark. Incorporated by
          reference to the corresponding exhibit to the registration
          statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.8    Employment Agreement with David P. Tomick. Incorporated by
          reference to the corresponding exhibit to the registration
          statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.9    Employment Agreement with Richard J. Byrne. Incorporated by
          reference to the corresponding exhibit to the registration
          statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.10   Consulting Agreement with Finley & Co. Incorporated by
          reference to the corresponding exhibit to the registration
          statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.11   Credit Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999, by and among
          the Registrant, SCI, CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., Credit Suisse
          First Boston Corporation and the other parties thereto.
          Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the
          registration statement on Form 8-A of the Registrant.
  10.12   Membership Interests Purchase Agreement, dated as of
          December 31, 1997, by and among SCI, Jeffrey Hawkins, Edwin
          Keuck and H&K Investments LLC. Incorporated by reference to
          the corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on
          Form S-4 of SpectraSite Holdings, file no. 333-67403.
  10.13   First Amendment to the Membership Interests Purchase
          Agreement, dated May 29, 1998. Incorporated by reference to
          the corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on
          Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.14   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of February 20, 1998,
          by and among the Registrant, Metrosite and Apex Site
          Management, L.P. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.15   Letter Agreement, dated as of February 6, 1998, by and
          between SCI and Whalen. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.16   SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan.
          Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to
          the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
  10.17   SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
          Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to
          the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
</TABLE>

                                      II-5
<PAGE>   198

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
- -------                           -----------
<C>       <S>
  10.18   Escrow Agreement, dated as of May 12, 1997, by and among.
          ISD, Finley LP, and Morrison Cohen Singer & Weinstein, LLP
          ("Morrison Cohen"). Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.19   Option Escrow Agreement, dated as of May 12, 1997, by and
          among Whitney LP, Kitty Hawk III and Morrison Cohen.
          Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to
          the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
  10.20   Release and Settlement Agreement, dated as of May 12, 1997,
          by and among PCX Corporation ("PCX"), NCEF, Kitty Hawk III,
          Eckert, Gupton, Jackman, Lutkewich, UST, Long and Clark.
          Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to
          the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
  10.21   Stock Restriction Agreement, dated as of May 12, 1997, by
          and between ISD and Finley LP. Incorporated by reference to
          the corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on
          Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.22   Agreement, dated September 15, 1998, by and between Robert
          M. Long and the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.23   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 1998 by and
          among Airadigm Communications, Inc. ("Airadigm") and SCI.
          Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to
          the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
  10.24   Form of Master Tower Attachment Lease Agreement by and
          between Airadigm and SCI. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.25   Asset Purchase, dated as of August 20, 1998, by and among
          Amica Wireless Phone Service, Inc. ("Amica") and SCI.
          Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to
          the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
  10.26   Form of Master Design Build Lease Agreement by and between
          Amica and SCI. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.27   Stock Contribution Agreement, dated as of May 12, 1997, by
          and among ISD, Clark, Long and UST. Incorporated by
          reference to the corresponding exhibit to the registration
          statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.28   Membership Interests Contribution Agreement, dated as of May
          12, 1997, by and among ISD, Finley, Caroline Finley, Finley
          LP, the Central Arkansas Opportunity Foundation, TeleSite
          and MetroSite. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.29   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 31, 1997,
          by and between UST and SCI. Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.30   Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (Series C Preferred
          Stock), dated as of February 10, 1999, by and among
          SpectraSite Holdings, Inc., the WCAS Purchasers, the Whitney
          Purchasers, the CIBC Purchasers and the Additional
          Purchasers. Incorporated by reference to the corresponding
          exhibit to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the
          Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.31   First Amendment to Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
          (Series C Preferred Stock). Incorporated by reference to the
          corresponding exhibit to the registration statement on Form
          S-4 of the Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.32   Security & Subordination Agreement, dated as of April
          20,1999. Incorporated by reference to the corresponding
          exhibit to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the
          Registrant, file no. 333-67403.
  10.33   Master Site Commitment Agreement, dated as of April 20,
          1999. Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit
          to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
  10.34   Master Site Lease Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999.
          Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to
          the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Registrant,
          file no. 333-67403.
  10.35   Employment Agreement with Calvin J. Payne. Incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K of the Registrant,
          dated September 2, 1999 and filed September 17, 1999.
</TABLE>

                                      II-6
<PAGE>   199


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
- -------                           -----------
<C>       <S>
**10.36   Joinder Agreement to SpectraSite Restated Registration
          Rights Agreement.
  21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
**23.1    Consent of Dow, Lohnes & Albertson, PLLC (contained in
          Exhibit 5.1).
 *23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
 *23.3    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 *23.4    Consent of Moss Adams LLP.
 *23.5    Consent of Lamn, Krielow, Dytrych & Co. (formerly, Lamn,
          Krielow, Dytrych & Darling).
 *23.6    Consent of Shearer, Taylor & Co., P.A.
 *24.1    Power of Attorney.
</TABLE>


- ------------

 * Previously filed.


** To be filed by pre-effective amendment.


     (b) Financial Statement Schedules.

     None.

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrants pursuant to the provisions, or otherwise, the Registrants have been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrants of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

          1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
     of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
     of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
     a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

          2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
     prospectus shall be deemed to be anew registration statement relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-7
<PAGE>   200

                                   SIGNATURES


     PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC. HAS DULY CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO
DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF CARY, STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA, ON JANUARY 7,
2000.


                                          SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.

                                          By:     /s/ STEPHEN H. CLARK
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                      Stephen H. Clark
                                             President, Chief Executive Officer
                                                         and Director


     PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS AMENDMENT
NO. 1 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES
INDICATED.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                   TITLE                         DATE
                ---------                                   -----                         ----
<C>                                         <S>                                     <C>
           /s/ STEPHEN H. CLARK             President, Chief Executive Officer and  January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------  Director (Principal Executive Officer)
             Stephen H. Clark

           /s/ DAVID P. TOMICK              Executive Vice President, Chief         January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------  Financial Officer and Secretary
             David P. Tomick                (Principal Financial Officer)

                    *                       Executive Vice President--Design and    January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------  Construction and Director
             Calvin J. Payne

            /s/ DANIEL I. HUNT              Vice President--Finance and             January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------  Administration (Principal Accounting
              Daniel I. Hunt                Officer)

                    *                       Chairman of the Board of Directors      January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------
            Lawrence B. Sorrel

                    *                       Director                                January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------
            Timothy M. Donahue

                    *                       Director                                January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------
             Andrew R. Heyer

                    *                       Director                                January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------
            James R. Matthews

                    *                       Director                                January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------
           Thomas E. McInerney
</TABLE>


                                      II-8
<PAGE>   201


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                   TITLE                         DATE
                ---------                                   -----                         ----
<C>                                         <S>                                     <C>
                    *                       Director                                January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------
             Michael J. Price

                    *                       Director                                January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------
            Steven M. Shindler

                    *                       Director                                January 7, 2000
- ------------------------------------------
             Michael R. Stone
</TABLE>



                               *POWER OF ATTORNEY



     David P. Tomick, by signing his name hereto, does sign this document on
behalf of each of the persons indicated above for whom he is attorney-in-fact
pursuant to a power of attorney duly executed by such person and filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.



                                          By:      /s/ DAVID P. TOMICK

                                            ------------------------------------

                                                      David P. Tomick


                                                      Attorney-In-Fact


                                      II-9

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 2.4

                                 MERGER AGREEMENT

                           AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                     AMONG

                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS INC.,

                             APEX MERGER SUB, INC.,

                                      AND

                      APEX SITE MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, INC.






                               November 24, 1999



<PAGE>   2



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section  Page

1.       Definitions...........................................................1

2.       The Merger............................................................8
         (a)      The Merger...................................................8
         (b)      Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws; Directors and Officers.8
         (c)      Effects of the Merger........................................9
         (d)      Manner of Conversion of Stock................................9
         (e)      Escrow Deposit; Merger Consideration........................10
         (f)      Exchange of Certificates and Payment of Cash................13
         (g)      Manner of Payment and Delivery..............................14
         (h)      Post-Closing Merger Consideration Adjustment................14
         (i)      The Closing.................................................15
         (j)      Deliveries at the Closing...................................15

3.       Representations and Warranties of the Buyer and Newco................15
         (a)      Organization of the Buyer and Newco.........................16
         (b)      Authorization of Transaction................................16
         (c)      Noncontravention............................................16
         (d)      Brokers'Fees................................................16
         (e)      Investment..................................................16
         (f)      Legal Compliance............................................16
         (g)      Absence of Litigation.......................................16
         (h)      Environment, Health, and Safety.............................17
         (i)      Share Validity..............................................17
         (j)      Securities Law Compliance...................................17
         (k)      Public Filings..............................................18
         (l)      Tax Matters.................................................18
         (m)      No Material Adverse Change..................................19

4.       Representations and Warranties Concerning Holdings, the Company and its
          Subsidiaries........................................................19
         (a)      Organization, Qualification, and Corporate Power............19
         (b)      Capitalization of Holdings..................................19
         (c)      Noncontravention; Consents..................................20
         (d)      Brokers'Fees................................................20
         (e)      Title to Assets.............................................20
         (f)      The Company and the Subsidiaries............................21
         (g)      Financial Statements........................................21
         (h)      Events Subsequent to Most Recent Fiscal Year End............22

                                       i
<PAGE>   3


         (i)      Undisclosed Liabilities.....................................24
         (j)      Legal Compliance............................................24
         (k)      Tax Matters.................................................24
         (l)      Sites; Management Agreements; Tenant Agreements.............26
         (m)      Intellectual Property.......................................27
         (n)      Contracts...................................................28
         (o)      Notes and Accounts Receivable...............................29
         (p)      Insurance...................................................29
         (q)      Litigation..................................................30
         (r)      Employees...................................................30
         (s)      Employee Benefits...........................................30
         (t)      Guaranties..................................................32
         (u)      Environment, Health, and Safety.............................32
         (v)      Bank Accounts and Credit................................... 33
         (w)      Certain Business Relationships with Holdings, the Company
                  and theSubsidiaries.........................................33
         (x)      Disclosure..................................................33
         (y)      Authorization of Transaction................................33
         (z)      Delivery of Tax Opinion.....................................33

5.       Pre-Closing Covenants................................................34
         (a)      Notices and Consents........................................34
         (b)      Hart-Scott-Rodino Act Filing................................34
         (c)      Operation of Business.......................................34
         (d)      Preservation of Business; Retention of Records..............34
         (e)      Full Access.................................................35
         (f)      Notice of Developments......................................35
         (g)      Exclusivity.................................................36
         (h)      Employees...................................................36
         (i)      Confidentiality.............................................36
         (j)      Termination of Interests....................................37
         (k)      Distribution of BLEC........................................37
         (l)      Receipt of Releases.........................................37
         (m)      Restricted Activities.......................................37
         (n)      Registration Rights Agreement...............................37
         (o)      Delivery of Tax Returns.....................................38
         (p)      Conversion of Options.......................................38
         (r)      General.....................................................39

6.       Post-Closing Covenants...............................................39
         (a)      General.....................................................39
         (b)      Restrictions on Sale of Buyer Shares; Delivery of Investor
                   Representation Letter......................................40
         (c)      Treatment as a Tax-Free Reorganization......................40

                                       ii
<PAGE>   4



 (d)      Filing of Registration Statement............................41

7.       Conditions to Obligation to Close....................................41
         (a)      Conditions to Obligation of the Buyer.......................41
         (b)      Conditions to Obligation of Holdings........................43

8.       Remedies for Breaches of this Agreement..............................44
         (a)      Survival of Representations and Warranties..................44
         (b)      Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Buyer.........44
         (c)      Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Stockholders..45
         (d)      Procedures for Claims Between the Parties...................45
         (e)      Defense of Third-Party Actions..............................46
         (f)      Indemnification Limitations.................................46

9.       Termination..........................................................47
         (a)      Termination of Agreement....................................47
         (b)      Effect of Termination.......................................48

10.      Miscellaneous........................................................48
         (a)      Press Releases and Public Announcements.....................48
         (b)      No Third-Party Beneficiaries................................48
         (c)      Succession and Assignment...................................48
         (d)      Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures..........................48
         (e)      Headings....................................................49
         (f)      Notices.....................................................49
         (g)      Governing Law...............................................51
         (h)      Amendments and Waivers......................................51
         (i)      Severability................................................51
         (j)      Expenses....................................................52
         (k)      Incorporation of Exhibits, Annexes, and Schedules...........52
         (l)      Specific Performance........................................52
         (m)      Non-Recourse to Certain Persons.............................52
         (n)      Stockholder Representatives.................................52

                                      iii






<PAGE>   5




Exhibits and Schedules

Exhibits

Exhibit A         Form of Employment Agreements
Exhibit B         Form of Escrow Agreement

Disclosure Schedule

ss.3(c)             Buyer Consents
ss.4(a)             Directors and Executive Officers
ss.4(b)             Capitalization of Holdings
ss.4(c)(ii)         Noncontravention; Consents
ss.4(f)             Subsidiaries
ss.4(h)(ii)         Obligations in Excess of $50,000
ss.4(h)(iii)        Acceleration, Termination, Modification or Cancellation
ss.4(h)(iv)         Security Interests
ss.4(h)(v)          Capital Expenditures
ss.4(h)(vi)         Investments
ss.4(h)(vii)        Indebtedness
ss.4(h)(xii)        Rights to Purchase Capital Stock
ss.4(h)(xii)        Dividends and Capital Distributions
ss.4(i)             Undisclosed Liabilities
ss. 4(k)            Tax Matters
ss.4(l)             Real Property; Sites; Management Agreements, Lease
                     Agreements, Government Agreements, Tenant Agreements
ss.4(m)(iii)        Intellectual Property Registrations
ss.4(m)(iv)         Intellectual Property
ss.4(n)             Material Contracts
ss.4(p)             Insurance
ss.4(p)(v)          Self-Insurance Arrangements
ss.4(q)             Litigation
ss.4(r)             Employees
ss.4(s)             Employee Benefit Plans
ss.4(v)             Bank Accounts
ss.4(w)             Affiliate Transactions
ss.5(a)(ii)         Material Consents
ss.5(c)             Operation of Business
ss.5(h)             Employment Agreements


                                       iv


<PAGE>   6



                                MERGER AGREEMENT
                           AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

         This  agreement  (the  "Agreement")  is entered into as of November 24,
1999,  by and among  SpectraSite  Holdings  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Buyer"),  Apex Merger Sub,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  and a  newly-formed,
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the  Buyer  ("Newco"),  and  Apex  Site  Management
Holdings,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  ("Holdings").  The  Buyer,  Newco and
Holdings are sometimes referred to individually herein as a "Party" and together
as the "Parties."

         Holdings  owns  all of the  outstanding  capital  stock  of  Apex  Site
Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"). The Company is engaged
in the telecommunications site management business (the "Business").

         This  Agreement  contemplates  a transaction  in which Newco will merge
with  and  into  Holdings  (the  "Merger")  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,   the
Certificate of Merger (as defined in ss.2(a)) and the  applicable  provisions of
the laws of the State of Delaware.

         The Boards of Directors of each of the Buyer,  Newco and Holdings  have
approved  and adopted  this  Agreement  as a plan of  reorganization  within the
provisions of Sections 368(a)(1)(A) and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code (as hereinafter
defined).

         Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
promises herein made, and in consideration of the  representations,  warranties,
and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows.


1.  Definitions.

         "Accredited  Investor"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in  Regulation  D
promulgated under the Securities Act.

         "Additional Buyer Shares" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(h) below.

         "Affiliate" has the meaning set forth in Rule 501(b) of the regulations
promulgated under the Securities Act.

         "Affiliated  Group"  means any  affiliated  group within the meaning of
Code Sec. 1504, or any similar group defined under a similar provision of state,
local or foreign law.

         "Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "Anticipated Closing Date" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(i) below.

         "Applicable  Laws"  shall  mean  any  law,  rule,  regulation,   order,
judgment,  or determination of any  Governmental  Authority,  or any restrictive
covenant or deed restriction

<PAGE>   7



(recorded or otherwise)  applicable to Holdings,  the Business of the Company or
any  Subsidiary,  including the rules and  regulations  of the Federal  Aviation
Administration and the Federal Communications Commission.

         "Assets"   means  all  assets  of   Holdings,   the   Company  and  its
Subsidiaries,  including the  Equipment,  the Management  Agreements,  the Lease
Agreements, the Government Agreements, and the Tenant Agreements.

         "BLEC" has the meaning set forth in ss.5(k) below.

         "Business" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "Business  Day"  means any day other  than a  Saturday,  Sunday,  legal
holiday in the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania or other day of the year on which
banks  in the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  are  authorized  or  required  by
Applicable Laws to close.

         "Buyer" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "Buyer Balance Sheet" has the meaning set forth in ss.3(k)(i) below.

         "Buyer Balance Sheet Date" has the meaning set forth in ss.3(k)(i)
           below.

         "Buyer Shares" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(ii) below.

         "Certificate of Merger" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(a) below.

         "Certificates" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(f)(ii) below.

         "Claim" has the meaning set forth in ss.8(d) below.

         "Claimant " has the meaning set forth in ss.8(d) below.

         "Claim Notice" has the meaning set forth in ss.8(d) below.

         "Closing" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(i) below.

         "Closing Cash Payment" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(v) below.

         "Closing Date" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(i) below.


                                       2
<PAGE>   8



         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Company" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.
         "Compensation Arrangement" has the meaning set forth in ss.4(s)(i)
           below.

         "Confidential  Information"  means  any  confidential  and  proprietary
knowledge  and  information  concerning  the  Business  of the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries that is not already generally available to the public.

         "Controlled Group of Corporations" has the meaning set forth in Code
           Sec. 1563.

         "Deductible" has the meaning set forth in ss.8(f)(i) below.

         "DGCL" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(b)(i) below.

         "Direction Letter" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(g)(iii) below.

         "Dissenting Stockholder" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(d)(vi)
 below.

         "Effective Time" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(i) below.

         "Employee   Benefit   Plan"   means  any  (a)   nonqualified   deferred
compensation  or retirement  plan or  arrangement  which is an Employee  Pension
Benefit Plan, (b) qualified defined contribution  retirement plan or arrangement
which is an  Employee  Pension  Benefit  Plan,  (c)  qualified  defined  benefit
retirement  plan or  arrangement  which  is an  Employee  Pension  Benefit  Plan
(including any  Multiemployer  Plan),  or (d) Employee  Welfare  Benefit Plan or
material fringe benefit plan or program.

         "Employee Pension Benefit Plan" has the meaning set forth in ERISA Sec.
           3(2).

         "Employee Welfare Benefit Plan" has the meaning set forth in ERISA Sec.
           3(1).

         "Environmental,  Health,  and  Safety  Laws"  means  the  Comprehensive
Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and Liability Act of 1980,  the Resource
Conservation  and Recovery Act of 1976, and the  Occupational  Safety and Health
Act of 1970,  each as amended,  together with all other laws  (including  rules,
regulations, codes, plans, injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, and
charges  thereunder) of federal,  state, local, and foreign governments (and all
agencies thereof) concerning pollution or protection of the environment,  public
health and safety,  or employee  health and safety,  including  laws relating to
emissions,   discharges,   releases,   or  threatened  releases  of  pollutants,
contaminants, or chemical,  industrial,  hazardous, or toxic materials or wastes
into ambient air, surface water, ground water, or lands or otherwise relating to
the manufacture,  processing,  distribution,  use, treatment, storage, disposal,
transport,  or handling of pollutants,  contaminants,  or chemical,  industrial,
hazardous, or toxic materials or wastes.

         "Equipment" means all equipment owned by the Company and its
           Subsidiaries.

                                       3
<PAGE>   9



         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
           amended.

         "ERISA Affiliate" has the meaning set forth in ss.4(s)(ii) below.

         "Escrow Agent" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(i) below.

         "Escrow Agreement" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(i) below.

         "Escrow Deposit" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(i) below.

         "Excess Loss Account" has the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg.
           ss.1.1502-19.

         "Extremely Hazardous Substance" has the meaning set forth in Sec. 302
           of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986,
           as amended.

         "Fiduciary" has the meaning set forth in ERISA Sec. 3(21).

         "Financial Statements" has the meaning set forth in ss.4(g) below.

         "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting  principles as
in effect from time to time.

         "Government  Agreements"  means  all  agreements  with  a  Governmental
Authority providing for the Company's or any Subsidiary's management or lease of
any Site.

         "Governmental  Authority" means any government or political subdivision
thereof, whether federal, state, local or foreign, or any agency,  commission or
regulatory or administrative authority or instrumentality.

         "Hart-Scott-Rodino   Act"   means   the   Hart-Scott-Rodino   Antitrust
Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations  promulgated
thereunder.

         "Holdback Shares" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(vii) below.

         "Holdings" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "Holdings  Share(s)"  means any share or shares of the capital stock of
Holdings, including all shares of common stock and preferred stock.

         "includes", "including" or other equivalent words mean "including,
 without limitation".

         "Indemnifying Party" has the meaning set forth in ss.8(d) below.

                                       4
<PAGE>   10




         "Intellectual Property" means (a) all inventions (whether patentable or
unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice),  all improvements thereto,
and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures,  together with all
reissuances,  continuations,  continuations- in-part, revisions, extensions, and
reexaminations  thereof, (b) all trademarks,  service marks, trade dress, logos,
trade names, and corporate names,  together with all translations,  adaptations,
derivations,  and  combinations  thereof and including  all goodwill  associated
therewith,  and all  applications,  registrations,  and  renewals in  connection
therewith,  (c) all copyrightable  works, all copyrights,  and all applications,
registrations,  and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all mask works and all
applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade
secrets and confidential  business  information  (including ideas,  research and
development,  know-how,  formulas,  compositions,  manufacturing  and production
processes and techniques,  technical data,  designs,  drawings,  specifications,
customer  and supplier  lists,  pricing and cost  information,  and business and
marketing plans and proposals),  (f) all computer  software  (including data and
related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, and (h) all copies and
tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium).

         "Intercompany Transaction"  has the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg.
           ss.1.1502-13.

         "Knowledge" means actual knowledge of Marc C. Ganzi, Alexander L.
           Gellman, Richard B. Stern, Harry Oppenheimer and Benjamin Long.

         "Lease Agreements" means all agreements providing for the Company's or
           any Subsidiary's lease of any Sites.

         "Lender" means General  Electric Capital  Corporation,  pursuant to the
terms of the Credit  Agreement,  dated as of April 21, 1999,  among the Company,
the Lender and certain other parties.

         "Liability"  means  any  liability  (whether  absolute  or  contingent,
whether accrued or unaccrued,  whether  liquidated or unliquidated,  and whether
due or to become due), including any liability for Taxes.

         "Lock-Up Agreement" has the meaning set forth in ss.6(b) below.

         "Losses" means all losses, Taxes,  liabilities,  damages,  injunctions,
judgments,  orders, decrees,  rulings, fines,  settlements,  lawsuits (including
administrative proceedings),  deficiencies,  claims, demands, costs or expenses,
including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements.

         "Management Agreements" means all agreements providing for the
Company's or any Subsidiary's management of any Site.

                                       5
<PAGE>   11




         "Material  Adverse  Change" means a change or set of  circumstances  or
conditions that has had or is reasonably  likely to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.

         "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means a  material  adverse  effect  on the
business,  financial condition,  assets,  operations,  liabilities or results of
operation of the Person, business or assets specified;  provided,  however, that
neither (i) the effects of any events,  circumstances  or  conditions  resulting
from changes,  developments or circumstances in worldwide or national conditions
(political, economic, regulatory or otherwise) that adversely affect the markets
where the Sites are  located  or  adversely  affect  industries  related  to the
telecommunications   business  generally   (including  proposed  legislation  or
regulation  by  any   Governmental   Authority  or  the   introduction   of  any
technological changes in the telecommunications industry), or adversely affect a
broad group of industries generally, nor (ii) any effects of competition,  shall
constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

         "Material Consents" has the meaning set forth in ss.5(a)(ii) below.

         "Material Contract" has the meaning set forth in ss.4(n) below.

         "Measurement Date" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(h) below.

         "Merger" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "Merger Consideration" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(ii) below.

         "Most Recent  Balance Sheet" means the balance sheet  contained  within
the Most Recent Financial Statements.

         "Most Recent Financial Statements" has the meaning set forth in ss.4(g)
           below.

         "Most Recent Fiscal Month End" has the meaning set forth in ss.4(g)
           below.

         "Most Recent Fiscal Year End" has the meaning set forth in ss.4(g)
           below.

         "Multiemployer Plan" has the meaning set forth in ERISA Sec. 3(37).

         "Newco" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "New Options" has the meaning set forth ss.6(p)(i) below.

         "Optionee" has the meaning set forth in ss.6(p) below.

         "Options" has the meaning set forth in ss.6(p) below.

                                       6
<PAGE>   12




         "Ordinary  Course of Business" means the ordinary course of business of
the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  consistent  with past  custom and  practice
(including with respect to quantity and frequency).

         "Party(ies)" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "Payoff Amount" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(vi) below.

         "Payoff Letter" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(vi) below.

         "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

         "Permitted  Interest" means (a) liens for Taxes not yet due and payable
or for Taxes that the taxpayer is contesting  in good faith through  appropriate
proceedings  and for which an  adequate  reserve has been  established,  (b) any
lease and any Security Interest arising out of deposits made to secure leases or
other  obligations of a like nature arising in the Ordinary  Course of Business,
(c)  any  easements,  rights  of  way,  restrictions,  installations  or  public
utilities, title imperfections and restrictions, reservations in land patents or
zoning  ordinances that do not materially  interfere with the use by the Company
of  the  property   subject  thereto  or  affected   thereby,   (d)  mechanic's,
materialmen's,  and similar liens for sums not yet due, (e) purchase money liens
and liens securing  rental  payments under capital lease  arrangements  that are
listed in ss.4(n) of the Disclosure Schedule, and (f) other liens arising in the
Ordinary Course of Business and not incurred in connection with the borrowing of
money or capitalized leases and that do not in the aggregate  materially detract
from the value of the  property  or  materially  impair  the use  thereof in the
operation of the Business.

         "Person"  means  an  individual,  a  partnership,  a  corporation,   an
association,  a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated
organization,  a governmental  entity (or any department,  agency,  or political
subdivision thereof), or any other entity.

         "Post-Closing Average" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(h) below.

         "Prohibited Transaction" has the meaning set forth in ERISA Sec. 406
           and Code Sec. 4975.

         "Registration Rights Agreement" has the meaning set forth in
           ss.2(e)(iv) below.

         "Reportable Event" has the meaning set forth in ERISA Sec. 4043.

         "SEC" has the meaning set forth in ss.3(k)(i) below.

         "SEC Documents" has the meaning set forth in ss.3(k)(i) below.

                                       7

<PAGE>   13



         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Securities Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
 amended.

         "Security  Interest"  means any mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  encumbrance,
charge, or other security interest.

         "Sites" means all communications sites where the Company or its
            Subsidiaries conducts its Business.

         "Stockholder(s)"  means the  holder(s)  of shares of  capital  stock of
Holdings listed in ss.4(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

         "Stockholder Representative Agreement" has the meaning set forth in
 ss.10(n) below.

         "Stockholder Representatives" has the meaning set forth in ss.10(n)
 below.

         "Subsidiary"  or  "Subsidiaries"  means any  Person in which  Holdings,
directly or indirectly through another Person, beneficially owns more than fifty
percent (50%) of either the equity interests in, or the control of, such Person,
including each of the entities listed in ss.4(f) of the Disclosure Schedule.

         "Surviving Corporation" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(a) below.

         "Tax"  or  "Taxes"  means  any and all  taxes,  fees,  levies,  duties,
tariffs,  imposts  and other  charges of any kind  imposed  by any  Governmental
Authority,  including: federal, state, local, or foreign income, gross receipts,
license, payroll,  employment,  excise, severance,  stamp, occupation,  premium,
windfall profits,  environmental  (including taxes under Code Sec. 59A), customs
duties,  capital stock,  franchise,  profits,  withholding,  social security (or
similar),  unemployment,  disability,  real property,  personal property, sales,
use,  transfer,  registration,  value  added,  alternative  or  add-on  minimum,
estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever,  including any interest, penalty
(and any  interest in respect of such  penalty),  or addition  thereto,  whether
disputed or not.

         "Tax Return" means any return,  declaration,  report, claim for refund,
information return or other statement relating to Taxes,  including any schedule
or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

         "Tenant Agreements" means all agreements providing for end user
 tenants' operations on the Sites.

         "Third Party Action" has the meaning set forth in ss.8(e) below.

                                       8
<PAGE>   14




         "Third Party Action Notice" has the meaning set forth in ss.8(e) below.

2.  The Merger.
(a) The Merger. On and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at
the Effective  Time,  Newco shall be merged with and into  Holdings  pursuant to
this Agreement and the Certificate of Merger (the "Certificate of Merger") to be
filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,  and the
separate corporate existence of Newco shall cease.  Holdings,  as it exists from
and after  the  Effective  Time,  is  sometimes  referred  to as the  "Surviving
Corporation."

(b)  Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws; Directors and Officers.  At the
 Effective Time:

(i)  The Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Surviving  Corporation  shall be
amended  and  restated  at and as of the  Effective  Time  to  read  as did  the
Certificate of  Incorporation of Newco  immediately  prior to the Effective Time
(except  that the name of the  Surviving  Corporation  will  remain  unchanged),
unless and until  thereafter  amended as provided  therein and under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL").

(ii)  The Bylaws of the Surviving  Corporation shall be amended and restated at
and as of the  Effective  Time to read as did the  Bylaws  of Newco  immediately
prior to the Effective  Time (except that the name of the Surviving  Corporation
will remain unchanged),  unless and until thereafter amended as provided therein
and under the DGCL.

(iii)  The  directors and officers of the  Surviving  Corporation  shall be the
individuals  designated  by the Buyer,  until their  successors  are elected and
qualified.

(c)  Effects of the Merger.  The Merger shall have the effects provided therefor
by the DGCL.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  and subject
thereto,  at the  Effective  Time (i) all the  rights,  privileges,  immunities,
powers  and  franchises,  of a public  as well as of a private  nature,  and all
property,  real,  personal  and mixed,  and all debts due on  whatever  account,
including without  limitation  subscriptions to shares,  and all other choses in
action,  and all and every other  interest of or belonging to or due to Holdings
or Newco  shall be taken and  deemed to be  transferred  to,  and vested in, the
Surviving Corporation without further act or deed; and all property,  rights and
privileges,  immunities,  powers and franchises and all and every other interest
shall be thereafter as effectually the property of the Surviving Corporation, as
they were of Holdings  and Newco,  and (ii) all debts,  liabilities,  duties and
obligations  of Holdings and Newco shall become the debts,  liabilities,  duties
and obligations of the Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Corporation shall
thenceforth be responsible and liable for all the debts, liabilities, duties and
obligations  of Holdings and Newco and neither the rights of  creditors  nor any
liens upon the  property  of  Holdings or Newco shall be impaired by the Merger,
and may be enforced against the Surviving Corporation.

                                       9
<PAGE>   15




(d) Manner of  Conversion  of Stock.  At the  Effective  Time,  by virtue of the
Merger and without any action on the part of the Buyer,  Newco or Holdings,  the
shares of capital stock of the Parties shall be converted as follows:

(i) Capital Stock of Newco.  Each issued and outstanding  share of capital stock
of  Newco  shall  be  converted  into  and  exchanged  for one  fully  paid  and
nonassessable share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.

(ii) Cancellation of Certain Shares of Capital Stock of Holdings.  All shares of
capital  stock of Holdings  that are owned  directly or  indirectly  by Holdings
shall be canceled and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

(iii)  Conversion of Certain  Other Shares of Capital Stock of Holdings.  All of
the issued and  outstanding  Holdings  Shares  (other than shares to be canceled
pursuant to ss.2(d)(ii) and other than shares held by Dissenting  Stockholders),
that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be
converted  into the  right to  receive  the  Merger  Consideration  set forth in
ss.2(e)(ii)  hereof.  Each issued and  outstanding  option to purchase  Holdings
Shares that is issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time
shall be converted as set forth in ss.6(p) hereof.

(iv) Fractional  Shares.  No fractional Buyer Shares shall be issued pursuant to
this  Agreement,  but in lieu thereof  each holder of Holdings  Shares who would
otherwise be entitled to receive a fraction of a Buyer Share shall  receive from
the Buyer the whole number of Buyer Shares  measured by rounding the fraction up
or down to the nearest whole share.

(v)  Adjustments  to Buyer Shares.  If, on or prior to the Effective  Time,  the
Buyer should split or combine its common stock, or pay a stock dividend or other
stock  distribution  in its common stock,  or otherwise  change the common stock
into any other  securities,  or make any other dividend or  distribution  on the
common stock (other than normal quarterly dividends, as the same may be adjusted
from time to time and in the ordinary  course),  then the number of Buyer Shares
issuable as the Merger  Consideration will be appropriately  adjusted to reflect
such split, combination, dividend or other distribution or change.

(vi)  Appraisal  Rights.  If  any  Stockholder  (a  "Dissenting  Stockholder")
perfects  such  Stockholder's  right to seek an  appraisal  under the DGCL,  the
Merger Consideration to be delivered hereunder shall be adjusted as set forth in
this ss.2(d)(vi).  The Holdings Shares held by such Dissenting  Stockholder will
not be  converted  as set forth  herein and the Buyer  shall not deliver the pro
rata portion of the Merger  Consideration  that would  otherwise be delivered to
such Stockholder,  but instead will retain such Merger  Consideration to satisfy
any appraisal obligations the Buyer might have to the Dissenting Stockholder. If
the pro rata portion of the Merger  Consideration  held by the Buyer has a value
greater than the amount of the Buyer's

                                       10
<PAGE>   16


appraisal  obligation,  then the Buyer shall retain such excess. If the pro rata
portion of the Merger Consideration held by the Buyer is insufficient to satisfy
the Buyer's appraisal obligations under the DGCL, the Buyer shall be entitled to
indemnification  for the amount of the deficiency,  as set forth in ss.8 hereof.
The  Stockholder  Representatives  shall  have the right to  participate  in all
proceedings  with respect to any such appraisal  procedure.  If such  Dissenting
Stockholder  shall have  effectively  withdrawn  or lost the right to receive an
appraisal  under the DGCL, the Holdings  Shares held by such  Stockholder  shall
then be deemed to have been converted into and to have become  exchangeable for,
as of the Effective  Time, the right to receive its pro rata share of the Merger
Consideration, without any interest thereon, in accordance with ss.2.

(e) Escrow Deposit; Merger Consideration.

(i) Escrow Deposit.  On November 26, 1999, the Buyer will deliver to First Union
National Bank, as escrow agent (the "Escrow  Agent"),  $3,000,000 in cash, which
amount (including,  unless otherwise stated herein, any interest earned thereon,
the "Escrow Deposit") shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of
the Escrow Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "Escrow Agreement").  The
parties  acknowledge  and agree that time is of the  essence in  delivering  the
Escrow Deposit to the Escrow Agent hereunder.

(ii)  Merger  Consideration.  The Buyer  agrees to  deliver  to the  Stockholder
Representatives  for  distribution  to the  Stockholders  or  the  Stockholders'
designee,  4,807,612  shares of unregistered  common stock,  par value $.001 per
share of the Buyer,  which  number shall be subject to  adjustment  as set forth
herein (as so adjusted, the "Buyer Shares" and collectively, including any Buyer
Shares delivered pursuant to ss.2(h), the "Merger Consideration").

(iii)  Adjustment  of New  Options.  For  purposes  of  this  ss.2(e)(iii),  the
following definitions shall apply:

         "Fair  Market  Value"  means the fair market value of a share of common
stock of the Buyer on the Closing Date.

         "Adjustment Ratio" means $12.59 divided by the Fair Market Value.

         "Adjusted Option Shares" shall mean the Adjustment Ratio multiplied by
 202,000.

         "Holdings Exercise Price" means $3.76.

         If, at the Closing,  the Adjustment  Ratio must be greater than 1.04917
to avoid a charge against earnings or variable accounting treatment with respect
to the New Options,  then the number of Buyer Shares to be issued at the Closing
as set forth herein shall be reduced by the Buyer Share  Adjustment,  calculated
pursuant to the following formula:

                                       11
<PAGE>   17




         (1)      Adjusted Option Shares x (Fair Market Value - (Holdings
Exercise Price / Adjustment Ratio) = Aggregate Option Value

         (2)      Aggregate Option Value / Fair Market Value = Adjusted
Aggregate Shares

         (3)   1/2 x (Adjusted Aggregate Shares - 148,638) = Buyer Share
 Adjustment.

(iv) Registration Rights Agreement. Holdings acknowledges and agrees that on the
Closing Date,  the Buyer Shares will be not be registered  under the  Securities
Act.  The Buyer  Shares  will be subject to the terms of a  registration  rights
agreement  to be entered into as of the Closing Date among the Buyer and certain
parties (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), as more specifically set forth in
ss.5(n) hereof.

(v) Option to Receive  Cash.  No later than three (3) Business Days prior to the
Anticipated  Closing Date, the Stockholder  Representatives may notify the Buyer
that the Stockholders elect to receive up to 18% of the Merger  Consideration in
cash (the "Closing Cash Payment"); provided, however, that in no event shall the
Closing Cash Payment exceed the lesser of (A) $4,500,000 or (B) an amount which,
when added to the cash to be paid to  Stockholders  exercising  their  appraisal
rights under the DGCL, will equal or exceed 19% of the Merger Consideration.  If
the Stockholders elect to receive the Closing Cash Payment,  the number of Buyer
Shares to be  delivered to the  Stockholders  as Merger  Consideration  shall be
reduced by the quotient of the Closing Cash Payment divided by twelve (12).

(vi)                     Payoff of Amounts Due to Lender and Others.

(A) The Buyer agrees to pay up to  $2,000,000,  plus any amount  borrowed as set
forth in this  ss.2(v)  (the  "Payoff  Amount")  to the Lender at the Closing in
accordance with the terms of a payoff letter in a form  reasonably  satisfactory
to the Parties (the "Payoff  Letter").  If the Effective  Time is on or prior to
December 31, 1999,  then on the Closing Date, the Buyer will loan to Holdings an
amount  sufficient  to pay  year-end  bonuses  to be  paid to  employees  of the
Company, in an amount not to exceed $465,000 in the aggregate, and in accordance
with written instructions to be delivered by the Stockholder  Representatives to
the Buyer no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Anticipated Closing
Date. If the Effective Time is after  December 31, 1999,  Holdings may draw down
sufficient  funds under its credit  facility  with  Lender to pay such  year-end
bonuses to employees of the Company,  in an amount not to exceed $465,000 in the
aggregate,  and the amount of the funds  borrowed will be included in the Payoff
Amount.

(B) Any amount due to the Lender by the Company at the Effective  Time in excess
of (i) $2,465,000 if Holdings has borrowed funds from the Lender to pay employee
bonuses as set forth in ss.2(e)(vi)  or (ii)  $2,000,000 if the Buyer has loaned
funds to Holdings to pay employee  bonuses as set forth in ss.2(e)(vi),  will be
included  in the  Payoff  Amount  and  reduce  the  Merger  Consideration  to be
delivered hereunder. Such reduction will be

                                       12
<PAGE>   18


first from the Closing Cash Payment,  if any, and then from the Buyer Shares. If
such reduction is made in Buyer Shares,  the number of Buyer Shares  deliverable
at Closing will be reduced by the quotient of the difference  between the amount
due  to  the  Lender  as set  forth  in the  Payoff  Letter  and  $2,465,000  or
$2,000,000, as appropriate, divided by twelve (12).

(C) The Buyer may elect to repay in full,  concurrently  with the  Closing,  any
capitalized lease obligations of Holdings.

(D) The Buyer may elect to pay any sums necessary to release Security Interests,
which payments shall reduce the Merger  Consideration to be delivered  hereunder
(other than amounts covered by the Payoff Letter).  Such reduction will be first
from the Closing Cash Payment,  if any, and then from the Buyer Shares.  If such
reduction is made in Buyer  Shares,  the number of Buyer Shares  deliverable  at
Closing  will be reduced by the  quotient of the dollar  amount of such  payment
divided by twelve (12).

(vii) Holdback  Shares.  At the Closing,  the Buyer shall deliver  250,000 Buyer
Shares  issued in the name of the  Escrow  Agent,  on behalf of the  Stockholder
Representatives  (the "Holdback Shares") to the Escrow Agent to be held pursuant
to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.  The Holdback Shares shall be available as
security  for any payment due to the Buyer  pursuant to ss.8 of this  Agreement.
The Holdback  Shares shall be  distributed  by the Escrow Agent  pursuant to the
terms of the Escrow Agreement.

(f)Exchange of Certificates and Payment of Cash.

(i) Delivery of Consideration.  At the Closing,  in exchange for the outstanding
Holdings  Shares (other than Holdings  Shares held by Dissenting  Stockholders),
the Buyer shall cause to be made available to the Stockholders or their designee
the Merger  Consideration,  with all cash  payments  to be made by federal  wire
transfer of immediately  available funds pursuant to wire transfer  instructions
provided by the  Stockholder  Representatives  at least three (3) Business  Days
prior to the Anticipated Closing Date.

(ii) Certificate Delivery  Requirements.  At the Effective Time, the Stockholder
Representatives  on behalf of the  Stockholders  shall  deliver to the Buyer the
certificates  (the  "Certificates")  representing  Holdings Shares owned by each
Stockholder,  accompanied  by blank  stock  powers  duly  executed  and with all
necessary  transfer tax and other revenue stamps,  acquired at the Stockholders'
expense, affixed and canceled. The Stockholder  Representatives on behalf of the
Stockholders  shall  promptly  cure any  deficiencies  with respect to the stock
powers  accompanying  such  Certificates.  The  Certificates  so delivered shall
forthwith be canceled. Until delivered as contemplated by this ss.2(f)(ii), each
Certificate  shall be deemed at any time after the  Effective  Time to represent
only the right to receive  upon such  surrender  the  number of Buyer  Shares as
provided by this Agreement and the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

                                       13
<PAGE>   19




(iii) No Further Ownership Rights in Capital Stock of Holdings. All Buyer Shares
and  cash to be  delivered  upon  the  surrender  of  certificates  representing
Holdings  Shares in accordance  with the terms hereof  (including any additional
Buyer Shares delivered  pursuant to ss.2(h) hereof) shall be deemed to have been
delivered in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such Holdings Shares,
and, following the Effective Time, the Stockholders shall have no further rights
to, or ownership  in,  shares of capital  stock of  Holdings.  There shall be no
further  registration  of transfers on the stock transfer books of the Surviving
Corporation of the Holdings Shares which were issued and outstanding immediately
prior to the Effective  Time.  If, after the Effective  Time,  Certificates  are
presented to the Surviving  Corporation  for any reason,  they shall be canceled
and exchanged as provided in this ss.2(f).

(iv) Lost,  Stolen or Destroyed  Certificates.  If any  Certificates  evidencing
Holdings Shares shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed,  then the Buyer shall
deliver a portion of the Merger  Consideration in exchange for such lost, stolen
or  destroyed  certificates,  upon the  delivery to the Buyer of an affidavit of
that fact by the holder thereof;  provided,  however, that the Buyer may, in its
discretion  and as a condition  precedent to the issuance  thereof,  require the
owner  of  such  lost,   stolen  or   destroyed   certificates   to  deliver  an
indemnification  agreement without a bond having such terms as it may reasonably
direct as  indemnity  against any claim that may be made  against the Buyer with
respect to the certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

(g) Manner of Payment and Delivery.   At Closing:

(i)  Concurrently  with the  Closing,  the Buyer shall pay to the Lender by wire
transfer of immediately  available  funds to such banks and accounts  thereat as
shall be specified in the Payoff Letter an amount equal to the Payoff Amount.

(ii) The Buyer shall deliver to the Stockholder Representatives (or to any other
Person as the Stockholder  Representatives  may direct in writing) (A) the Buyer
Shares  less  the  Holdback  Shares  (issued  in  the  names  and  denominations
designated by the Stockholder  Representatives  to the Buyer no later than three
(3)  Business  Days  prior  to the  Anticipated  Closing  Date),  and (B) if the
Stockholders so elect,  the Closing Cash Payment by wire transfer of immediately
available  funds to such banks and  accounts  thereat as shall be  specified  in
writing by the  Stockholder  Representatives  at least three (3)  Business  Days
prior to the Anticipated  Closing Date, for  distribution to the Stockholders or
the Stockholders' designee.

(iii) The Buyer and the  Stockholder  Representatives  shall  direct  the Escrow
Agent in writing  (the  "Direction  Letter")  to deliver to the Buyer the Escrow
Deposit.

(h) Post-Closing Merger Consideration Adjustment.  The number of Buyer Shares to
be delivered  hereunder shall be subject to adjustment as set forth herein.  The
adjustment  set  forth in this  ss.2(h)  shall be  calculated  on the date  (the
"Measurement  Date")  that is the  earlier  to occur of (i) the date that is 180
days after the Closing Date, if the Buyer has not

                                       14
<PAGE>   20


consummated an initial  public  offering of its common stock within such 180-day
period  and  (ii)  the  date  that  is 180  days  after  the  expiration  of the
restrictions  on  transfer  in the  Lock-Up  Agreement,  if the Buyer shall have
consummated an initial public offering of its common stock within 180 days after
the  Closing  Date.  On the  Measurement  Date,  the Buyer  and the  Stockholder
Representatives  shall  calculate  the average of the closing  share prices (the
"Post-Closing  Average")  of the Buyer  common stock for the thirty (30) trading
day period ended on the last trading day  immediately  prior to the  Measurement
Date. If the Post-Closing  Average is $12.00 per share or higher, there shall be
no  adjustment  to the  number of Buyer  Shares to be  delivered  as part of the
Merger Consideration  hereunder.  If the Post-Closing Average is less than $9.00
per share,  the Buyer  shall  deliver  to the  Stockholder  Representatives  for
distribution to the  Stockholders an additional  1,670,000 Buyer Shares.  If the
Post-Closing  Average is equal to or higher than $9.00 per share, and lower than
$12.00 per share, the Buyer shall deliver to the Stockholder Representatives for
distribution to the  Stockholders,  a number of additional Buyer Shares equal to
(A) the quotient obtained by dividing  $60,000,000 by the Post-Closing  Average,
minus (B) 5,000,000.  The number of Buyer Shares to be delivered as set forth in
this  ss.2(h)  shall be  reduced  by the same pro rata  portion  that the Merger
Consideration  was  reduced  pursuant  to  ss.2(d)(vi).  The Buyer  shall  issue
1,670,000  Buyer Shares into escrow on the Closing Date (the  "Additional  Buyer
Shares")   which  shall  be   released   to  the  Buyer  or  the   Stockholders'
Representatives,  as appropriate,  promptly  following the Measurement Date. The
Buyer shall not be entitled to set off against any additional Buyer Shares to be
delivered  hereunder  any  amounts  claimed  by the Buyer to be owed  under ss.8
hereof or otherwise.

(i) The Closing. The closing of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement
(the  "Closing")  shall take place at the offices of  Kleinbard,  Bell & Brecker
LLP, 1900 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia,  PA 19103,  commencing at 9:00
a.m. local time on the second Business Day following the  satisfaction or waiver
of  all  conditions  to  the  obligations  of  the  Parties  to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated hereby (other than conditions with respect to actions
the  respective  Parties  will take at the Closing  itself) (any such date being
referred to herein as the "Anticipated  Closing Date") or such other date as the
Buyer and the Stockholder  Representatives may mutually  determine.  The date on
which the Closing  shall occur is referred to in this  Agreement as the "Closing
Date";  provided,  however, that the Closing Date shall be no later than January
14, 2000. On the Closing Date, the Certificate of Merger,  or other  appropriate
documents  executed in  accordance  with the DGCL,  together  with any  required
officers' certificates,  shall be filed in accordance with the provisions of the
DGCL. The Merger shall become  effective upon such filings or at such later time
as may be specified in such filings (the "Effective Time").

(j) Deliveries at the Closing. At the Closing, (i) Holdings will deliver to the
Buyer the  various  certificates,  instruments,  and  documents  referred  to in
ss.7(a) below, (ii) the Buyer will deliver to the Stockholder Representatives on
behalf of the Stockholders the various certificates,  instruments, and documents
referred to in ss.7(b) below, (iii) the Stockholder Representatives on behalf of
the Stockholders will deliver to the Buyer,  free and clear of all liens,  stock
certificates  representing  all of the Holdings  Shares (or  affidavits  of lost
certificates, as

                                       15
<PAGE>   21


described in  ss.2(f)(iv)),  endorsed in blank or  accompanied  by duly executed
assignment   documents,   (iv)  the  Buyer  will  deliver  to  the   Stockholder
Representatives  for  distribution  to the  Stockholders  or  the  Stockholders'
designee,  the Buyer Shares less the  Holdback  Shares and, if  applicable,  the
Closing  Cash   Payment,   (v)  the  Buyer  will  deliver  to  the   Stockholder
Representatives  for  distribution to the Optionees,  the New Options,  (vi) the
Stockholder  Representatives  and the Buyer will deliver to the Escrow Agent the
Direction Letter, (vii) the Buyer will deliver the Holdback Shares to the Escrow
Agent,  (viii) the  Stockholder  Representatives  will  deliver to the Buyer the
Payoff  Letter  signed by the Lender,  (ix) the Buyer will deliver to the Lender
the Payoff Amount and (x) the Parties will deliver the Certificate of Merger for
filing in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant
to the DGCL,.  In addition to the  foregoing,  at the Closing,  the  Stockholder
Representatives  shall  deliver  to the Buyer (x)  originals  of all  Management
Agreements,  Lease Agreements,  Government Agreements and Tenant Agreements, (y)
the  entire  corporate  books and  records of  Holdings,  the  Company  and each
Subsidiary from the dates of  incorporation  through the Closing,  including the
Certificates of  Incorporation  or Formation,  Bylaws and minutes of meetings of
Holdings,  the Company and each Subsidiary,  if any, and (z) the resignations of
all  directors,  officers  and  employees  of  Holdings,  the  Company  and each
Subsidiary, other than the resignations described in ss.7(a)(ix) hereof.

3.  Representations  and Warranties of the Buyer and Newco. The Buyer and Newco,
jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Holdings as follows:

(a)  Organization  of the  Buyer  and  Newco.  Each of the  Buyer and Newco is a
corporation  duly organized,  validly  existing,  and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

(b) Authorization of Transaction. Each of the Buyer and Newco has full corporate
power and  authority  to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and to perform its
obligations hereunder.  This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding
obligation of the Buyer and Newco,  enforceable in accordance with its terms and
conditions,  subject to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or
similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting  creditors'  rights generally.
Except  for any  notices  that  may be  required  to be  filed  pursuant  to the
Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act, under federal  securities laws or under state securities
or blue sky laws,  neither the Buyer nor Newco need give any notice to, make any
filing  with,  or  obtain  any  authorization,   consent,  or  approval  of  any
Governmental  Authority in order to consummate the transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement.

(c) Noncontravention.  Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement,
nor the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby, will (A) violate
any injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of
any  Governmental  Authority  to which  the  Buyer or  Newco is  subject  or any
provision of its charter or bylaws or (B) subject to the receipt of the consents
listed in ss.3(c) of the Disclosure  Schedule,  violate,  result in a breach of,
constitute a default under,  result in the  acceleration of, create in any party
the right

                                       16
<PAGE>   22


to accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or cancel,  or require any notice under any
agreement,  contract, lease, license,  instrument, or other arrangement to which
the  Buyer or  Newco  is a party or by which it is bound or to which  any of its
assets is subject.

(d) Brokers Fees. Neither the Buyer nor Newco has any Liability or obligation to
pay any fees or commissions to any broker,  finder, or agent with respect to the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement for which  Holdings  could become
liable or obligated.

(e)  Investment.  The Buyer and Newco are not acquiring  Holdings  Shares with a
view to or for sale in  connection  with any  distribution  thereof  within  the
meaning of the Securities Act.

(f) Legal  Compliance.  Each of the Buyer,  Newco and, to the  Knowledge  of the
Buyer,  their predecessors and Affiliates have complied in all respects with all
Applicable  Laws,  and no  action,  suit,  proceeding,  hearing,  investigation,
charge, complaint,  claim, demand, or notice has been filed or commenced against
any of them  alleging  any failure so to comply,  except where the failure so to
comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Buyer.

(g) Absence of  Litigation.  Except as disclosed  in the Buyer's SEC  Documents,
neither the Buyer nor Newco is subject to any outstanding injunction,  judgment,
order, decree,  ruling, or charge and is not a party, or to the knowledge of the
Buyer,  is not  threatened to be made a party to any action,  suit,  proceeding,
hearing, or investigation of, in, or before any Governmental Authority or before
any arbitrator,  except where such injunction,  judgment, order, decree, ruling,
charge,  action,  suit,  proceeding,  hearing or investigation  would not have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Buyer.

(h) Environment, Health, and Safety.

(i)  Each  of the  Buyer,  Newco  and,  to the  knowledge  of the  Buyer,  their
respective  predecessors  and Affiliates,  has complied with all  Environmental,
Health,   and  Safety  Laws,   and  no  action,   suit,   proceeding,   hearing,
investigation,  charge,  complaint,  claim,  demand, or notice has been filed or
commenced  against any of them  alleging any failure so to comply,  except where
any  non-compliance  would not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect  on the  Buyer.
Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, each of the Buyer and
Newco and, to the  knowledge of the Buyer,  their  respective  predecessors  and
Affiliates  has  obtained  and  been in  compliance  with all of the  terms  and
conditions of all permits, licenses, and other authorizations which are required
under  all   Environmental,   Health,   and  Safety   Laws,   except  where  any
non-compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Buyer.

(ii) To the Buyer's  knowledge,  neither the Buyer nor Newco has any Liability
(and the  Buyer,  Newco and their  respective  Affiliates  have not  handled
or disposed of any substance or arranged for the disposal of any  substance
giving rise to any Liability) for

                                       17
<PAGE>   23


damage to any site where the Buyer or Newco operates its business,  location, or
body of water (surface or subsurface),  for any illness of or personal injury to
any  employee  or  other   individual,   arising  under  any  reason  under  any
Environmental,  Health,  and  Safety  Law,  where  such  Liability  would have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Buyer.

(i) Share  Validity.  The Buyer Shares and the shares  issuable upon exercise of
the New Options shall be, upon issuance in accordance with this Agreement or the
New Options,  as applicable,  duly  authorized,  validly issued,  fully paid and
nonassessable,  and free and clear of any liens and preemptive and other similar
rights.

(j)   Securities   Law   Compliance.   The  Buyer  has  given  the   Stockholder
Representatives and their agents, and agrees to continue to give the Stockholder
Representatives  and their agents through the Closing Date,  the  opportunity to
ask questions  of, and receive  answers  from,  executive  officers of the Buyer
concerning the Buyer and the Buyer Shares. Neither the Buyer nor, to the Buyer's
knowledge,  any Person  acting on its behalf has, in  connection  with the Buyer
Shares  offered  hereby,  engaged  in (A) any form of  general  solicitation  or
general  advertising  (as those terms are used within the meaning of Rule 502(c)
under the Securities Act), (B) any action involving a public offering within the
meaning of Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act,  or (C) any action  that would
require the  registration  under the  Securities Act of the offering and sale of
the Buyer Shares  pursuant to this  Agreement or that would  violate  applicable
state  securities or "Blue Sky" laws.  The Buyer has not made and will not prior
to the Closing make, directly or indirectly,  any offer or sale of securities of
the same or a  similar  class as the Buyer  Shares if as a result  the offer and
sale of the Buyer  Shares  contemplated  hereby  would  fail to be  entitled  to
exemption from the  registration  requirements of the Securities Act. As used in
this  ss.3(j),  the terms  "offer" and "sale"  have the  meanings  specified  in
Section 2(3) of the Securities Act.

(k) Public Filings.

(i) The Buyer has made  available (or will make  available  within ten (10) days
after the execution of this  Agreement) to Holdings true and complete  copies of
its quarterly  report on Form 10-Q for fiscal  quarter ended  September 30, 1999
and all current  reports on Form 8-K and other  documents filed since January 1,
1999 (collectively, the "SEC Documents") and will make available to Holdings any
similar SEC Documents  filed with the U.S.  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the "SEC") on or before the Closing Date. As of their respective  filing dates,
each SEC Document  complied,  or will comply,  in all material respects with the
requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act, and as of their  respective  dates
none of the SEC Documents contained,  or will contain, any untrue statement of a
material  fact or omitted,  or will omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of
the  circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading.  As used in this
Agreement,  the  consolidated  balance  sheet of the Buyer and its  consolidated
subsidiaries as of September 30, 1999 included in the Form 10-Q for the fiscal

                                       18
<PAGE>   24



quarter  then ended is  hereinafter  referred  to herein as the  "Buyer  Balance
Sheet" and  September 30, 1999 is  hereinafter  referred to herein as the "Buyer
Balance Sheet Date".

(ii) Except to the extent  expressly set forth in, or contemplated by, the Buyer
Balance Sheet, or the notes,  schedules or exhibits thereto, or as disclosed in,
or contemplated  by, the SEC Documents:  (i) as of the Buyer Balance Sheet Date,
neither  the Buyer nor any of its  consolidated  subsidiaries  had any  material
liabilities or obligations (whether absolute,  contingent, accrued or otherwise)
that would be required to be included on a  consolidated  or  condensed  balance
sheet or in the notes, schedules or exhibits thereto prepared in accordance with
GAAP;  and  (ii)  since  the  Buyer  Balance  Sheet  Date,  the  Buyer  and  its
consolidated  subsidiaries  have not incurred any such material  liabilities  or
obligations  other than in the ordinary course of business or as so disclosed or
contemplated.

(l)  Tax  Matters.  The  fair  market  value  of  the  Buyer  Shares  and  other
consideration  received by the Stockholders  will be approximately  equal to the
fair market value of the Holdings Shares surrendered in the Merger.  Immediately
before the Merger,  the Buyer will be in control of Newco  within the meaning of
Code Sec.  368(c).  The Buyer has no plan or intention to (i) cause  Holdings to
issue  additional  shares of its stock  that  would  result in the Buyer  losing
control of Holdings within the meaning of Code Sec.  368(c),  (ii) reacquire any
of its stock issued in the Merger,  except as provided pursuant to the escrow of
the  Additional  Buyer  Shares or as provided by the Escrow  Agreement  or (iii)
liquidate  Holdings,  merge Holdings with or into another  corporation,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the stock of Holdings  (except for  transfers  of stock to
corporations controlled by the Buyer), or to cause Holdings to sell or otherwise
dispose of any of its assets or any of the assets  acquired  from Newco,  except
for dispositions  made in the ordinary course of business or transfers of assets
to a corporation controlled by Holdings.  Newco will have no liabilities assumed
by Holdings, and will not transfer to Holdings any assets subject to liabilities
in the  Merger.  The Buyer does not own,  nor has it owned  during the past five
years,  any shares of the stock of Holdings.  Neither Buyer nor Newco is or will
be an investment company as defined in Code Secs. 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv).

        (m) No Material  Adverse  Change.  Since the Buyer  Balance  Sheet Date,
there has been no Material Adverse Change in the business,  financial condition,
assets,  liabilities,  operations  or results of  operations of the Buyer or its
ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

         4. Representations and Warranties Concerning Holdings,  the Company and
its Subsidiaries. Holdings represents and warrants to the Buyer as follows:

(a) Organization,  Qualification,  and Corporate Power.  (a)ab Each of Holdings,
the Company and the Subsidiaries is a corporation or limited  liability  company
duly  organized,  validly  existing,  and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization. Each of Holdings, the Company
and the  Subsidiaries  is duly  authorized  to conduct  business  and is in good
standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where such qualification is

                                       19
<PAGE>   25



required,  except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material
Adverse Effect on Holdings.  Each of Holdings,  the Company and the Subsidiaries
has full  corporate or limited  liability  company  power and  authority and all
licenses,  permits,  and authorizations  necessary to carry on the businesses in
which it is  engaged  and to own and use the  properties  owned  and used by it,
except where the failure to have such licenses, permits and authorizations would
not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect on  Holdings.  ss.4(a)  of the  Disclosure
Schedule  lists the directors and officers of each of Holdings,  the Company and
the  Subsidiaries.  Holdings  has  delivered  to the Buyer  correct and complete
copies of the charter and bylaws or other  organizational  documents  of each of
Holdings,  the Company  and the  Subsidiaries  (as amended to date).  The minute
books  (containing the records of meetings of the  stockholders or members,  the
board of directors or manager,  and any  committees of the board of  directors),
the stock certificate books, and the stock record books of each of Holdings, the
Company and the  Subsidiaries  are correct and complete.  None of Holdings,  the
Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  is in  default  under  or in  violation  of any
provision of its charter or bylaws or other organizational documents.

(b) Capitalization of Holdings.

(i) The entire authorized capital stock of Holdings consists of 5,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 3,451,440 shares are issued
and outstanding,  and 12,200,000  shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per
share, of which 12,161,997 shares are issued and outstanding. No shares are held
in treasury.  All of the issued and  outstanding  Holdings Shares have been duly
authorized,  are validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable,  and are held of
record by the  Stockholders as set forth in ss.4(b) of the Disclosure  Schedule.
Except  as set  forth  in  ss.4(b)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  there  are no
outstanding  or authorized  options,  warrants,  purchase  rights,  subscription
rights,  conversion  rights,  exchange rights, or other contracts or commitments
that  could  require  Holdings  to issue,  sell,  or  otherwise  cause to become
outstanding  any of its capital  stock or equity.  There are no  outstanding  or
authorized stock appreciation,  phantom stock, profit participation,  or similar
rights  with  respect  to  Holdings.  Except  as set  forth  in  ss.4(b)  of the
Disclosure Schedule, there are no voting trusts, proxies, or other agreements or
understandings with respect to the voting of the capital stock of Holdings.

(ii) The  Stockholders  and Optionees hold of record and own beneficially all of
the Holdings  Shares and/or  Options set forth  opposite such  Stockholder's  or
Optionee's  name in ss.4(b) of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  free and clear of any
restrictions on transfer (other than any  restrictions  under the Securities Act
and state  securities  laws),  Taxes,  Security  Interests,  options,  warrants,
purchase rights, contracts,  commitments,  equities, claims, and demands. Except
as set forth in ss.4(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Stockholder is a party to
any option, warrant,  purchase right, or other contract or commitment that could
require the Stockholder to sell,  transfer,  or otherwise dispose of any capital
stock of any Subsidiary,  the Company,  or Holdings (other than this Agreement).
Except as set forth in ss.4(b) of the Disclosure  Schedule,  no Stockholder is a
party to any voting trust, proxy, or other agreement

                                       20
<PAGE>   26


or  understanding  with respect to the voting of any capital stock of any
Subsidiary,  the Company,  or Holdings.

(c)  Noncontravention; Consents.

(i)  Neither  the  execution  and  the  delivery  of  this  Agreement,  nor  the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  will (A)  violate any
injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any
Governmental  Authority to which any of Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary
is subject or any  provision  of the  charter or bylaws or other  organizational
documents  of  Holdings,  the  Company or any  Subsidiary  or (B) subject to the
receipt of any consent listed in ss.4(c)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, violate,
result in a breach of,  constitute a default under,  result in the  acceleration
of, create in any party the right to accelerate,  terminate,  modify, or cancel,
or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument,
or other arrangement to which any of Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary is
a party or by which it is bound or to which  any of its  assets is  subject  (or
result in the  imposition  of any  Security  Interest  upon any of its  assets),
excluding  in any case  such  violations,  breaches  or  defaults  or  Permitted
Interests  that in the  aggregate  would not  reasonably  be  expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect on Holdings.

(ii) Except for (A) consents  listed in ss.4(c)(ii) of the Disclosure  Schedule,
(B) the expiration or earlier  termination of any required  waiting period under
the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act, and (C) the requisite  approval of the Stockholders
pursuant to ss.251 of the DGCL, none of Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary
needs to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any  authorization,
consent,  or approval of any Person or  Governmental  Authority in order for the
Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d)  Brokers  Fees.  None of  Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary  has any
Liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or
agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(e) Title to Assets.  Holdings,  the Company and the Subsidiaries  have good and
marketable title to, or a valid leasehold  interest in, their respective Assets,
free and clear of all  Security  Interests  (other  than  Permitted  Interests),
except for properties and assets  disposed of in the Ordinary Course of Business
since  the  date of the  Most  Recent  Balance  Sheet.  Each  tangible  asset of
Holdings,  the Company and the  Subsidiaries is in good operating  condition and
repair  (subject to normal wear and tear) and is suitable  for the  purposes for
which it presently is used.

(f) The Company and the  Subsidiaries.  ss.4(f) of the Disclosure  Schedule sets
forth for the  Company  and each  Subsidiary  (i) its name and  jurisdiction  of
incorporation or organization,  (ii) the number of shares of authorized  capital
stock (or other  equity) of each class of its capital  stock (or other  equity),
(iii) the number of issued and  outstanding  shares (or interests) of each class
of its capital stock (or other equity),  the names of the holders  thereof,  and
the number of shares (or

                                       21
<PAGE>   27


interests)  held by each  such  holder,  and  (iv)  the  number  of  shares  (or
interests) of its capital  stock (or other equity) held in treasury.  All of the
issued and outstanding  shares (or interests) of capital stock (or other equity)
of each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid,
and  nonassessable.  Holdings is the sole owner of all equity  interests  in the
Company, and holds of record and owns beneficially all of the outstanding shares
of the  Company,  free and clear of any  restrictions  on  transfer  (other than
restrictions  under  the  Securities  Act and  state  securities  laws),  Taxes,
Security Interests, options, warrants, purchase rights, contracts,  commitments,
equities,  claims,  and  demands.  The  Company  is the sole owner of all equity
interests in each Subsidiary,  and holds of record and owns  beneficially all of
the outstanding shares of each Subsidiary of the Company,  free and clear of any
restrictions on transfer (other than  restrictions  under the Securities Act and
state securities laws), Taxes, Security Interests,  options, warrants,  purchase
rights,  contracts,  commitments,  equities,  claims, and demands.  There are no
outstanding or authorized options, warrants, purchase rights, conversion rights,
exchange rights,  or other contracts or commitments that could require Holdings,
the Company,  or any Subsidiary to sell,  transfer,  or otherwise dispose of any
capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary or that could require the Company
or any Subsidiary to issue,  sell, or otherwise cause to become  outstanding any
of its own  capital  stock (or other  equity).  There are no  outstanding  stock
appreciation,  phantom  stock,  profit  participation,  or similar  rights  with
respect to the Company or any Subsidiary.  There are no voting trusts,  proxies,
or other agreements or understandings  with respect to the voting of any capital
stock of the Company or any  Subsidiary.  None of  Holdings,  the Company or any
Subsidiary  controls directly or indirectly or has any direct or indirect equity
participation  in  any  corporation,   partnership,  trust,  or  other  business
association except as set forth in ss.4(f) of the Disclosure Schedule. Except as
set forth in ss.4(f) of the Disclosure Schedule,  neither Holdings,  the Company
nor any  Subsidiary  holds  or owns  any  equity  interest  in any  corporation,
partnership, limited liability company, or other entity.

(g)  Financial  Statements.  Holdings  has  provided to the Buyer the  following
financial  statements  (collectively  the "Financial  Statements"):  (i) audited
consolidated  and  unaudited  consolidating  balance  sheets and  statements  of
income,  changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flow as of and for the fiscal
years ended  December  31,  1996,  December  31, 1997 and December 31, 1998 (the
"Most Recent Fiscal Year End") for Holdings,  the Company and the  Subsidiaries;
and (ii) unaudited  consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and statements
of income,  changes in  stockholders'  equity,  and cash flow (the "Most  Recent
Financial  Statements")  as of and for the nine months ended  September 30, 1999
(the  "Most  Recent  Fiscal  Month  End")  for  Holdings,  the  Company  and the
Subsidiaries.  The Financial Statements  (including the notes thereto) have been
prepared in accordance  with GAAP applied on a consistent  basis  throughout the
periods  covered thereby  (subject to, in the case of the Most Recent  Financial
Statements,  the absence of  footnotes,  year-end  adjustments,  and other items
required  by GAAP to be  included  in audited  statements),  present  fairly the
financial  condition of Holdings,  the Company and the  Subsidiaries  as of such
dates and the results of operations of

                                       22
<PAGE>   28


Holdings,  the Company and the  Subsidiaries  for such periods,  are correct and
complete, and are consistent with the books and records of Holdings, the Company
and the Subsidiaries.

(h) Events  Subsequent  to Most Recent  Fiscal  Year End.  Since the Most Recent
Fiscal Year End, there has not been any Material Adverse Change in the business,
financial condition, assets, liabilities, operations or results of operations of
Holdings,  the Company and the Subsidiaries.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, since that date:

(i)  none  of  Holdings,  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  has  sold,  leased,
transferred,  or assigned any of its assets, tangible or intangible,  other than
for a fair consideration in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(ii) except as set forth in  ss.4(h)(ii)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  none of
Holdings,  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  has  entered  into  any  agreement,
contract, lease, or license (or series of related agreements, contracts, leases,
and licenses) either  obligating the Company to pay more than $50,000 or outside
the Ordinary Course of Business;

(iii) except as set forth in ss.4(h)(iii) of the Disclosure  Schedule,  no party
(including Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary) has accelerated, terminated,
modified, or cancelled any agreement,  contract, lease, or license (or series of
related  agreements,   contracts,   leases,  and  licenses)  except  where  such
acceleration,  termination,  modification  or  cancellation  would  not  have  a
Material Adverse Effect on Holdings;

(iv) except as set forth in  ss.4(h)(iv)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  none of
Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary has imposed any Security Interest (other
than Permitted Interests) upon any of its assets, tangible or intangible;

(v)  except as set  forth in  ss.4(h)(v)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  none of
Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary has made any capital  expenditure  (or
series of related capital  expenditures)  either  involving more than $50,000 or
outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

(vi) except as set forth in  ss.4(h)(vi)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  none of
Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary has made any capital investment in, any
loan to, or any acquisition of the securities or assets of, any other Person (or
series of related capital investments, loans, and acquisitions) either involving
more than $50,000 or outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

(vii) except as set forth in  ss.4(h)(vii) of the Disclosure  Schedule,  none of
Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary has issued any note, bond, or other debt
security or created,  incurred,  assumed,  or guaranteed  any  indebtedness  for
borrowed money or capitalized lease obligation;

                                       23
<PAGE>   29




(viii) none of Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary has delayed or postponed
the  payment of  accounts  payable and other  Liabilities  outside the  Ordinary
Course of Business;

(ix) none of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary has cancelled, compromised,
waived,  or released any right or claim (or series of related rights and claims)
either  involving  more than  $50,000 in the  aggregate  or outside the Ordinary
Course of Business;

(x) none of Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary has granted any license or
sublicense of any rights under or with respect to any Intellectual Property;

(xi) there has been no change made or authorized in the charter or bylaws of any
of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary;

(xii) except as set forth in  ss.4(h)(xii) of the Disclosure  Schedule,  none of
Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary has issued, sold, or otherwise disposed
of any of its capital stock, or granted any options,  warrants,  or other rights
to purchase or obtain (including upon conversion,  exchange, or exercise) any of
its capital stock;

(xiii) except as set forth in ss.4(h)(xiii) of the Disclosure Schedule,  none of
Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary has declared,  set aside,  or paid any
dividend or made any distribution  with respect to its capital stock (whether in
cash or in  kind) or  redeemed,  purchased,  or  otherwise  acquired  any of its
capital stock;

(xiv)none of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary has experienced any damage,
destruction, or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to its property;

(xv) none of Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary  has made any loan to, or
entered into any other  transaction  with, any of its  Stockholders,  directors,
officers,  and  employees or their  Affiliates  outside the  Ordinary  Course of
Business;

(xvi) none of  Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary  has  entered  into any
employment  contract or  collective  bargaining  agreement,  written or oral, or
modified the terms of any existing such contract or agreement;

(xvii) none of Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary has granted any increase
in the  base  compensation  of any of its  directors,  officers,  and  employees
outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

(xviii)ab none of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary has adopted,  amended,
modified,  or terminated any bonus,  profit-sharing,  incentive,  severance,  or
other plan,  contract,  or commitment  for the benefit of any of its  directors,
officers,  or  employees  (or taken any such  action  with  respect to any other
Employee Benefit Plan);

                                       24
<PAGE>   30




(xix) none of Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary has made any other change
in employment terms for any of its directors, officers, or employees outside the
Ordinary Course of Business;

(xx) none of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary has made or pledged to make
any  charitable  or other  capital  contribution  in  excess of  $10,000  in the
aggregate;

(xxi) there has not been any other occurrence,  event, incident, action, failure
to act, or transaction  outside the Ordinary Course of Business involving any of
Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary  that would  reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect on Holdings; and

(xxii) none of Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary has committed to any of
 the foregoing.

(i) Undisclosed Liabilities. None of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary has
any Liability,  except for (i)  Liabilities set forth on the Most Recent Balance
Sheet, (ii) Liabilities which have arisen after the Most Recent Fiscal Month End
in the  Ordinary  Course of  Business  and (iii)  the  Liabilities  set forth in
ss.4(i) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(j) Legal Compliance. Each of Holdings, the Company, its Subsidiaries, and their
respective  predecessors  and Affiliates  has complied in all material  respects
with  all  Applicable   Laws,  and  no  action,   suit,   proceeding,   hearing,
investigation,  charge,  complaint,  claim,  demand, or notice has been filed or
commenced against any of them alleging any failure so to comply.

(k) Tax Matters.

(i) Each of  Holdings,  the Company and the  Subsidiaries  has filed in a timely
manner all Tax Returns that it was  required to file.  All such Tax Returns were
correct and complete in all material respects.  All Taxes owed by Holdings,  the
Company and the Subsidiaries  (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been
paid.  None  of  Holdings,  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  currently  is the
beneficiary  of any  extension of time within  which to file any Tax Return.  No
claim has ever been made by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where any
of Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary does not file Tax Returns that it is
or may be  subject  to  taxation  by that  jurisdiction.  There are no  Security
Interests on any of the assets of any of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary
that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax.


                                       25
<PAGE>   31



(ii) Each of Holdings, the Company and each Subsidiary has withheld and paid all
Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or
owing to any employee, independent contractor,  creditor,  stockholder, or other
third party.

(iii)  There is no  dispute  or claim  concerning  any Tax  Liability  of any of
Holdings,  the  Company or any  Subsidiary  either (A)  claimed or raised by any
Governmental  Authority  in writing or (B) as to which  Holdings  has  Knowledge
based  upon  personal  contact  with any agent of such  Governmental  Authority.
ss.4(k) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all federal,  state, local, and foreign
Tax Returns filed with respect to any of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary
for taxable  periods ended on or after December 31, 1996 and indicates those Tax
Returns that have been audited,  and indicates  those Tax Returns that currently
are the subject of audit.

(iv) None of Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary has waived any statute of
limitations  in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect
to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

(v) None of Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary  has filed a consent under
Code Sec. 341(f)  concerning  collapsible  corporations.  None of Holdings,  the
Company  or any  Subsidiary  has made any  payments,  is  obligated  to make any
payments,  or is a party to any  agreement  that under any  circumstances  could
obligate it to make any  payments  that will not be  deductible  under Code Sec.
280G. To the Knowledge of Holdings,  there are no proposed  reassessments of any
property owned by Holdings,  the Company,  or the Subsidiaries that would affect
the Taxes of such company after the Closing Date. Holdings has not been a United
States  real  property  holding  corporation  within  the  meaning  of Code Sec.
897(c)(2) during the applicable period specified in Code Sec.  897(c)(1)(A)(ii).
None  of  Holdings,  the  Company,  or any  Subsidiary  has any  income  or gain
reportable  for a period  ending  after the Closing Date but  attributable  to a
transaction  (e.g., an installment sale) occurring in, or a change in accounting
method made for, a taxable  period  ending on or prior to the Closing Date which
resulted in a deferred reporting of income or gain from such transaction or from
such  change  in  accounting  method.  Each of  Holdings,  the  Company  and the
Subsidiaries has disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken
therein that could give rise to a substantial  understatement  of federal income
Tax within the meaning of Code Sec. 6662.  None of Holdings,  the Company or the
Subsidiaries  is a party to any Tax  allocation  or sharing  agreement.  None of
Holdings,  the  Company  or the  Subsidiaries  (A) is or has been a member of an
Affiliated  Group filing a consolidated  federal income Tax Return (other than a
group the common  parent of which was Holdings) or (B) has any Liability for the
Taxes  of  any  Person  (other  than  any  of  Holdings,  the  Company  and  the
Subsidiaries) under Treas. Reg.  ss.1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state,
local, or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

(vi) ss.4(k) of the  Disclosure  Schedule sets forth the  following  information
with respect to each of Holdings,  the Company and the Subsidiaries  (or, in the
case of clause (B) below,  with respect to each of the  Subsidiaries)  as of the
most recent practicable

                                       26
<PAGE>   32


date:  (A) the basis of  Holdings,  the  Company and the  Subsidiaries  in their
respective  Assets;  (B) the basis of the  stockholder(s) of the Company and the
Subsidiaries in their stock (or the amount of any Excess Loss Account);  (C) the
amount of all net operating loss, net capital loss,  unused  investment or other
credit, unused foreign tax, credit and excess charitable contribution carryovers
(and any limitations  applicable to any of the foregoing),  and the earnings and
profits  allocable to Holdings,  the Company and the  Subsidiaries;  and (D) the
amount of any deferred  gain or loss  allocable to Holdings,  the Company or the
Subsidiaries arising out of any Intercompany Transaction.

(vii) The fair market value of the Buyer Shares and other consideration received
by the Stockholders will be approximately  equal to the fair market value of the
Holdings Shares surrendered in the Merger.

(viii) The unpaid Taxes of Holdings, the Company and the Subsidiaries (including
any Taxes  attributable to the distribution or other  disposition of property on
or prior to the Closing  Date) (A) did not, as of the Most Recent  Fiscal  Month
End, exceed the reserve for Tax Liability  (rather than any reserve for deferred
Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set
forth on the face of the Most Recent  Balance  Sheet  (rather  than in any notes
thereto)  and (B) do not exceed that reserve as adjusted for the passage of time
through  the Closing  Date in  accordance  with the past custom and  practice of
Holdings,  the Company and the  Subsidiaries  in filing their Tax  Returns.  The
distribution  by  Holdings  of the stock of BLEC  pursuant  to ss.5(k)  will not
result in any Tax Liability to Holdings.

(l) Sites;  Management  Agreements;  Tenant  Agreements.  Except as set forth in
ss.4(l) of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  neither  Holdings,  the  Company  nor any
Subsidiary  owns or holds a ground  lease of any real  property.  ss.4(l) of the
Disclosure  Schedule  (i) lists all Sites  and (ii)  identifies  the  Management
Agreements, Lease Agreements,  Government Agreements, and Tenant Agreements that
correspond to the Sites. The Sites listed in ss.4(l) of the Disclosure  Schedule
constitute all of the telecommunication Sites included in the Business. Holdings
has given the Buyer  access to correct  and  complete  copies of all  Management
Agreements, Lease Agreements,  Government Agreements, and all Tenant Agreements,
including  the  agreements  (as  amended  to  date)  listed  in  ss.4(l)  of the
Disclosure   Schedule.   ss.4(l)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedule  identifies  the
expiration date or remaining term of each Management Agreement, Lease Agreement,
Government  Agreement and Tenant Agreement.  Such Management  Agreements,  Lease
Agreements,  Government  Agreements and Tenant Agreements  constitute all of the
agreements  with  property  owners  and  telecommunications  services  providers
relating to the  Business.  With  respect to each  Management  Agreement,  Lease
Agreement,  Government  Agreement or Tenant Agreement (as applicable) and except
as set forth in ss.4(l) of the Disclosure Schedule:

(i) the Management  Agreement,  Lease Agreement,  Government Agreement or Tenant
Agreement (as applicable) is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full

                                       27
<PAGE>   33



force and effect, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium
or  similar  laws  now  or  hereafter  in  effect  affecting  creditors'  rights
generally;

(ii) neither  Holdings,  the Company nor any Subsidiary is and, to the Knowledge
of  Holdings,  no other  party to the  Management  Agreement,  Lease  Agreement,
Government  Agreement  or  Tenant  Agreement  (as  applicable)  is in  breach or
default,  and no event has occurred which,  with notice or lapse of time,  would
constitute  a  breach  or  default  or  permit  termination,   modification,  or
acceleration thereunder;

(iii) neither Holdings, the Company nor any Subsidiary has and, to the Knowledge
of  Holdings,  no other  party to the  Management  Agreement,  Lease  Agreement,
Government  Agreement or Tenant  Agreement (as  applicable)  has  repudiated any
provision thereof;

(iv) there are no disputes,  oral agreements,  or forbearance programs in effect
as to the Management Agreement, Lease Agreement,  Government Agreement or Tenant
Agreement (as applicable) that would, in the aggregate,  have a Material Adverse
Effect on Holdings;

(v)  none  of  Holdings,   the  Company  and  its   Subsidiaries  has  assigned,
transferred, conveyed, mortgaged, deeded in trust, or encumbered any interest in
the leasehold or subleasehold  in a manner that would, in the aggregate,  have a
Material Adverse Effect on Holdings; and

(vi) ss.4(l) of the  Disclosure  Schedule sets forth the  applicable  expiration
date.

(m) Intellectual Property.

(i)  Holdings,  the  Company and the  Subsidiaries  own or have the right to use
pursuant to license,  sublicense,  agreement,  or  permission  all  Intellectual
Property  necessary  for the  operation of the Business as presently  conducted.
Each of  Holdings,  the Company and the  Subsidiaries  has taken all  reasonable
action to maintain and protect each item of  Intellectual  Property that it owns
or uses.

(ii) None of  Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary  has ever  received  any
written charge,  complaint,  claim,  demand, or notice alleging any interference
with,  infringement  of,  misappropriation  of, or violation of any Intellectual
Property rights of third parties (including any claim that any of Holdings,  the
Company and the Subsidiaries must license or refrain from using any Intellectual
Property rights of any third party).

(iii) ss.4(m)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies each registration which
has been issued to any

                                       28
<PAGE>   34


of  Holdings,  the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  with  respect  to any of its
Intellectual  Property,  identifies each pending  application  for  registration
which any of Holdings, the Company and the Subsidiaries has made with respect to
any of its Intellectual  Property,  and identifies each license,  agreement,  or
other  permission  which any of Holdings,  the Company and the  Subsidiaries has
granted to any third  party with  respect  to any of its  Intellectual  Property
(together with any  exceptions).  ss.4(m)(iii)  of the Disclosure  Schedule also
identifies  each trade name or  unregistered  trademark used by any of Holdings,
the Company and the Subsidiaries in connection with its Business.

(iv) ss.4(m)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies each item of Intellectual
Property that any third party owns and that any of Holdings, the Company and the
Subsidiaries  uses pursuant to license,  sublicense,  agreement,  or permission.
Holdings  has  delivered to the Buyer  correct and  complete  copies of all such
licenses, sublicenses, agreements, and permissions (as amended to date).

(n) Contracts.  ss.4(n) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the following contracts
and other agreements to which Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary is a party
other than the Management Agreements, Lease Agreements, Government Agreements
and Tenant Agreements (each a "Material Contract"):

(i) any agreement (or group of related  agreements) for the lease of property to
or from any Person providing for lease payments in excess of $5,000 per annum;

(ii) any agreement (or group of related  agreements) for the purchase or sale of
materials, supplies, products, or other personal property, or for the furnishing
or receipt of services,  the  performance  of which will extend over a period of
more than one year,  result in a material  loss to Holdings,  the Company or any
Subsidiary, or involve consideration in excess of $15,000;

(iii) any agreement concerning a partnership or joint venture;

(iv) any agreement (or group of related  agreements) under which it has created,
incurred,  assumed,  or guaranteed any  indebtedness  for borrowed money, or any
capitalized lease obligation,  or under which it has imposed a Security Interest
(other than a Permitted Interest) on any of its assets, tangible or intangible;

(v) any agreement with any Stockholder and its Affiliates  (other than Holdings,
the Company and the Subsidiaries);

(vi) any profit  sharing,  stock option,  stock  purchase,  stock  appreciation,
deferred  compensation,  severance,  or other material plan  arrangement for the
benefit of its current or former directors, officers, or employees;

(vii) any collective bargaining agreement;

                                       29
<PAGE>   35



(viii) any  agreement  for the  employment  of any  individual  on a  full-time,
part-time, consulting, or other basis;

(ix) any  agreement  under which it has  advanced or loaned any amount to any of
its directors,  officers, and employees which, in the aggregate, does not exceed
$50,000;

(x) any other  agreement (or group of related  agreements)  the  performance  of
which involves consideration in excess of $50,000; or

(xi) any noncompetition agreement.

         Holdings has given the Buyer  access to correct and complete  copies of
each written agreement listed in ss.4(n) of the Disclosure Schedule.

         With respect to each Material  Contract:  (A) the Material  Contract is
legal, valid,  binding,  enforceable,  and in full force and effect,  subject to
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or  similar  laws  now or
hereafter in effect affecting creditors' rights generally; (B) neither Holdings,
the Company nor any  Subsidiary  is, and to the Knowledge of Holdings,  no other
party  thereto is in breach or  default,  and no event has  occurred  which with
notice  or  lapse of time  would  constitute  a breach  or  default,  or  permit
termination, modification, or acceleration, under the Material Contract; and (C)
neither  Holdings,  the Company nor any Subsidiary  has, and to the Knowledge of
Holdings,  no other party thereto has  repudiated  any provision of the Material
Contract.

(o)  Notes  and  Accounts  Receivable.  All notes  and  accounts  receivable  of
Holdings,  the Company and the  Subsidiaries  are  reflected  on their books and
records,  are valid  receivables  subject to no setoffs  or  counterclaims,  are
current and collectible,  subject only to the reserve for bad debts set forth on
the face of the Most Recent  Balance  Sheet as adjusted  for the passage of time
through  the Closing  Date in  accordance  with the past custom and  practice of
Holdings, the Company and the Subsidiaries.

(p)  Insurance.  ss.4(p) of the  Disclosure  Schedule  sets forth the  following
information with respect to each insurance policy (including  policies providing
property,  casualty,  liability, and workers' compensation coverage and bond and
surety arrangements) to which Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary has been a
party,  a named  insured,  or otherwise the  beneficiary of coverage at any time
within the past three (3) years:

(i)  the name, address, and telephone number of the agent;

(ii) the name of the insurer, the name of the policyholder, and the name of each
covered insured;

                                       30
<PAGE>   36




(iii) the policy number and the period of coverage;

(iv) the scope  (including an indication of whether the coverage was on a claims
made,  occurrence,  or other basis) and amount  (including a description  of how
deductibles and ceilings are calculated and operate) of coverage; and

(v) a description of any retroactive  premium  adjustments or other loss-sharing
arrangements.

         With respect to each such  insurance  policy:  (A) the policy is legal,
valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect; (B) neither Holdings,
the Company or any Subsidiary nor, to the Knowledge of Holdings, any other party
to the policy is in breach or default  (including with respect to the payment of
premiums or the giving of notices), and no event has occurred which, with notice
or the  lapse of time,  would  constitute  such a breach or  default,  or permit
termination,  modification,  or acceleration,  under the policy; and (C) neither
Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary nor, to the Knowledge of Holdings,  any
other  party  to the  policy  has  repudiated  any  provision  thereof.  Each of
Holdings, the Company and the Subsidiaries has been covered during the past five
(5) years by  insurance in scope and amount  customary  and  reasonable  for the
businesses in which it has engaged during the aforementioned  period. ss.4(p) of
the Disclosure Schedule describes any self-insurance  arrangements affecting any
of Holdings, the Company and the Subsidiaries.

(q) Litigation.  ss.4(q) of the Disclosure  Schedule sets forth each instance in
which Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary (i) is subject to any outstanding
injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge or (ii) is a party or, to
the Knowledge of Holdings, is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit,
proceeding,  hearing,  or  investigation  of,  in,  or before  any  Governmental
Authority or before any arbitrator.

(r) Employees.  ss.4(r) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the name and title
of each employee of Holdings, the Company and each Subsidiary.  To the Knowledge
of Holdings, no executive,  key employee, or group of employees has any plans to
terminate employment with any of Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary.  None
of  Holdings,  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  is a party  to or  bound by any
collective  bargaining  agreement,  nor has any of them experienced any strikes,
grievances,  claims of unfair labor practices,  or other  collective  bargaining
disputes. Holdings has no Knowledge of any organizational effort presently being
made or  threatened by or on behalf of any labor union with respect to employees
of any of  Holdings,  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary.  Except  as set forth in
ss.4(r)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  none of  Holdings,  the  Company  or any
Subsidiary has any employment agreement of any kind, oral or written, express or
implied,  that would  require the Buyer to employ any employee of Holdings,  the
Company or any  Subsidiary  after the  Effective  Time.  Each such  agreement is
terminable at will without liability,  or without liability in excess of $50,000
in the aggregate with respect to all such agreements,  to Holdings,  the Company
or any Subsidiary.

                                       31
<PAGE>   37




(s)  Employee Benefits.

(i) ss.4(s) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each Employee Benefit Plan and each
material  compensation  arrangement  providing  compensation  or other benefits,
whether  deferred  or not,  in  excess of base  salary  or wages  ("Compensation
Arrangement") that any of the Company and its Subsidiaries maintains or to which
Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary  contributes.  Each  Employee  Welfare
Benefit Plan and each  Compensation  Arrangement  may be terminated at any time,
subject to requirements to deliver notices,  without liability to Holdings,  the
Company or its Subsidiaries.

(A) Each such Employee Benefit Plan (and each related trust, insurance contract,
or fund)  complies in form and in operation in all  material  respects  with the
applicable requirements of ERISA, the Code, and other Applicable Laws.

(B) All required reports and  descriptions  (including Form 5500 Annual Reports,
Summary Annual Reports, PBGC-1's, and Summary Plan Descriptions) have been filed
or  distributed  in accordance  with  Applicable  Laws with respect to each such
Employee  Benefit Plan. The  requirements  of Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of
ERISA and of Code Sec.  4980B have been met with  respect to each such  Employee
Benefit Plan which is an Employee Welfare Benefit Plan.

(C) All contributions  (including all employer contributions and employee salary
reduction  contributions)  which are due have  been  paid to each such  Employee
Benefit Plan which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan and all contributions for
any period  ending on or before the Closing Date which are not yet due have been
paid to each such Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan or accrued in accordance  with
the past custom and practice of  Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary.  All
premiums or other  payments for all periods ending on or before the Closing Date
have been paid with  respect  to each such  Employee  Benefit  Plan  which is an
Employee Welfare Benefit Plan.

(D) Each such Employee  Benefit Plan which is an Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan
meets the  requirements  of a  "qualified  plan" under Code Sec.  401(a) and has
received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service, and
no plan  amendment that is not the subject of a favorable  determination  letter
would affect the validity of an Employee Benefit Plan's letter.

(E) The market value of assets under each such Employee Benefit Plan which is an
Employee  Pension  Benefit  Plan (other than any  Multiemployer  Plan) equals or
exceeds the present  value of all vested and  nonvested  Liabilities  thereunder
determined in accordance with PBGC methods,  factors, and assumptions applicable
to an Employee Pension Benefit Plan terminating on the date for determination.

                                       32

<PAGE>   38



(F) Holdings has delivered to the Buyer correct and complete  copies of the plan
documents and summary plan descriptions,  the most recent  determination  letter
received  from the Internal  Revenue  Service,  the most recent Form 5500 Annual
Report, and all related trust agreements, insurance contracts, and other funding
agreements  which implement each such Employee  Benefit Plan,  along with copies
any employee handbooks or similar documents.

(ii) With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan that Holdings,  the Company, any
Subsidiary or any entity  required to be combined with Holdings,  the Company or
its  Subsidiaries  under Code Sec. 414(b),  (c), (m) or (o) ("ERISA  Affiliate")
maintains or ever has maintained or to which any of them  contributes,  ever has
contributed, or ever has been required to contribute:

(A) No such  Employee  Benefit  Plan which is in Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan
(other than any Multiemployer Plan) has been completely or partially  terminated
or been the subject of a Reportable  Event as to which notices would be required
to be filed  with the PBGC.  No  proceeding  by the PBGC to  terminate  any such
Employee  Pension  Benefit  Plan  (other than any  Multiemployer  Plan) has been
instituted or, to the Knowledge of Holdings, threatened.

(B) There have been no Prohibited Transactions with respect to any such Employee
Benefit Plan. No Fiduciary has any Liability for breach of fiduciary duty or any
other  failure  to act or  comply  in  connection  with  the  administration  or
investment  of the assets of any such Employee  Benefit  Plan. No action,  suit,
proceeding,  hearing, or investigation with respect to the administration or the
investment of the assets of any such  Employee  Benefit Plan (other than routine
claims for  benefits) is pending or, to the  Knowledge of Holdings,  threatened,
and  Holdings  has no  Knowledge  of any facts which could give rise to any such
action, suit or proceeding.

(C) None of Holdings, the Company, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of such
entity has incurred any Liability to the PBGC (other than PBGC premium payments)
or otherwise  under Title IV of ERISA  (including any  withdrawal  Liability) or
under  the Code with  respect  to any such  Employee  Benefit  Plan  which is an
Employee Pension Benefit Plan.

(iii) None of Holdings,  the Company,  any Subsidiary or any ERISA  Affiliate of
such entity  contributes  to, ever has contributed to, or ever has been required
to  contribute  to any  Multiemployer  Plan  or  has  any  Liability  (including
withdrawal Liability) under any Multiemployer Plan.

(iv) None of  Holdings,  the  Company or any  Subsidiary  maintains  or ever has
maintained or contributes,  ever has  contributed,  or ever has been required to
contribute to any Employee Welfare Benefit Plan providing  medical,  health,  or
life insurance or other

                                       34
<PAGE>   39


welfare-type  benefits for current or future retired or terminated  employees,
their  spouses,  or  their  dependents  (other  than  in accordance with Code
Sec. 4980B).

(t) Guaranties.  None of Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary is a guarantor
or otherwise is liable for any Liability or obligation (including  indebtedness)
of any other Person.

(u) Environment, Health, and Safety.

(i) Each of  Holdings,  the  Company,  the  Subsidiaries,  and their  respective
predecessors  and  Affiliates  has  complied in all  material  aspects  with all
Environmental,  Health,  and  Safety  Laws,  and no  action,  suit,  proceeding,
hearing,  investigation,  charge,  complaint,  claim, demand, or notice has been
filed or  commenced  against  any of them  alleging  any  failure  so to comply.
Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, each of Holdings, the
Company, the Subsidiaries,  and, with respect to the Business,  their respective
predecessors and Affiliates has obtained and been in substantial compliance with
all of the terms and  conditions of all material  permits,  licenses,  and other
authorizations  which are required under all  Environmental,  Health, and Safety
Laws.

(ii)  To the  Knowledge  of  Holdings,  none of  Holdings,  the  Company  or any
Subsidiary has any Liability (and none of Holdings, the Company, any Subsidiary,
and their  respective  Affiliates  has handled or disposed of any  substance  or
arranged for the disposal of any  substance  giving rise to any  Liability)  for
damage to any Site, location, or body of water (surface or subsurface),  for any
illness of or personal injury to any employee or other individual, arising under
any reason under any Environmental, Health, and Safety Law, where such Liability
would have a Material Adverse Effect on Holdings.

(v) Bank Accounts and Credit. ss.4(v) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all banks
and lending  institutions  with which  Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary
maintains any account or has a credit facility,  and sets forth the names of all
individuals who have signing authority for any such account.

(w)  Certain  Business   Relationships  with  Holdings,   the  Company  and  the
Subsidiaries. No Stockholder or its Affiliates has been involved in any business
transaction, arrangement or relationship (except transactions,  arrangements, or
relationships  that are on  "arms  length"  terms  and  conditions)  with any of
Holdings,  the  Company or any  Subsidiary  within  the past 12  months,  and no
Stockholder or its Affiliates owns any asset,  tangible or intangible,  which is
used in the business of any of Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary.  To the
Knowledge  of  Holdings,  ss.4(w)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule  lists all "arms
length"  transactions  of  Holdings,  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  with any
Stockholder or its Affiliates.

(x) Disclosure. The representations and warranties contained in this ss.4 do not
contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material
fact necessary in order to make the statements and information contained in this
ss.4 not misleading.

                                       34
<PAGE>   40




(y) Authorization of Transaction. Subject to the receipt of required Stockholder
approval  pursuant to ss.251 of the DGCL,  Holdings has full corporate power and
authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement and to perform its  obligations
hereunder.  Subject to the receipt of required  Stockholder approval pursuant to
ss.251 of the DGCL,  this Agreement  constitutes  the valid and legally  binding
obligation of Holdings, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions,
subject to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or similar laws
now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors' rights generally.

(z) Delivery of Tax Opinion.  With respect to the opinion to be delivered at the
Closing  pursuant to  ss.7(b)(ix)  hereof,  Holdings  has been  advised by Wolf,
Block,  Schorr & Solis-Cohen  that if the Merger were to be effected on the date
of this  Agreement in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,  such firm
would render the opinion  described in ss.7(b)(ix)  and has been advised by such
firm that it is not aware of any facts or circumstances  existing as of the date
hereof or that would  arise  prior to the  Closing  Date that would  prevent the
delivery of such opinion at the Closing.

5.Pre-Closing Covenants. The Parties agree as follows with respect to the period
between the execution of this Agreement and the Closing.

(a)  Notices and Consents.

(i) The Buyer and Holdings (including the Company and the Subsidiaries) will use
commercially  reasonable  efforts  to (A) give  any  required  notices  to third
parties and (B) to obtain any consents from any Governmental  Authority or third
party necessary for the lawful  consummation of the Closing,  whether any of the
foregoing  are  referenced  in ss.3(c)  or  ss.4(c)  hereof,  or  otherwise.  In
furtherance  of the  foregoing,  the Buyer and  Holdings  agree to  provide  all
information  (including  financial  information) that is reasonably requested by
any Person from whom any consent is  necessary  for lawful  consummation  of the
Closing.

(ii) Holdings and the Buyer have agreed that,  subject to the provisions of this
ss.5(a)(ii),  only any consent  required  under a Management  Agreement,  Tenant
Agreement,  Lease  Agreement or Government  Agreement  that involves  revenue to
Holdings, the Company or any subsidiary in an amount in excess of $100,000 on an
annual  basis  will be  required  to be  delivered  at  Closing  (the  "Material
Consents");

(b)  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act Filing. If, after the date hereof, any filing of any
Notification  and  Report  Forms  with  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  and the
Antitrust  Division of the United States Department of Justice is required under
the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act, then each Party will make such filings and will use
commercially  reasonable  efforts to obtain (and Holdings will cause each of the
Company and its Subsidiaries to use commercially  reasonable  efforts to obtain)
an early  termination  of the  applicable  waiting  period,  and will  make (and
Holdings  will  cause  each of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  to make) any
further filings pursuant thereto that may be necessary,  proper, or advisable in
connection therewith.

                                       35
<PAGE>   41




(c) Operation of Business.  Holdings will not cause or permit the Company or any
Subsidiary  to  engage  in any  practice,  take any  action,  or enter  into any
transaction outside the Ordinary Course of Business, except where the failure to
comply with the foregoing would not have a Material  Adverse Effect on Holdings.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as set forth in ss.5(c)
of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  Holdings  will not (without the Buyer's  consent,
which shall not be  unreasonably  withheld),  and will not  (without the Buyer's
consent,  which shall not be unreasonably  withheld) cause or permit the Company
or any  Subsidiary to, (i) declare,  set aside,  or pay any dividend or make any
distribution with respect to its capital stock or redeem, purchase, or otherwise
acquire any of its capital stock, or (ii) otherwise engage in any practice, take
any  action,  or enter into any  transaction  of the sort  described  in ss.4(h)
above.

(d) Preservation of Business; Retention of Records. Holdings will and will cause
each of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  to keep its business  and  properties
substantially  intact,  including its present operations,  physical  facilities,
working  conditions,  and  relationships  with  lessors,  licensors,  suppliers,
customers,  and employees.  From and after the date hereof,  Holdings shall, and
shall cause the Company and the  Subsidiaries to, retain all Tax Returns and all
books, records and other financial information relating to any Tax or Tax Return
of  Holdings,  the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries,  and to abide by all  record
retention agreements entered into with any Governmental Authority.

(e)  Full Access.

(i) Holdings will permit,  and Holdings will cause each of the Company and its
Subsidiaries to permit,  representatives of the Buyer to have full access at all
reasonable  times and upon  reasonable  advance  written  notice to Alexander L.
Gellman or Richard B.  Stern,  and in a manner so as not to  interfere  with the
normal business  operations of Holdings,  Company and the  Subsidiaries,  to all
premises,  properties,   personnel,  books,  records  (including  Tax  records),
contracts,  and documents of or pertaining to each of Holdings,  the Company and
the  Subsidiaries.  The Buyer  agrees to provide  Holdings  with prompt  written
notice if the Buyer  determines  that,  based upon  information  provided to the
Buyer  or  through  its  own  investigation,   Holdings  is  in  breach  of  any
representation,  warranty or covenant of Holdings  set forth in this  Agreement;
provided,  however, that such notice by the Buyer will not constitute acceptance
by the Buyer to the  items  constituting  the  breach,  as set forth in  ss.5(f)
hereof,  and will not  constitute  a waiver  by the Buyer of the  conditions  to
Closing set forth in ss.7(a) hereof. If this Agreement is terminated,  the Buyer
agrees to return or cause to be returned  all such  information  provided to the
Buyer or its  representatives  within five (5)  Business  Days after the date of
such termination.

(ii) The Buyer will permit  representatives of Holdings to have full access at
all reasonable  times and upon  reasonable  advance written notice to Stephen H.
Clark,  and  in a  manner  so as not  to  interfere  with  the  normal  business
operations of the Buyer, to all premises, properties,  personnel, books, records
(including Tax records), contracts, and documents of or pertaining to the Buyer.
If this Agreement is terminated, Holdings agrees to

                                       36
<PAGE>   42


return or cause to be returned all such information  provided to Holdings or its
representatives   within  five  (5)  Business   Days  after  the  date  of  such
termination.

(f) Notice of  Developments.  Holdings  may, no later than three (3) days before
the Closing,  supplement or amend the Disclosure  Schedule  attached  hereto (or
create  one  or  more  additional  sections  of  the  Disclosure  Schedule,   if
appropriate)  with respect to any matter that arises or is discovered  after the
date of this Agreement that, if existing or known at the date of this Agreement,
would have been required to be set forth or listed in the  Disclosure  Schedule;
provided  that, for purposes of  determining  the rights and  obligations of the
parties under this Agreement  (other than the obligations of Holdings under this
ss.5(f)), any such disclosure will be deemed to have been disclosed to the Buyer
as of the date of this  Agreement  and the Buyer shall be entitled to  terminate
this    Agreement    pursuant    to    ss.9(a)(ii)    hereof    if:    (i)   the
supplementally-disclosed  items have had or would reasonably be expected to have
a   Material    Adverse    Effect   on   Holdings;    or   (ii)   in   case   of
supplementally-disclosed   items  that  arose  from  events,   transactions  and
occurrences  after  the  date  hereof,   such   supplementally-disclosed   items
constitute  violations of the covenants  contained in ss.5(c). If the Buyer does
not terminate this Agreement as provided above and consummates the Closing,  the
Buyer shall be deemed to have consented to any such disclosure.

(g)  Exclusivity.  Holdings  will not cause or permit any of the Company and its
Subsidiaries,  to (i) solicit,  initiate,  or encourage  the  submission  of any
proposal  or offer from any Person  relating to the  acquisition  of any capital
stock or other voting  securities,  or any substantial  portion of the assets of
Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary (including any acquisition structured as
a  merger,  consolidation,  or  share  exchange)  or  (ii)  participate  in  any
discussions or negotiations regarding,  furnish any information with respect to,
assist or  participate  in, or  facilitate  in any other  manner  any  effort or
attempt by any Person to do or seek any of the foregoing. Holdings will not vote
any of its shares in the Company and the Company will not vote any of its shares
in any  Subsidiary,  in favor of any such  acquisition  structured  as a merger,
consolidation, or share exchange.

(h) Employees. At the Closing, each of the employees of Holdings, the Company or
its Subsidiaries  listed in ss.5(h) of the Disclosure  Schedule shall enter into
employment agreements with SpectraSite  Communications in substantially the form
of the attached Exhibit A. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon
any employee of the Business any right with respect to continued  employment  by
the Surviving Corporation or the Buyer, except pursuant and subject to the terms
of such employment  agreements entered into at the Closing. No provision of this
Agreement  shall  create any third  party  rights in any such  employee,  or any
beneficiary or dependent  thereof,  with respect to the compensation,  terms and
conditions of  employment  and benefits that may be provided to such employee by
the Buyer or under any Employee Benefit Plan that the Buyer may maintain.  On or
prior to the Closing  Date,  Holdings  shall,  or shall cause the Company or its
Subsidiaries,  as  applicable,  to  take  such  action  as may be  necessary  to
terminate any defined  contribution  retirement  plan sponsored or maintained by
Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary effective as of a date no later than the
Closing Date.  Within ten (10) days following the date of this  Agreement,  upon
delivery of

                                       37
<PAGE>   43


written  notice by the  Buyer to  Holdings,  Holdings  will,  or will  cause the
Company to,  obtain  (within  five (5)  Business  Days after the Buyer  delivers
written notice) the affected  employee's consent to the termination,  subject to
the  consummation  of  the  Merger,  of any  written  employment  agreements  or
descriptions of any oral  employment  agreements set forth or required to be set
forth in ss.4(r) of the Disclosure  Schedule and the  continuation of employment
on an at-will basis without increase in compensation or benefits.

(i)  Confidentiality.  Each  Party  will  treat  and  hold  as  such  all of the
Confidential  Information  and  refrain  from  using  any  of  the  Confidential
Information  except in  connection  with this  Agreement.  In the event that any
Party is requested or required (by oral question or request for  information  or
documents in any legal proceeding, interrogatory,  subpoena, civil investigative
demand, or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, such Party
will notify the other Party  promptly of the request or  requirement so that the
other Party may seek an appropriate  protective  order or waive  compliance with
the provisions of this ss.5(i).  If, in the absence of a protective order or the
receipt of a waiver hereunder, any Party is, on the advice of counsel, compelled
to disclose any  Confidential  Information  to any tribunal or else stand liable
for  contempt,  such Party may  disclose  the  Confidential  Information  to the
tribunal;  provided, however, that the disclosing Party shall use its reasonable
best efforts to obtain, at the reasonable request of the  non-disclosing  Party,
an order or other assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such
portion  of  the  Confidential  Information  required  to be  disclosed  as  the
non-disclosing  Party shall designate.  The foregoing provisions shall not apply
to any  Confidential  Information  which is  generally  available  to the public
immediately  prior to the time of  disclosure.  If this  Agreement is terminated
prior to the Closing Date as set forth in ss.9,  the Buyer agrees not to hire or
solicit for  employment  any  employees of Holdings or the Company,  without the
written  consent  of  Holdings,  for a period of two years from the date of this
Agreement.

(j) Termination of Interests.

(i) On or before the Closing  Date,  all  options,  warrants,  purchase  rights,
proxies,  voting  trusts,  and  other  contracts,  agreements,   commitments  or
understandings  required to be identified in ss.4(b) of the Disclosure  Schedule
shall be terminated, except for the Options subject to ss.5(p) hereof.

(ii)  Effective  as  of  the  Closing  Date,  the  Company  will  terminate  its
participation in the Preit-Rubin Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan.

(k) Distribution of BLEC. Holdings owns one hundred percent (100%) of the issued
and  outstanding  capital  stock of BLEC  Investment  Company,  Inc,  a Delaware
corporation  ("BLEC").  Prior to the Closing Date,  Holdings will distribute the
outstanding  capital stock of BLEC to the  Stockholders  of Holdings.  The Buyer
shall be entitled to reimbursement  from the Holdback Shares for any Tax cost to
Holdings,  the  Company  or its  Subsidiaries  that  arises  as a result  of the
distribution of BLEC.

                                       38
<PAGE>   44

(l) Receipt of  Releases.  Holdings  shall use its  reasonable  best  efforts to
obtain,  from each officer and director of Holdings,  releases  containing terms
reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer.

(m) Restricted  Activities.  The Buyer will not, and the Buyer will use its best
efforts to ensure that all persons whose actions or ownership interests would be
attributable  to the Buyer will not,  in any  manner,  directly  or  indirectly,
solicit,  initiate,  encourage or participate in bids, purchases or negotiations
with respect to any acquisition or other transaction that, if consummated, would
have the effect under any  agreement or any  Applicable  Laws of  preventing  or
delaying the Buyer from consummating the Merger.

(n)  Registration  Rights  Agreement.  Prior to the Closing Date, the Buyer will
prepare, and receive all required approvals to enter into, a registration rights
agreement that grants  registration rights (with respect to the Buyer Shares and
Additional Buyer Shares to be delivered  hereunder) to the  Stockholders  (other
than Dissenting  Stockholders) or its designee that are no less favorable to the
Stockholders  than  the  registration   rights  given  to  the  Buyer's  current
stockholders   pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Second  Amended  and  Restated
Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated April 20, 1999,  by and among the Buyer;
Whitney Equity; Whitney III; Whitney Strategic;  Waller-Sutton;  Kitty Hawk III;
Kitty Hawk IV;  Eagle  Creek;  NCEF;  Finley L.P.;  certain  affiliates  of CIBC
Oppenheimer  Corp.;  certain affiliates and employees of Welsh Carson Anderson &
Stowe; Tower Parent Corp.; Gupton, Eckert, Stephen H. Clark and David P. Tomick,
including (i)  "piggyback  registration  rights"  corresponding  to and in equal
priority to the Buyer's existing  preferred  stockholders,  provided such rights
shall not be limited by references to, and the provisions of, the  Stockholders'
Agreement among certain  stockholders of the Buyer, (ii) registration  rights on
any  Registration  Statement  of the Buyer on Form  S-3,  (iii)  subject  to the
limitation  requiring a demand by holders of 25% of the Buyer's stock, rights to
join in and cause a "required registration", (iv) indemnification rights and (v)
payment of the Stockholders' expenses.

(o) Delivery of Tax Returns.  Within ten (10) days  following  the  execution of
this Agreement,  Holdings shall deliver to the Buyer correct and complete copies
of all Tax  Returns  filed by or on  behalf  of,  and  examination  reports  and
statements of  deficiencies  asserted  against or agreed to by each of Holdings,
the Company and the Subsidiaries since December 31, 1996.

(p)  Conversion  of Options.  As of the Closing,  any  outstanding  options (the
"Options") granted by Holdings to its employees (such employee being referred to
hereinafter as an "Optionee") to acquire Holdings Shares shall be assumed by the
Buyer on the following terms:

(i) The Options  shall be exchanged  for options to acquire  common stock of the
Buyer (the "New Options")  with each Optionee  receiving one or more New Options
in exchange for the Option or Options relinquished by such Optionee.


                                       39
<PAGE>   45



(ii) Each New Option shall have  substantially  the same terms and conditions as
were  contained in the Option for which such New Option is exchanged,  and shall
not provide the Optionee with any  additional  benefits  which such Optionee did
not have under the Option.

(iii) The  number of shares  of  common  stock of the Buyer  subject  to the New
Option,  and the  exercise  price  for each  such  share  shall be set  using an
exchange  ratio,  the intent of which is to provide  that both of the  following
conditions are met:

(A) The aggregate "fair market value" (as such term is used for purposes of Code
Sec.  422) of the shares of common stock of the Buyer  subject to the New Option
immediately  following the exchange of the New Option for the Option is equal to
the aggregate  "fair market value" of the Holdings  Shares subject to the Option
immediately prior the exchange of the New Option for the Option; and

(B) The excess of the aggregate  fair market value of the shares of common stock
of the Buyer subject to the New Option immediately after the exchange of the New
Option for the Option over the aggregate  option price for such shares of common
stock of the Buyer is not more  than the  excess of the  aggregate  fair  market
value of the  Holdings  Shares  subject  to the  Option  immediately  before the
exchange of the New Option for the Option  over the  aggregate  option  price of
such shares of capital stock of Holdings.

(q) Voting Agreement;  Stockholder Approval. Within ten (10) Business Days after
the date hereof,  Holdings will deliver to the Buyer a voting agreement,  signed
by Stockholders having the right to vote at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the
outstanding  Holdings Shares entitled to vote for the Merger,  pursuant to which
such Stockholders will agree to approve the Merger and this Agreement,  agree to
vote at a meeting all of their Holdings Shares entitled to vote thereon in favor
of the  Merger  (or  approve  the Merger by  written  consent),  agree,  if this
Agreement  has not  been  terminated  by its  terms,  not to vote  any of  their
Holdings  Shares in favor of any  competing  transaction  involving  the sale of
Holdings,  the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries,  and will  waive  any  rights of
appraisal under the DGCL. In addition, within ten (10) Business Days of the date
hereof,  Holdings will deliver its Stockholders either (i) a notice of a special
meeting of  Stockholders  (which will take place no later than  twenty-one  (21)
days after the delivery of such notice), at which the Stockholders will be asked
to vote to approve the Merger,  or (ii) a written  consent in lieu of meeting by
which the Stockholders will be asked to approve the Merger, together with notice
to the  Stockholders  pursuant to  ss.262(d)(2)  of the DGCL that the Merger has
been  approved.  Holdings  will take all action  necessary  in  accordance  with
Applicable  Laws and its  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws  either to
convene a meeting of its  Stockholders  to consider and vote upon the Merger and
this Agreement or to obtain  approval of its  Stockholders by written consent in
lieu of a meeting, and Holdings and its Board of Directors will take all lawful,
reasonable actions to solicit,  and use all reasonable  efforts to obtain,  such
approval or consent from all of the Stockholders.

                                       40
<PAGE>   46




(r)  General.  Each of the Parties will use his or its  commercially  reasonable
efforts to take all action and to do all things necessary,  proper, or advisable
in order to consummate and make effective the transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement (including satisfaction, but not waiver, of the closing conditions set
forth in ss.7 below).

6. Post-Closing Covenants.  The Parties agree as follows with respect to the
period following the Closing.

(a)  General.  In case at any time  after  the  Closing  any  further  action is
necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement,  each of the
Parties will take such further  action  (including the execution and delivery of
such  further  instruments  and  documents)  as any other Party  reasonably  may
request,  all at the sole cost and expense of the  requesting  Party (unless the
requesting  Party is entitled to  indemnification  therefor  under ss.8  below).
Holdings  acknowledges and agrees that from and after the Closing the Buyer will
be entitled to  possession  of all  documents,  books,  records  (including  Tax
records),  agreements,  and financial data of any sort relating to Holdings, the
Company and its Subsidiaries,  provided, however, that the Buyer will provide to
Holdings  reasonable access, at Holdings' cost and expense,  necessary to permit
Holdings to comply with Applicable Laws.

(b)  Restrictions on Sale of Buyer Shares;  Delivery of Investor  Representation
Letter. As a condition to receiving the Merger Consideration:

(i) The  Stockholders  will  agree  to be bound  by the  terms of any  customary
lock-up  agreement (not to exceed 180 days) required by the  underwriters  of an
initial public  offering of the Buyer's common stock (the "Lock-Up  Agreement").
Each  certificate  representing  the Buyer  Shares will bear  substantially  the
following legend:

                  THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
                  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED,  OR
                  UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY NOT
                  BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,  PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED
                  OF  EXCEPT IN  COMPLIANCE  WITH THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF ALL SUCH
                  LAWS.

(ii) Each  Stockholder and each Optionee will deliver to the Buyer an investment
representation  letter (to be provided by the Buyer and reasonably acceptable to
Holdings) in a form customary for private placement transactions. The investment
representation  letter will contain  provisions  requesting  the  Stockholder or
Optionee  to  indicate  whether the  Stockholder  or  Optionee is an  Accredited
Investor and other provisions necessary to permit the Buyer to conclude that the
issuance of the Buyer  Shares and the New Options  hereunder  will qualify as an
offering  exempt from the  registration  requirements  of the Securities Act and
applicable  state  securities  or "Blue  Sky"  laws  under  Regulation  D of the
Securities Act.
                                       41
<PAGE>   47

(c) Treatment as a Tax-Free Reorganization.

(i) Following the Merger,  Holdings will hold at least ninety percent (90%) of
the fair market value of its net assets and at least  seventy  percent  (70%) of
the fair market value of its gross assets and at least ninety  percent  (90%) of
the fair market value of Newco's net assets and at least  seventy  percent (70%)
of the fair market value of Newco's gross assets held  immediately  prior to the
Merger.  For purposes of this  ss.6(c)(i),  amounts paid by Holdings or Newco to
Stockholders  (or their designee)  exercising  appraisal  rights under the DGCL,
amounts  paid by  Holdings  or Newco to  Stockholders  (or their  designee)  who
receive  cash or  other  property,  amounts  used by  Holdings  or  Newco to pay
reorganization  expenses,  all  redemptions and  distributions  made by Holdings
(including  the  distribution  by Holdings of stock and/or other  investments in
BLEC,  but excluding any regular,  normal  dividends  paid by Holdings)  will be
included as assets of Holdings or Newco, respectively,  immediately prior to the
Merger.


(ii) Following the Merger, Holdings will continue its historic business or use a
significant  portion of its historic business assets in a business,  each within
the meaning of section 1.368-1(d) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iii) With respect to the Holdback Shares and the Additional  Buyer Shares:  (A)
the Holdback  Shares and the  Additional  Buyer Shares will appear as issued and
outstanding  on the  Buyer's  balance  sheet and such  Holdback  Shares  and the
Additional Buyer Shares will be legally  outstanding  under Applicable Laws; (B)
all dividends paid on such Holdback Shares and the Additional  Buyer Shares will
be distributed  currently to the Stockholders or their designee;  (C) all voting
rights of such  Holdback  Shares and  Additional  Buyer  Shares of stock will be
exercisable  by or on  behalf of the  Stockholders  or their  designee;  and (D)
except as  otherwise  provided  pursuant to the escrow of the  Additional  Buyer
Shares or the Escrow  Agreement,  no Holdback Shares and Additional Buyer Shares
will  be  subject  to  restrictions   requiring  their  return  to  the  issuing
corporation  because  of death,  failure  to  continue  employment,  or  similar
restrictions.

(iv) The Buyer  intends that the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement
qualify as a  reorganization  within the meaning of Code Secs.  368(a)(1)(A) and
368(a)(2)(E).  The Buyer  agrees that all  positions it takes in its Tax Returns
and financial statements will be consistent with treating such transactions as a
reorganization  within the meaning of Code Secs.  368(a)(1)(A) and 368(a)(2)(E),
unless otherwise  required pursuant to a  "determination"  within the meaning of
Code Sec. 1313(a).

(d) Filing of Registration Statement.  The Buyer agrees not to file with the SEC
any  registration  statement  relating to its proposed  initial public  offering
until  after the  Closing  Date,  unless  the  Closing  shall not have  occurred
primarily  because  of  Holdings'  breach of any  representation,  warranty,  or
covenant contained in this Agreement.


                                       42
<PAGE>   48



7. Conditions to Obligation to Close.

(a)  Conditions  to  Obligation  of the Buyer.  The  obligation  of the Buyer to
consummate the transactions to be performed by it in connection with the Closing
is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

(i) the  representations  and  warranties  set forth in ss.4 above  (other  than
representations  and  warranties  made as of a specific  date) shall be true and
correct in all  material  respects at and as of the  Closing  Date with the same
force and effect as if made at and as of the Closing Date  (subject to Holdings'
right to supplement or amend the Disclosure Schedule as set forth in ss.5(f));

(ii)  Holdings  shall have  performed  and  complied  with all of its  covenants
hereunder in all material respects through the Closing;

(iii)  there  shall have been no  Material  Adverse  Change in  Holdings  or the
Company since the date of this Agreement;

(iv) no action,  suit, or proceeding  shall be pending or threatened  before any
Governmental  Authority  wherein an  unfavorable  injunction,  judgment,  order,
decree,  ruling,  or  charge  would  (A)  prevent  consummation  of  any  of the
transactions   contemplated  by  this  Agreement,   or  (B)  cause  any  of  the
transactions   contemplated   by  this  Agreement  to  be  rescinded   following
consummation (and no such injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge
shall be in effect);

(v)  Holdings  shall have  delivered to the Buyer a  certificate,  signed by its
chief  executive  officer,  to the effect that each of the conditions  specified
above in ss.7(a)(i)-(iv) is satisfied in all respects;

(vi) all  applicable  waiting  periods (and any  extensions  thereof)  under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Act shall have expired or otherwise been terminated and all of
the Material Consents shall have been procured;

(vii) the relevant parties shall have entered into the employment  agreements in
form and substance as set forth in Exhibit A attached  hereto and the same shall
be in full force and effect;

(viii) the Buyer shall have received confirmation,  satisfactory to it, that (A)
the period in which to perfect  appraisal  rights  under  ss.262 of the DGCL has
expired and the Dissenting  Stockholders would not have been entitled to receive
more  than five  percent  (5%) of the  Merger  Consideration  (before  reduction
pursuant to ss.2(d)(iii) and ss.2(d)(vi),  (B) Stockholders holding at least 95%
of the  outstanding  Holdings Shares shall have executed and delivered a release
of claims against the Surviving  Corporation,  the Company and its  Subsidiaries
with terms

                                       43
<PAGE>   49


reasonably  satisfactory to the Buyer and (C) no more than  thirty-five  (35) of
the  Stockholders  and Optionees  who are receiving  Buyer Shares or New Options
hereunder are not Accredited Investors;

(ix) Holdings shall have received Stockholder approval for the Merger;

(x) there shall be no Security  Interests  (other than  Permitted  Interests and
Security Interests in favor of the Lender, which shall be governed by the Payoff
Letter)  relating to or affecting  any property of Holdings,  the Company or any
Subsidiary that cannot be released by payment of money;

(xi) the Buyer shall have received an opinion of Kleinbard,  Bell & Brecker LLP,
counsel to Holdings, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer,
including an opinion that the Merger has been approved by all necessary director
and Stockholder action;

(xii) the Buyer  shall  have  received  the  resignations,  effective  as of the
Closing,  of  each  director  and  officer  of  Holdings,  the  Company  and the
Subsidiaries  other than those whom the Buyer shall have specified in writing at
least five (5) Business Days prior to the Anticipated Closing Date; and

(xiii) all actions to be taken by Holdings and the  Stockholder  Representatives
in connection with consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby and all
certificates,   instruments,   and  other  documents   required  to  effect  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby will be reasonably  satisfactory  in form and
substance to the Buyer.

         The Buyer  may waive any  condition  specified  in this  ss.7(a)  if it
executes a writing so stating at or prior to the Closing.

(b)  Conditions  to  Obligation  of  Holdings.  The  obligation  of  Holdings to
consummate the transactions to be performed by it in connection with the Closing
is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

(i) the  representations  and  warranties set forth in ss.3(b) above (other than
representations  and  warranties  made as of a specific  date) shall be true and
correct in all  material  respects at and as of the  Closing  Date with the same
force and effect as if made at and as of the Closing Date;

(ii) the Buyer  shall have  performed  and  complied  with all of its  covenants
hereunder in all material respects through the Closing;

(iii) there shall have been no  Material  Adverse  Change in the Buyer since the
date of this Agreement;

                                       44
<PAGE>   50




(iv) no action,  suit, or proceeding  shall be pending or threatened  before any
court or quasi-judicial or administrative  agency of any federal,  state, local,
or  foreign  jurisdiction  or  before  any  arbitrator  wherein  an  unfavorable
injunction,  judgment,  order,  decree,  ruling,  or charge  would  (A)  prevent
consummation  of any of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or (B)
cause any of the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement to be rescinded
following consummation (and no such injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling,
or charge shall be in effect);

(v) the Buyer shall have  delivered to Holdings a certificate to the effect that
each of the conditions  specified above in  ss.7(b)(i)-(iv)  is satisfied in all
respects;

(vi) all  applicable  waiting  periods (and any  extensions  thereof)  under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Act shall have expired or otherwise been terminated and all of
the Material  Consents  shall have been procured  (provided,  however,  that the
condition  regarding  procurement  of all  of the  Material  Consents  shall  be
satisfied by the Buyer's waiver in writing of the requirement  that the Material
Consents be procured prior to Closing);

(vii) the relevant parties shall have entered into the employment  agreements in
form and substance as set forth in Exhibit A and the same shall be in full force
and effect (provided,  however,  that Holdings may not claim that this condition
has not been  satisfied  if the Buyer has  presented  for  signature  employment
agreements signed by the Buyer in form and substance as set forth in Exhibit A);

(viii) the Buyer shall have  executed  and  delivered  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement;

(ix)  Holdings  shall have received from Wolf,  Block,  Schorr & Solis-Cohen  an
opinion substantially to the effect that, on the basis of facts, representations
and assumptions  referenced in such opinion that are reasonably  consistent with
the state of facts  existing at the Closing Date, the Merger will be treated for
federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of Code Secs.
368(a)(1)(A) and 368(a)(2)(E). In rendering such opinion counsel may request and
rely upon  representations  contained in certificates of officers of the Parties
and the Parties  shall use their best efforts to make  available  such  truthful
certificates;

(x) Holdings  shall have received an opinion of Dow,  Lohnes & Albertson,  PLLC,
counsel to the Buyer and Newco, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Holdings;

(xi) the Buyer shall have delivered the New Options;

(xii) the average of the closing  prices of the common stock of the Buyer on the
Nasdaq Stock Market for the five (5) trading day period ended on the trading day
immediately prior to the Anticipated Closing Date shall be higher than $6.00 per
share; and

                                       45
<PAGE>   51




(xiii) all actions to be taken by the Buyer in connection  with  consummation of
the transactions  contemplated  hereby and all  certificates,  instruments,  and
other documents required to effect the transactions  contemplated hereby will be
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Holdings.

         Holdings  may waive any  condition  specified  in this  ss.7(b) if they
execute a writing so stating at or prior to the Closing.

8.Remedies for Breaches of this Agreement.

(a) Survival of Representations and Warranties. All of the representations,
warranties  and  covenants  of the Parties  contained  in this Agreement shall
survive the Closing for a period of twelve (12) months and shall thereafter
terminate and be of no further force and effect, except for covenants and
agreements to be performed  after the Closing Date,  which shall survive in
accordance with their terms.

(b)  Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Buyer.

(i)  In the event Holdings breaches any of its representations, warranties, and
covenants  contained  herein,  and, if there is an  applicable  survival  period
pursuant to ss.8(a)  above,  provided  that the Buyer makes a written  claim for
indemnification  to the Stockholder  Representatives  pursuant to ss.10(f) below
within such survival  period,  then from and after the Closing  Date,  the Buyer
shall be indemnified out of the Holdback Shares from and against the entirety of
any Losses  (including  Losses of Holdings,  the Company or any  Subsidiary) the
Buyer may  suffer  through  and after the date of the claim for  indemnification
resulting from,  arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by the
breach.

(ii)   From and after the  Closing  Date,  if there is an  applicable  survival
period pursuant to ss.8(a) above,  provided that the Buyer makes a written claim
for  indemnification  to the  Stockholder  Representatives  pursuant to ss.10(f)
below within such survival  period,  the Buyer shall be  indemnified  out of the
Holdback Shares from and against the entirety of any Losses (including Losses of
Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary)  the Buyer may suffer  resulting from,
arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by any Liability of any
of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  for the unpaid Taxes of any Person  (other
than any of the Company and its Subsidiaries) under Treas. Reg.  ss.1.1502-6 (or
any similar  provision of state,  local,  or foreign  law),  as a transferee  or
successor, by contract, or otherwise.

(iii)  If any Dissenting  Stockholder properly exercises appraisal rights under
the DGCL, if there is an applicable  survival  period pursuant to ss.8(a) above,
provided  that the Buyer makes a written claim for  indemnification  pursuant to
ss.10(f) below within such survival  period,  the Buyer shall be indemnified out
of the  Holdback  Shares  from and  against  any  Losses  (including  Losses  of
Holdings,  the Company or any Subsidiary)  the Buyer may suffer  resulting from,
arising out of,  relating to, in the nature of, or caused by such  Stockholder's

                                       46
<PAGE>   52



exercise of appraisal  rights,  but only to the extent such Losses are in excess
of the value of the  Merger  Consideration  retained  by the Buyer  pursuant  to
ss.2(d)(vi) hereof.

(c) Indemnification  Provisions for Benefit of the  Stockholders.  In the event
the  Buyer  breaches  any  of its  representations,  warranties,  and  covenants
contained  herein,  and, if there is an applicable  survival  period pursuant to
ss.8(a)  above,  provided that the  Stockholder  Representatives  make a written
claim for  indemnification  against the Buyer  pursuant to ss.10(h) below within
such survival period, then, from and after the Closing Date, the Buyer agrees to
indemnify  the  Stockholders  from and  against  the  entirety of any Losses the
Stockholders   may  suffer   through  and  after  the  date  of  the  claim  for
indemnification  resulting from,  arising out of, relating to, in the nature of,
or caused by the breach.

(d) Procedures  for Claims Between the Parties. If a claim (a "Claim") is to be
made by the party claiming  indemnification  (the "Claimant")  against the other
party (the  "Indemnifying  Party"),  the Claimant  shall give written  notice (a
"Claim  Notice")  to the  Indemnifying  Party as soon as  practicable  after the
Claimant becomes aware of the facts, condition or event that gave rise to Losses
for which  indemnification is sought under this ss.8,  provided that in no event
shall  such  notice be  effective  if given  after the date that is twelve  (12)
months after the Closing  Date.  Following  receipt of the Claim Notice from the
Claimant,  the  Indemnifying  Party  shall  have  thirty  (30) days to make such
investigation  of the  Claim  as  the  Indemnifying  Party  deems  necessary  or
desirable.  For the purposes of such investigation,  the Claimant agrees to make
available to the Indemnifying Party and/or its authorized  representative(s) the
information  relied  upon by the  Claimant  to  substantiate  the Claim.  If the
Claimant and the Indemnifying  Party agree at or prior to the expiration of said
thirty (30) day period to the validity and amount of such Claim,  then,  subject
to the provisions of ss.8(f),  the Indemnifying  Party shall pay to the Claimant
the amount of such Claim.  If the  Claimant  and the  Indemnifying  Party do not
agree within said period, the Claimant may seek appropriate legal remedy.

(e) Defense  of Third-Party  Actions.  If any lawsuit or enforcement  action (a
"Third-Party  Action")  is filed  against a Claimant  entitled to the benefit of
indemnity  hereunder,  written notice thereof (the "Third-Party  Action Notice")
shall  be  given by the  Claimant  to the  Indemnifying  Party  as  promptly  as
practicable  (and in any event  within  five (5) days  after the  service of the
citation or summons or other manner of process), provided that in no event shall
such  notice be  effective  if given  after the date that is twelve  (12) months
after the Closing  Date.  After such  notice,  if the  Indemnifying  Party shall
acknowledge  in writing to the  Claimant  that the  Indemnifying  Party shall be
obligated  under the terms of its indemnity  obligation  hereunder in connection
with such Third-Party Action, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled,  if
it so elects,  (i) to take  control of the  defense  and  investigation  of such
Third-Party  Action,  (ii) to employ and  engage  attorneys  of its choice  (and
reasonably  satisfactory  to the Claimant) to handle and defend the same, at the
Indemnifying  Party's cost, risk and expense,  and (iii) to compromise or settle
such Third-Party Action,  which compromise or settlement shall be made only with
the  written  consent  of the  Claimant  (such  consent  not to be  unreasonably
withheld,  conditioned or delayed) unless such compromise or settlement involves
only the  payment of money  damages

                                       47
<PAGE>   53


and does not impose an  injunction  or other equitable  relief  upon the
Claimant,  in which case no such  consent  shall be required.  If the Claimant
desires to participate in, but not control,  any such defense  or  settlement
the  Indemnified  Party  may do so at its sole cost and expense.  If the
Indemnifying  Party  fails  to  assume  the  defense  of  such Third-Party
Action within  fifteen (15) days after  receipt of the  Third-Party Action
Notice,  the Claimant will (upon delivering  notice to such effect to the
Indemnifying  Party) have the right to  undertake  the  defense,  compromise  or
settlement of such Third-Party Action; provided,  however, that such Third-Party
Action shall not be compromised or settled  without the prior written consent of
the  Indemnifying  Party,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,
conditioned  or delayed.  In the event the  Claimant  assumes the defense of the
Third-Party  Action,  the  Claimant  will  keep the  Indemnifying  Party  timely
informed of the progress of any such defense, compromise or settlement.

(f) Indemnification  Limitations.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set
forth in this Agreement or otherwise,  the Indemnifying  Party's  obligations to
indemnify the  Indemnified  Party  pursuant to this ss.8 shall be subject to the
following limitations:

(i)  No  indemnification  shall be required to be made by an Indemnifying Party
until the aggregate  amount of the Indemnified  Party's Losses exceeds  $600,000
(the "Deductible"), and then indemnification shall be required to be made by the
Indemnifying  Party only to the extent of such aggregate  Losses that exceed the
Deductible;  provided,  however,  that the Deductible shall not apply to (A) the
Buyer's  breach of its  obligation  to deliver the Merger  Consideration  or (B)
Buyer's right to indemnification for Losses incurred by the Buyer as a result of
any Stockholder exercising appraisal rights under the DGCL.

(ii)  No indemnification  shall be required to be made by an Indemnifying Party
for the amount of the Indemnified Party's Losses that are in excess of the value
of the Holdback Shares.  The Buyer's maximum  liability for its  indemnification
obligations under this ss.8 is $3,000,000.

(iii)  In connection with the satisfaction by the Indemnifying Party of a claim
with respect to which indemnification is made hereunder,  the Indemnifying Party
shall be entitled to reimbursement  from the Indemnified Party for the amount of
any (A) net reduction in federal,  state,  local or foreign  income or franchise
tax liability  actually  realized by the Indemnified Party within two years from
the date the indemnification  obligation is fulfilled by the Indemnifying Party,
(B) available insurance proceeds, and (C) of the Indemnified Party's Losses that
are subsequently  recovered by the Indemnified Party pursuant to a settlement or
otherwise.

(iv)  In no event shall the term "Losses" include any consequential, incidental
or indirect loss or damage to the Indemnified  Party,  whether or not based upon
events giving rise to  indemnification  hereunder,  including  claims brought by
third  parties in  connection  with any public  offering  or damages  based on a
multiple of earnings formula.

                                       48
<PAGE>   54




(v)  The Buyer  shall not be entitled  to recover  Losses  with  respect to any
matter which was disclosed to the Buyer on the Disclosure  Schedule prior to the
Closing Date.

(vi)  From and after the Closing Date, (A) the indemnification rights contained
in this ss.8, and (B) any statutory, equitable, or common law remedy relating to
fraud, shall constitute the sole and exclusive remedies of the parties hereunder
and shall  supersede and displace all other  remedies that either party may have
under Applicable Laws.

9. Termination.

(a) Termination of Agreement.   This Agreement may be terminated as provided
below:

(i) the Buyer and Holdings may terminate this Agreement by mutual written
consent at any time prior to the Closing;

(ii)ab the Buyer may terminate  this  Agreement by giving  written notice to the
Stockholder  Representatives  at any time prior to the  Closing (A) in the event
Holdings has breached any  representation,  warranty,  or covenant  contained in
this Agreement in any material  respect,  the Buyer has notified Holdings of the
breach,  and the breach has  continued  without cure for a period of thirty (30)
days  after  the  notice  of  breach  (provided,  that  Holdings  shall  have no
opportunity  to cure the  breach of their  obligation  to deliver  the  Holdings
Shares to be delivered to the Buyer),  or (B) the Buyer is entitled to terminate
this Agreement pursuant to ss.5(f);

(iii)   Holdings may terminate  this  Agreement by giving written notice to the
Buyer at any time prior to the Closing in the event the Buyer has  breached  any
representation,  warranty,  or  covenant  contained  in  this  Agreement  in any
material respect,  Holdings has notified the Buyer of the breach, and the breach
has continued  without cure for a period of thirty (30) days after the notice of
breach (provided, that the Buyer shall have no opportunity to cure the breach of
its obligation to deliver any required portion of the Merger Consideration); and

(iv)  if the Closing has not occurred  before January 14, 2000,  this Agreement
shall terminate automatically without any action by any Party.

(b) Effect of Termination.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to ss.9(a)
above,  all rights and  obligations  of the Parties  hereunder  shall  terminate
without any  Liability of any Party to any other Party (except for any Liability
of any Party then in breach),  except that the Buyer and Holdings  will instruct
the Escrow Agent to return the Escrow Deposit to the Buyer  promptly,  except to
the  extent  Holdings  makes a claim  against  the  Buyer  for a breach  of this
Agreement.

                                       49
<PAGE>   55



10. Miscellaneous.

(a) Press  Releases  and Public  Announcements.  No Party shall issue any press
release or make any public  announcement  relating to the subject matter of this
Agreement prior to the Closing  without the prior written  approval of the Buyer
and the Stockholder Representatives;  provided, however, that any Party may make
any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable law or
any listing or trading agreement  concerning its publicly-traded  securities (in
which case the disclosing  Party will use its reasonable  best efforts to advise
the other Parties prior to making the disclosure).  Notwithstanding  anything in
this Agreement to the contrary,  no Party shall make any public disclosure prior
to the Closing  Date,  of the amount of Merger  Consideration  without the prior
written approval of the other Party.

(b) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. (b)ab  This Agreement shall not confer any
rights or remedies upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.

(c) Succession  and Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of the Parties named herein and their  respective  successors and
permitted  assigns.  No Party may assign  either  this  Agreement  or any of its
rights,  interests,  or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval
of the Buyer and Holdings;  provided, however, that the Buyer may (i) assign any
or all of its rights and interests  hereunder to one or more of its  Affiliates,
and (ii)  designate  one or more of its  Affiliates  to perform its  obligations
hereunder  (in any or all of which  cases the  Buyer  nonetheless  shall  remain
responsible for the performance of all of its obligations hereunder).

(d Counterparts;  Facsimile Signatures.  This Agreement may be executed in one
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which
together will constitute one and the same  instrument.  Facsimile  signatures on
this Agreement and any of the  agreements  and documents  executed in connection
with herewith shall be deemed original signatures.

(e) Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for
convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation
of this Agreement.

(f) Notices.  All notices, requests,  demands, claims, and other communications
hereunder  will be in writing.  Any notice,  request,  demand,  claim,  or other
communication  hereunder  shall be deemed  duly given if (and then two  Business
Days  after)  it is  sent  by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth
below:

         If to Holdings:

                                       50
<PAGE>   56




                  Apex Site Management Holdings, Inc.
                  555 North Lane
                  Suite 6030
                  Conshohocken, PA 19428
                  Phone: (610) 260-3100
                  Fax: (610) 260-3138
                  Attn: Vice President and General Counsel

         If to Stockholder Representatives:

                  Apex Site Management Holdings, Inc.
                  555 North Lane
                  Suite 6030
                  Conshohocken, PA 19428
                  Phone: (610) 260-3100
                  Fax: (610) 260-3138
                  Attn: Alexander L. Gellman

                  Apex Site Management Holdings, Inc.
                  555 North Lane
                  Suite 6030
                  Conshohocken, PA 19428
                  Phone: (610) 260-3100
                  Fax: (610) 260-3138
                  Attn: Bruce M. Hernandez

                                       51
<PAGE>   57




         With a required copy to:

                  Kleinbard, Bell & Brecker LLP
                  1900 Market Street
                  Suite 700
                  Philadelphia, PA 19103
                  Phone: (215) 568-2000
                  Fax: (215) 568-0140
                  Attn: Howard J. Davis, Esq.

         If to the Buyer:

                  SpectraSite Holdings Inc.
                  100 Regency Forest Drive
                  Suite 400
                  Cary, North Carolina  27511
                  Phone:  (919) 468-0112
                  Fax:  (919) 388-9475
                  Attn: Stephen H. Clark

         With a required copy to:

                  Dow, Lohnes & Albertson, PLLC
                  1200 New Hampshire Avenue, N.W.
                  Washington, DC  20036
                  Phone:  (202) 776-2000
                  Fax:  (202) 776-2222
                  Attn:  Timothy J. Kelley, Esq.

         Any  Party  may send  any  notice,  request,  demand,  claim,  or other
communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set forth above
using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger
service,  telecopy,  telex,  ordinary  mail,  or electronic  mail),  but no such
notice,  request,  demand, claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have
been duly  given  unless  and until it  actually  is  received  by the  intended
recipient. Any Party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands,
claims,  and other  communications  hereunder  are to be delivered by giving the
other Parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

(g) Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance with the domestic laws of the  Commonwealth  of Pennsylvania  without
giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the
Commonwealth  of Pennsylvania  or any other  jurisdiction)  that would cause the
application  of the laws of any  jurisdiction  other  than the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania.

                                       52
<PAGE>   58




(h) Amendments  and Waivers.  No amendment of any  provision of this  Agreement
shall be valid  unless the same shall be in writing  and signed by the Buyer and
the  Stockholder  Representatives.  No  waiver  by any  Party  of  any  default,
misrepresentation,   or  breach  of  warranty  or  covenant  hereunder,  whether
intentional  or not,  shall be  deemed  to  extend  to any  prior or  subsequent
default,  misrepresentation,  or breach of  warranty or  covenant  hereunder  or
affect in any way any rights  arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent  such
occurrence.

(i) Severability.  Any term or provision of this  Agreement  that is invalid or
unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity
or  enforceability  of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity
or  enforceability  of the offending term or provision in any other situation or
in any other jurisdiction.

(j) Expenses.  Each of the Parties, the Company, and its Subsidiaries will bear
its own costs and  expenses  (including  legal fees and  expenses)  incurred  in
connection  with  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.
Holdings agrees that none of the Company and its  Subsidiaries has borne or will
bear any of Holdings' costs and expenses  (including any of their legal fees and
expenses)  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or  any  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and Holdings  agrees that its expenses will be borne by the
Stockholders and not Holdings.

(k) Incorporation of Exhibits,  Annexes, and Schedules. The Exhibits,  Annexes,
and Schedules  identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference
and made a part hereof.

(l) Specific Performance.  Each of the Parties agrees that the Buyer Shares and
the  Holdings  Shares are unique  assets that cannot be readily  obtained on the
open market and that each Party will be irreparably injured if this Agreement is
not specifically enforced.  Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that the
other Parties would be damaged irreparably in the event any of the provisions of
this  Agreement  are not performed in accordance  with their  specific  terms or
otherwise are breached.  Accordingly,  each of the Parties agrees that the other
Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of
the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce  specifically this Agreement and
the terms and  provisions  hereof in any action  instituted  in any court of the
United States or any state thereof having  jurisdiction over the Parties and the
matter, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or
in equity.

(m) Non-Recourse to Certain Persons.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary
contained herein or otherwise,  this Agreement shall be recourse to Holdings and
the  Holdback  Shares  (only  to the  extent  set  forth  herein)  but  shall be
non-recourse  to  any  members,  officers,  employees,  partners,  stockholders,
directors and Affiliates of the Stockholders.

                                       53
<PAGE>   59




(n) Stockholder Representatives.

(i) Pursuant to the terms of this  ss.10(n) and by  executing an  appropriate
agreement   prior  to  the  Closing   Date  (the   "Stockholder   Representative
Agreement"),  each  Stockholder  will appoint  Alexander L. Gellman and Bruce M.
Hernandez  to  act  as  such  Stockholder's   agents  and  representatives  (the
"Stockholder  Representatives")  for  purposes of receiving on his or its behalf
all notices  under this  Agreement,  issuing on his or its behalf  such  notices
under this Agreement as the Stockholder Representatives shall determine in their
sole  discretion to issue,  and performing such other  administrative  and other
functions under this Agreement as may become necessary or desirable.

(ii)  The  Stockholder  Representatives  shall have full power and authority to
act for and on behalf of the  Stockholders  in regard to their rights under this
Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Stockholder  Representatives are
authorized to (A) resolve all claims for  indemnification  under this  Agreement
and (B) retain counsel of its choosing,  experts and other  professionals as may
be  necessary  or  desirable  to  assist  in the  resolution  of any  claim  for
indemnification under this Agreement. The Stockholder Representatives shall have
no right to act as agent for service of process for any one of the  Stockholders
except that any notice delivered to the Stockholder Representatives with respect
to any claim arising  pursuant to ss.8 of this Agreement  shall be deemed notice
to all the Stockholders with respect thereto.

(iii)   The  Stockholder   Representatives  shall  be  entitled  to  reasonable
compensation  from the Stockholders for their services and  reimbursement of all
expenses  (including  the cost of errors and  omissions  insurance)  incurred in
their capacity as the Stockholder Representatives.

(iv)  At any time after the date hereof,  the Buyer shall be fully  entitled in
acting on and  relying  upon any written  notice,  direction,  request,  waiver,
consent,  receipt  or other  paper or  document  that  the  Buyer in good  faith
believes to have been signed or presented by the Stockholder Representatives and
the Buyer will have no liability  to any  Stockholder  if it acts in  accordance
with the foregoing.

(v)  The Stockholder  Representatives shall be entitled to reimbursement by the
Stockholders  (subject  to the  provisions  of ss.8  hereof)  of all  reasonable
expenses  (including  the cost of errors and  omissions  insurance)  incurred in
their capacity as Stockholder Representatives.  The Stockholders shall, pursuant
to the terms of the  Stockholder  Representative  Agreement,  indemnify and hold
harmless the Stockholder  Representatives from any and all costs,  expenses,  or
damages  (paid  or  incurred)  in  connection  with  the  performance  of  their
obligations pursuant to this Agreement,  other than those arising from the gross
negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of  the  Stockholder  Representatives.  The
Stockholders  shall,  pursuant  to the terms of the  Stockholder  Representative
Agreement,  be jointly and severally  liable to the Stockholder  Representatives
for any  liability  arising out of this  ss.10(n).  Pursuant to the terms of

                                       54
<PAGE>   60


the Stockholder Representative Agreement, the Stockholder Representatives will
be permitted to establish a trust account out of a portion of the Closing  Cash
Payment  to  be  delivered   hereunder.   Prior  to   distributing   the  Merger
Consideration to the Stockholders, the Stockholder Representatives shall deposit
in an interest-bearing  trust account $500,000 (which shall be deducted from the
Merger  Consideration  to be distributed to the Stockholders  hereunder),  which
amount  shall  be  available  to  the  Stockholder   Representatives   only  for
reimbursement of the Stockholder  Representatives'  costs,  expenses, or damages
paid or incurred in connection with the performance of their  obligations  under
this Agreement. Following the final resolution of any indemnification claims and
following  the  distribution  of all  Holdback  Shares held by the Escrow  Agent
pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement,  the Stockholder  Representatives
shall  distribute to the  Stockholders  their pro rata portion of any funds held
pursuant to the terms of this ss.10(n)(v).


                                  * * * * *


<PAGE>   61







                 [Signature Page to Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization]

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

                                           BUYER:
                                                     SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS INC.,
                                                     a Delaware corporation



                                                     By:/s/Stephen H. Clark
                                                        ------------------------
                                                            Stephen H. Clark
                                                            Title:


                                           NEWCO:
                                                     APEX MERGER SUB, INC.,
                                                     a Delaware corporation


                                                     By:/s/Stephen H. Clark
                                                        ------------------------
                                                            Stephen H. Clark
                                                            Title:


                                            HOLDINGS:
                                            APEX SITE MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, INC.,
                                            a Delaware corporation


                                                     By:/s/Alexander L. Gellman
                                                        ------------------------
                                                           Alexander L. Gellman
                                                           President

                                       56

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 2.5









                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT



                                     BETWEEN


                          NORTHWEST BROADCASTING, L.P.

                                       AND

                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.







                          Dated as of December 30, 1999













<PAGE>   2








                                TABLE OF CONTENTS





ARTICLE 1             DEFINED TERMS............................................1

         Section 1.1       Defined Terms.......................................1

         Section 1.2       Terms Defined Elsewhere in this Agreement...........5

         Section 1.3       Clarifications......................................5

ARTICLE 2             PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES..............................6

         Section 2.1       Basic Transaction...................................6

         Section 2.2       Purchase Price......................................6

ARTICLE 3             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER RELATING TO
                       SELLER..................................................6

         Section 3.1       Organization........................................6

         Section 3.2       Authorization of Transaction; Consents..............6

         Section 3.3       Noncontravention....................................7

         Section 3.4       Brokers' Fees.......................................7

         Section 3.5       The Shares..........................................7

         Section 3.6       Disclosure..........................................7

ARTICLE 4             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER..................7

         Section 4.1       Organization of Buyer...............................7

         Section 4.2       Authorization of Transaction; Consents..............8

         Section 4.3       Noncontravention....................................8

         Section 4.4       Brokers' Fees.......................................8

         Section 4.5       Investment..........................................8

         Section 4.6       SEC Filings.........................................9

         Section 4.7       Disclosure..........................................9

ARTICLE 5             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER CONCERNING THE
                       COMPANY.................................................9

         Section 5.1       Organization, Qualification, and Corporate Power....9

         Section 5.2       Capitalization......................................9

         Section 5.3       Noncontravention; Consents.........................10

         Section 5.4       Brokers' Fees......................................10

         Section 5.5       Title to Assets....................................10

         Section 5.6       Subsidiaries and Investments.......................11
                                      -i-
<PAGE>   3

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

         Section 5.7       Financial Statements...............................11

         Section 5.8       Events Subsequent to Most Recent Fiscal Year End...11

         Section 5.9       Undisclosed Liabilities............................11

         Section 5.10      Legal Compliance...................................12

         Section 5.11      Tax Matters........................................12

         Section 5.12      Governmental Licenses..............................13

         Section 5.13      Real Property......................................13

         Section 5.14      Intellectual Property..............................15

         Section 5.15      Tangible Assets....................................15

         Section 5.16      Contracts..........................................15

         Section 5.17      Notes and Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable....16

         Section 5.18      Powers of Attorney.................................16

         Section 5.19      Insurance..........................................16

         Section 5.20      Litigation.........................................17

         Section 5.21      Employees..........................................17

         Section 5.22      Employee Benefits..................................18

         Section 5.23      Guaranties.........................................20

         Section 5.24      Environmental, Health and Safety Matters...........20

         Section 5.25      Certain Business Relationships with the Company and
                            Its Affiliates....................................21

         Section 5.26      Bank Accounts and Credits..........................21

         Section 5.27      Inventory..........................................21

         Section 5.28      Product and Service Warranty.......................21

         Section 5.29      Year 2000 Compliance...............................22

         Section 5.30      Disclosure.........................................22

ARTICLE 6             COVENANTS...............................................22

         Section 6.1       Conduct of Business of the Company.................22

         Section 6.2       Seller's Actions...................................24

         Section 6.3       Other Actions......................................24


         Section 6.4       Notification of Certain Matters....................24
                                      -ii-
<PAGE>   4

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

         Section 6.5       Access to Information..............................25

         Section 6.6       Cooperation; Further Assurances....................25

         Section 6.7       Public Announcements...............................25

         Section 6.8       Confidentiality....................................25

         Section 6.9       Expenses; Taxes....................................26

         Section 6.10      Control of the Company's Operations................26

         Section 6.11      Hart-Scott-Rodino Filing...........................26

         Section 6.12      Other Buyer Transactions...........................26

         Section 6.13      Consents...........................................27

         Section 6.14      Employee Benefits Matters..........................27

         Section 6.15      Real Estate Matters................................27

         Section 6.16      Tax Matters........................................28

         Section 6.17      Intercompany Accounts..............................29

         Section 6.18      Standby Letter of Credit...........................29

         Section 6.19      Schedule Updates...................................29

         Section 6.20      Post-Closing Covenants.............................29

         Section 6.21      Insurance..........................................30

         Section 6.22      Release............................................30

ARTICLE 7             CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S OBLIGATIONS.......................31

         Section 7.1       Performance by the Company and Seller..............31

         Section 7.2       Truth of Representations and Warranties............31

         Section 7.3       Receipt of Consents................................31

         Section 7.4       HSR Act and other Governmental Authorizations......31

         Section 7.5       Deliveries.........................................31

         Section 7.6       Material Adverse Effect............................31

         Section 7.7       Repayment of Indebtedness and Certain Other
                            Obligation........................................32

         Section 7.8       Affiliate Loans....................................32

         Section 7.9       Certain Proceedings................................32

         Section 7.10      Seller Actions.....................................32

ARTICLE 8             CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER.................33
                                     -iii-
<PAGE>   5





                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

         Section 8.1       Performance by Buyer...............................33

         Section 8.2       Truth of Representations and Warranties............33

         Section 8.3       HSR Act............................................33


         Section 8.4       Deliveries.........................................33

         Section 8.5       Certain Proceedings................................33

         Section 8.6       Buyer Actions......................................33

ARTICLE 9             CLOSING.................................................33

         Section 9.1       Closing............................................33

         Section 9.2       Deliveries and Actions by Seller...................34

         Section 9.3       Deliveries and Actions by Buyer....................35

ARTICLE 10            TERMINATION.............................................35

         Section 10.1      Termination........................................35
         Section 10.2      Effect of Termination..............................36

ARTICLE 11            INDEMNIFICATION.........................................37

         Section 11.1      Survival of Representations and Warranties.........37

         Section 11.2      Indemnification by Seller..........................37

         Section 11.3      Indemnification by Buyer...........................38

         Section 11.4      Procedure for Indemnification......................39

         Section 11.5      Indemnification Escrow.............................40

         Section 11.6      Limitations on Indemnification; Exclusive Remedy...41

ARTICLE 12            MISCELLANEOUS...........................................43

         Section 12.1      Governing Law......................................43

         Section 12.2      Successors and Assigns.............................43

         Section 12.3      Entire Agreement; Amendment........................43

         Section 12.4      Notices, Etc.......................................43

         Section 12.5      Delays or Omissions................................44

         Section 12.7      Severability.......................................44

         Section 12.8      Headings...........................................45

         Section 12.9      Arbitration........................................45

         Section 12.10     Exclusive Benefit..................................45
                                      -iv-
<PAGE>   6





                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

         Section 12.11     Construction.......................................45

         Section 12.12     Exhibits and Schedules.............................45

         Section 12.13     Time is of the Essence.............................45

                                      -v-

<PAGE>   7







                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         This STOCK  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of December
30,  1999,  by and between  NORTHWEST  BROADCASTING,  L.P.,  a Delaware  limited
partnership  (the  "Seller"),   and  SPECTRASITE  HOLDINGS,   INC.,  a  Delaware
corporation (the "Buyer").

                                    RECITALS

         Seller  owns  all  of the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock  of
Stainless, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (the "Company"), which is engaged in
the business of  fabricating  communications  towers.  Seller desires to sell to
Buyer,  and  Buyer  desires  to  acquire  from  Seller,  all of the  issued  and
outstanding  capital stock of the Company,  and the parties desire to enter into
this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions of such purchase and sale.

         NOW, THEREFORE,  intending to be bound legally, and in consideration of
the mutual  covenants and  agreements  set forth  herein,  the receipt and legal
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


                                  ARTICLE 1

                                 DEFINED TERMS

Section  1.1.......Defined  Terms. All capitalized  terms not otherwise  defined
elsewhere in this  Agreement  shall have the meanings  ascribed to such terms in
this Section 1.1.

         "Accredited  Investor"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in  Regulation  D
promulgated under the Securities Act.

          "Affiliate"  of  any  Person  means  any  other  Person   directly  or
indirectly  controlling,  controlled by or under common control with such Person
and any officer,  director, general partner or family member of such Person. For
purposes  of this  definition,  "control"  as applied  to any  Person  means the
possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the  power to  direct  or  cause  the
direction of the  management  and policies of such Person,  whether  through the
ownership of voting securities,  by contract or otherwise.  Without limiting the
foregoing,  for  purposes  of this  definition,  SEPA  shall  be  considered  an
"Affiliate" of Seller and the Company.

          "Business" means the business conducted by the Company,  including the
engineering,  fabrication,  construction and maintenance of television and radio
transmission towers for entities in the broadcasting industry, and including the
business activities of the Company conducted at the Pine Forge facilities.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Compensation  Arrangement" means any plan or compensation  arrangement
other than an Employee  Plan,  whether  written or unwritten,  which provides to
employees,  former employees,  officers,  directors,  independent contractors or
shareholders  of the  Company,  any

<PAGE>   8



compensation  or  other  benefits,  whether deferred  or not,  in excess of base
salary  or wages,  including  any bonus or incentive  plan,  stock rights plan,
deferred  compensation  arrangement,  life insurance,   stock  purchase  plan,
severance  pay  plan,  change  of  control arrangements, and any other employee
fringe benefit plan.

         "Consent" means the consents, permits and approvals of all Governmental
Authorities  and other third parties (or notices to such  parties)  necessary to
consummate  the  sale  of  the  Shares  from  Seller  to  Buyer  and  the  other
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  in a lawful  manner and  without
causing  a  default  under,   conflict  with,  or  acceleration,   violation  or
termination  of, any legal  requirement  or contract or  agreement  to which the
Seller or the Company is a party or bound, whether or not such consent is listed
on Schedule 3.2 or Schedule 5.3.

         "Contracts" means all contracts, leases,  non-governmental licenses and
other  agreements  and  undertakings  (including  leases  for  personal  or real
property and employment  agreements),  written or oral (including any amendments
and other  modifications  thereto)  to which the Company is a party or which are
binding  upon the  Company  or that  relate to the assets or  operations  of the
business of the Company.

         "Employee  Plan" means any retirement or welfare plan or arrangement or
any other employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which covers
employees,  former  employees,  officers or directors of the Company,  which the
Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  sponsors,  maintains or by which the Company or
any  ERISA  Affiliate  is bound on behalf of the  employees,  former  employees,
officers  or  directors  of the  Company  or to which the  Company  or any ERISA
Affiliate  contributes  or is required to contribute on behalf of the employees,
former employees, officers or directors of the Company.

          "Environmental,  Health and Safety  Requirements" means all applicable
federal,  state, local and foreign statutes,  regulations,  ordinances and other
provisions  having the force or effect of law, all  judicial and  administrative
orders, all contractual  obligations and all common law concerning public health
and safety,  worker  health and  safety,  and  pollution  or  protection  of the
environment,  including  all those  relating to the presence,  use,  production,
generation,    handling,    transportation,    treatment,   storage,   disposal,
distribution,  labeling,  testing,  processing,  discharge,  release, threatened
release,  control or cleanup of any hazardous  materials,  substances or wastes,
chemical substances or mixtures,  pesticides,  pollutants,  contaminants,  toxic
chemicals,   petroleum   products  or  byproducts,   asbestos,   polychlorinated
biphenyls,  noise or  radiation,  each as amended  and in effect at the time the
applicable representations and warranties and indemnities are made.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
 amended.

         "ERISA  Affiliate"  means  each  entity  which is  treated  as a single
employer with the Company under Code ss.414(b), (c), (m), (n) or (o).

         "FAA" means the Federal Aviation Administration.

         "FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   9





          "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles as
in effect from time to time.

         "Governmental  Authority"  means any federal,  state,  local  political
subdivision or other governmental or regulatory department,  court,  commission,
board, bureau, agency, authority or instrumentality, foreign or domestic.

         "Governmental  Licenses" means all licenses,  permits,  authorizations,
determinations  and  registrations  issued  by the  FCC,  the  FAA or any  other
Governmental  Authority  to the  Company in  connection  with the conduct of the
Business.

         "Intellectual Property" means (a) all inventions (whether patentable or
unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice),  all improvements thereto,
and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures,  together with all
reissuances,  continuations,  continuations-in-part,  revisions, extensions, and
reexaminations  thereof, (b) all trademarks,  service marks, trade dress, logos,
trade names and corporate names,  together with all  translations,  adaptations,
derivations  and  combinations  thereof and  including  all goodwill  associated
therewith,  and all  applications,  registrations,  and  renewals in  connection
therewith,  (c) all copyrightable  works, all copyrights,  and all applications,
registrations and renewals in connection  therewith,  (d) all mask works and all
applications,  registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade
secrets and confidential  business  information  (including ideas,  research and
development,  know-how,  formulas,  compositions,  manufacturing  and production
processes and techniques,  technical data,  designs,  drawings,  specifications,
customer  and supplier  lists,  pricing and cost  information,  and business and
marketing plans and proposals),  (f) all computer  software  (including data and
related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, and (h) all copies and
tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium).

         "Knowledge" means actual knowledge after reasonable investigation.

         "Liability"  means any  liability  (whether  known or unknown,  whether
asserted or  unasserted,  whether  absolute or  contingent,  whether  accrued or
unaccrued,  whether  liquidated  or  unliquidated,  and whether due or to become
due), including any liability for Taxes.

          "Liens" means any  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  charge,  claim,  option,
conditional  sales,  security  interest  or other  encumbrance,  restriction  or
limitation of any nature whatsoever.

         "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means any material  adverse  effect on, or
change in, the business,  financial condition,  net worth, assets,  liabilities,
personnel,  operations or results of operations of the Company or the ability of
Seller to execute,  deliver or perform this  Agreement and the other  agreements
and documents contemplated hereby to which Seller is a party.

         "Most Recent  Balance Sheet" means the balance sheet  contained  within
the Most Recent Financial Statements.

         "Multiemployer  Plan"  means a plan,  as defined in ERISA  ss.3(37)  to
which  Seller,  the  Company,  or  any  ERISA  Affiliate  has  contributed,   is
contributing or is required to contribute.
                                      -3-
<PAGE>   10





         "Multiple  Employer  Plan"  means a plan,  as defined in ERISA  Section
4063(a), which Seller, the Company, or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors or maintains
or to  which  Seller,  the  Company,  or any  ERISA  Affiliate  contributed,  is
contributing or is required to contribute.

         "Ordinary  Course of Business"  means the  ordinary  course of business
consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and
frequency).

         "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

         "Person" means an individual, a partnership,  a corporation,  a limited
liability  company,  an  association,  a joint stock  company,  a trust, a joint
venture,  an  unincorporated   organization,   a  governmental  entity  (or  any
department,  agency,  or  political  subdivision  thereof)  or any other type of
entity.

         "Prohibited Transaction" has the meaning set forth in ERISA ss.406 and
Code ss.4975.

         "Real  Property"  means all real property,  interests in real property,
leaseholds and subleaseholds,  purchase options, easements,  licenses, rights of
access,  and  rights  of way and all  buildings  and other  improvements  owned,
leased,  used or held by the Company,  including the real property owned by SEPA
in Pine  Forge,  Pennsylvania,  but  excluding  the real  property  owned by the
Company in Perkasie,  Pennsylvania  and the real property owned by SEPA in North
Wales, Pennsylvania.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Securities Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
 amended.

         "SEPA" means Stainless Enterprises of Pennsylvania, Inc.

         "Shares" means the shares of common stock of the Company, par value
 $1.00 per share.

         "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect to the Company,  any entity of which
the Company  (either  alone or through or together  with any other  Subsidiary),
owns directly or indirectly, stock or other equity interests constituting 50% or
more of the voting or economic interest in such entity.

         "Tax" or  "Taxes"  means  any and all  taxes,  fees,  duties,  tariffs,
imposts  and other  charges of any kind  imposed by any  governmental  or taxing
authority,  including:  federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts,
windfall profits,  severance,  property, motor vehicle, ad valorem, value added,
production,   sales,  use,  license,  excise,  franchise,   capital,   transfer,
recordation, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium,
environmental  (including  taxes  under Code  ss.59A),  customs  duties,  social
security (or similar),  unemployment,  disability,  withholding,  alternative or
add-on  minimum,  or other tax or  governmental  assessment,  together  with any
interest,  additions,  or  penalties  with  respect  thereto and any interest in
respect of such additions or penalties, whether disputed or not.

         "Tax Return" means any return,  declaration,  report, claim for refund,
information  return or other  statement  or document  (including  any related or
supporting  information,  any schedule or
                                      -4-
<PAGE>   11





attachment  thereto and any amendment thereof) filed or required to be filed
with any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority in connection with
the determination,  assessment,  collection, administration or imposition of an
Tax.

Section  1.2.......Terms Defined Elsewhere in this Agreement. In addition to the
defined  terms in Section 1.1, the  following is a list of defined terms used in
this  Agreement  and a  reference  to the  Section  hereof in which such term is
defined:

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buyer                                                                  Preamble
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buyer Indemnified Parties                                          Section 11.2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Consideration                                               Section 2.2(b)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERCLA                                                          Section 5.24(e)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Claimant                                                        Section 11.4(a)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Closing                                                             Section 9.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Closing Date                                                        Section 9.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COBRA                                                           Section 5.22(h)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Company                                                                Recitals
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Escrow Agent                                                       Section 11.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Statements                                                Section 5.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HSR Act                                                            Section 6.11
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Indemnification Funds                                              Section 11.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Indemnifying Party                                              Section 11.4(a)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Losses                                                             Section 11.2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Consents                                                   Section 7.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Contracts                                                 Section 5.16
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Governmental Licenses                                     Section 5.12
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Most Recent Financial Statements                                    Section 5.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Most Recent Fiscal Month End                                        Section 5.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Most Recent Fiscal Year End                                         Section 5.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permitted Liens                                                     Section 5.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Post-Closing Escrow Agreement                                      Section 11.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchase Price                                                   Section 2.2(a)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Representatives                                                     Section 6.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEC                                                                 Section 4.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seller                                                                 Preamble
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seller Indemnified Parties                                         Section 11.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SWDA                                                            Section 5.24(e)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Systems                                                            Section 5.29
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Termination Date                                             Section 10.1(b)(i)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Treasury Regulations                                            Section 5.11(f)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Section 1.3  Clarifications.  Words used  herein,  regardless  of the gender and
number  specifically  used,  shall be deemed and  construed to include any other
gender and any other number as the context requires. Use of the word "including"
herein  shall be deemed and
                                      -5-
<PAGE>   12





construed to mean  "including  but not limited to."Except as  specifically
otherwise  provided in this  Agreement  in a particular instance,  a reference
to a Section or Schedule is a reference  to a Section of this Agreement or a
Schedule attached hereto,  and the terms "hereof,"  "herein" and other like
terms refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the Schedules hereto, and
not solely to any particular part hereof.

                                    ARTICLE 2
                           PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES
Section  2.1 Basic  Transaction.  Subject  to the terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement,  Buyer agrees to purchase  from Seller,  and Seller agrees to sell to
Buyer, all of the issued and outstanding Shares,  constituting all of the issued
and outstanding  capital stock of the Company,  free and clear of all Liens, for
the consideration specified in Section 2.2.

Section 2.2  Purchase  Price.  Subject to Section  6.15 and Section  7.7,  Buyer
agrees to pay to Seller at the Closing Forty Million Dollars  ($40,000,000) (the
"Purchase  Price") in cash  payable by wire  transfer of  immediately  available
funds to an account  designated by Seller in writing not later than two business
days before the Closing Date.  The cash paid to Seller  pursuant to this Section
2.2 may be referred to hereinafter as the "Cash Consideration."

                                   ARTICLE 3

           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER RELATING TO SELLER

         Seller  hereby  represents  and  warrants to Buyer that the  statements
contained  in this  Article 3 are true,  correct and  complete as of the date of
this Agreement.

Section 3.1  Organization . Seller is duly  organized,  validly  existing and in
good standing as a limited  partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware.
The ownership and structure  chart (dated April 15, 1997) provided to Buyer with
respect to Seller and the Company is true and complete in all material  respects
as of the date of this Agreement.

Section 3.2  Authorization of Transaction;  Consents.  Seller has full power and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements  contemplated
hereby and to perform its obligations  hereunder and thereunder.  The execution,
delivery and  performance by Seller of this Agreement and the other documents to
be delivered by Seller  pursuant to this Agreement have been duly  authorized by
all necessary  partnership action on the part of Seller.  This Agreement and the
other  documents to be delivered by Seller  pursuant to this Agreement have been
duly  executed  and  delivered  (or,  in the  case of any such  documents  to be
executed and  delivered at Closing,  when  executed and  delivered  will be duly
executed and delivered) and constitute (or, in the case of any such documents to
be  executed  and  delivered  at  Closing,  when  executed  and  delivered  will
constitute)  the valid and legally  binding  obligation  of Seller,  enforceable
against it in accordance with its terms and  conditions.  Except for any notices
that may be required  pursuant  to the HSR Act or as set forth in Schedule  3.2,
Seller does not need to give any notice to, make any filing with,  or obtain any
authorization,  consent or approval of any

                                      -6-


<PAGE>   13


Governmental Authority or other third party in order to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the agreements contemplated
hereby and the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby in a lawful manner
and without  causing a default under,  conflict with, or acceleration,
violation or termination of any material legal  requirement or material
contract or agreement to which the Seller or the Company is a party or bound.

Section  3.3  Noncontravention.  Except  for any  notices  that may be  required
pursuant to the HSR Act or as otherwise set forth in Schedule  3.2,  neither the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the agreements  contemplated hereby
by Seller,  nor the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby by Seller,  will (A) violate any  material  statute,  regulation,  rule,
injunction,  judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge or other restriction of any
Governmental  Authority  to  which  Seller  or the  Company  is  subject  or any
provision of their  organizational  documents or (B) conflict with,  result in a
breach of, constitute a default under,  result in the acceleration of, create in
any party the right to accelerate,  terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any
notice under any material agreement,  contract,  lease, license,  instrument, or
other  arrangement  to which Seller or the Company is a party or by which either
of them is bound or to which any of their assets are subject.

Section 3.4 Brokers' Fees. Seller has no liability or obligation to pay any fees
or commissions to any broker,  finder, or agent with respect to the transactions
contemplated hereby.

Section 3.5 The Shares. Seller owns beneficially and of record one hundred (100)
Shares,  which  constitute all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of capital
stock of the Company  and are free and clear of any  restrictions  on  transfer,
Taxes,  Liens,  options,  warrants,  purchase  rights,  contracts,  commitments,
equities,  claims and  demands.  Seller is not a party to any  option,  warrant,
purchase  right or other  contract or commitment  that could require it to sell,
transfer or otherwise  dispose of any capital  stock of the Company  (other than
this  Agreement) or that would require the Company to issue any capital stock of
the Company to any Person.  Seller is not a party to any voting trust,  proxy or
other agreement or understanding with respect to the voting of any capital stock
of  the  Company,  other  than  this  Agreement,   or  any  other  agreement  or
understanding relating to the Company or its capital stock.
Seller or its Affiliates acquired directly or indirectly the Shares on September
19, 1997.

Section 3.6 Disclosure.  The  representations  and warranties  contained in this
Article 3 do not  contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements and  information
in this Article 3 not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         Buyer  represents and warrants to Seller that the statements  contained
in  this  Article  4 are  true,  correct  and  complete  as of the  date of this
Agreement.

Section  4.1  Organization  of Buyer.  Buyer is a  corporation  duly  organized,
validly  existing and in good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware.
Buyer is duly  authorized to conduct  business and is in good standing under the
laws of each jurisdiction where such
                                      -7-
<PAGE>   14





qualification is required, except where the failure  to be so  qualified  would
not have a  material  adverse  effect on the business,  financial condition, net
worth,  assets,  liabilities,  personnel, operations  or results of  operation
of Buyer and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole or the ability of Buyer to
execute,  deliver or perform this Agreement and the other  agreements  and
documents  contemplated  hereby to which  Buyer is a party.

Section 4.2  Authorization  of Transaction;  Consents.  Buyer has full power and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements  contemplated
hereby and to perform its obligations  hereunder and thereunder.  The execution,
delivery and  performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the other  documents to
be delivered by Buyer pursuant to this  Agreement  have been duly  authorized by
all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of Buyer.  This  Agreement and the
other  documents to be delivered by Buyer  pursuant to this  Agreement have been
duly  executed  and  delivered  (or,  in the  case of any such  documents  to be
executed and  delivered at Closing,  when  executed and  delivered  will be duly
executed and delivered) and constitute (or, in the case of any such documents to
be  executed  and  delivered  at  Closing,  when  executed  and  delivered  will
constitute)  the valid and  legally  binding  obligation  of Buyer,  enforceable
against it in accordance with its terms and  conditions.  Except for any notices
that  may be  required  pursuant  to the HSR Act or as  otherwise  set  forth on
Schedule  4.2,  Buyer does not need to give any notice to, make any filing with,
or obtain any authorization,  consent, or approval of any Governmental Authority
or other third party in order to consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by
this  Agreement and the  agreements  contemplated  hereby in a lawful manner and
without causing a default under,  conflict with, or  acceleration,  violation or
termination of any material legal  requirement or material contract or agreement
to which the Buyer is a party or bound.

Section  4.3  Noncontravention.  Except  for any  notices  that may be  required
pursuant to the HSR Act or as otherwise set forth on Schedule  4.2,  neither the
execution  and  delivery  by  Buyer  of  this   Agreement  and  the   agreements
contemplated  hereby,  nor the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby and thereby by Buyer, will (A) violate any material statute,  regulation,
rule, injunction,  judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction
of any Governmental  Authority to which Buyer is subject or any provision of its
certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (B) conflict with,  result in a breach
of,  constitute a default under,  result in the  acceleration  of, create in any
party the right to  accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or cancel,  or require any
notice under any material agreement,  contract,  lease, license,  instrument, or
other  arrangement to which Buyer is a party or by which it is bound or to which
any of its assets is subject.

Section 4.4 Brokers' Fees.  Buyer has no liability or obligation to pay any fees
or commissions to any broker,  finder or agent with respect to the  transactions
contemplated   by  this   Agreement   except  for  the  broker  fee  payable  to
Communications Equity Associates.

Section 4.5 Investment.  Buyer (A) understands that the Shares, if any, have not
been, and will not be,  registered  under the Securities Act, or under any state
securities  laws,  and are being  offered and sold in reliance  upon federal and
state  exemptions for  transactions  not involving any public  offering,  (B) is
acquiring the Shares solely for its own account for investment  purposes and not
with a view to the  distribution  thereof,  within the meaning of the Securities
Act, (C) is a  sophisticated  investor with knowledge and experience in business
and
                                      -8-
<PAGE>   15





financial matters,  (D) has received certain  information  concerning Seller
and the Company and has had the opportunity to obtain additional  information as
desired in order to  evaluate  the merits and the risks  inherent in holding the
Shares,  (E) is able to bear the economic risk and lack of liquidity inherent in
holding the Shares, and (F) is an Accredited Investor.

Section 4.6 SEC  Filings.  Buyer's  filings  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  (the  "SEC") did not at the time they were filed  contain any untrue
statement of a material  fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be
stated or necessary in order to make the statements  made in those  reports,  in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

Section 4.7 Disclosure.  The  representations  and warranties  contained in this
Article 4 do not  contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state  any  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  and
information contained in this Article 4 not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE 5

         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER CONCERNING THE COMPANY

         Seller  represents and warrants to Buyer that the statements  contained
in  this  Article  5 are  true,  correct  and  complete  as of the  date of this
Agreement.

Section 5.1 Organization,  Qualification,  and Corporate Power. The Company is a
corporation  duly organized,  validly  existing,  and in good standing under the
laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  The Company is duly  authorized to
conduct business and is in good standing under the laws of the jurisdictions set
forth on Schedule 5.1. There are no  jurisdictions  where failure of the Company
to be so qualified would have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  The Company has full
power and authority  necessary to carry on the businesses in which it is engaged
and to own and use the properties  owned and used by it.  Schedule 5.1 lists the
directors and officers of the Company.  Seller has delivered,  or made available
on November 17, 1999 in the due diligence data room located at Sonnenschein Nath
& Rosenthal's Washington,  D.C. offices, to Buyer correct and complete copies of
the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company (as amended to date) and
complete  copies of the minute books  (containing the records of meetings of the
stockholders,  the  board  of  directors  and any  committees  of the  board  of
directors)  for the period since  September 19, 1997 and has afforded  Buyer the
opportunity  to inspect  the  minute  books in the  possession  of Seller or the
Company for the period prior to September 19, 1997, the stock  certificate books
and the stock record books of the Company.  The Company is not in default  under
or in violation of any provision of its articles of incorporation or bylaws.

Section 5.2  Capitalization.  The entire authorized capital stock of the Company
consists of  1,000,000  shares of common  stock,  par value $1.00 per share,  of
which 100 shares are issued and  outstanding  and held by Seller  (and no shares
are held in treasury) and 1,000,000  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.10,
none of  which  is  issued  and  outstanding.  Other  than as set  forth  in the
preceding  sentence,  there are no authorized or issued and outstanding  capital

                                      -9-
<PAGE>   16





stock or other  securities  of the  Company.  All of the  Shares  have been duly
authorized,  are validly issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable,  not subject to
preemptive  rights and held of record  and  beneficially  by Seller.  All of the
Shares were issued in accordance with all applicable  securities laws. There are
no outstanding or authorized  options,  warrants,  purchase  rights,  redemption
rights,  subscription  rights,  conversion  rights,  exchange  rights  or  other
contracts or  commitments  of any  character  that could  require the Company to
issue,  sell or otherwise cause to become  outstanding any of its capital stock.
There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit
participation or similar rights with respect to the Company. There are no voting
trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting
of the capital  stock of the Company or otherwise  relating to the capital stock
of the Company.

Section 5.3 Noncontravention;  Consents. Except for notices that may be required
pursuant to the HSR Act or as otherwise set forth in Schedule  5.3,  neither the
execution  and the delivery of this  Agreement and the  agreements  contemplated
hereby by Seller, nor the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby
and thereby by Seller, will (i) violate any material statute,  regulation, rule,
injunction,  judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge or other restriction of any
Governmental  Authority to which the Company is subject or any  provision of the
articles of incorporation or bylaws or other similar governing instrument of the
Company  or (ii)  conflict  with,  result in a breach of,  constitute  a default
under,  result  in the  acceleration  of,  create  in any  party  the  right  to
accelerate,  terminate,  modify or  cancel,  or  require  any  notice  under any
material agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument or other arrangement to
which  the  Company  is a party or by  which it is bound or to which  any of its
assets  is  subject  or  result  in the  imposition  of any Lien upon any of its
assets.  Except as set forth in Schedule  5.3, the Company does not need to give
any notice to, make any filing  with,  or obtain any  authorization,  consent or
approval  of any  Governmental  Authority  or other third party in order for the
parties hereto to consummate the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement in
a lawful  manner  and  without  causing  a  default  under,  conflict  with,  or
acceleration,  violation or termination  of, any material  legal  requirement or
material contract or agreement to which the Company is a party or bound.

Section 5.4 Brokers' Fees. The Company does not have any liability or obligation
to pay any fees or commissions to any broker,  finder,  or agent with respect to
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.5 Title to Assets.  The Company has good and marketable title to, or a
valid  leasehold  interest  in, the personal  properties  and assets used by it,
located on its premises,  as shown on the Most Recent  Balance Sheet or acquired
after the date  thereof,  free and clear of all Liens,  except for (i) liens for
current taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate  proceedings and with respect to which  appropriate  reserves are
being   maintained  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  (ii)  inchoate   materialmen's,
mechanics',  workmen's and repairmen's  liens incurred in the Ordinary Course of
Business which are not yet due,  (iii)  easements and rights of way which do not
materially  adversely affect the marketability or use or value of the applicable
parcel  of real  estate  as  presently  used,  and (iv) the  Liens  set forth in
Schedule 5.5 which shall be removed  when  indicated in Schedule 5.5 at or prior
to Closing (the "Permitted Liens").
                                      -10-
<PAGE>   17





Section 5.6 Subsidiaries and Investments.  The Company has no direct or indirect
Subsidiaries.  The Company does not control  directly or  indirectly or have any
direct or indirect equity participation in any Person.

Section  5.7  Financial  Statements.  Attached  hereto as  Schedule  5.7 are the
following financial statements  (collectively the "Financial  Statements"):  (i)
audited balance sheets and statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity
and cash flow as of and for the fiscal years ended  December 31, 1998 (the "Most
Recent  Fiscal Year End") and for the period  beginning  September  19, 1997 and
ending December 31, 1997, for the Company; and (ii) unaudited balance sheets and
statements of income,  changes in stockholders'  equity and cash flow (the "Most
Recent  Financial  Statements") as of and for the ten month period ended October
31, 1999 (the "Most Recent  Fiscal Month End") for the  Company.  The  Financial
Statements  (including the notes thereto) have been prepared in accordance  with
GAAP applied on a  consistent  basis  throughout  the periods  covered  thereby,
present  fairly the financial  condition of the Company as of such dates and the
results of operations of the Company for such periods,  are correct and complete
in all material  respects,  and are consistent with the books and records of the
Company (which books and records are correct and complete).

Section 5.8 Events  Subsequent  to Most Recent  Fiscal Year End.  Since the Most
Recent  Fiscal  Year End,  no  Material  Adverse  Effect has  occurred.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing,  since that date,  except as set forth
on Schedule 5.8:

(i) The  Company  has not sold,  leased,  transferred,  or  assigned  any of its
assets,  tangible or  intangible,  which are  necessary for the operation of the
Business,  other  than  for a fair  consideration  in  the  Ordinary  Course  of
Business;

(ii) The  Company  has not  issued  any note,  bond or other  debt  security  or
created,  incurred, assumed or guaranteed any indebtedness for borrowed money or
capitalized lease obligation;

(iii) The Company has not  declared,  set aside or paid any dividend or made any
distribution with respect to its capital stock or other equity interest (whether
in cash or in kind) or redeemed,  purchased,  or  otherwise  acquired any of its
capital stock or other equity;

(iv) The  Company  has not made any loan or advance to or made any  distribution
to, or entered into any other transaction  with, any of its directors,  officers
or employees or with Seller or any of its Affiliates; and

(v)      The Company has not committed to any of the foregoing.

Section 5.9  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.9, the
Company does not have any Liability, except for (i) Liabilities set forth on the
face of the Most Recent  Balance  Sheet and (ii)  Liabilities  which have arisen
after  the date of the Most  Recent  Balance  Sheet in the  Ordinary  Course  of
Business  (none of which  results  from,  arises out of,  relates  to, is in the
nature of or was caused by any breach of  contract,  breach of  warranty,  tort,
infringement or violation of law) (such Liabilities that are either set forth on
Schedule  5.9 or  covered  by  clauses  (i) or (ii)  above  are  referred  to as
"Disclosed Liabilities" and all other Liabilities of the Company are referred to
as  "Undisclosed  Liabilities").  Schedule  5.9 lists all

                                      -11-
<PAGE>   18





capitalized  lease or similar  obligations  of the  Company.  The  Company is
not liable for any other indebtedness  (including  indebtedness  for borrowed
money and  purchase  money financing arrangements).

Section 5.10 Legal Compliance. The Company has complied in all material respects
with  all  applicable  laws  (including  rules,   regulations,   codes,   plans,
injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, and charges thereunder) of all
Governmental  Authorities,  and to the  Knowledge  of Seller,  no action,  suit,
proceeding, hearing, investigation,  charge, complaint, claim, demand, or notice
has been filed or  commenced  against  the  Company  alleging  any failure so to
comply.  To the  Knowledge  of Seller,  the Company is not subject to FAA or FCC
licensing requirements or other rules and regulations.

Section 5.11      Tax Matters.

(a) The Company has (i) duly filed or caused to be filed in a timely  manner all
Tax  Returns  that it was  required  to file with the  appropriate  Governmental
Authorities,  and  (ii)  paid  or  made  adequate  provision  in  the  Financial
Statements  in  accordance  with GAAP for the  payment  of all Taxes owed by the
Company for all taxable  periods or portions  thereof  through the Closing Date.
All of the Tax  Returns  referred  to in clause (i) above are true,  correct and
complete in all material  respects.  The Company has withheld and paid all Taxes
required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing
to any employee, independent contractor,  creditor,  stockholder, or other third
party.

(b) The  Company  has not  executed  any waiver or  extension  of any statute of
limitations  on the  assessment  or collection of any Tax of the Company or with
respect to any liability arising therefrom.  None of the Tax Returns filed by or
on  behalf  of the  Company  is  currently  being  audited  by any  Governmental
Authority,  and there are no other  examinations,  requests for  information  or
other  administrative or judicial  proceedings  pending with respect to Taxes of
the Company.  Neither the Internal  Revenue  Service nor any other  Governmental
Authority has asserted any deficiency or claim for additional Taxes against,  or
any  adjustment  of Taxes  relating to, the  Company.  No claim has been made in
writing by any Governmental  Authority in a jurisdiction  where the Company does
not  file  Tax  Returns  that  it is or may  be  subject  to  taxation  by  that
jurisdiction.

(c) Schedule  5.11 lists,  for the  Company,  all  jurisdictions  in which it is
required to file a state Tax Return and indicates,  for each such  jurisdiction,
whether it files a  consolidated,  combined or unitary  Tax Return with  another
entity.

                  (d) Seller  has  delivered  to Buyer:  (i) true,  correct  and
complete  copies of all Tax Returns  filed by or on behalf of the  Company  with
respect to taxable  periods ending on or after December 31, 1996, and all backup
schedules and work papers related thereto,  and (ii) all examination reports and
statements  of deficiency  asserted  against or agreed to by or on behalf of the
Company with respect to Taxes since January 1, 1996.

                  (e) There are no proposed  reassessments of any property owned
by the  Company  that would  affect the Taxes of the  Company  after the Closing
Date. There are no Tax liens on any assets of the Company,  other than liens for
current Taxes not yet due and payable.
                                      -12-
<PAGE>   19





                  (f) Except as set forth on Schedule  5.11(f),  the Company has
no liability  for the Taxes of any Person  (other than the Company)  pursuant to
Section  1.1502-6 of the Treasury  Regulations  promulgated  under the Code (the
"Treasury  Regulations"),  any  comparable  provisions  of any  state,  local or
foreign Tax law in respect of a consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return, or
by  contract  or  otherwise.  As of the  Closing,  there will be no tax  sharing
agreements  or similar  arrangements  in effect with respect to or involving the
Company.

                  (g)      No consent under Section 341(f) of the Code has been
 filed with respect to the Company.

                  (h)  The  Company  does  not  have  (i)  any  income  or  gain
reportable  for a period  ending  after the Closing Date but  attributable  to a
transaction  (e.g., an installment sale) occurring in, or a change in accounting
method made for, a taxable  period  ending on or prior to the Closing Date which
resulted in a deferred reporting of income or gain from such transaction or from
such change in accounting method, (ii) any income or gain that has been deferred
as a result of having arisen out of any "intercompany  transaction,"  within the
meaning  of  Section  1.1502-13(b)  of the  Treasury  Regulations,  or (iii) any
"excess  loss  account,"  within  the  meaning of  Section  1.1502-19(a)  of the
Treasury Regulations, in the stock of any Subsidiary.

                  (i) The  Company has not been a "United  States real  property
holding corporation," within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during
the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.

                  (j)  The  Company  has  not  entered  into  any   compensatory
agreements with respect to the performance of services which payment  thereunder
would result in a non-deductible expense to the Company pursuant to Section 280G
of the Code.

Section  5.12  Governmental  Licenses.  Schedule  5.12 sets  forth a list of all
material  Governmental  Licenses of the Company together with all amendments and
modifications  thereto and all applications  relating thereto (such Governmental
Licenses,  the  "Material  Governmental  Licenses").  The Material  Governmental
Licenses constitute all of the licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to
conduct the business of the Company as currently  operated in  compliance in all
material  respects  with all laws,  rules and  regulations  of all  Governmental
Authorities.  The Company is in compliance in all material  respects with all of
the  requirements  of the Material  Governmental  Licenses.  All of the Material
Governmental  Licenses are valid and in full force and effect and no suspension,
cancellation  or  termination  of any of the Material  Governmental  Licenses is
pending  or, to the  Knowledge  of  Seller,  threatened.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  5.12 and  based  solely  on the  terms of such  Material  Governmental
License,  each  Material  Governmental  License will continue to be valid and in
full force and effect on  identical  terms  following  the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 5.13      Real Property.  Schedule 5.13 lists all of the Real Property.
                  -------------   -------------

(a) As of the Closing  Date the Company will have good and  marketable  title to
the parcel of Real Property located in Pine Forge, Pennsylvania,  free and clear
of any Liens, except for Permitted Liens;

                                      -13-
<PAGE>   20





(b) With respect to any leased Real Property,  the Company has a valid leasehold
interest to such parcel of Real Property, free and clear of any Liens other than
Permitted  Liens,  and assuming  compliance by the Company with the terms of the
lease,  the  Company  has a right  of quiet  enjoyment  of such  parcel  of Real
Property;

(c) There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened condemnation
proceedings, lawsuits or administrative actions relating to the Real Property or
other matters affecting adversely the current use, occupancy, or value thereof;

(d) To  Seller's  belief,  the  legal  description  for the  Pine  Forge  parcel
contained in the deed transferring such parcel to the Company will describe such
parcel fully and adequately,  the buildings and  improvements are located within
the boundary  lines of the  described  parcels of land,  are not in violation of
applicable  setback  requirements,  zoning laws and ordinances  (and none of the
properties  or  buildings  or  improvements  thereon are  subject to  "permitted
non-conforming use" or "permitted  non-conforming  structure"  classifications),
and do not encroach on any easement which may burden the land, and the land does
not serve any adjoining  property for any purpose  inconsistent  with the use of
the land,  and the property is not located  within any flood plain or subject to
any similar type restriction for which any permits or licenses  necessary to the
use thereof have not been obtained;

(e) Other than as disclosed on Schedule  5.13,  there are no leases,  subleases,
licenses,  concessions  or other  agreements,  written or oral,  granting to any
party or parties the right of use or  occupancy of any portion of such parcel of
Real Property other than the Company;

(f) With  respect  to the Pine  Forge Real  Property,  there are no  outstanding
options or rights of first refusal to purchase such parcel of Real Property,  or
any portion thereof or interest therein;

(g) Other than as disclosed on Schedule 5.13, as of the Closing Date, there will
not be any parties  (other than the Company) in possession of the Company's Real
Property;

(h) To Seller's  belief:  all facilities  located on the Company's Real Property
are supplied with  utilities and other  services  necessary for the operation of
such facilities,  including gas, electricity,  water, telephone,  sanitary sewer
and storm  sewer,  all of which  services are  adequate in  accordance  with all
applicable laws,  ordinances,  rules and regulations and are provided via public
roads or via  permanent,  irrevocable,  appurtenant  easements  benefiting  such
parcel of real property,  the facilities are in good order and repair,  and in a
good, safe,  substantial  condition,  free from material defects;  all plumbing,
heating,  electrical  and air  conditioning  systems and  equipment  and systems
therein are in good order and repair and operating condition; the facilities are
constructed  and completed  strictly in compliance  with all applicable laws and
accepted standards of good materials and workmanship, all electrical,  plumbing,
heating and  air-conditioning  and exterior drainage systems,  in or on the Real
Property are in good condition and working order;

(i) To  Seller's  belief,  all  owned  Real  Property  abuts  on and has  direct
vehicular  access  to a  public  road,  or has  access  to a  public  road via a
permanent,  irrevocable,
                                      -14-
<PAGE>   21





appurtenant  easement  benefiting  the  parcel of real property,  and access to
the property is provided by paved  public  right-of-way with adequate curb cuts
available;

(j) Seller has delivered to Buyer true and complete  copies of any deed or lease
for the Real Property showing the current holder of such Real Property; and

                  (k) The  Company  does  not own or  hold  title  to any of the
parcels of real property located at the former  corporate  headquarters in North
Wales, Pennsylvania.

Section 5.14  Intellectual  Property.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.14, the
Company owns or has the right to use pursuant to license, sublicense,  agreement
or  permission  all  Intellectual  Property  necessary  for the operation of the
business of the Company as presently conducted.  To the Knowledge of Seller, the
Company has not interfered with, infringed upon,  misappropriated,  or otherwise
come into conflict with any Intellectual  Property rights of third parties,  and
the Company has not received any complaint, claim, demand or notice alleging any
such interference,  infringement,  misappropriation or violation  (including any
claim that the  Company  must  license or  refrain  from using any  Intellectual
Property rights of any third party).  To the Knowledge of Seller, no third party
has interfered  with,  infringed  upon,  misappropriated  or otherwise come into
conflict with any  Intellectual  Property  rights of the Company.  Schedule 5.14
identifies all registered or  registrable  Intellectual  Property of the Company
and each pending application therefor and identifies each license,  agreement or
other  permission  which the Company has granted to any third party with respect
to any of its Intellectual Property.

Section  5.15  Tangible  Assets.  The  Company  owns or  leases  all  buildings,
machinery,  equipment and other tangible assets necessary for the conduct of the
Business as presently conducted. The tangible assets are in a condition which is
reasonably satisfactory for the present operation of the Business. Schedule 5.15
sets forth a list of all items of tangible assets of the Company,  including the
location thereof, having a book value of $25,000 or more.

Section 5.16  Contracts.  Schedule 5.16 contains a true and complete list of all
Contracts for the  construction of towers which have not been completed or which
have continuing  obligations  (including but not limited to  indemnification  or
warranty  obligations),  any executory  Contract which involves  expenditures or
receivables  of more than  $50,000 and any  executory  Contract  which cannot be
terminated or completed  within one (1) year from the Closing Date for less than
$10,000  ("Material  Contracts").  Seller has  delivered,  or made  available on
November 17, 1999 in the due diligence data room located at Sonnenschein  Nath &
Rosenthal's  Washington,  D.C. offices,  to Buyer a correct and complete copy of
each  written  Material  Contract  (as  amended  to date) and a written  summary
setting  forth the terms and  conditions of each oral  Material  Contract.  Each
Material Contract is legal, valid, binding, enforceable against the Company and,
to the  Knowledge  of Seller,  each other party  thereto,  and in full force and
effect in accordance with its terms.  Each Material Contract will continue to be
legal,  valid,  binding,  enforceable  and in full force and effect on identical
terms  following  the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.
Neither the Company,  nor to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto is
in material breach or default under any Material Contract,  and to the Knowledge
of  Seller,  no event has  occurred  which  with  notice or lapse of time  would
constitute  a  breach  or  default  under  any  Material  Contract,   or  permit
termination,  modification or acceleration, or reduce the amount of payments due
the  Company,  or give  rise  to
                                      -15-
<PAGE>   22





any  liquidated  damages,  under  any  Material Contract. No party to any
Material Contract has repudiated any provision of such Contract.

Section  5.17  Notes and  Accounts  Receivable;  Accounts  Payable.  All  notes,
accounts  receivable  (except  intercompany  accounts  that are being  cancelled
pursuant to Section 6.17  hereof),  unbilled work in process and other debts due
of the Company are  reflected  properly  on their books and  records,  are valid
receivables subject to no setoffs or counterclaims, are current and collectible,
and will be collected in accordance with their terms at their recorded  amounts,
subject  only to the  reserve  for bad  debts  set forth on the face of the Most
Recent Balance Sheet. Since September 19, 1997, the Company has paid on a timely
basis all of their  accounts  payable  and such  accounts  payable  arose in the
Ordinary Course of Business.

Section 5.18      Powers of Attorney .  Schedule 5.18 lists all outstanding
powers of attorney executed on behalf of the Company.


Section 5.19 Insurance.  Schedule 5.19 sets forth the following information with
respect  to  each  insurance  policy  (including  policies  providing  property,
casualty,  liability,  and  workers'  compensation  coverage and bond and surety
arrangements) to which the Company is a party, a named insured, or otherwise the
beneficiary of coverage:

(a)      the name of the insurer, the name of the policyholder and the name of
each covered insured;

(b)      the policy number and the period of coverage;

(c) the scope  (including  an indication of whether the coverage was on a claims
made,  occurrence  or other basis) and amount  (including a  description  of how
deductibles and ceilings are calculated and operate) of coverage; and

(d) a description of any retroactive  premium  adjustments or other loss-sharing
arrangements.

With  respect to each such  insurance  policy:  (A) the policy is legal,  valid,
binding, enforceable and in full force and effect; (B) based solely on the terms
of the policy, the policy will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable
and in full force and effect on identical  terms  following the  consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby;  (C) neither  the  Company  nor, to the
Knowledge  of  Seller,  any other  party to the  policy is in breach or  default
thereunder  (including  with respect to the payment of premiums or the giving of
notices),  and to the  Knowledge of Seller,  no event has occurred  which,  with
notice or the lapse of time,  would  constitute  such a breach  or  default,  or
permit termination,  modification or acceleration,  under the policy; and (D) to
the  Knowledge of Seller,  no party to the policy has  repudiated  any provision
thereof.  The Company has been covered since  September 19, 1997 by insurance in
scope and amount,  which,  to  Seller's  good faith  belief,  is  customary  and
reasonable  for the  businesses  in which it has  engaged  during  such  period.
Schedule 5.19 describes any self-insurance  arrangements  affecting the Company.
Since September 19, 1997,  except as set forth on Schedule 5.19, the Company has
not been subject to, nor has any insurer  defended or settled,  on behalf of the
Company or paid out money on behalf of the Company  with respect to any workers'
compensation  claim or any claim under any insurance  policy where the aggregate
amount at issue exceeded $10,000.
                                      -16-
<PAGE>   23





Section 5.20  Litigation.  Schedule  5.20 sets forth each  instance in which the
Company (i) is subject to any outstanding injunction,  judgment,  order, decree,
ruling  or  charge  or (ii) is a party to or, to the  Knowledge  of  Seller,  is
threatened  to be made a party  to any  action,  suit,  proceeding,  hearing  or
investigation  of, in or before any court or  quasi-judicial  or  administrative
agency of any  federal,  state,  local,  or foreign  jurisdiction  or before any
arbitrator.

Section 5.21      Employees.

                  (a) Schedule  5.21 contains a correct and complete list of (i)
the names and positions of each of the employees,  officers and directors of the
Company and of each  employee of the Seller or any affiliate of the Seller whose
services relate primarily to the Business, (ii) the annual salary or hourly wage
of each such person,  and (iii) any oral or written contracts or agreements that
provide  for  employment  of  any  individual  as  an  employee  or  independent
contractor  of the  Company  and which does not permit the  termination  of such
contract or agreement,  without penalty, upon no more than 30 days prior notice.
Seller has provided to Buyer correct and complete  copies (or  descriptions,  if
oral) of all contracts or agreements listed in Schedule 5.21.

                  (b) No employees of the Company are  presently  members of any
collective  bargaining  unit with respect to their  employment with the Company.
There are no  collective  bargaining  agreements  and no contracts or agreements
with labor unions,  relating to,  involving or affecting the employees of any of
the  Company to which the  Company  is a party or by which it is bound,  and the
Company has no obligation to bargain with any labor organization with respect to
any such persons.  The Company is not currently,  nor since  September 19, 1997,
has it been, the subject of any certification or decertification  drive, and, to
the  Knowledge of Seller,  no such  organizing  activity is  threatened.  To the
Knowledge  of Seller,  no union or other  collective  bargaining  representative
claims to represent,  has been certified as  representing  or has requested that
the Company  recognize  such union or collective  bargaining  representative  as
representing  any of the  employees  of the  Company for  collective  bargaining
purposes.  Neither  Seller nor the Company has recognized or agreed to recognize
or  is  required  to   recognize   any  union  as  the   collective   bargaining
representative for any employee of the Company.

                  (c) There are no unfair labor practice charges pending against
the Company and, to the  Knowledge of Seller,  there are neither any demands for
recognition  or any other  requests  or demands  from a labor  organization  for
representative status with respect to any persons employed by the Company and no
such activity is threatened.  Neither the Company nor the Business is currently,
or since September 19, 1997, has been, the subject of any strike, work stoppage,
picketing  or  work  slowdown,  or  any  other  labor  dispute,  controversy  or
proceeding,  and to the Knowledge of Seller, no such activity is threatened. The
Company has  complied in all  material  respects  with all laws  relating to the
employment and safety of labor,  including  provisions relating to wages, hours,
benefits, collective bargaining,  discrimination, the payment of social security
and other payroll expenses,  and all applicable  occupational  safety and health
acts, laws and regulations.  The Company is not subject to any  investigation or
other challenge  relating to the  misclassification  of employees as independent
contractors.  The  Company  is  not  required  to  comply  with  any  government
contractor affirmative action obligations.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>   24





Section 5.22      Employee Benefits.

(a) Each Employee Plan and  Compensation  Arrangement is listed and described in
Schedule 5.22, and complete and accurate copies of (including any amendments to)
any such  written  Employee  Plans and  Compensation  Arrangements  (or  related
insurance policies) have been furnished,  or made available on November 17, 1999
in the due  diligence  data room  located  at  Sonnenschein  Nath &  Rosenthal's
Washington,  D.C. offices,  to Buyer along with copies of any employee handbooks
or  similar   documents   describing   such  Employee  Plans  and   Compensation
Arrangements. Any unwritten Employee Plans or Compensation Arrangements also are
listed in Schedule 5.22, and complete descriptions have been furnished to Buyer.
Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.22,  neither Seller nor the Company is a party
to and does not have in  effect or to  become  effective  after the date of this
Agreement  any plan,  arrangement  or other scheme which will become an Employee
Plan  or  Compensation  Arrangement  (including  any  bonus,  cash  or  deferred
compensation,  severance,  medical,  pension,  profit  sharing or thrift,  stock
option,  employee  stock  ownership,  life or group  insurance,  death  benefit,
vacation,  sick leave,  disability or trust  agreement or  arrangement),  or any
amendment  to an  Employee  Plan or  Compensation  Arrangement.  Except  for the
participation by Bend  Broadcasting,  LLC in the Stainless,  Inc. 401(k) Savings
Plan, no Employee Plan or Compensation  Arrangement is sponsored by,  maintained
by  or  contributed  to  by  any  ERISA  Affiliate,  and  no  Employee  Plan  or
Compensation Arrangement provides benefits to the employees, former employees or
independent  contractors  of  any  ERISA  Affiliate  with  respect  to  services
performed  for the  ERISA  Affiliate  by such  employees,  former  employees  or
independent contractors

(b) Seller has  furnished to Buyer the Forms 5500 filed for each of the Employee
Plans (including all attachments and schedules), actuarial reports, summaries of
material  modifications,  summary annual reports, and any other employer notices
(including,  governmental  filings  and  descriptions  of  material  changes  to
Employee Plans or Compensation  Arrangements) relating to the Employee Plans for
the last three plan years, and the current summary plan descriptions.

(c) Except as set forth in Schedule  5.22,  each Employee Plan and  Compensation
Arrangement  has been  administered  in  compliance  with its own  terms  and in
material   compliance   with  the  provisions  of  ERISA,   the  Code,  the  Age
Discrimination in Employment Act and any other applicable Federal or state laws.

(d) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate is contributing  to, is required
to  contribute  to,  or has  contributed  within  the last five  years  to,  any
Multiemployer  Plan or Multiple  Employer  Plan, and neither the Company nor any
ERISA Affiliate has incurred  within the last five years, or reasonably  expects
to incur,  any "withdrawal  liability," as defined under Section 4201 et seq. of
ERISA.  Neither the Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate has  terminated  within the
last five years an employee  pension benefit plan, as defined under Section 3(2)
of ERISA,  which was  subject to Title IV of ERISA.  Neither the Company nor any
ERISA  Affiliate  has ever  engaged  in a  transaction  to evade  liability,  as
described under Section 4069 of ERISA.
                                      -18-
<PAGE>   25





(e) At all times on or prior to the Closing,  each Employee  Plan, to the extent
such  Employee  Plan is  intended  to be  tax-qualified,  satisfies  all minimum
coverage  and  minimum  participation  requirements,  if  any,  imposed  on such
Employee Plan by the applicable terms of the Code and ERISA.

(f) Neither Seller nor the Company is aware of the existence of any governmental
inspection,  investigation,  audit  or  examination  of  any  Employee  Plan  or
Compensation  Arrangement  or of any facts which would lead them to believe that
any such governmental inspection, investigation, audit or examination is pending
or threatened.  There exists no action, suit or claim (other than routine claims
for  benefits)  with respect to any Employee  Plan or  Compensation  Arrangement
pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller,  threatened  against any of such plan or
arrangement,  and neither Seller nor the Company  possesses any knowledge of any
facts which could give rise to any such action, suit or claim.

(g)  Neither  the  Company  nor  any  ERISA  Affiliate  sponsors,  maintains  or
contributes  to any Employee  Plan or  Compensation  Arrangement  that  provides
medical  benefit  coverage to former  employees  of the  Company,  except to the
extent  required by Section  4980B of the Code.  Except as described in Schedule
5.22,  neither  the  Company  nor any ERISA  Affiliate  sponsors,  maintains  or
contributes to any Employee Plan or Compensation Arrangement that provides death
benefit coverage to former employees of the Company.  To the extent any Employee
Plan or  Compensation  Arrangement  provides  death  benefit  coverage to former
employees of the Company, the benefits provided thereunder are fully insured and
have been provided in compliance  with the applicable  group term life insurance
policy.

(h) Except as described in Schedule  5.22,  with respect to each  Employee  Plan
and, to the extent applicable, each Compensation Arrangement:  (i) each Employee
Plan that is intended to be tax-qualified,  and each amendment  thereto,  is the
subject of a favorable  determination  letter, and no plan amendment that is not
the subject of a favorable  determination letter would affect the validity of an
Employee  Plan's  letter;  (ii) no  condition  or event exists or is expected to
occur that could  subject,  directly or indirectly,  the Company,  Seller or any
ERISA  Affiliate to any material  liability,  contingent  or  otherwise,  or the
imposition  of any  Lien on the  assets  of the  Company,  Seller  or any  ERISA
Affiliate  under the Code or Title IV of ERISA whether to the PBGC, the Internal
Revenue  Service,  or any other  person;  (iii) no  Employee  Plan is subject to
Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA;  (iv) no Prohibited  Transaction  has occurred
which would  subject the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate to any  liability;  (v)
which  provides  severance or severance  like  benefits may be terminated by the
Company without any penalty and without any liability to pay severance  benefits
in connection  with any  terminations  of employment  which occur after the date
such Employee Plan or  Compensation  Arrangement is terminated;  (vi) which is a
"group  health  plan," as defined under Section 601 et seq of ERISA and 4980B of
the Code  ("COBRA"),  has  provided  "continuation  coverage"  to each  "covered
employee"  and  "qualified  beneficiary"  entitled  thereto  (with  each term as
defined  under  COBRA);  and  (vii) all  contributions,  premiums,  payments  or
liabilities  accrued,  in  whole  or  in  part,  under  each  Employee  Plan  or
Compensation  Arrangement or with respect thereto as of the Closing will be paid
by the Company or Seller,  on or prior to Closing or shall be  reflected  on the
financial  statements  of the  Company or Seller as of Closing and shall be paid
within the time period permitted by ERISA and the Code.

                                      -19-

<PAGE>   26




(i) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will (i) result in any material  payment
(including,   without  limitation,   severance,  or  unemployment  compensation)
becoming  due to any  director or employee  of the  Company;  (ii) result in the
acceleration of vesting under any Employee Plan or Compensation Arrangement;  or
(iii)  materially  increase any benefits  otherwise  payable  under any Employee
Plan; and any such payment or increase in benefits is fully deductible under the
Code, including but not limited to Sections 162, 280G and 404 of the Code.

Section 5.23  Guaranties.  Except for guaranties  that are disclosed on Schedule
5.23  and that  will be  terminated  prior  to  Closing,  the  Company  is not a
guarantor  or  otherwise  liable  for any  Liability  or  obligation  (including
indebtedness) of any other Person.

Section 5.24  Environmental,  Health and Safety Matters.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  5.24  and  except  for  any  matter  relating  to the  real  property,
facilities  or  operations  at Perkasie,  Pennsylvania  or the property in North
Wales, Pennsylvania owned by SEPA:

(a) The Company has complied in all material  respects and is in  compliance  in
all material respects with all Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements and
to Seller's  Knowledge,  each  predecessor  of the  Company has  complied in all
material respects with all Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements.

(b) Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the Company has obtained
and complied  with,  and is in  compliance  with,  in all material  respects all
permits,  licenses  and  other  authorizations  that are  required  pursuant  to
Environmental,  Health  and  Safety  Requirements  for  the  occupation  of  its
facilities and the operation of its business.

(c) The Company has not  received  any written or oral  notice,  report or other
information  regarding any actual or alleged violation of Environmental,  Health
and Safety Requirements or any Liability, including any investigatory,  remedial
or corrective  obligations,  relating to any of them or its  facilities  arising
under Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements.

(d) To the Knowledge of Seller,  none of the following exists at any property or
facility owned or operated by the Company:  (i) underground  storage tanks, (ii)
asbestos-containing  material  in any  form or  condition,  (iii)  materials  or
equipment  containing  polychlorinated  biphenyls,  or (iv)  landfills,  surface
impoundments or regulated treatment, storage or disposal areas.

(e) None of the Company,  or to Seller's Knowledge,  the Company's  predecessors
has treated,  stored,  disposed of,  arranged for or permitted  the disposal of,
transported,   handled  or  released  any  substance,  including  any  hazardous
substance,  or owned or operated any property or facility  (and no such property
or facility is contaminated by any such substance) in a manner that has given or
could  reasonably  be  expected  to give  rise to  material  liabilities  of the
Company,  including any such  liability for response  costs,  corrective  action
costs, personal injury,  property damage,  natural resources damages or attorney
fees,  pursuant to the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended
                                      -20-



<PAGE>   27


("CERCLA"),  the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended ("SWDA") or any other
Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements.

(f) Neither this Agreement nor the  consummation of the transaction  that is the
subject of this Agreement will result in any obligations for site  investigation
or cleanup, or notification to or consent of any Government Authorities or third
parties,   pursuant  to  any  of  the   so-called   "transaction-triggered"   or
"responsible property transfer" Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements.

(g) The Company has not,  either  expressly or by  operation of law,  assumed or
undertaken  any material  liability,  including any obligation for corrective or
remedial  action,  of any other  Person  relating to  Environmental,  Health and
Safety Requirements.

Section 5.25 Certain Business Relationships with the Company and Its Affiliates.
Except as set forth in Schedule 5.25,  neither Seller nor any Affiliate  thereof
or of the Company has been involved in any business  arrangement or relationship
with the  Company  within  the past 12  months,  and,  except for the Pine Forge
property  to be conveyed  to the  Company  prior to Closing  pursuant to Section
6.15(c),  neither Seller nor any Affiliate thereof or of the Company owns or has
any  right  to use any  asset,  tangible  or  intangible,  which  is used in the
Business.  There are no tax sharing agreements between the Company and Seller or
any of Seller's Affiliates.

Section  5.26 Bank  Accounts  and  Credits .  Schedule  5.26 lists all banks and
lending  institutions  with which the  Company  maintains  any  account or has a
credit  facility,  and sets forth the names of all  individuals who have signing
authority for any such account.

Section 5.27 Inventory.  The inventory of the Company  consists of raw materials
and supplies,  manufactured and purchased  parts,  goods in process and finished
goods,  all of which is  merchantable  and fit for the  purpose for which it was
procured or manufactured, and none of which is slow-moving, obsolete, damaged or
defective,  subject only to the reserve for inventory writedown set forth on the
face of the Most Recent Financial Statements as adjusted for the passage of time
through the Closing Date in accordance  with the past custom and practice of the
Company.

Section 5.28 Product and Service  Warranty.  Each  product  manufactured,  sold,
leased or  delivered,  and each  service  performed,  by the Company has been in
conformity in all material respects with all applicable contractual  commitments
and all express and implied  warranties,  and the Company has no  Liability  for
replacement or repair thereof or other damages in connection therewith,  subject
only to the  reserve for  product  warranty  claims set forth on the face of the
Most Recent Financial Statements as adjusted for the passage of time through the
Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company.  No
product manufactured,  sold, leased or delivered,  and no service performed,  by
the Company is subject to any guaranty,  warranty or other indemnity  beyond the
applicable  standard  terms and conditions of sale,  lease or service.  Schedule
5.28 includes  copies of the standard  terms and  conditions of sale and service
for  the  Company  (containing  applicable  guaranty,  warranty,  and  indemnity
provisions).
                                      -21-
<PAGE>   28





Section  5.29 Year 2000  Compliance.  Schedule  5.29 lists each of the  computer
software programs,  hardware, databases and embedded control systems used by the
Company (the "Systems") and describes the status of such Systems regarding their
ability (a) to accurately  process time data (including  calculating,  comparing
and sequencing) from, into and between the twentieth and twenty-first centuries,
the years 1999 and 2000, and leap year  calculations and (b) operate  accurately
with other  software  and  hardware  that use  standard  format (4  digits)  for
representation of the year.

Section 5.30 Disclosure.  The representations  and warranties  contained in this
Article 5 do not  contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state  any  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  and
information contained in this Article 5 not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                                   COVENANTS

Section 6.1 Conduct of Business of the Company.  Except as  contemplated by this
Agreement or with the prior written consent of Buyer, during the period from the
date of this Agreement to the Closing, Seller shall cause the Company to conduct
its  operations  only in the Ordinary  Course of Business  consistent  with past
practice, and Seller will use its reasonable best efforts to, and will cause the
Company to,  preserve intact the business and  organization  of the Company,  to
keep  available  the services of the present  officers and key  employees of the
Company,  and to preserve the good will of  customers,  suppliers  and all other
persons having business relationships with the Company.

(a) Except as otherwise  contemplated by this  Agreement,  prior to the Closing,
Seller  shall not permit the Company to,  without the prior  written  consent of
Buyer:

(i)      adopt any amendment to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the
 Company;

(ii) issue,  reissue or sell, or authorize  the issuance,  reissuance or sale of
any  additional  shares or other  equity  interest in the Company or  securities
convertible  into any  rights,  warrants  or options to acquire  any  additional
shares or other equity interest in the Company;

(iii)  declare,  set aside or pay any  dividend  or make any other  distribution
(whether in cash,  securities or property or any combination thereof) other than
as  provided  in  Section  6.15 of this  Agreement  or pay  any  obligations  or
Liabilities of the Company other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(iv) split,  combine,  subdivide,  reclassify  or redeem,  purchase or otherwise
acquire,  or propose to redeem or  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire,  any of its
shares or other equity interest;

(v) increase the compensation or fringe benefits payable or to become payable to
its  directors,  officers or  employees,  or pay any benefit not required by any
existing
                                      -22-


<PAGE>   29



Employee Plan or Compensation  Arrangement  (including the granting of
stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  shares  of  restricted  stock  or
performance units) or grant any severance or termination pay to (except pursuant
to existing Employee Plans or Compensation Arrangements), or enter into, review,
terminate,  amend or waive any material provision of any employment or severance
agreement  with,  any  director,  officer or other  employee  of the  Company or
establish,  adopt,  enter into, or amend any  collective  bargaining  agreement,
employment  agreement,  termination  agreement,  Employee Plan, or  Compensation
Arrangement;

(vi) acquire, sell, lease, license, transfer, pledge, encumber, grant or dispose
of (whether by merger,  consolidation,  purchase, sale or otherwise) any assets,
including any capital stock or equity interest in any Subsidiary  (other than as
provided  in  Section  6.15 of this  Agreement  or the  acquisition  and sale of
inventory or the disposition of used or excess equipment and the purchase of raw
materials,  supplies and  equipment,  in either case in the  Ordinary  Course of
Business);

(vii) incur or assume or prepay any  indebtedness  for borrowed  money,  assume,
guarantee,  endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible (whether directly,
contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any other Person,  or make any
loans,  advances  or  capital  contributions  to, or  investments  in, any other
Person;

(viii) change any accounting policies or procedures,  other than in the Ordinary
Course of Business or as required by GAAP;

(ix) waive, release, assign, settle or compromise any material rights, claims or
litigation;

(x) take any action that would make any  representation or warranty set forth in
Article 5 to become untrue in any material respect;

(xi) make any Tax election or settle or compromise any material federal,  state,
local or foreign income Tax Liability;

(xii)  enter into any  Contract  except  for any  Contract  entered  into in the
Ordinary  Course  of  Business  or  amend or  terminate  any  existing  Material
Contract;

(xiii) incur any Liability except for Liabilities incurred by the Company in the
Ordinary Course of Business (none of which results from,  arises out of, relates
to, is in the  nature  of or was  caused by any  breach of  contract,  breach of
warranty, tort, infringement or violation of law);

(xiv)  authorize or enter into any formal or informal  binding  written or other
agreement or otherwise make any binding commitment to do any of the foregoing;

(xv)     make any material increase in the size or materially change the
composition of the workforce of the Company; or

                                      -23-
<PAGE>   30





(xvi)  voluntarily   recognize  any  union  or  other collective bargaining
representative as the collective bargaining representative for any of the
employees of the Company.

(b) Seller shall cause the Company to do the following:

(i)  maintain its assets in good  operating  condition  (ordinary  wear and tear
excepted),  with  inventories  of spare  parts  and  expendable  supplies  being
maintained at levels  consistent  with past practices and to make all repairs or
replacements  necessary to restore any assets to the condition  represented  and
warranted in Article 5 of this Agreement;

(ii)     maintain the existing insurance policies in full force and effect;

(iii)  maintain  the books and  records of the Company in  accordance  with past
practices;

(iv)  furnish to Buyer  within  twenty days after the end of each month  monthly
financial  statements  for the month just ended  containing  balance  sheets and
statements  of income and cash flow for such period  which shall comply with the
representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.7;

(v) comply in all material respects with all laws,  rules,  regulations and with
all  Contracts and  Governmental  Licenses and keep in full force and effect all
Material Governmental Licenses;

(vi) pay all of the obligations and Liabilities of the Company in the
Ordinary Course of Business; and

(vii) preserve the corporate existence of the Company and the Subsidiaries.

Section 6.2 Seller's Actions. Seller shall not sell, transfer or encumber any of
the Shares and shall not enter into any commitment to sell, transfer or encumber
any of the  Shares.  Seller  shall  cause the  Company to comply with all of the
terms of this Agreement applicable to them, including Section 6.1. To the extent
that any covenant or agreement in this Article 6 requires  Seller to cause or to
not permit (or words of similar  import) the  Company to take a certain  action,
such  covenant or agreement of Seller shall not be deemed  breached by Seller so
long as the  action at issue is  related  to a matter  which is  principally  in
control of the Company's  management and so long as Seller used its  "reasonable
best efforts" to cause or to not permit the Company to take such action.

Section  6.3  Other  Actions.  During  the  period  from the date  hereof to the
Closing,  Seller  shall not, and shall cause the Company not to, take any action
that  would,  or that would  reasonably  be  expected  to,  result in any of the
conditions to the transactions  contemplated  hereby set forth in Article 7 or 8
hereof not being satisfied or satisfaction thereof being delayed.

Section 6.4  Notification  of Certain  Matters.  During the period from the date
hereof to the Closing,  Seller shall promptly  notify Buyer of the occurrence of
any  fact  or  event  that
                                      -24-
<PAGE>   31





would  reasonably  be  expected  (i)  to  cause  any representation or warranty
of Seller contained in this Agreement to be untrue in any  material  respect,
(ii) to cause any  covenant,  condition or agreement of Seller  hereunder not t
be complied with or satisfied in all material  respects or (iii) to cause a
Material  Adverse  Effect.  During the period  from the date hereof to the
Closing,  Buyer shall promptly  notify Seller of the occurrence of any  fact  or
event  that  would  reasonably  be  expected  (i)  to  cause  any representation
or warranty of Buyer to be untrue in any material respect or (ii) to cause any
covenant,  condition  or agreement  of Buyer  hereunder  not to be complied with
or satisfied in all material respects.

Section 6.5 Access to Information. During the period from the date hereof to the
Closing,  Seller  shall  cause the  Company  to: (i) provide to Buyer at Buyer's
expense (and its officers, directors, employees, accountants, consultants, legal
counsel,   financial   advisors,    investment   bankers,   agents   and   other
representatives  (collectively,  "Representatives"))  access at reasonable times
upon  prior  notice to Seller to the assets and  properties,  personnel  and the
books and records of the  Company and (ii)  furnish  promptly  such  information
concerning the business, properties,  contracts, assets, liabilities,  personnel
and other aspects of the Company as Buyer or its  Representatives may reasonably
request.

Section 6.6 Cooperation; Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions
provided in this  Agreement and to applicable  legal  requirements,  each of the
parties  hereto agrees to use its  commercially  reasonable  efforts to take, or
cause to be taken, all action,  and to do, or cause to be done and to assist and
cooperate  with the other parties hereto in doing,  as promptly as  practicable,
all things necessary,  proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations
to ensure that the conditions set forth in Articles 7 and 8 are satisfied and to
consummate and make effective the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.
No party to this Agreement shall take any action that is  inconsistent  with its
obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall not
be  required to expend any monies to obtain any Consent to be obtained by Seller
or to  accept  any  condition  or  change  in  terms  (other  than  ministerial,
immaterial  conditions  or  changes)  to obtain any  Consent to be  obtained  by
Seller.

Section 6.7 Public Announcements.  The initial press release concerning the sale
of the Shares to Buyer shall be a joint press release  reasonably  acceptable to
both parties  and,  thereafter  until the  Closing,  each party shall obtain the
consent of the other party  (which  consent will not be  unreasonably  withheld)
before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public  statements with
respect to this  Agreement or any of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and
shall not issue any such press release or make any such public  statement  prior
to  obtaining  such  consent,  except to the  extent  public  disclosure  may be
required to comply with applicable  law,  including under the securities laws or
the  requirements  of any securities  exchange,  as determined by the disclosing
party in good faith and after prior  written  notice to the other  party  hereto
(provided  that Buyer has already  informed  Seller that Buyer intends to file a
registration  statement  with the  Securities  Exchange  Commission  on or about
December  30,  1999  that  will  include  certain  disclosures   regarding  this
Agreement).

Section 6.8 Confidentiality. Except for such disclosures to officers, directors,
employees,  advisors and representatives as may be appropriate in furtherance of
this  transaction and except for disclosures that may be required to comply with
applicable law,  including under
                                      -25-
<PAGE>   32





the securities laws or the  requirements of any securities  exchange, each party
hereto shall keep,  and cause its  Affiliates, officers,   directors, employees,
advisors  and   representatives  to  keep, confidential the terms and conditions
of this Agreement so long as they have not been made  publicly  available  in
accordance  with  Section 6.7 hereof and all information of a confidential
nature obtained by it from the other party hereto or the  Company  in
connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this Agreement,regardless
of whether the Closing occurs (it being  understood  that after the Closing all
proprietary  information of the Company shall be owned by and for the  benefit
of  Buyer).  If this  Agreement  is  terminated  without a Closing,  (i) each
party hereto will return to the other  parties all  documents and other
materials  obtained from the other party in  connection  herewith and (ii) Buyer
shall not  solicit  or  encourage  or cause  others to  solicit or encourage any
employee of the Company to terminate his or her  employment  with the Company
and shall not hire any current or former employee of the Company for a period of
12 months after the end of the term of such employment.

Section 6.9 Expenses; Taxes. Whether or not the transaction contemplated by this
Agreement is consummated and except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, all
expenses,  including  brokers' fees,  incurred in connection with this Agreement
and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be paid by the party incurring
such  expenses,  except  that the filing fee under the HSR Act shall be entirely
borne by the Buyer and all such expenses of the Company shall be entirely  borne
by Seller.  All transfer Taxes payable as a result of this transaction  shall be
borne  entirely by Buyer,  other than any  transfer  or other  Taxes  payable in
connection  with or as a result of the real  estate  transfers  contemplated  by
Section 6.15 hereof, which shall be borne entirely by Seller.

Section  6.10 Control of the  Company's  Operations.  Nothing  contained in this
Agreement  shall give  Buyer,  directly or  indirectly,  any right to control or
direct the Company's operations prior to the Closing.

Section  6.11  Hart-Scott-Rodino   Filing.  Seller  and  Buyer  have  filed  the
pre-merger   notifications  which  are  required  under  the   Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust  Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the regulations  thereunder
(the "HSR Act") with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. Each party
shall furnish to the other such necessary  information and reasonable assistance
as any other party may request in connection  with its  preparation of necessary
filings or submissions pursuant to the provisions of the HSR Act. If the Federal
Trade  Commission or the Department of Justice requests  additional  information
from the parties or imposes any  condition  upon the  transactions  contemplated
hereby, the parties will cooperate with each other, the Federal Trade Commission
and the  Department of Justice;  provided,  however,  that nothing  herein shall
compel  either party or any affiliate of such party to comply with any condition
imposed upon such party or such  affiliate  that is adverse to the  interests of
such party or its  affiliates as determined by such party in the exercise of its
reasonable business judgment.

Section 6.12 Other Buyer Transactions.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or restrict Buyer and
its subsidiaries from engaging in any merger, acquisition,  business

                                      -26-
<PAGE>   33





combination or  other  transaction  (whether  or not  Buyer is the  surviving
corporation), provided  that  such  merger,   acquisition,   business
combination  or  other transaction  would not prevent Buyer from  complying with
or  consummating  its obligations under this Agreement.

Section 6.13 Consents.  Seller shall,  or shall cause the Company to, as soon as
practicable  after the  execution  of this  Agreement,  give all notices of this
Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby to Governmental Authorities and
other third  parties to the extent  required  by any law,  rule,  regulation  or
Contract.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.3 (Item 3), Seller shall, and shall
cause the Company to, use commercially  reasonable efforts to obtain, as soon as
practicable  after the execution of this Agreement,  all of the Consents without
any change in the terms of any Contract or License to which such Consent relates
(other  than  ministerial,  immaterial  changes  or  conditions).  Seller  shall
promptly notify Buyer of any difficulty in obtaining any Consents.

Section 6.14      Employee Benefits Matters.

(a) Prior to the Closing,  Seller and the Company  shall take any and all action
necessary or appropriate to (i) transfer to the Northwest  Broadcasting  Limited
Partnership  401(k)  Savings  Plan (the  "Seller  Plan")  all of the  assets and
liabilities of the Stainless, Inc. 401(k) Plan ("Company 401(k) Plan") which are
attributable  to employees or former  employees of any ERISA Affiliate which has
been a  participating  employer in the Company  401(k) Plan,  including  but not
limited to Bend  Broadcasting,  LLC, such transfer  being  conditioned  upon the
receipt by Company 401(k) Plan of evidence reasonably  acceptable to the trustee
of Company  401(k) Plan that the Seller  Plan is  intended  to be  tax-qualified
under Code Section 401(a),  and (ii) terminate  immediately prior to the Closing
the Company 401(k) Plan.

(b) If requested by Buyer,  at the Closing  Seller will cause the Company to pay
all normal  year-end  bonuses for 1999 to the Company  employees  (which  Seller
estimates in good faith will be  approximately  $200,000).  Notwithstanding  the
previous  sentence,  Seller shall be entirely  responsible for all payments that
may be due or may become due to Doug  Standley  and Bob Kramm as a result of the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  (c) Seller shall assume and maintain full  responsibility  for
all liabilities,  including but not limited to any applicable  penalties imposed
by the  Department  of Labor or Internal  Revenue  Service,  with respect to the
Company's  failure to file complete and accurate  Internal Revenue Service Forms
5500 with respect to its  cafeteria  plan,  or any  employee  benefit  plan,  as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA,  which was filed or required to be filed on or
before December 31, 1999.

Section 6.15      Real Estate Matters.

(a) During the period after the  execution  hereof to the Closing,  Seller shall
cause the Company to provide to Buyer at Buyer's  expense  reasonable  access to
the Real Property and reasonable cooperation upon prior notice to the Company in
connection  with Buyer's Real  Property  due  diligence  for the sole purpose of
allowing  Buyer  and  its  agents  to  reasonably   prepare  surveys  and  title
commitments or policies.
                                      -27-

<PAGE>   34




                  (b) The real property  parcel owned by the Company  located in
Perkasie,  Pennsylvania  shall be  transferred  at or before the  Closing to the
redevelopment agency of the local borough or to another person, at Seller's sole
cost and expense and without any cost or expense to Buyer or the Company. To the
extent any costs or expenses  (including Taxes) resulting from such transfer are
known  at  Closing,  such  costs  will  be  paid  out of  and  reduce  the  Cash
Consideration paid to Seller at Closing.

                  (c) To the extent  the real  property  parcel  located in Pine
Forge,  Pennsylvania  is not owned by the  Company,  Seller shall cause it to be
transferred  at or before the Closing to the Company,  at Seller's sole cost and
expense  and  without  any cost or expense to Buyer or the Company by means of a
capital  contribution by Seller. To the extent any costs or expenses  (including
Taxes)  resulting  from such  transfer are known at Closing,  such costs will be
paid out of and reduce the Cash  Consideration  paid to Seller at  Closing.  The
transfer shall be effected by a warranty deed in a form reasonably acceptable to
Buyer.  As  soon  as  practicable   after  the  Closing  Seller  shall  cause  a
satisfactory  release or other  instrument  to be  delivered  to Buyer that will
release of record in the real estate records the mortgage granted to Continental
Bank in or about 1971 that  encumbers the title to the Pine Forge real property,
at  Seller's  sole cost and  expense and without any cost or expense to Buyer or
the Company.

                  (d) To the extent  still owned by the  Company,  Seller  shall
cause the real  property  parcels  located in North  Wales,  Pennsylvania  to be
transferred  out of the  Company at or prior to  Closing in a manner  reasonably
acceptable  to Buyer at  Seller's  sole cost and expense and without any cost or
expense to Buyer or the Company.  To the extent any costs or expenses (including
Taxes)  resulting  from such  transfer are known at Closing,  such costs will be
paid out of and reduce the Cash Consideration paid to Seller at Closing.

                  (e) Seller  shall  cause the lease  between  the  Company,  as
landlord,  and Nehemiah's Way of North Wales,  Inc., as tenant,  with respect to
the real property  parcels located at 217 East Montgomery  Avenue,  North Wales,
Pennsylvania and all of the Company's duties and obligations  thereunder,  to be
assigned to SEPA or a third  party at or prior to the  Closing at Seller's  sole
cost and expense and without any cost or expense to Buyer or the Company.

Section 6.16      Tax Matters.

                  (a) Tax Returns.  Seller and the Company shall be  responsible
for the preparation and filing of, and the payment of Taxes with respect to, all
Tax Returns of the Company  that are  required to be filed after the date hereof
and on or prior to the Closing Date; provided,  however,  that in preparing such
Tax Returns,  Seller and the Company  shall consult with Buyer in good faith and
shall provide Buyer with drafts of such Tax Returns  (together with the relevant
back-up information) for review and consent by Buyer, which consent shall not be
unreasonably  withheld,  at least 20 days prior to filing.  All such Tax Returns
shall be  prepared  and filed in a manner  consistent  with the past  custom and
practice of the Company.

                  (b) Retention of Records. From and after the date hereof until
the  Closing,  Seller  shall cause the Company to retain all Tax Returns and all
books,  records and other  information  relating to any Tax or Tax Return of the
Company,  and to abide by all record retention  agreements entered into with any
Governmental Authority.
                                      -28-
<PAGE>   35





                  (c) Within  twenty (20) days  following  the  Closing,  Seller
shall (or shall  cause the  Company  to)  deliver  to Buyer  true,  correct  and
complete information,  as of the end of the most recently concluded taxable year
of the  Company,  regarding:  (i) the Tax basis of the assets of the Company and
the depreciation and amortization  schedules  relating to such assets,  and (ii)
the  earnings  and  profits,  net  operating  loss  carryovers,  and  other  Tax
attributes,  credits and carryover items (and any limitations  applicable to any
of the foregoing) of the Company.

Section  6.17  Intercompany   Accounts.   Buyer  and  Seller  hereby  agree  and
acknowledge that all of the receivables,  payables and loans between the Company
(on the one hand) and Seller and its  Affiliates  (on the other  hand)  shall be
deemed  automatically  cancelled as of the Closing without further action by the
parties.

Section  6.18  Standby  Letter  of  Credit.  Buyer  hereby  agrees  to take  all
commercially  reasonable  actions  necessary  to assist  Seller in  obtaining  a
release, subject to the occurrence of the Closing, of its obligation to maintain
a letter of credit in connection with the construction of a tower by the Company
in North Carolina.

Section 6.19 Schedule Updates. Following the execution of this Agreement, Seller
shall have the right to update  the  Schedules  to this  Agreement  to  disclose
matters  that arise after and relate to the period  following  the  execution of
this Agreement. If any such disclosed matters, individually or in the aggregate,
could  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect,  Buyer will be
entitled to terminate this  Agreement  pursuant to Article 10. If Buyer does not
terminate  this  Agreement  and closes  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement,  such disclosed matters shall be deemed to have been disclosed on the
Schedules to this Agreement from the time of execution of this Agreement for all
purposes of Buyer's indemnification rights under Article 11.

Section 6.20      Post-Closing Covenants.

(a) General. If at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary or
desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement,  each of the parties will
take such further  action  (including the execution and delivery of such further
instruments and documents) as any other party reasonably may request, all at the
sole cost and expense of the requesting  party (unless the  requesting  party is
entitled to indemnification  therefor under Article 11). Seller acknowledges and
agrees that from and after the Closing  Buyer will be entitled to  possession of
all documents, books, records (including Tax records), agreements, and financial
data of any sort relating to the Company.

(b) Transition. Seller shall not take any action that is designed or intended to
have the effect of  discouraging  any lessor,  licensor,  customer,  supplier or
other  business  associate of the Company  from  maintaining  the same  business
relationships  with the  Company  after the  Closing as it  maintained  with the
Company prior to the Closing.  Seller will refer all customer inquiries relating
to the businesses of the Company to the Buyer from and after the Closing.

                                      -29-
<PAGE>   36





(c)  Covenant  Not to  Compete.  For a period of three  years from and after the
Closing Date,  neither  Seller nor its general  partner nor any of its direct or
indirect  subsidiaries,  nor its Class B or Class C limited partners will engage
directly  or  indirectly  in  the  business  of  the  engineering,  fabrication,
construction  and  maintenance  of  television  and radio  transmission  towers;
provided, however, that no owner of less than 5% of the outstanding stock of any
publicly-traded  corporation  shall be deemed to engage solely by reason thereof
in the  prohibited  business.  If the  final  judgment  of a court of  competent
jurisdiction  declares  that any term or provision  of this  Section  6.20(c) is
invalid  or  unenforceable,   the  parties  agree  that  the  court  making  the
determination of invalidity or  unenforceability  shall have the power to reduce
the scope,  duration or area of the term or provision,  to delete specific words
or phrases,  or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a
term or  provision  that is valid and  enforceable  and that  comes  closest  to
expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision,  and
this  Agreement  shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the
time within which the judgment may be appealed.

                  (d)      Pine Forge Environmental Due Diligence.

                           (1) At no time  before  or after  the  Closing  shall
         Buyer or its  Affiliates  (including  the  Company  after the  Closing)
         undertake,  or  cause  to be  undertaken,  any  environmental  sampling
         (whether intrusive or non-intrusive), or analysis of soil, groundwater,
         soil gas,  surface water or any other  surface or subsurface  condition
         at,  on or  under  the  real  property  or  facilities  at Pine  Forge,
         Pennsylvania,  except if any of the  foregoing is compelled or required
         by a Governmental  Authority or the lenders of Buyer or its Affiliates,
         it being  understood  that  subject  to Section  11.6(e)(2)  hereof and
         subject to Section  6.20(d)(2) below, this Section  6.20(d)(1) shall in
         no way  prohibit  Buyer  or the  Company  from  discharging  any  legal
         obligation   imposed  on  Buyer  or  the  Company  to   remediate   any
         environmental condition at, on or under the real property or facilities
         at Pine  Forge or from  making  a claim  for  indemnification  therefor
         against Seller pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof.

                           (2) In the event any third party (other than Buyer or
         its Affiliates if compelled or required by a Governmental  Authority or
         the lenders of Buyer or its Affiliates, and other than any other Person
         acting on behalf of such Governmental Authority or lenders) undertakes,
         or causes to be undertaken,  any environmental due diligence that would
         be prohibited by Section  6.20(d)(1) above were Buyer or its Affiliates
         undertaking  such  due  diligence,   the  indemnification  provided  in
         Sections 11.2(e) and Section 11.2(f) shall immediately terminate and be
         of no further  force and effect,  except as to claims  thereunder  that
         have already been made by Buyer prior to such time, in respect of which
         Buyer's indemnification rights shall survive as in effect before giving
         effect to this Section 6.20(d)(2).

Section 6.21 Insurance. The parties agree that the Company and Buyer will not be
required  after  the  closing  to  retain  SEPA as an  insured  party  under the
Company's insurance policies.

Section 6.22 Release.  Seller,  in its capacity as a stockholder of the Company,
and all persons  claiming  by,  through,  for or under  Seller in such  capacity
(collectively,  the  "Seller
                                      -30-
<PAGE>   37





Related  Parties"),  hereby  agrees that except as provided in this  Agreement
it has no claims or the basis for any claims against the Company or the
Company's respective present and former officers,  directors, employees  or
representatives,  on  account  of any  matter  arising  from  the beginning  of
time  through the date of this  Agreement,  inclusive,  and Seller agrees that
except as provided in this Agreement,  neither Seller nor any Seller Related
Parties will ever bring any action or seek to recover upon or in respect of any
such matter  arising from the  beginning of time through the date of this
Agreement, inclusive.

                                   ARTICLE 7
                        CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S OBLIGATIONS

         The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions provided for in
this  Agreement  are  subject to all of the  conditions  set forth below in this
Article 7, any of which may be waived in writing by Buyer.

Section 7.1 Performance by the Company and Seller.  The Company and Seller shall
have  performed in all material  respects all of their  agreements and covenants
under  this  Agreement  required  to be  performed  by them at or  prior  to the
Closing,  except that the covenants set forth in Sections 6.14(a) and 6.15 shall
have been performed in all respects.

Section 7.2 Truth of Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations
and  warranties  of Seller  contained in this  Agreement (i) which are expressly
stated to be made solely as of the date of this  Agreement or another  specified
date shall be true and  correct in all  respects  as of such date,  and (ii) all
other  representations and warranties of Seller shall be true and correct in all
respects  at and as of the time of the  Closing as though made at and as of that
time,  except  in each  case of  clauses  (i) and  (ii) to the  extent  that the
aggregate effect of the inaccuracies in such  representations  and warranties as
of the applicable times could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.

Section 7.3 Receipt of Consents.  All of the  Consents  indicated as material on
Schedule  3.2 or 5.3,  including  the North Wales  office  lease (the  "Material
Consents")  shall have been obtained and delivered to Buyer and shall be in full
force and effect as of the Closing and shall be in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory  to Buyer  without  any  conditions  or changes  in the  underlying
Contract  or  License  to  which  such  Material  Consent  relates  (other  than
ministerial or immaterial conditions or changes).

Section 7.4 HSR Act and other Governmental  Authorizations . All waiting periods
required  under the HSR Act shall  have  expired  or  otherwise  shall have been
terminated  prior to the  Closing,  and the parties  and the Company  shall have
received  all other  authorizations,  consents  and  approvals  of  Governmental
Authorities  required to consummate the  transactions  contemplated  hereby in a
lawful manner.

Section 7.5       Deliveries.  Seller and the Company shall have made all of the
deliveries required by Section 9.2.


Section 7.6       Material Adverse Effect.  Since October 31, 1999, no Material
Adverse Effect shall have occurred.
                                      -31-
<PAGE>   38





Section 7.7 Repayment of Indebtedness and Certain Other Obligations. All Company
indebtedness  (including all  indebtedness for borrowed money and purchase money
financing  arrangements),  and any  obligations  of the Company in the nature of
prepayment  penalties,  premiums,  or termination  penalties  resulting from the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall have been
paid in full and  discharged  before the  Closing at  Seller's  sole  expense or
concurrently with the Closing out of the Cash Consideration otherwise payable to
Seller,  except the  capitalized  lease of the  Company.  The  guarantee  of the
Company in favor of the Lenders under the Seller's  credit  facility  shall have
been released and all claims of such lenders against the Company shall have been
released, such release to be reasonably satisfactory to Buyer.

Section 7.8 Affiliate Loans. All loans and other advances made by the Company to
Seller or any Affiliate  thereof or to any employee,  officer or director of the
Company or a family member  thereof  (excluding  loans and advances to employees
for travel,  business and moving  expenses in the  Ordinary  Course of Business)
shall have been repaid, and Buyer shall have received evidence of such repayment
or shall have been cancelled in accordance with Section 6.17 hereof.

Section 7.9 Certain Proceedings. No writ, order, decree or injunction of a court
of  competent  jurisdiction  or other  Governmental  Authority  shall  have been
entered  against Buyer,  Seller,  or the Company that prohibits or restricts the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  limits or  restricts  the  operation of the
Company's  business as it is currently  conducted,  or otherwise  restricts  the
Company's  exercise of full rights to own and  operate  its  business  after the
Closing,  and no action,  proceeding,  investigation,  regulation or legislation
shall have been instituted or threatened before any court or other  Governmental
Authority  which (i)  questions  the  validity or  legality of the  transactions
contemplated hereby or seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain substantial
damages in respect of, or which is related to, or arising out of, this Agreement
or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (ii) seeks material
damages against Buyer,  Seller,  or the Company as a result of the  transactions
contemplated hereby; or (iii) can otherwise reasonably be expected to materially
and adversely affect Buyer or the Company as a result of the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

Section  7.10 Seller  Actions.  All actions to be taken by Seller in  connection
with  the  consummation  of  the  transactions   contemplated   hereby  and  all
certificates,  opinions,  instruments and other documents required to effect the
transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form and
substance to Buyer.
                                      -32-
<PAGE>   39




                                   ARTICLE 8

                     CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER

         The obligations of Seller to consummate the  transactions  provided for
in this  Agreement are subject to all of the  conditions set forth below in this
Article 8, any of which may be waived in writing by Seller.

Section 8.1  Performance  by Buyer.  Buyer shall have  performed in all material
respects all of its agreements and covenants under this Agreement required to be
performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

Section 8.2 Truth of Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations
and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement (i)  specifically  qualified
by  materiality,  shall be true and  complete as so  qualified,  and (ii) if not
qualified by materiality,  shall be true and complete in all material  respects,
in each such case,  on and as of the  Closing  Date,  with the same effect as if
then made, except where any such  representation or warranty is as of a specific
earlier date in which event it shall remain true and correct (as  qualified)  as
of such earlier date.

Section 8.3 HSR Act. All waiting  periods  required under the HSR Act shall have
expired or otherwise shall have been terminated prior to the Closing.

Section 8.4       Deliveries.  Buyer shall have made all of the deliveries set
forth in Section 9.3.

Section 8.5 Certain Proceedings. No writ, order, decree or injunction of a court
of  competent  jurisdiction  or other  Governmental  Authority  shall  have been
entered   against  Seller  or  the  Company  that  prohibits  or  restricts  the
transaction  contemplated  hereby  and  no  action,  proceeding,  investigation,
regulation or legislation  shall have been  instituted or threatened  before any
court or any other  Governmental  Authority  which (i) questions the validity or
legality of the transactions  contemplated hereby or seeks to enjoin,  restrain,
prohibit or obtain substantial damages in respect of, or which is related to, or
arising  out  of,  this  Agreement  or  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  (ii) seeks material damages against Seller as a result of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby;  or (iii) can  otherwise  reasonably be
expected  to  materially  and  adversely  affect  Seller  as  a  result  of  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 8.6 Buyer Actions.  All actions to be taken by Buyer in connection  with
the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby and all certificates,
opinions,  instruments and other documents  required to effect the  transactions
contemplated  hereby shall be reasonably  satisfactory  in form and substance to
Seller.

ARTICLE 9

                                     CLOSING

Section 9.1 Closing.  Subject to satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions
of  closing  set forth in  Articles  7 and 8, the  closing  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  (the
                                      -33-

<PAGE>   40




"Closing")  shall take place at the  offices of Dow, Lohnes & Albertson,  PLLC,
1200 New Hampshire Ave., N.W., Suite 800, Washington, D.C. 20036, at 10:00 a.m.,
local time, on the date specified by Buyer by notice to Seller,  which
specified date shall be no later than ten business days after the  conditions
of Closing set forth in Sections  7.3,  7.4,  and 8.3 have been satisfied or
waived or on such other date as Buyer and Seller may mutually agree (the
"Closing Date").

Section 9.2       Deliveries and Actions by Seller.  Seller shall deliver to
Buyer the following items at the Closing:


(a) Consents. Seller shall deliver to Buyer at Closing originals of the Material
Consents to be obtained  by Seller or the Company and any other  Consents  which
have been obtained by them.

(b) Articles of  Incorporation,  Certified  Bylaws and Certificates of Existence
and Good Standing for the Company.  Seller shall deliver to Buyer at Closing (i)
copies  of  the  articles  of  incorporation   or  other  applicable   governing
instruments  and  all  amendments  thereto  of each of the  Company  and  Seller
certified  within twenty  business days prior to the Closing by the Secretary of
State of the State in which such entity is organized,  (ii) copies of the bylaws
or  other  applicable  governing  instruments  of the  Company  certified  by an
executive  officer of the Company as being  correct,  complete and in full force
and effect on the Closing  Date,  and (iii)  certificates  of existence and good
standing of each of the Company and Seller dated within twenty  business days of
the  Closing  Date issued by the  Secretary  of State of the State in which each
such entity is organized  and in the case of the  Company,  qualified to conduct
business.

(c) Company's  Closing  Certificate.  Seller shall deliver to Buyer at Closing a
certificate  of an  executive  officer  of  Seller  certifying  (i)  as  to  the
incumbency  and signatures of the officers of Seller who executed this Agreement
and any other documents  delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement,  (ii) as to the
adoption of  resolutions  of its board of directors or  corresponding  governing
body and the board of directors of its  corporate  general  partner which are in
full  force and  effect on the  Closing  Date  without  any  amendments  thereto
authorizing  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and  any  other
agreements  contemplated hereby and the performance of the obligations of Seller
hereunder and thereunder,  and (iii) that the conditions to Buyer's  obligations
to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement set forth in
Sections 7.1 and 7.2 have been satisfied.

(d)  Certificates.   Seller  shall  deliver  to  Buyer  the  stock  certificates
representing all of the issued and outstanding Shares duly endorsed for transfer
by Seller.

(e) Resignations and Releases. Seller shall deliver to Buyer resignations of the
officers and directors of the Company effective as of the Closing.  Seller shall
deliver to Buyer releases of the officers and directors of the Company releasing
all claims they may have against the Company, in a form mutually satisfactory to
Buyer and Seller.

(f) Lien Searches. Seller shall deliver to Buyer lien, tax and judgment searches
in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and in the counties of Berks,  Pennsylvania,
Bucks, Pennsylvania and Montgomery,  Pennsylvania, and releases and terminations
of all Liens
                                      -34-
<PAGE>   41





on the Shares and the assets of the Company that are not  Permitted
Liens  described in clauses (i),  (ii) and (iii) of the  definition of Permitted
Liens.

(g)  Opinion  of  Counsel.   Seller  shall  deliver  the  favorable  opinion  of
Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

(h) Other  Evidence.  Seller shall  deliver to Buyer such other  evidence of the
performance of all the covenants and satisfaction of all the conditions required
of Seller by this  Agreement  at or before  Closing as Buyer or its  counsel may
reasonably request.

Section 9.3       Deliveries and Actions by Buyer.  Buyer shall deliver to
Seller the following items at the Closing:
                  -------------------------------

                  (a)    Certificates   of   Existence,    Good   Standing   and
Qualification.  Buyer shall deliver to Seller at Closing a certified copy of its
certificate of incorporation  and a certificate of good standing with respect to
Buyer,  dated within twenty  business  days of the Closing  Date,  issued by the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

                  (b) Buyer's Closing Certificate. Buyer shall deliver to Seller
at Closing a certificate of an executive  officer of Buyer  certifying (i) as to
the  incumbency  and  signatures  of the  officers  of Buyer who  executed  this
Agreement and the agreements  contemplated hereby on behalf of Buyer, (ii) as to
the adoption of resolutions of the board of directors of Buyer which are in full
force and effect on the Closing Date  authorizing  the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the performance of the
obligations of Buyer  hereunder and  thereunder,  (iii) as to Buyer's bylaws and
all amendments  thereto as being correct,  complete and in full force and effect
on the Closing Date,  and (iv) that the  conditions to Seller's  obligations  to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement set forth in Sections
8.1 and 8.2 have been satisfied.

                  (c)  Purchase  Price.  Buyer  shall  deliver to Seller by wire
transfer  of  immediately   available  funds  the  Purchase  Price,  subject  to
adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.15 and Section 7.7.

                  (d) Opinion of  Counsel.  Buyer  shall  deliver the  favorable
opinion of Dow, Lohnes & Albertson, PLLC substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

                  (e) Other  Evidence.  Buyer shall deliver to Seller such other
evidence of the  performance  of all the covenants and  satisfaction  of all the
conditions required of Buyer by this Agreement at or before Closing as Seller or
its counsel may reasonably request.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                                   TERMINATION

Section 10.1      Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated and the
transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time
prior to the Closing:

(a)      by mutual written agreement of Seller and Buyer;

                                      -35-
<PAGE>   42





(b)      by either Seller or Buyer, if:

(i) the transaction  contemplated  hereby has not been  consummated on or before
January 31, 2000 (the "Termination Date");  provided that the right to terminate
this Agreement  pursuant to this Section  10.1(b)(i) shall not be available to a
party whose breach of any provision of this Agreement  results in the failure of
such transaction to be consummated by the Termination Date; or

(ii) (A) there shall be any law or  regulation  that makes  consummation  of the
transaction  contemplated  hereby  illegal or  otherwise  prohibited  or (B) any
judgment,  injunction,  order or  decree  of any  court  or  other  Governmental
Authority  having  competent   jurisdiction   enjoining  Seller  or  Buyer  from
consummating such transaction is entered, and such judgment,  injunction,  order
or decree shall have become final.

(c) by  Buyer if on any date  determined  for the  Closing  in  accordance  with
Section 9.1 each condition in Article 8 has been satisfied (or will be satisfied
by  actions to be taken at the  Closing)  and  either a  condition  set forth in
Article 7 has not been  satisfied  (or will not be  satisfied  by  actions to be
taken at the  Closing)  or Seller  has  nonetheless  refused to  consummate  the
Closing;  provided that Buyer may not terminate pursuant to this Section 10.1(c)
if the  failure  of any  condition  set forth in Article 7 to be  satisfied  was
caused by  Buyer's  breach of or failure to  perform  any of its  covenants  and
agreements in accordance with this Agreement;

(d) by Seller if on any date  determined  for the  Closing  in  accordance  with
Section 9.1 each condition in Article 7 has been satisfied (or will be satisfied
by  actions to be taken at the  Closing)  and  either a  condition  set forth in
Article 8 has not been  satisfied  (or will not be  satisfied  by  actions to be
taken at the  Closing)  or Buyer  has  nonetheless  refused  to  consummate  the
Closing; provided that Seller may not terminate pursuant to this Section 10.1(d)
if the  failure  of any  condition  set forth in Article 8 to be  satisfied  was
caused by  Seller's  breach of or failure to perform  any of its  covenants  and
agreements in accordance with this Agreement; and

                  (e)      by Buyer pursuant to its rights under Section 6.19 of
 this Agreement.

                  The party  desiring to terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant to
this Section 10.1 (other than pursuant to Section  10.1(a)) shall give notice of
such termination to the other party hereto.

Section 10.2 Effect of Termination.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to
Section  10.1,  this  Agreement  shall  become  void  and of no  effect  without
liability of any party hereto to the other parties  hereto,  except that (a) the
agreements  contained  in this  Section 10.2 and in Sections 6.8 and 6.9 of this
Agreement  shall survive the  termination  hereof,  and (b) no such  termination
shall relieve any party of any liability or damages  resulting from any material
breach by such party of any representation,  warranty, covenant or agreement set
forth in this Agreement.  Each party shall have all remedies  available to it at
law,  equity or  otherwise  in the event the other party  wrongfully  refuses to
consummate the Closing or otherwise breaches this Agreement.

                                      -36-


<PAGE>   43



                                   ARTICLE 11

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

Section  11.1  Survival  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   All  of  the
representations and warranties of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement
shall  survive the  Closing  hereunder  (even if the  damaged  party knew or had
reason to know of any misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant at the
time of Closing)  and continue in full force and effect until the latest of: (a)
the  date  that is one  year  after  the  Closing  Date,  (b) the  date of final
resolution of a claim that has been asserted in writing to the other party prior
to  the  expiration  of  the  applicable  survival  period,  and  (c)  as to the
representations  and  warranties  made in Sections 3.2, 3.5, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2, 5.11
and 5.22 the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations  (including all
periods  of  extension  thereof)  or,  if  later as to the  representations  and
warranties  made in  Section  5.11,  until  the  final  resolution  of any claim
asserted in writing by a Governmental Authority.

Section 11.2 Indemnification by Seller. From and after the Closing, Seller shall
indemnify Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Company), officers, directors,
employees, stockholders and agents (the "Buyer Indemnified Parties") against and
hold them harmless from any liability,  claim, damage, Tax or expense (including
reasonable legal fees and expenses) ("Losses") suffered or incurred by any Buyer
Indemnified Party as a result of, arising from or relating to the following:

(a)      any breach of any representation or warranty of Seller contained in
this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto;

(b)      any breach of any covenant or agreement of Seller contained in this
Agreement;

(c) Undisclosed  Liabilities resulting from or arising out of the conduct of the
Business prior to the Closing;

                  (d) the real  property and  facilities  of the Company and its
Affiliates  located in Perkasie,  Pennsylvania  and North  Wales,  Pennsylvania,
including any  Environmental,  Health and Safety  Requirement  matters  relating
thereto and including Item 4 on Schedule 5.20 (Zoning Hearing Appeal);

                  (e) third party claims  (i.e.  claims by any Person other than
Buyer and its Affiliates, including the Company) as a result of, arising from or
relating to the  presence of ground  water  contamination  (as  described in the
environmental  surveys  referred  to in Item 1 of  Schedule  5.24)  at the  real
property and facilities of the Company and its Affiliates located in Pine Forge,
Pennsylvania;

                  (f) any Environmental,  Health and Safety Requirement  matters
that  relates  to the  real  property  and  facilities  of the  Company  and its
Affiliates  located in Pine Forge,  Pennsylvania  and to the period prior to the
Closing  that are not subject to  indemnification  pursuant  to section  11.2(e)
above, including Item 3 on Schedule 5.24;

                                      -37-
<PAGE>   44





                  (g) the real estate  transfers  contemplated  in Section  6.15
hereof,  including any Taxes resulting from the sale, exchange,  distribution or
other disposition of the property and facilities referred to in Section 6.15;

                  (h) the Saudi tower  litigation  (including Item 2 on Schedule
5.20  and  any  related  arbitration  costs),  the  Louisiana  tower  litigation
(including  Item 3 on Schedule  5.20),  the Gateway  suit  (including  Item 5 on
Schedule  5.20),  and the SEPA  shareholder  suits  (including  Items 1 and 6 on
Schedule 5.20);

                  (i)  expenses  of the Seller and the  Company  relating to the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,  including fees
and expenses of attorneys, accountants, financial advisors and broker fees;

                  (j)      the payments to Doug Standley and Bob Kramm described
 in Section 6.14(b);

                  (k) the Taxes of any Person for any taxable  period  beginning
on or before  the  Closing  Date for  which the  Company  is or  becomes  liable
pursuant to Section  1.1502-6  of the  Treasury  Regulations  or pursuant to any
comparable  provisions  of  state,  local or  foreign  law,  or by  contract  or
otherwise;

                  (l) dividends,  distributions or payments made in violation of
the covenant set forth in Section 6.1(a)(iii);

                  (m)      a breach of the covenants and agreements set forth in
Section 6.14(c);

                  (n)      the Continental Bank mortgage referenced in Section
 6.15(c); and

                  (o) any action, suit, proceeding, claim, demand, assessment or
judgment  incident to the foregoing or incurred in investigating or to avoid the
same or to oppose the imposition thereof or in enforcing this indemnity.

Section 11.3  Indemnification by Buyer. From and after the Closing,  Buyer shall
indemnify   Seller  and  its   Affiliates,   officers,   directors,   employees,
stockholders and agents (the "Seller Indemnified Parties") against and hold them
harmless from any Losses suffered or incurred by any Seller Indemnified  Parties
as a result of, arising from or relating to the following:

(a)      any breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer contained in this
Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto;

(b)      any breach of any covenant or agreement of Buyer contained in this
Agreement;

                  (c)  liabilities of the Company  resulting from or arising out
of the conduct of the  Business by the Company  after the Closing and  Disclosed
Liabilities  of the Company  resulting from or arising out of the conduct of the
Business  prior to the  Closing,  in each case

                                      -38-
<PAGE>   45





unless and to the extent Buyer is entitled to indemnification therefore pursuant
to Section 11.2 hereof;

                  (d)      any costs to Seller associated with the maintenance
of or payments under the Letter of Credit referenced in Section 6.18 hereof; and

                  (e) any action, suit, proceeding, claim, demand, assessment or
judgment  incident to the  foregoing or incurred  investigating  or to avoid the
same or to oppose the imposition thereof or in enforcing this indemnity.

Section 11.4      Procedure for Indemnification.  The procedure for
indemnification shall be as follows:

(a) The party  claiming  indemnification  (the  "Claimant")  shall promptly give
notice to the party from which  indemnification  is claimed  (the  "Indemnifying
Party") of any claim,  whether  between the parties or brought by a third party,
specifying  in  reasonable  detail the factual  basis for the claim,  the amount
thereof,  estimated in good faith,  and the method of computation of such claim,
all with reasonable  particularity  and containing a reference to the provisions
of this  Agreement  in respect of which such  indemnification  claim  shall have
occurred.  If the claim relates to an action,  suit,  or  proceeding  filed by a
third party  against the  Claimant,  such notice  shall be given by the Claimant
promptly after written  notice of such action,  suit, or proceeding was given to
the Claimant;  provided,  however, that any delay in giving the notice shall not
impair  the  Claimant's  rights  hereunder  unless  such  delay  prejudices  the
Indemnifying Party's ability to defend such claim.

(b) With  respect to claims  solely  between the parties,  following  receipt of
notice from the Claimant of a claim,  the  Indemnifying  Party shall have thirty
days to make such  investigation  of the claim as the  Indemnifying  Party deems
necessary or  desirable.  For the purposes of such  investigation,  the Claimant
agrees  to  make  available  to  the  Indemnifying   Party  and  its  authorized
representatives  the information relied upon by the Claimant to substantiate the
claim. If the Claimant and the Indemnifying  Party agree prior to the expiration
of such thirty day period (or any mutually agreed upon extension thereof) to the
validity and amount of such claim, the Indemnifying  Party shall immediately pay
to  the  Claimant  the  full  amount  of the  claim.  If the  Claimant  and  the
Indemnifying  Party do not agree  within such thirty day period (or any mutually
agreed upon  extension  thereof),  the  Claimant may seek  appropriate  remedies
pursuant to Section 12.9.

(c) With  respect  to any  claim by a third  party as to which the  Claimant  is
entitled to indemnification  under this Agreement,  the Indemnifying Party shall
have the right at its own expense,  to  participate  in or assume control of the
defense,  compromise  or settlement  of such claim  (including  the selection of
counsel reasonably  satisfactory to the Claimant).  The Claimant shall cooperate
fully  in  all  respects  with  the  Indemnifying  Party  in any  such  defense,
compromise  or  settlement,  including by making  available to the  Indemnifying
Party all pertinent information under its control,  subject to reimbursement for
actual  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  by the  Claimant  as the  result of a
request by the Indemnifying  Party. If the  Indemnifying  Party elects to assume
control of the defense of any  third-party  claim,  the Claimant  shall have the
right to  participate  in such defense with legal counsel of the  Claimant's own

                                      -39-

<PAGE>   46




selection,  but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be  Claimant's  fees
and expenses unless (i) the  Indemnifying  Party has agreed to pay such fees and
expenses,  (ii) the Indemnifying  Party has failed to assume the defense of such
claim,  within ten business days after receiving notice of such claim, (iii) the
employment of such counsel has been specifically  authorized by the Indemnifying
Party,  or (iv) the named  parties  to any  proceeding  in  respect of the claim
(including any impleaded  parties) include both the  Indemnifying  Party and the
Claimant  and the  Claimant has been advised by counsel that there may be one or
more legal  defenses  available to it which are different  from or additional to
those  available  to the  Indemnifying  Party (in which  case,  if the  Claimant
notifies the Indemnifying Party that it elects to employ separate counsel at the
expense of the Indemnifying  Party,  the  Indemnifying  Party shall not have the
right to assume the defense of such action, claim or proceeding on behalf of the
Claimant,  it being understood,  however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not,
in  connection  with any one such action,  claim or  proceeding  or separate but
substantially  similar or related  actions,  claims or  proceedings  in the same
jurisdiction  arising out of the same general  allegations or circumstances,  be
liable for the  reasonable  fees and expenses of more than one separate  firm of
attorneys at any time for the Claimant). If the Indemnifying Party does not (or,
as provided in clause (iv) of the  preceding  sentence,  cannot) elect to assume
control or otherwise  participate in the defense of any third-party  claim, then
the Claimant may defend  through  counsel of its own choosing and (so long as it
gives the Indemnifying Party at least five business days prior written notice of
the terms of any proposed  settlement thereof and permits the Indemnifying Party
to then undertake the defense thereof) settle such claim, action or suit, and to
recover  from the  Indemnifying  Party the amount of such  settlement  or of any
judgment and the reasonable costs and expenses of such defense. The Indemnifying
Party  shall not  compromise  or settle any third  party  claim,  action or suit
without the prior  written  consent of the  Claimant,  which consent will not be
unreasonably  withheld or  delayed;  provided,  however,  that in the event such
consent is unreasonably withheld and the compromise or settlement includes as an
unconditional term thereof a release of the Claimant from all liability relating
to such matter,  then the Indemnifying  Party's  liability to the Claimant under
this  Article 11 shall be  limited to the amount it would have been if  Claimant
had not withheld its consent

(d) If a claim,  whether  between  the  parties  or by a third  party,  requires
immediate  action,  the  parties  will make every  reasonable  effort to reach a
decision with respect thereto as expeditiously as practicable.

(e) Following the Closing,  Seller shall have no right of  contribution  against
the  Company  for any  indemnification  payment  made  by  Seller  hereunder  or
otherwise,  and Seller hereby waives any and all rights of contribution  that it
may have against the Company.

Section 11.5  Indemnification  Escrow.  On the Closing Date,  Buyer,  Seller and
Wachovia Bank,  N.A. the ("Escrow  Agent") shall execute a  Post-Closing  Escrow
Agreement  substantially  in the form  attached as Exhibit C (the  "Post-Closing
Escrow  Agreement") in accordance with which,  on the Closing Date,  Buyer shall
deposit Two Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000) of the Purchase Price with the Escrow
Agent (such  deposit and all amounts  held from time to time by the Escrow Agent
in respect of such deposit,  including any interest or other earnings in respect
of such deposit, the "Indemnification Funds") in order to provide a fund for the
payment of any claims for which Buyer is entitled to indemnification as provided
in this  Article 11. The  Indemnification  Funds shall be held and  disbursed in
accordance  with  the  terms
                                      -40-
<PAGE>   47





of  this  Agreement  and the  Post-Closing  Escrow Agreement.  On the first
business day following the one year  anniversary of the Closing  Date,  any
Indemnification  Funds not then subject to  indemnification claims of Buyer
under this  Agreement  shall be released by the Escrow  Agent to Seller.  If at
any time before the one year  anniversary  of the  Closing  Date, Seller sells,
transfers or otherwise  transfers all or substantially all of its assets, Seller
shall cause Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) to be deposited with and held by
Union Bank of  California  in a segregated  account that will not be available
to satisfy any  obligations  or  liabilities  of the Seller other than
obligations to Buyer pursuant to this Article 11, and Seller shall provide Buyer
with prompt  reasonable  evidence  that such deposit has been made in accordance
with the  foregoing.  Seller shall cause the entire  $6,000,000 to be so held in
such account until the one year  anniversary  of the Closing Date. If on the one
year  anniversary  of the  Closing  Date  there are any  outstanding  claims for
indemnification  by Buyer  against  Seller  under this Article 11 and the stated
amount of such  claims  exceeds  the  amount of the  Indemnification  Funds then
remaining and being held by the Escrow  Agent,  Seller shall cause the amount of
such  deficiency  to  continue  to be so held in such  account  by Union Bank of
California  until  such  time  as the  one or more  claims  giving  rise to such
deficiency  are  resolved and Buyer has been paid any amounts to which it may be
entitled in  connection  therewith,  and Seller may cause any amounts so held by
Union Bank of California in excess of such  deficiency to be released to Seller.
So long as Seller is  required  to hold any monies in such  account  pursuant to
this Section 11.5, Seller shall provide Buyer with prompt reasonable evidence of
the amounts held in such account upon Buyer's request.

Section 11.6      Limitations on Indemnification; Exclusive Remedy.

(a) No claim for  indemnification  may be made under Sections 11.2(a) or 11.3(a)
(or under  Sections  11.2 (o) or 11.3(e) to the extent  such claim  relates to a
claim  under  Sections  11.2(a) or  11.3(a))  unless  made  within the period of
survival of the  applicable  representation  or warranty as described in Section
11.1. No claim for indemnification  may be made under Sections 11.2(b),  11.2(c)
or 11.3(b)  (or under  Sections  11.2(o)  or  11.3(e)  to the extent  such claim
relates to a claim under  Sections  11.2(b),  11.2(c) or 11.3(b))  after the one
year anniversary of the Closing Date,  excluding claims relating to covenants to
be performed after the Closing.  No claim for  indemnification may be made under
Section  11.2(f) (or under Section 11.2(o) to the extent such claim relates to a
claim under Section 11.2(f)) after the twenty-one (21) month  anniversary of the
Closing Date. Claims for  indemnification  under the other provisions of Section
11.2 and 11.3 may be brought at any time after the Closing.

                  (b)  Seller  shall  be  obligated  to  indemnify  Buyer  under
Sections  11.2(a)-(c) only to the extent that the aggregate amount of any Losses
suffered  or  incurred  by  Buyer,  as to  which  Buyer  would  be  entitled  to
indemnification  thereunder,  shall exceed  $1,000,000,  in which event any such
amounts shall be payable to the extent such amounts exceed $1,000,000.

                  (c) In no  event  shall  Seller's  aggregate  liability  under
Sections 11.2(a)-(c) exceed $8,000,000.

                  (d) The  amount of any  Losses  for which  indemnification  is
provided under this Article shall be net of any amount actually recovered by the
Claimant under insurance  policies with respect to such Losses.  To the extent a
claim is covered by insurance,  Claimant will  diligently  pursue recovery under
the  appropriate  insurance  policies in order to  mitigate  any such
                                      -41-
<PAGE>   48





Losses but shall be  entitled  to make a claim  against  the other  party
pursuant to this Article 11 in order to preserve its rights under this Article
11.

                  (e) (1) The  indemnification  provided in Sections 11.2(e) and
11.2(f) is personal to Buyer and its Affiliates. Following the Closing, if Buyer
shall (A) assign its indemnification rights under Sections 11.2(e) or 11.2(f) to
any Person  (other than to an  Affiliate  of Buyer),  (B) if the Company  sells,
leases, or disposes of all or a substantial portion of its ownership interest in
the facility or real property  assets at Pine Forge  Pennsylvania  to any Person
(other than an Affiliate of Buyer),  or (C)  violates any of the  provisions  of
Section 6.20(d)(1) hereof, the indemnification  provided in Sections 11.2(e) and
11.2(f) shall immediately terminate and be of no further force and effect except
as to claims thereunder that have already been made by Buyer prior to such time,
in respect of which  Buyer's  indemnification  rights shall survive as in effect
before giving effect to this Section 11.6(e).

                           (2)      Following the Closing, Seller (or one or
more designee(s) of Seller reasonably satisfactory to Buyer), at its sole
expense,  shall  have the right to assume  control  of any investigation,
remediation,  or other response to an environmental condition in respect of
which  Seller  acknowledges  (based  on the  then  known  facts  and
circumstances  and subject to confirming that the condition is not  attributable
to  the  Company's  actions  after  the  Closing)  that  Buyer  is  entitled  to
dollar-for-dollar   indemnification  under  Sections  11.2(e)  or  11.2(f)  (and
provided that the Seller's  acknowledgment  will not create any indemnity rights
in favor of Buyer  that Buyer  would not have if Seller  did not assume  control
pursuant  to this  provision).  Such  control  shall  include the  selection  of
consultants reasonably  satisfactory to Buyer and control over negotiations with
Governmental  Authorities  (subject  to Buyer's  and the  Company's  right to be
present at and  participate  in such  negotiations).  If Seller elects to assume
control of any such investigation,  remediation, or other response, Seller shall
be  entitled  to  pursue  any  approach  for  industrial   property,   including
institutional controls, that is then satisfactory to the applicable Governmental
Authorities, but shall in all cases comply with applicable Environmental, Health
and Safety  Requirements,  provided that Seller shall keep Buyer and the Company
reasonably  informed  as to the  status  of any such  matter  or claim and shall
consult with Buyer and the Company and obtain their consent (which consent shall
not be unreasonably  withheld),  prior to undertaking (or agreeing to undertake)
any action that could  reasonably  be expected  to have any  material  impact or
effect on the conduct of the  Company's  business at the Pine Forge  facility or
that could  result in any  liability to the Company for which it is not entitled
to indemnification  from Seller hereunder.  Buyer and the Company will cooperate
with  Seller  and its  representatives  in  connection  with  any  such  matter,
including providing Seller and its representatives reasonable access to the real
property and facilities at Pine Forge,  making available to Seller all pertinent
information  under Buyer or the Company's  control,  and consulting  with Seller
regarding  any  communications  to or from  Governmental  Authorities  and other
Persons  concerning any such matter or claim. If Seller does not elect to assume
control  of any such  investigation,  remediation,  or other  response  within a
timely  period or if Seller  fails to  proceed  with due  diligence  or fails to
comply  with or in good faith  contest  any  obligation  imposed on Buyer or the
Company with respect to any matter for which Seller has assumed  control,  Buyer
and  the  Company   shall  have  the  right  to  assume   control  of  any  such
investigation,   remediation,   or  other  response   through   consultants  and
representatives  of its own  choosing  and (so long as it gives  Seller at least
five business days prior written notice of the terms of any proposed  settlement
thereof  and permits
                                      -42-
<PAGE>   49





Seller to then  assume  control of such matter if time and circumstances
reasonably permit) settle such matter and recover from Seller all amounts to
which it is entitled under Article 11.

                  (f) The  parties  hereto  agree  that after  Closing  the sole
remedies  of the  parties  are those set forth in this  Article 11 (except  with
respect to  covenants  to be  performed  after the  Closing,  including  but not
limited  to  Section  6.20(c)  and  11.5,  in  respect  of a breach of which all
remedies of the parties shall be available, whether at law, equity or otherwise,
and except for the Escrow Agreement,  which shall be governed in accordance with
its terms).

                                   ARTICLE 12

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

             Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by
the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to such state's conflict of
law rules.

             Successors  and  Assigns.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided
herein,  no party hereto may assign its or his rights and obligations  hereunder
unless such party obtains the prior written consent of the other parties hereto;
provided,  however,  that  Buyer  shall  have the  right to assign to any of its
subsidiaries the right to acquire the Shares,  but Buyer shall remain liable for
all of its obligations hereunder notwithstanding any such assignment.  Except as
otherwise provided herein,  this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be
binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

             Entire Agreement;  Amendment.  This Agreement  constitutes the full
and entire  understanding  and  agreement  among the parties  with regard to the
subject  matter  hereof.  Neither  this  Agreement  nor any term  hereof  may be
amended,  waived,  discharged or terminated  other than by a written  instrument
signed by the party  against whom  enforcement  of any such  amendment,  waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

             Notices,  Etc.  All  notices and other  communications  required or
permitted  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be sent by facsimile,  or by
reputable overnight delivery service, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by
hand or by messenger, addressed as follows:

to Seller:                          Northwest Broadcasting, L.P.
                                    2193 Association Drive, Suite 300
                                    Okemos, Michigan  28864
                                    Attention:  Brian Brady
                                    Telephone:  (517) 347-4141
                                    Fax:  (517) 347-4675

                                      -43-
<PAGE>   50





with a copy to:                     Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal
                                    1301 K St., N.W.
                                    Suite 600, East Tower
                                    Washington, D.C.  20005
                                    Attention:  Fred L. Levy, Esq.
                                    Telephone:  (202) 408-6400
                                    Fax:  (202) 408-6399

to Buyer:                           SpectraSite Holdings, Inc.
                                    100 Regency Forest Drive, Suite 400
                                    Cary, North Carolina  27511
                                    Attention:  Stephen H. Clark
                                    Telephone:  (919) 468-0112
                                    Fax: (919) 468-8522

with a copy to:                     Dow, Lohnes & Albertson, PLLC
                                    1200 New Hampshire Avenue, N.W.
                                    Suite 800
                                    Washington, DC  20036
                                    Attention:  Timothy J. Kelley, Esq.
                                    Telephone:  202-776-2000
                                    Fax:  202-776-2222

Notice shall be deemed to be given on the date on which such notice is sent,  if
sent by  facsimile  or by hand or  messenger,  or the next  business day if such
notice is sent by overnight  delivery  service.  Any party hereto may change its
address  specified for notices  herein by designating a new address by notice in
accordance with this Section,  provided that such a notice shall be deemed to be
given upon receipt.

Section 12.5 Delays or  Omissions.  No delay or omission to exercise  any right,
power or remedy  hereunder  shall impair any such right,  power or remedy of any
party  hereto,  nor shall it be  construed  to be a waiver of any such breach or
default,  or an acquiescence  therein, or of or in any similar breach or default
thereafter  occurring.  Any waiver,  permit,  consent or approval of any kind or
character  on the part of any party  hereto of any breach or default  under this
Agreement,  or any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any  provisions  or
conditions of this Agreement,  must be in writing and shall be effective only to
the  extent  specifically  set  forth in such  writing  or as  provided  in this
Agreement.  Except as  provided  in  Article  11,  remedies,  either  under this
Agreement or by law or equity or otherwise  afforded to any party hereto,  shall
be cumulative and not alternative.

Section 12.6 Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any  number of
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 12.7 Severability.  In the event that any  provision  of this  Agreement
becomes or is  declared  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to be  illegal,
unenforceable  or void,  this Agreement  shall continue in full force and effect
without said provision; provided that no such

                                      -44-

<PAGE>   51




severability shall be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit
of this Agreement to any party.

Section 12.8 Headings.  The subject headings of the sections of this Agreement
are included for purposes of convenience only and shall not affect the
construction or interpretation of any of its provisions.

Section 12.9 Arbitration.  Any dispute arising  hereunder  (other than a dispute
relating to a breach or potential  breach of covenants to be performed after the
Closing,  including  Section  6.20(c)  and 11.5,  which may be brought  before a
court)  shall be  settled  by  arbitration  in  accordance  with the  Commercial
Arbitration  Rules of the American  Arbitration  Association and judgment on the
award   rendered  by  the   arbitrator  may  be  entered  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction. Such arbitration shall be conducted in Washington, D.C.

Section 12.10 Exclusive Benefit. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer
any rights or remedies,  whether express or implied,  under or by reason of this
Agreement,  on any persons  other than the parties  hereto and their  respective
successors and assigns, nor is anything in this Agreement intended to relieve or
discharge the  obligation or liability of any third persons to any party to this
Agreement.

 Section 12.11 Construction. The  parties  have  participated   jointly  in  the
negotiation  and  drafting  of this  Agreement.  In the  event an  ambiguity  or
question of intent or interpretation  arises,  this Agreement shall be construed
as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall
arise  favoring or  disfavoring  any party by virtue of the authorship of any of
the provisions of this Agreement.  Any reference to any federal, state, local or
foreign  statute  or law  shall  be  deemed  also  to  refer  to all  rules  and
regulations promulgated thereunder,  unless the context requires otherwise.  The
parties intend that each representation,  warranty and covenant contained herein
shall  have   independent   significance.   If  any  party  has   breached   any
representation,  warranty or covenant contained herein in any respect,  the fact
that there exists another  representation,  warranty or covenant relating to the
same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the
party has not  breached  shall not detract  from or  mitigate  the fact that the
Party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

  Section 12.12 Exhibits and Schedules. The Exhibits and Schedules identified in
this Agreement are incorporated  herein by reference and made a part hereof. Any
item disclosed on a Schedule hereto shall be deemed to be disclosed on any other
applicable Schedule hereto if and to the extent such disclosure would reasonably
be deemed applicable to such other Schedule based on the text of such disclosure
(except that items  disclosed  on Schedule 5.9 shall not be deemed  disclosed on
Schedule 5.16).

Section 12.13 Time is of the Essence.Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

                                      -45-
<PAGE>   52





             IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  each party hereto has caused this Agreement to
be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                           NORTHWEST BROADCASTING, L.P.
                           By: Northwest Broadcasting, Inc., its general partner


                                            By:    /s/ Brian W. Brady
                                                   _______________________
                                            Name:  Brian W. Brady
                                                   _______________________
                                            Title: President
                                                   _______________________


                                            SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.


                                            By:    /s/ Stephen H. Clark
                                                   ________________________
                                            Name:  Stephen H. Clark
                                                   ________________________
                                            Title: President and Chief
                                                   Executive Officer
                                                   ________________________

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 2.6

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT



                                      AMONG

                                  DONALD DOTY,

                               JOHN PATRICK MOORE

                                       AND

                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.







                          Dated as of December 30, 1999













<PAGE>   2








                                TABLE OF CONTENTS






ARTICLE 1             DEFINED TERMS............................................1

         Section 1.1       Defined Terms.......................................1

         Section 1.2       Terms Defined Elsewhere in this Agreement...........5

         Section 1.3       Clarifications......................................6

ARTICLE 2             PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES..............................6

         Section 2.1       Basic Transaction...................................6

         Section 2.2       Purchase Price......................................6

         Section 2.3       Purchase Price Adjustments..........................7

ARTICLE 3             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS RELATING TO
                           SELLERS.............................................9

         Section 3.1       Authorization of Transaction; Consents..............9

         Section 3.2       Noncontravention....................................9

         Section 3.3       Brokers' Fees......................................10

         Section 3.4       Investment.........................................10

         Section 3.5       The Shares.........................................10

         Section 3.7       Disclosure.........................................11

ARTICLE 4             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER.................11

         Section 4.1       Organization.......................................11

         Section 4.2       Authorization of Transaction; Consents.............11

         Section 4.3       Noncontravention...................................11

         Section 4.4       Brokers' Fees......................................12

         Section 4.5       Investment.........................................12

         Section 4.6       SEC Filings........................................12

         Section 4.7       Disclosure.........................................12

ARTICLE 5             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS CONCERNING THE
                           COMPANIES..........................................12

         Section 5.1       Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power....12

         Section 5.2       Capitalization.....................................12

         Section 5.3       Noncontravention; Consents.........................13

         Section 5.4       Brokers' Fees......................................13

         Section 5.5       Title to Assets....................................13
<PAGE>   3

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)
         Section 5.6       Subsidiaries.......................................13

         Section 5.7       Financial Statements...............................13

         Section 5.8       Events Subsequent to December 31, 1998.............14

         Section 5.9       Undisclosed Liabilities............................15

         Section 5.10      Legal Compliance...................................16

         Section 5.11      Tax Matters........................................16

         Section 5.12      Towers; Regulatory Requirements....................17

         Section 5.13      Real Property......................................17

         Section 5.14      Intellectual Property..............................18

         Section 5.15      Tangible Assets....................................19

         Section 5.16      Contracts..........................................19

         Section 5.17      Notes and Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable....19

         Section 5.18      Powers of Attorney.................................19

         Section 5.19      Insurance..........................................20

         Section 5.20      Litigation.........................................20

         Section 5.21      Employees..........................................20

         Section 5.22      Employee Benefits..................................21

         Section 5.23      Guaranties.........................................23

         Section 5.24      Environmental, Health and Safety Matters...........23

         Section 5.25      Certain Business Relationships with the Companies..24

         Section 5.26      Bank Accounts and Credits..........................24

         Section 5.27      Inventory..........................................24

         Section 5.28      Product and Service Warranty.......................25

         Section 5.29      Year 2000 Compliance...............................25

         Section 5.30      Hart-Scott-Rodino..................................25

         Section 5.31      Disclosure.........................................25

ARTICLE 6             COVENANTS...............................................25

         Section 6.1       Conduct of Business of the Companies...............25

         Section 6.2       Sellers' Actions...................................28

         Section 6.3       Other Actions......................................28

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>   4





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

         Section 6.4       Notification of Certain Matters....................28

         Section 6.5       Access to Information..............................28

         Section 6.6       Cooperation; Further Assurances....................28

         Section 6.7       Public Announcements...............................29

         Section 6.8       Confidentiality....................................29

         Section 6.9       Expenses; Taxes....................................29

         Section 6.10      Control of the Companies' Operations...............29

         Section 6.11      Other Buyer Transactions...........................29

         Section 6.12      Consents...........................................30

         Section 6.13      Employee Benefits Matters..........................30

         Section 6.14      Tax Matters........................................30

         Section 6.15      Additional Post-Closing Covenants..................31

ARTICLE 7             CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS of BUYER..................32

         Section 7.1       Performance by the Companies and Sellers...........32

         Section 7.2       Truth of Representations and Warranties............32

         Section 7.3       Receipt of Consents................................32

         Section 7.4       Governmental Authorizations........................32

         Section 7.5       Deliveries.........................................33

         Section 7.6       Material Adverse Effect............................33

         Section 7.7       Amounts of Loans and Certain Other Obligations.....33

         Section 7.8       Affiliate Loans....................................33

         Section 7.9       Post-Closing Lock-Ups..............................33

         Section 7.10      Employment Agreements..............................33

         Section 7.11      Certain Proceedings................................33

         Section 7.12      Buyer Investigation................................33

         Section 7.13      Sellers Actions....................................33

ARTICLE 8             CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS................34

         Section 8.1       Performance by Buyer...............................34

         Section 8.2       Truth of Representations and Warranties............34

         Section 8.3       Deliveries.........................................34

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>   5





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

         Section 8.4       Certain Proceedings................................34

         Section 8.5       Buyer Actions......................................34

ARTICLE 9             CLOSING.................................................34

         Section 9.1       Closing............................................34

         Section 9.2       Deliveries and Actions by Sellers..................35

         Section 9.3       Deliveries by Buyer................................35

ARTICLE 10            TERMINATION.............................................36

         Section 10.1      Termination........................................36

         Section 10.2      Effect of Termination..............................37

         Section 10.3      Injunctive Relief and Survival.....................37

ARTICLE 11            INDEMNIFICATION.........................................37
         Section 11.1      Survival of Representations and Warranties.........37

         Section 11.2      Indemnification by Sellers.........................38

         Section 11.3      Indemnification by Buyer...........................39

         Section 11.4      Procedure for Indemnification......................39

         Section 11.5      Indemnification Escrow.............................40

ARTICLE 12            MISCELLANEOUS...........................................41

         Section 12.1      Governing Law......................................41

         Section 12.2      Successors and Assigns.............................41

         Section 12.3      Entire Agreement; Amendment........................41

         Section 12.4      Notices, Etc.......................................41

         Section 12.5      Delays or Omissions................................42

         Section 12.6      Counterparts.......................................42

         Section 12.7      Severability.......................................42

         Section 12.8      Headings...........................................42

         Section 12.9      Waiver of Jury Trial...............................42

         Section 12.10     Exclusive Benefit..................................42

         Section 12.11     Construction.......................................43

         Section 12.12     Exhibits and Schedules.............................43

                                      -iv-


<PAGE>   6






                                LIST OF SCHEDULES

         Schedule 3.1               Authorization of Transaction; Consents
         Schedule 4.2               Authorization of Transaction; Consents
         Schedule 5.1               Qualification; Management
         Schedule 5.2               Capitalization
         Schedule 5.3               Noncontravention; Consents
         Schedule 5.5               Permitted Liens
         Schedule 5.7               Financial Statements
         Schedule 5.9               Undisclosed Liabilities
         Schedule 5.11              Tax Matters
         Schedule 5.13              Real Property
         Schedule 5.14              Intellectual Property
         Schedule 5.15              Tangible Assets
         Schedule 5.16              Contracts
         Schedule 5.19              Insurance
         Schedule 5.20              Litigation
         Schedule 5.21              Employees
         Schedule 5.22              Employee Benefits
         Schedule 5.25              Certain Business Relationships with the
                                     Companies
         Schedule 5.26              Bank Accounts and Credits


                                LIST OF EXHIBITS

         Exhibit A:        Apportionment of Consideration
         Exhibit B:        Employment Agreement
         Exhibit C:        Opinion Letter
         Exhibit D:        Escrow Agreement




<PAGE>   7






                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         THIS STOCK  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of December
30, 1999,  by and among DONALD DOTY and JOHN PATRICK  MOORE,  each a resident of
the State of Texas (collectively the "Sellers" and individually a "Seller"), and
SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Buyer").

                                    RECITALS

         Sellers  own  all  of the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock  of
Doty-Moore Tower Services,  Inc., a Texas  corporation ("DM Tower"),  Doty-Moore
Equipment,  Inc.,  a Texas  corporation  ("DM  Equipment"),  and  Doty  Moore RF
Services, Inc., a Texas corporation ("DM Services") (collectively referred to as
the  "Companies"  and  individually  as a "Company").  Sellers desire to sell to
Buyer,  and Buyer  desires  to  acquire  from  Sellers,  all of the  issued  and
outstanding capital stock of the Companies, and the parties desire to enter into
this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions of such purchase and sale.

         IN  CONSIDERATION  of the  foregoing  recitals  and for other  good and
valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  DEFINED TERMS

a. Defined Terms. All capitalized  terms not otherwise defined elsewhere in this
Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in this Section 1.1.

         "Accredited  Investor"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in  Regulation  D
promulgated under the Securities Act.

         "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling,  controlled  by or under  common  control  with such Person and any
officer, director, general partner or family member of such Person. For purposes
of this  definition,  "control" as applied to any Person  means the  possession,
directly or  indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the  direction  of the
management and policies of such Person,  whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.

         "Basis"  means  any  past or  present  fact,  situation,  circumstance,
status,  condition,  activity,  practice,  plan,  occurrence,  event,  incident,
action, failure to act or transaction that forms or could form the basis for any
specified consequence.

         "Business" means the business conducted by the Companies, including the
erection,  modification,  construction  and  maintenance of television and radio
transmission  towers and similar  structures  for  entities in the  broadcasting
industry.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
<PAGE>   8


         "Compensation  Arrangement" means any plan or compensation  arrangement
other than an Employee  Plan,  whether  written or unwritten,  which provides to
employees,  former employees,  officers,  directors,  independent contractors or
stockholders of any Company any compensation or other benefits, whether deferred
or not,  in excess of base  salary or wages,  including  any bonus or  incentive
plan,  stock rights plan,  deferred  compensation  arrangement,  life insurance,
stock purchase plan,  severance pay plan, change of control arrangements and any
other employee fringe benefit plan.

         "Consent" means the consents, permits and approvals of all Governmental
Authorities  and other third parties (or notices to such  parties)  necessary to
consummate  the  sale  of the  Shares  from  Sellers  to  Buyer  and  the  other
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  in a lawful  manner and  without
causing  a  default  under,   conflict  with,  or  acceleration,   violation  or
termination  of, any legal  requirement or contract or agreement to which either
Seller or any Company is a party or bound, whether or not such consent is listed
on Schedule 3.1 or Schedule 5.3.

         "Contracts" means all contracts, leases,  non-governmental licenses and
other  agreements  and  undertakings  (including  leases  for  personal  or Real
Property and employment  agreements),  written or oral (including any amendments
and other  modifications  thereto) to which any of the  Companies  is a party or
which are  binding  upon any of the  Companies  or that  relate to the assets or
operations of the business of the Companies.

         "Employee  Plan" means any retirement or welfare plan or arrangement or
any other employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which any of
the Companies or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors,  maintains or by which any of the
Companies or any ERISA  Affiliate  is bound or to which any of the  Companies or
any ERISA Affiliate contributes or is required to contribute.

         "Environmental,  Health and  Safety  Requirements"  means all  federal,
state, local and foreign statutes, regulations,  ordinances and other provisions
having the force or effect of law, all judicial  and  administrative  orders and
determinations, all contractual obligations and all common law concerning public
health and safety,  worker health and safety, and pollution or protection of the
environment,  including  all those  relating to the presence,  use,  production,
generation,    handling,    transportation,    treatment,   storage,   disposal,
distribution,  labeling,  testing,  processing,  discharge,  release, threatened
release,  control or cleanup of any hazardous  materials,  substances or wastes,
chemical substances or mixtures,  pesticides,  pollutants,  contaminants,  toxic
chemicals,   petroleum   products  or  byproducts,   asbestos,   polychlorinated
biphenyls,  noise or  radiation,  each as  amended  and as now or  hereafter  in
effect.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
 amended.

         "ERISA  Affiliate"  means  each  entity  which is  treated  as a single
employer with any of the Companies under Code ss.414(b), (c), (m), (n) or (o).

         "FAA" means the Federal Aviation Administration.

         "FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   9





         "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting  principles as
in effect from time to time.

         "Governmental  Authority"  means any federal,  state,  local  political
subdivision or other governmental or regulatory department,  court,  commission,
board, bureau, agency, authority or instrumentality, foreign or domestic.

         "Intellectual Property" means (a) all inventions (whether patentable or
unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice),  all improvements thereto,
and all patents,  patent applications and patent disclosures,  together with all
reissuances,  continuations,  continuations-in-part,  revisions,  extensions and
reexaminations  thereof, (b) all trademarks,  service marks, trade dress, logos,
trade names and corporate names,  together with all  translations,  adaptations,
derivations  and  combinations  thereof and  including  all goodwill  associated
therewith,  and all  applications,  registrations  and  renewals  in  connection
therewith,  (c) all copyrightable  works, all copyrights,  and all applications,
registrations and renewals in connection  therewith,  (d) all mask works and all
applications,  registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade
secrets and confidential  business  information  (including ideas,  research and
development,  know-how,  formulas,  compositions,  manufacturing  and production
processes and techniques,  technical data,  designs,  drawings,  specifications,
customer  and supplier  lists,  pricing and cost  information,  and business and
marketing plans and proposals),  (f) all computer  software  (including data and
related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, and (h) all copies and
tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium).

         "Knowledge" means actual knowledge after reasonable investigation.

         "Liability"  means any  liability  (whether  known or unknown,  whether
asserted or  unasserted,  whether  absolute or  contingent,  whether  accrued or
unaccrued,  whether  liquidated  or  unliquidated,  and whether due or to become
due), including any liability for Taxes.

         "Liens"  means any  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  charge,  claim,  option,
conditional  sales,  security  interest  or other  encumbrance,  restriction  or
limitation of any nature whatsoever.

         "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means any material  adverse  effect on, or
change in, the business,  financial condition,  net worth, assets,  liabilities,
personnel,  operations, results of operations or prospects of any Company or the
ability of either Seller to execute,  deliver or perform this  Agreement and the
other  agreements  and documents  contemplated  hereby to which such Seller is a
party.

         "Most Recent Balance Sheet" means, collectively,  the balance sheets of
the Companies contained within the Most Recent Financial Statements.

          "Multiemployer  Plan"  means a plan,  as defined in ERISA  ss.3(37) to
which  any  of  the  Companies  or  any  ERISA  Affiliate  has  contributed,  is
contributing or is required to contribute.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>   10





         "Multiple  Employer  Plan"  means a plan,  as defined in ERISA  Section
4063(a), which any of the Companies or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors or maintains
or to  which  any of  the  Companies  or any  ERISA  Affiliate  contributed,  is
contributing or is required to contribute.

         "Ordinary  Course of Business"  means the  ordinary  course of business
consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and
frequency).

         "Person" means an individual, a partnership,  a corporation,  a limited
liability  company,  an  association,  a joint stock  company,  a trust, a joint
venture,  an  unincorporated   organization,   a  governmental  entity  (or  any
department,  agency,  or  political  subdivision  thereof)  or any other type of
entity.

         "Prohibited Transaction" has the meaning set forth in ERISA ss.406 and
Code ss.4975.

         "Real  Property"  means all real property,  interests in real property,
leaseholds and subleaseholds,  purchase options, easements,  licenses, rights of
access, and rights of way and all buildings and other improvements  thereon,  of
any Company.

         "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Securities Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

         "Shares" means the shares of common stock of DM Tower,  par value $1.00
per share, the shares of common stock of DM Equipment, par value $0.01 per share
and the shares of common stock of DM Services, par value $1.00 per share.

         "Subsidiary" means, with respect to the Companies,  any entity of which
any of the Companies (either alone or through or together with any other Company
or any other  Subsidiary),  owns directly or  indirectly,  stock or other equity
interests  constituting  50% or more of the voting or economic  interest in such
entity.

         "Tax" or  "Taxes"  means  any and all  taxes,  fees,  duties,  tariffs,
imposts  and other  charges of any kind  imposed by any  governmental  or taxing
authority,  including:  federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts,
windfall profits,  severance,  property, motor vehicle, ad valorem, value added,
production,   sales,  use,  license,  excise,  franchise,   capital,   transfer,
recordation, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium,
environmental  (including  taxes  under Code  ss.59A),  customs  duties,  social
security (or similar),  unemployment,  disability,  withholding,  alternative or
add-on minimum tax, or other tax or governmental  assessment,  together with any
interest,  additions,  or  penalties  with  respect  thereto and any interest in
respect of such additions or penalties, whether disputed or not.

         "Tax Return" means any return,  declaration,  report, claim for refund,
information  return or other  statement  or document  (including  any related or
supporting  information,  any schedule or  attachment  thereto and any amendment
thereof) filed or required to be filed with any federal, state, local or foreign
taxing authority in connection with the determination,  assessment,  collection,
administration or imposition of any Tax.

         "Transaction  Expenses"  means  expenses  incurred  by  Sellers  or the
Companies in connection with the  transaction  contemplated by this Agreement in
an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   11





         "Working Capital" means the aggregate amount of the Companies'  current
assets  minus  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  Companies'  current  liabilities
(excluding the current portion of any items described in Section 2.3(a)(2),  (3)
or (4)), all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

b. Terms Defined  Elsewhere in this Agreement.  In addition to the defined terms
in Section 1.1, the following is a list of defined terms used in this  Agreement
and a reference to the Section hereof in which such term is defined:


- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Accountant                                              Section 2.3(c)(iii)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Adjustment Funds                                             Section 2.3(b)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Buyer Indemnified Parties                                      Section 11.2
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Buyer's Shares                                               Section 2.2(c)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Cash Consideration                                           Section 2.2(c)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
CERCLA                                                     Section 5.24 (e)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Claimant                                                   Section 11.4 (a)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Closing                                                         Section 9.1
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Closing Balance Sheet                                    Section 2.3 (c)(i)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Closing Date                                                    Section 9.1
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
COBRA                                                       Section 5.22(h)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Company/Companies                                                  Recitals
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Employment Agreement                                           Section 7.10
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Escrow Agent                                                   Section 11.5
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Indemnification Deposit                                        Section 11.5
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Indemnifying Party                                         Section 11.4 (a)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Lock-Up Agreements                                              Section 7.9
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Losses                                                         Section 11.2
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
MADSP                                                    Section 6.14(a)(i)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Material Consents                                               Section 7.3
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Most Recent Financial Statements                                Section 5.7
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Other Liabilities                                            Section 2.3(a)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Permitted Liens                                                 Section 5.5
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Escrow Agreement                                               Section 11.5
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Preliminary Balance Sheet                                    Section 2.3(b)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Purchase Price                                               Section 2.2(a)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Representatives                                                 Section 6.5
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Revised Preliminary Balance Sheet                            Section 2.3(b)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Section 338(h)(10) Elections                             Section 6.14(a)(i)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Section 338 Forms                                       Section 6.14(a)(ii)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Seller/Sellers                                                     Preamble
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Seller Indemnified Parties                                     Section 11.3
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Sellers' Dispute Report                                  Section 2.3(c)(ii)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Stock Consideration                                          Section 2.2(c)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Systems                                                        Section 5.29
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Termination Date                                      Section 10.1 (b)  (i)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
                                      -5-
<PAGE>   12





- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Treasury Regulations                                        Section 5.11(f)
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------
Year 2000 Compliant                                            Section 5.29
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------


   Section 1.3  Clarifications.  Words used herein,  regardless  of the gender
and numbe  specifically  used,  shall be deemed and  construed  to include any
other gender and any other number as the context requires. Use of the word
"including" herein  shall be deemed and  construed to mean  "including  but not
limited to." Except as  specifically  otherwise  provided in this  Agreement
in a particular instance,  a reference  to a Section or Schedule is a reference
to a Section of this Agreement or a Schedule attached hereto,  and the terms
"hereof,"  "herein" and other like terms refer to this Agreement as a whole,
including the Schedules hereto, and not solely to any particular part hereof.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                           PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES
    Section 2.1 Basic  Transaction.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  Buyer agrees to purchase from Sellers,  and Sellers agree to sell to
Buyer, all of the issued and outstanding Shares,  constituting all of the issued
and outstanding capital stock of the Companies, free and clear of all Liens, for
the consideration specified in Section 2.2.

    Section 2.2    Purchase Price.

  (a)  Subject to Section  2.3,  Buyer  agrees to pay to Sellers at the  Closing
$7,500,000 (the "Purchase Price") in the following manner:

     (i) a payment of $2,500,000 in cash payable by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to an account designated by Sellers; and

    (ii)  delivery  of 500,000  shares of  Buyer's  unregistered  common  stock,
certificates  for which shall be delivered to Sellers by Buyer's stock  transfer
agent as soon as practicable following Closing.

  (b) Any shares of Buyer's  common  stock  issued to Sellers  pursuant  to this
Section  may be  referred  to  hereinafter  as  "Buyer's  Shares"  or the "Stock
Consideration"  and any cash paid to Sellers pursuant to this Section 2.2 may be
referred to hereinafter as the "Cash Consideration."

  (c) Cash  Consideration  in the amount of $2,250,000 shall be paid by Buyer in
payment for all of the issued and outstanding  shares of DM Equipment,  and Cash
Consideration  in the amount of  $250,000  shall be paid by Buyer in payment for
all of the issued and outstanding shares of DM Services. The Stock Consideration
shall be paid by Buyer in payment for all of the issued and  outstanding  shares
of DM Tower.  All payments and  deliveries  pursuant to Section  2.2(a) shall be
apportioned  between Sellers in accordance with the schedule  attached hereto as
Exhibit A.
                                      -6-


<PAGE>   13



 (d) The  parties  intend  that  Buyer's  acquisition  of the shares of DM Tower
solely in  exchange  for the Stock  Consideration  shall  qualify  as a tax-free
reorganization under the Code and that this Agreement shall constitute a plan of
reorganization  within the  meaning of the Code.  In no event  shall  Sellers be
entitled to receive any Cash  Consideration or other cash or property other than
the Stock Consideration in exchange for Sellers' shares in DM Tower.

    Section 2.3    Purchase Price Adjustments.

 (a) Other  Liabilities.  The  Purchase  Price shall be  adjusted  downward on a
dollar for dollar basis equal to the amount of the following  liabilities  as of
the Closing (the "Other Liabilities"): (1) expenses of the Companies (other than
Transaction   Expenses)   relating  to  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement,  including  fees and  expenses  of  attorneys,
accountants,  financial  advisors and broker  fees,  to the extent such fees and
expenses are paid by the  Companies;  (2) all  obligations  of the Companies for
borrowed  money;  (3) all  obligations  of the  Companies  evidenced  by  bonds,
debentures,  notes,  indentures,  mortgages  and  similar  instruments;  (4) all
capital lease obligations of the Companies; and (5) any amounts in the nature of
prepayment  penalties  or  premiums  resulting  from  the  consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement or the discharge of any obligation
described  in  clauses  (2),  (3) or (4) above,  which  shall be paid in full at
Closing out of the Cash  Consideration  otherwise payable to Sellers  hereunder;
provided,  however, that the Purchase Price shall be adjusted only to the extent
the sum of the  obligations  described in clauses (2),  (3), (4) and (5) exceeds
the sum of Working  Capital plus $200,000.  Any adjustment to the Purchase Price
pursuant to this Section  2.3(b)  shall be effected by  adjusting  the amount of
Cash  Consideration  payable  hereunder.  The  parties  agree  that  Transaction
Expenses  shall not be deemed  to be Other  Liabilities  and shall be paid by DM
Services and DM Equipment after the Closing.

  (b) Payment at Closing. At or prior to the Closing,  Sellers shall prepare and
deliver to Buyer an estimated  combined balance sheet of the Companies as of the
Closing Date (the "Preliminary  Balance Sheet").  The Preliminary  Balance Sheet
shall be prepared by Sellers in good faith and in  accordance  with GAAP applied
on a consistent  basis and shall be  accompanied by all  information  reasonably
necessary to determine the amount of Other Liabilities as of the Closing, to the
extent  such  amounts  can be  determined  or  estimated  as of the  date of the
Preliminary  Balance  Sheet,  and such other  information  as may be  reasonably
requested  by  Buyer.  At the  Closing,  Buyer  may  provide  Sellers  with  any
objections  to the  Preliminary  Balance  Sheet in  writing.  After  considering
Buyer's objections, Sellers shall make such revisions to the Preliminary Balance
Sheet as are mutually  acceptable to the parties in accordance with GAAP applied
on a consistent  basis,  and shall  deliver a copy of such  revised  Preliminary
Balance Sheet (the "Revised Preliminary Balance Sheet") to Buyer. Subject to the
next  sentence  and the deposit of the  Indemnification  Deposit with the Escrow
Agent  pursuant to Section  11.5,  at the Closing Buyer shall pay to Sellers the
amount of Cash Consideration as adjusted in accordance with this Section 2.3, on
the basis of the Revised Preliminary Balance Sheet. In the case of any amount as
to which Sellers and Buyer do not agree prior to the Closing, at the Closing the
difference (if any) between the amount of the Cash  Consideration  that would be
determined  using the  estimates  set forth in the Revised  Preliminary  Balance
Sheet and the amount of the Cash  Consideration  that would be determined  using
the  estimates of Buyer that remain in dispute will be  transferred  by Buyer to
the Escrow  Agent,  to be held and  disbursed by the Escrow Agent in  accordance
with the provisions of Section 2.3(d) and the Escrow Agreement
                                      -7-
<PAGE>   14





(such amount and any  interest or other  earnings in respect of such amount held
by the Escrow Agent from time to time, the "Adjustment Funds").

  (c)  Post-Closing Payment of Cash Consideration Adjustments.

   (i) Within 60 days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to
Sellers an unaudited  combined  balance sheet of the Companies as of the Closing
Date (the "Closing Balance Sheet").  The Closing Balance Sheet shall be prepared
by Buyer in good faith and in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis
and shall be accompanied by all  information  reasonably  necessary to determine
the amount of Other Liabilities as of the Closing.  Sellers shall cooperate with
Buyer in the  preparation of the Closing  Balance Sheet. In the event that Buyer
fails to deliver  the  Closing  Balance  Sheet  within 60 days after the Closing
Date, the  Preliminary  Balance Sheet shall be deemed to be the Closing  Balance
Sheet and shall be deemed to be  delivered  to  Sellers by Buyer on the 60th day
following the Closing Date.

  (ii) Buyer shall allow Sellers and their agents access at all reasonable times
after the Closing Date to the books,  records and  accounts of the  Companies to
allow Sellers to examine the accuracy of the Closing  Balance  Sheet.  Within 15
days after the date that the  Closing  Balance  Sheet is  delivered  by Buyer to
Sellers,  Sellers shall  complete their  examination  thereof and may deliver to
Buyer a written  report  setting forth any proposed  adjustments  to the Closing
Balance Sheet (the "Sellers' Dispute Report").  If Sellers notify Buyer of their
acceptance  of the amount of Other  Liabilities  as of the Closing  shown on the
Closing  Balance  Sheet,  or if  Sellers  fail to  deliver a report of  proposed
adjustments to the Closing  Balance Sheet within the 15 day period  specified in
the preceding sentence,  the amount of Other Liabilities as of the Closing shown
on the Closing  Balance Sheet shall be conclusive  and binding on the parties as
of the last day of such 15 day period.

  (iii)  Buyer and Sellers  shall use good faith  efforts to resolve any dispute
involving  the amount of Other  Liabilities  as of the  Closing.  If Sellers and
Buyer fail to agree on the amount of Other  Liabilities as of the Closing within
15 days after  Sellers'  delivery of  Sellers'  Dispute  Report,  then Buyer and
Sellers  shall each set forth in writing  such  party's  determination  of Other
Liabilities,   and  they  hereby  jointly  designate  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  (the
"Accountant") to resolve their dispute. The Accountant shall endeavor to resolve
the dispute as promptly as practicable  and the  Accountant's  resolution of the
dispute shall be final and binding on the parties, and a judgment may be entered
thereon in any court of competent jurisdiction. Any fees of the Accountant shall
be shared by Buyer and Sellers in such percentage amounts as shall be determined
based upon the proportional differences between the net adjustment determined by
the  Accountant  and the  respective  net  adjustments  determined  by Buyer and
Sellers.

  (iv) If the  Purchase  Price as finally  determined  in  accordance  with this
Section  2.3 is less than the amount  paid by Buyer to  Sellers  at the  Closing
(including for this purpose the amount  deposited in escrow pursuant to Sections
2.3(c)  and 11.5),  then Buyer and  Sellers  shall  deliver to the Escrow  Agent
written  instructions  signed by an  authorized  officer  of Buyer  and  Sellers
instructing the Escrow Agent to release and pay over to Buyer the amount of such
difference  out  of  the  Adjustment  Funds  and,  to the  extent  there  is any
deficiency,  Sellers  shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to such  deficiency  by
wire transfer of immediately available
                                      -8-
<PAGE>   15





funds, in each case within three days after the date on which the Purchase Price
adjustments  are finally  determined  in  accordance  with this Section 2.3. Any
remaining Adjustment Funds, after the payment to Buyer pursuant to the preceding
sentence,  shall be  immediately  released  and  paid  over to  Sellers.  If the
Purchase  Price as finally  determined  in  accordance  with this Section 2.3 is
greater than the amount paid by Buyer to Sellers at the Closing  (excluding  for
this purpose the amount  deposited in escrow pursuant to Section  2.3(c)),  then
Buyer and Sellers shall deliver to the Escrow Agent written  instructions signed
by an authorized  officer of Buyer and Sellers  instructing  the Escrow Agent to
release  and pay  over to  Sellers  the  amount  of such  difference  out of the
Adjustment  Funds up to the total amount of the Adjustment  Funds,  within three
days  after  the  date on which  the  Purchase  Price  adjustments  are  finally
determined in accordance with this Section 2.3. Any remaining  Adjustment Funds,
after the  payment to  Sellers  pursuant  to the  preceding  sentence,  shall be
immediately released and paid over to Buyer.

                                   ARTICLE 3

          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS RELATING TO SELLERS

         Each Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that the statements
contained  in this  Article 3 are  correct  and  complete as of the date of this
Agreement  and will be correct and  complete  as of the Closing  Date (as though
made then and as though the Closing Date were  substituted  for the date of this
Agreement throughout this Article 3).

     Section 3.1  Authorization of Transaction;  Consents.  Each Seller has full
power and  authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and the  agreements
contemplated  hereby and to perform his  obligations  hereunder and  thereunder.
This Agreement  constitutes  the valid and legally  binding  obligations of each
Seller,  enforceable  against him in accordance  with its terms and  conditions.
Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1, neither Seller needs to give any notice to,
make any filing with,  or obtain any  authorization,  consent or approval of any
Governmental  Authority  or  other  third  party  in  order  to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement and the  agreements  contemplated
hereby and the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby in a lawful manner
and without causing a default under,  conflict with, or acceleration,  violation
or  termination  of any legal  requirement  and  contract or  agreement to which
either Seller or any Company is a party or bound.

   Section 3.2  Noncontravention.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1,  neither
the execution and delivery of this  Agreement  and the  agreements  contemplated
hereby by either Seller,  nor the consummation of the transactions  contemplated
hereby and thereby by Sellers, will (A) violate any statute,  regulation,  rule,
injunction,  judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge or other restriction of any
Governmental  Authority to which either  Seller or any Company is subject or any
provision of any Company's organizational documents or (B) conflict with, result
in a breach of,  constitute  a default  under,  result in the  acceleration  of,
create in any party the right to accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or cancel, or
require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or
other  arrangement  to which either Seller or any Company is a party or by which
any of them is bound or to which any of their assets are subject.
                                      -9-


<PAGE>   16



   Section 3.3 Brokers' Fees.  Neither Seller has any liability or obligation to
pay any fees or commissions  to any broker,  finder or agent with respect to the
transactions contemplated hereby.

   Section 3.4 Investment.  Each Seller (A) understands  that the Buyer's Shares
have not been, and will not be,  registered  under the Securities  Act, or under
any state  securities  laws,  and are being  offered and sold in  reliance  upon
federal and state exemptions for transactions not involving any public offering,
(B) is acquiring the Buyer's  Shares  solely for his own account for  investment
purposes and not with a view to the distribution thereof, (C) is a sophisticated
investor with  knowledge and experience in business and financial  matters,  (D)
has received certain information concerning Buyer and has had the opportunity to
obtain additional information as desired in order to evaluate the merits and the
risks inherent in holding the Buyer's  Shares,  (E) is able to bear the economic
risk and lack of liquidity inherent in holding the Buyer's Shares, and (F) is an
Accredited Investor.  Each Seller understands that he will be required to sign a
Lock-Up  Agreement  pursuant to Section 7.10 and that the Lock-Up Agreement will
contain  certain  restrictions  on the  transfer  of  the  Shares.  Each  Seller
understands  and agrees that the  certificates  representing  the Buyer's Shares
will bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

         THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 NOR UNDER  APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS,
         AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF UNLESS THEY
         HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM  REGISTRATION
         IS AVAILABLE.

         THE CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE DIFFERENT  CLASSES AND SERIES OF
         CAPITAL STOCK.  THE CORPORATION  WILL FURNISH ANY  SHAREHOLDER  WITHOUT
         CHARGE,  UPON  REQUEST IN  WRITING,  A STATEMENT  OF THE  DESIGNATIONS,
         RELATIVE RIGHTS,  PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS  APPLICABLE TO EACH CLASS
         OF  CAPITAL  STOCK OF THE  CORPORATION  AND OF  VARIATIONS  IN  RIGHTS,
         PREFERENCES  AND  LIMITATIONS   DETERMINED  FOR  EACH  SERIES  AND  THE
         AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO  DETERMINE  THE  VARIATIONS  FOR
         FUTURE SERIES.

   Section  3.5  The  Shares.  The  Shares  constitute  all  of the  issued  and
outstanding  shares of capital  stock of each  Company and are free and clear of
any restrictions on transfer, Taxes, Liens, options, warrants,  purchase rights,
contracts, commitments,  equities, claims and demands. Neither Seller is a party
to any option,  warrant,  purchase  right or other  contract or commitment  that
could require him to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of
any  Company  (other  than this  Agreement)  or that  would  require  any of the
Companies  to issue any capital  stock of such  Company to any  Person.  Neither
Seller is a party to any voting trust, proxy or other agreement or understanding
with respect to the voting of any capital stock of any Company,  other than this
Agreement,  or any other agreement or  understanding  relating to any Company or
its capital stock.
                                      -10-
<PAGE>   17





   Section  3.6  Litigation.  Neither  Seller  is  subject  to  any  outstanding
injunction,  judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge or (ii) is a party to or,
to the Knowledge of such Seller, is threatened to be made a party to any action,
suit,  proceeding,  hearing  or  investigation  of,  in or  before  any court or
quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal,  state, local or foreign
jurisdiction or before any arbitrator that could result in any Material  Adverse
Effect.

   Section 3.7 Disclosure. The representations and warranties contained in this
Article 3 do not contain any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements and information
in this Article 3 not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         Buyer represents and warrants to Sellers that the statements  contained
in this Article 4 are correct and complete as of the date of this  Agreement and
will be correct and  complete as of the Closing Date (as though made then and as
though  the  Closing  Date  were  substituted  for the  date  of this  Agreement
throughout this Article 4).

   Section 4.1  Organization.  Buyer is a corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

   Section 4.2 Authorization of Transaction;  Consents. Buyer has full power and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements  contemplated
hereby and to perform its obligations  hereunder and thereunder.  This Agreement
constitutes  the valid and  legally  binding  obligation  of Buyer,  enforceable
against it in accordance with its terms and  conditions.  Except for any notices
that may be required under federal or state  securities laws or as otherwise set
forth on  Schedule  4.2,  Buyer  does not need to give any  notice to , make any
filing  with,  or  obtain  any   authorization,   consent  or  approval  of  any
Governmental  Authority  or  other  third  party  in  order  to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement and the  agreements  contemplated
hereby in a lawful manner and without causing a default under, conflict with, or
acceleration,  violation or termination of any legal  requirement or contract or
agreement to which Buyer is a party or bound.

  Section  4.3  Noncontravention.  Except for any  notices  that may be required
under  federal or state  securities  laws or as otherwise  set forth on Schedule
4.2,  neither the  execution  and  delivery by Buyer of this  Agreement  and the
agreements  contemplated  hereby,  nor  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  and  thereby  by  Buyer,  will (A)  violate  any  statute,
regulation,  rule, injunction,  judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge or other
restriction  of any  Governmental  Authority  to which  Buyer is  subject or any
provision of its  certificate of  incorporation  or bylaws or (B) conflict with,
result in a breach of,  constitute a default under,  result in the  acceleration
of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or
require any notice under any agreement,  contract, lease, license, instrument or
other  arrangement to which Buyer is a party or by which it is bound or to which
any of its assets is subject.
                                      -11-

<PAGE>   18




    Section 4.4 Brokers'  Fees.  Buyer has no liability or obligation to pay any
fees  or  commissions  to any  broker,  finder  or  agent  with  respect  to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement except for the broker fee payable to
Communications Equity Associates.

    Section 4.5 Investment.  Buyer is not acquiring the Shares with a view to or
for sale in connection with any  distribution  thereof within the meaning of the
Securities Act.

    Section 4.6 SEC Filings.  Buyer's  filings  with the SEC since  September 2,
1999,  did not at the time they were filed  contain  any untrue  statement  of a
material  fact or omit to state  any  material  fact  required  to be  stated or
necessary in order to make the statements made in those reports, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

   Section 4.7 Disclosure.  The representations and warranties contained in this
Article 4 do not  contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state  any  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  and
information contained in this Article 4 not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE 5

       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS CONCERNING THE COMPANIES

         Each  Seller  represents  and  warrants  to Buyer  that the  statements
contained  in this  Article 5 are  correct  and  complete as of the date of this
Agreement  and will be correct and  complete  as of the Closing  Date (as though
made then and as though the Closing Date were  substituted  for the date of this
Agreement throughout this Article 5).

   Section 5.1  Organization,  Qualification  and Corporate  Power.  Each of the
Companies is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Texas.  Each of the Companies is duly  authorized
to conduct business and is in good standing under the laws of the  jurisdictions
set  forth  on  Schedule  5.1,  which  are the  only  jurisdictions  where  such
qualification is required except where failure to be so qualified would not have
a Material  Adverse  Effect.  Each of the Companies has full power and authority
necessary to carry on the  businesses  in which it is engaged and to own and use
the  properties  owned and used by it.  Schedule  5.1 lists  the  directors  and
officers of each Company.  Sellers have  delivered to Buyer correct and complete
copies of the  charter  and  bylaws of each  Company  (as  amended  to date) and
complete  copies of the minute books  (containing the records of meetings of the
stockholders,  the  board  of  directors  and any  committees  of the  board  of
directors),  the stock  certificate  books and the  stock  record  books of each
Company.  None of the  Companies  is in  default  under or in  violation  of any
provision of its charter or bylaws.

   Section  5.2  Capitalization.  The  authorized  capital  stock of each of the
Companies is set forth in Schedule 5.2. Other than as set forth in Schedule 5.2,
there  are no  authorized  or  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock or other
securities  of any  Company.  All of the Shares have been duly  authorized,  are
validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable,  not subject to preemptive rights
and held of record and beneficially by Sellers. All of the Shares were issued in
accordance  with all  applicable  securities  laws.  There are no outstanding or
authorized options, warrants,  purchase rights, redemption rights,  subscription
rights, conversion rights, exchange rights or

                                      -12-
<PAGE>   19




other  contracts or  commitments of any character that could require any Company
to issue,  sell or  otherwise  cause to become  outstanding  any of its  capital
stock. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock,
profit participation or similar rights with respect to any Company. There are no
voting trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the
voting of the capital stock of any Company or otherwise  relating to the capital
stock of any Company.

   Section 5.3 Noncontravention; Consents. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.3 ,
neither the  execution  and the delivery of this  Agreement  and the  agreements
contemplated  hereby  by  Sellers,  nor  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and  thereby by  Sellers,  will (i)  violate  any  statute,
regulation,  rule, injunction,  judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge or other
restriction  of any  Governmental  Authority  to which any of the  Companies  is
subject or any  provision  of the charter or bylaws or other  similar  governing
instrument  any of the Companies or (ii) conflict  with,  result in a breach of,
constitute a default under,  result in the  acceleration of, create in any party
the right to  accelerate,  terminate,  modify or cancel , or require  any notice
under any agreement,  contract, lease, license,  instrument or other arrangement
to which any of the Companies is a party or by which it is bound or to which any
of its assets is subject or result in the imposition of any Lien upon any of its
assets. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.3, none of the Companies needs to give
any notice to, make any filing  with,  or obtain any  authorization,  consent or
approval  of any  Governmental  Authority  or other third party in order for the
parties hereto to consummate the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement in
a lawful  manner  and  without  causing  a  default  under,  conflict  with,  or
acceleration,  violation or termination of, any legal requirement or contract or
agreement to which any of the Companies is a party or bound.

   Section  5.4  Brokers'  Fees.  None of the  Companies  has any  liability  or
obligation to pay any fees or  commissions  to any broker,  finder or agent with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

   Section 5.5 Title to Assets.  Each Company has good and marketable title to ,
or a valid  leasehold  interest in, the properties and assets used by it, all of
such  properties  and assets are located on its  premises,  as shown on the Most
Recent Balance Sheet or acquired after the date thereof,  and are free and clear
of all Liens,  except for (i) liens for current  taxes not yet due and  payable,
(ii)  inchoate  materialmen's,   mechanics',  workmen's  and  repairmen's  liens
incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business and which are not in default , (iii)
recorded  easements and rights of way which do not materially  adversely  affect
the  marketability  or use or value of the  applicable  parcel of real estate as
presently  used,  and (iv) the Liens set forth in  Schedule  5.5 which  shall be
removed when  indicated  in Schedule 5.5 at or prior to Closing (the  "Permitted
Liens").

   Section 5.6 Subsidiaries.  No Company has any Subsidiary.  None of the
Companies controls directly or indirectly or has any direct or indirect equity
participation in any Person.

   Section 5.7  Financial  Statements.  Attached  hereto as Schedule 5.7 are the
unaudited  balance  sheet and  statement  of income for each  Company (the "Most
Recent  Financial  Statements")  as of and for the period ended one business day
before the Closing Date. The Most Recent Financial Statements have been prepared
in accordance  with GAAP applied on a consistent  basis  throughout  the periods
covered thereby, present fairly the financial condition of

                                      -13-
<PAGE>   20





each Company as of such dates and the results of operations of such Company for
such periods,  are correct and complete,  and are consistent  with the books and
records of the Companies (which books and records are correct and complete).

   Section 5.8 Events  Subsequent to December 31, 1998. Since December 31, 1998,
no Material Adverse Effect has occurred.  Without  limiting the generality of
the foregoing, since that date,  except as  expressly  set forth in the Most
Recent  Financial Statements or as set forth on Schedule 5.25:

    (i) none of the Companies has sold, leased,  transferred, or assigned any of
its assets,  tangible  or  intangible,  other than for a fair  consideration
in the Ordinary Course of Business;

    (ii) none of the Companies  has entered into any  agreement,  contract,
lease or license  (or  series of related  agreements,  contracts,  leases  and
licenses) outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

    (iii) none of the Companies has accelerated, terminated, modified or
cancelled any material agreement, contract, lease or license (or series of
related agreements, contracts, leases and licenses), other than prepayments of
indebtedness;

    (iv) none of the Companies has imposed any Lien upon any of its assets,
tangible or intangible, other than Permitted Liens;

    (v) none of the Companies has made any capital expenditure (or series of
related capital expenditures) outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

    (vi) none of the  Companies  has  made any  capital  investment  in,  any
loan or advance to, or any  acquisition of the securities or assets of, any
other Person (or series of related  capital  investments,  loans,  and
acquisitions)  either involving  more than $25,000 or outside the Ordinary
Course of Business,  other than certain loans to Sellers that have been repaid
in full;

    (vii) none of the  Companies  has issued any note,  bond or other debt
security or created,  incurred, assumed or guaranteed any indebtedness for
borrowed money or capitalized lease obligation;

    (viii) none of the  Companies  has  delayed or  postponed  the  payment of
accounts payable and other Liabilities outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

    (ix) none of the Companies  has  cancelled,  compromised,  waived or
released any right or claim (or series of related  rights and claims)  either
involving more than $25,000 or outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

    (x) none of the  Companies  has granted any license or sublicense of any
rights under or with respect to any Intellectual Property;

                                      -14-
<PAGE>   21





    (xi) there has been no change made or authorized in the charter or bylaws
of any of the Companies;

    (xii) none of the Companies has issued,  sold or otherwise disposed of any
of its capital  stock or other equity  interest,  or granted any  options,
warrants or other  rights to  purchase or obtain  (including  upon  conversion,
exchange or exercise) any of its capital stock or other equity;

    (xiii) none of the Companies has declared, set aside or paid any dividend or
made any  distribution  with respect to its capital  stock or other  equity
interest (whether in cash or in kind) or redeemed, purchased or otherwise
acquired any of its capital stock or other equity;

    (xiv) none of the Companies has experienced any material  damage,
destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to its property;

    (xv) none of the  Companies has made any loan or advance to, or entered into
any other  transaction  with,  any of its  directors,  officers or employees or
with either Seller or any Affiliate of either Seller,  outside the Ordinary
Course of Business, other than certain loans to Sellers that have been repaid in
full;

    (xvi) none of the Companies has granted any increase in the base
compensation of any of its directors, officers, independent contractors or
employees outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

    (xvii) none of the Companies  has adopted,  amended, modified or  terminated
any Employee Plan or Compensation Arrangement (including any bonus,
profit-sharing, incentive, severance,  termination, change of control or other
plan, contract or commitment for the benefit of any of its directors, officers
or employees);

    (xviii) none of the  Companies  has made any other  change in  employment
terms or engagement terms for any of its directors,  officers, independent
contractors or employees outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

    (xix) none of the Companies  has made or pledged to make any  charitable or
other capital contribution;

    (xx) there has not been any other material occurrence,  event, incident,
action, failure to act or transaction  outside the Ordinary Course of Business
involving any of the Companies; and

    (xxi) none of the Companies has committed to any of the foregoing.

   Section 5.9  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  Except as set forth on Schedule  5.9,
none of the Companies  has any  Liability  (and there is no Basis for any
present or future action, suit, proceeding,  hearing,  investigation,  charge,
complaint, claim or demand against it giving rise to any Liability),  except for
(i) Liabilities set forth on the face of the Most Recent  Balance Sheet and (ii)
Liabilities  which have arisen  after the date of the Most  Recent  Balance
Sheet in the  Ordinary Course of Business  which in the aggregate do not exceed
$50,000 (none of
                                      -15-

<PAGE>   22




which results  from,  arises out of,  relates to, is in the nature of or was
caused by any breach of contract,  breach of warranty,  tort, infringement or
violation of law).

   Section 5.10 Legal Compliance. Each Company has complied in all material
respects with all applicable  laws  (including  rules, regulations, codes,
plans, injunctions, judgments,  orders, decrees, rulings and charges thereunder)
of all Governmental Authorities, and no action, suit, proceeding,  hearing,
investigation,  charge, complaint,  claim,  demand or notice has been filed or
commenced  against any of them alleging any failure so to comply.

  Section 5.11   Tax Matters.

  (a) Each Company has (i) duly filed or caused to be filed in a timely manner
all Tax  Returns  that it was  required  to file with the  appropriate
Governmental Authorities,  and  (ii)  paid or made  adequate  provision  in the
Most  Recent Financial  Statements in accordance  with GAAP for the payment of
all Taxes owed by such Company.  All of the Tax Returns  referred to in clause
(i), above,  are true, correct and complete in all material  respects.
Each of the Companies has withheld  and  paid  all  Taxes  required  to have
been  withheld  and  paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any
employee,  independent  contractor, creditor, stockholder or other third party.

  (b) None of the Companies has executed any waiver or extension of any statute
of limitations  on the  assessment or collection of any Tax of such Company or
with respect to any liability arising therefrom.  None of the Tax Returns filed
by or on  behalf  of any  Company  is  currently  being  audited  by any
Governmental Authority,  and there are no other  examinations,  requests for
information  or other  administrative or judicial  proceedings  pending with
respect to Taxes of any Company.  Neither the Internal  Revenue  Service nor any
other  Governmental Authority has asserted any deficiency or claim for
additional Taxes against,  or any adjustment of Taxes relating to, any Company.
No claim has been made by any Governmental  Authority in a  jurisdiction  where
any of the Companies  does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to
taxation by that  jurisdiction. Sellers and the Companies do not expect any
Governmental Authority to assess any additional Taxes for any period of the
Companies for which Tax Returns have been filed.

  (c) Schedule 5.11 lists,  for each Company,  all  jurisdictions in which it is
required to file a state Tax Return and indicates,  for each such  jurisdiction,
whether it files a  consolidated,  combined or unitary  Tax Return with  another
entity.

  (d) Sellers have delivered to Buyer: (i) true, correct and complete  copies of
all Tax Returns  filed by or on behalf of each  Company  with respect to taxable
periods ending on or after December 31, 1996, and (ii) all  examination  reports
and  statements  of  deficiency  asserted  against  or  agreed to by each of the
Companies with respect to Taxes since January 1, 1996.

  (e) There are no proposed reassessments of any property owned by any Company
that would affect the Taxes of any Company after the Closing  Date.  There are
no Tax liens on any assets of any Company,  other than liens for current
Taxes not yet due and payable.

  (f) None of the Companies has any liability for the Taxes of any Person
pursuant to Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations  promulgated under the
Code (the
                                      -16-
<PAGE>   23





"Treasury  Regulations"),  any  comparable  provisions  of any  state,
local or foreign Tax law in respect of a consolidated, combined or unitary Tax
Return, or by  contract  or  otherwise.  As of the  Closing,  there will be no
tax  sharing agreements  or similar  arrangements  in effect with respect to or
involving any Company.

  (g) No consent under Section 341(f) of the Code has been filed with respect to
any Company.

  (h) None of the  Companies  has any  income or gain  reportable  for a period
ending  after the Closing  Date but  attributable  to a  transaction  (e.g.,  an
installment  sale)  occurring in, or a change in  accounting  method made for, a
taxable  period  ending on or prior to the  Closing  Date  which  resulted  in a
deferred  reporting of income or gain from such  transaction or from such change
in accounting method.

  (i) None of the  Companies has been a "United  States  real  property  holding
corporation,"  within the  meaning of Section  897(c)(2)  of the Code during the
applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.

  (j) None of the  Companies  has entered  into any  compensatory  agreements
with respect to the performance of services which payment  thereunder would
result in a non-deductible expense to such company pursuant to Section 280G of
the Code.

  (k) Each of the Companies has been  taxable as an "S  corporation"  within the
meaning of Section 1361(a) of the Code throughout its entire existence.

   Section 5.12 Towers; Regulatory Requirements. No Company owns, leases,
operates or manages any television or radio transmission tower or similar
structures, and no Company holds, or is required to hold, any governmental
license, permit or authorization in connection with the conduct of the Business.

   Section 5.13 Real Property.  Schedule 5.13 contain a true and complete
description of the Real Property.  With respect to each parcel of Real Property:

  (a) with respect to any owned parcel of Real Property,  a Company has good and
marketable  title to such parcel of Real Property,  free and clear of any Liens,
except for Permitted Liens;

  (b) with respect to any leased or subleased Real Property, a Company has a
valid leasehold or  subleasehold  interest to such parcel of Real  Property,
free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens,  and assuming
compliance by such Company  with the terms of the lease or  sublease,  such
Company has a right of quiet enjoyment of such parcel of Real Property;

  (c) there are no pending  or, to the  Knowledge  of Sellers or the  Companies,
threatened condemnation proceedings, lawsuits or administrative actions relating
to such property or other matters affecting adversely the current use, occupancy
or value thereof;
                                      -17-

<PAGE>   24




 (d) the legal  description for such  parcel  contained  in the deed or lease or
sublease thereof  describes such parcel fully and adequately,  the buildings and
improvements  are located within the boundary lines of the described  parcels of
land, are not in violation of applicable setback  requirements,  zoning laws and
ordinances (and none of the properties or buildings or improvements  thereon are
subject  to  "permitted   non-conforming   use"  or  "permitted   non-conforming
structure"  classifications),  and do not  encroach  on any  easement  which may
burden  the land,  and the land does not serve any  adjoining  property  for any
purpose  inconsistent  with the use of the land, and the property is not located
within any flood plain or subject to any similar type  restriction for which any
permits or licenses necessary to the use thereof have not been obtained;

 (e) other than as disclosed on Schedule  5.13, there are no leases,  subleases,
licenses,  concessions  or other  agreements,  written or oral,  granting to any
party or parties the right of use or  occupancy of any portion of such parcel of
Real Property other than the Companies;

 (f) no Real Property owned by any Company is subject to any outstanding options
or rights of first  refusal to  purchase  such parcel of Real  Property,  or any
portion thereof or interest  therein,  and no Company has any option or right of
first refusal to purchase any Real Property leased by any Company;

 (g) there are no parties  (other than the  Companies)  in  possession  of such
parcel  of Real  Property,  other  than  tenants  under any  leases or  licenses
disclosed in Schedule 5.13;

 (h) all  facilities  located on such parcel of Real Property are supplied with
utilities and other  services  necessary  for the operation of such  facilities,
including gas, electricity,  water,  telephone,  sanitary sewer and storm sewer,
all of which  services  are adequate in  accordance  with all  applicable  laws,
ordinances,  rules and  regulations  and are  provided  via public  roads or via
permanent,  irrevocable,  appurtenant  easements  benefiting such parcel of Real
Property,  the  facilities  are in good order and repair,  and in a good,  safe,
substantial condition, free from defects; all plumbing,  heating, electrical and
air conditioning systems and equipment and systems therein are in good order and
repair and operating  condition;  the facilities are  constructed  and completed
strictly in compliance with all applicable  laws and accepted  standards of good
materials   and   workmanship,    all   electrical,    plumbing,   heating   and
air-conditioning  and exterior drainage systems, in or on the Real Estate are in
good condition and working order;

 (i) such parcel of Real Property abuts on and has direct vehicular  access to a
public  road,  or has  access  to a public  road via a  permanent,  irrevocable,
appurtenant  easement benefiting the parcel of Real Property,  and access to the
property  is provided  by paved  public  right-of-way  with  adequate  curb cuts
available; and

 (j) Sellers have delivered to Buyer true and complete copies of any deed, lease
or sublease for such parcel of Real Property.

   Section 5.14 Intellectual Property.  Each Company owns or has the right to
use pursuant to license, sublicense, agreement or permission all Intellectual
Property necessary for
                                      -18-


<PAGE>   25



the  operation  of the  Business as  presently  conducted by it. None of the
Companies has interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated or otherwise come
into conflict with any Intellectual  Property rights of third parties,  and none
of the Companies has received any complaint, claim,  demand or notice  alleging
any such interference,  infringement, misappropriation or violation  (including
any claim that any of the  Companies must  license  or  refrain  from using any
Intellectual  Property  rights of any third party).  To the Knowledge of Sellers
and  the  Companies,  no  third party  has  interfered  with,  infringed  upon,
misappropriated  or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual  Property
rights of any Company. Schedule 5.14  identifies  all  registered  Intellectual
Property of the Companies and each pending  application  therefor and identifies
each license, agreement or other permission which any Company has granted to any
third party with respect to any of their Intellectual Property.

   Section 5.15  Tangible  Assets.  Each  Company  owns or leases all  buildings
,  machinery, equipment and other tangible assets necessary for the conduct of
its business as presently  conducted.  Each such tangible  asset is free from
material  defects (patent and latent),  has been  maintained  in accordance
with normal  industry practice,  is in good  operating  condition  and repair
and is suitable  for the purposes for which it presently is used.  Schedule
5.15 sets forth a list of all material items of tangible assets of each Company.

   Section 5.16  Contracts.  Schedule 5.16 contains a true and complete list
of all Contracts except for  Contracts  entered  into in the  Ordinary  Course
of Business  which involve  annual  expenditures  of no more than  $20,000 per
year per Contract or $50,000 per year  collectively  for all such  Contracts
which are not listed on Schedule 5.16.  Sellers have made available to Buyer a
correct and complete copy of each  written  Contract  (as amended to date) and a
written  summary  setting forth the terms and  conditions of each oral Contract.
Each Contract is legal, valid,  binding,  enforceable against one of the
Companies and, to the Knowledge of Sellers and the Companies,  each other party
thereto,  and in full force and effect in  accordance  with its terms.  Each
Contract will continue to be legal, valid,  binding,  enforceable  and in full
force and effect on  identical  terms following the consummation of the
transactions  contemplated hereby. Neither any of the  Companies  nor to the
Knowledge of Sellers or the  Companies  any other party thereto is in material
breach or default  under any Contract,  and to the Knowledge of Sellers and the
Companies,  no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time would
constitute a breach or default  under any  Contract,  or permit  termination,
modification  or  acceleration,  or reduce  the  amount of payments  due any
Company,  or give rise to any  liquidated  damages,  under any Contract.  No
party  to any  Contract  has  repudiated  any  provision  of such Contract.

   Section 5.17 Notes  and  Accounts  Receivable;  Accounts Payable. All  notes,
accounts receivable,  unbilled  work in  process  and  other  debts due any
Company  are reflected properly on its books and records, are valid receivables
subject to no setoffs or counterclaims,  are current and collectible, and will
be collected in accordance  with their  terms at their  recorded  amounts,
subject  only to the reserve  for bad debts set forth on the face of the Most
Recent  Balance  Sheet. Each  Company has paid on a timely  basis all of its
accounts  payable and such accounts payable arose in the Ordinary Course of
Business.

   Section 5.18 Powers of Attorney.  No Company has issued or executed any
outstanding  power of attorney.
                                      -19-

<PAGE>   26




   Section 5.19 Insurance. Schedule 5.19 sets forth the following information
with respect to each  insurance  policy  (including  policies  providing
property,   casualty, liability and workers'  compensation  coverage and bond
and surety arrangements) to which any of the  Companies  is a party,  a named
insured or  otherwise  the beneficiary of coverage:

    (a) the name of the insurer, the name of the policyholder and the name of
each covered insured;

    (b) the policy number and the period of coverage;

    (c) the scope (including an indication of whether the coverage was on a
claims made,  occurrence  or other basis) and amount  (including a  description
of how deductibles and ceilings are calculated and operate) of coverage; and

    (d) a description of any retroactive  premium  adjustments or other loss-
sharing arrangements.

With  respect to each such  insurance  policy:  (A) the policy is legal,  valid,
binding,  enforceable and in full force and effect; (B) the policy will continue
to be  legal,  valid,  binding,  enforceable  and in full  force  and  effect on
identical terms  following the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby; (C) neither any of the Companies nor, to the Knowledge of Sellers or the
Companies,  any other  party to the  policy is in breach or  default  thereunder
(including  with  respect to the payment of premiums or the giving of  notices),
and no event  has  occurred  which,  with  notice  or the  lapse of time,  would
constitute  such a breach or default,  or permit  termination,  modification  or
acceleration,  under the policy;  and (D) no party to the policy has  repudiated
any provision  thereof.  Each of the Companies has been covered  during the past
two years by  insurance in scope and amount  customary  and  reasonable  for the
businesses in which it has engaged  during such period.  Schedule 5.19 describes
any self-insurance  arrangements  affecting any of the Companies.  Except as set
forth on Schedule  5.19,  none of the Companies has been subject to, nor has any
insurer  defended  or  settled,  on behalf of any  Company  or paid out money on
behalf of any  Company  with  respect to any workers  compensation  claim or any
claim under any insurance  policy where the aggregate  amount at issue  exceeded
$5,000.

Section 5.20  Litigation.  Schedule  5.20 sets  forth  each  instance  in which
any of the Companies (i) is subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment,
order, decree, ruling or charge or (ii) is a party to or, to the  Knowledge  of
Sellers or the Companies,  is  threatened to be made a party to any action,
suit,  proceeding, hearing  or  investigation  of, in or  before  any  court or
quasi-judicial  or administrative  agency of any federal,  state, local or
foreign  jurisdiction or before any  arbitrator,  and neither Seller nor any of
the Companies is aware of any Basis for the same. None of the actions,  suits,
proceedings,  hearings and investigations  set forth in Schedule 5.20 could
result in any Material  Adverse Effect.  Neither  Seller nor any Company has any
reason to believe that any such action, suit, proceeding,  hearing or
investigation may be brought or threatened against any of the Companies.

   Section 5.21       Employees.

    (a) Schedule 5.21 contains a correct and complete  list of (i) the names and
positions of each of the  employees,  officers and directors of each Company and
any affiliate
                                      -20-
<PAGE>   27





of either Seller whose services relate  primarily to the Business, (ii) the
annual salary or hourly wage of each such person, and (iii) any oral or written
contracts or agreements that provide for employment of any individual as an
employee or  independent  contractor of any Company and which does not permit
the  termination of such contract or agreement,  without  penalty,  upon no more
than 30 days prior  notice.  Sellers have provided to Buyer correct and complete
copies (or  descriptions,  if oral) of all  contracts  or  agreements  listed in
Schedule 5.21.

    (b) No employees of any Company  are  presently  members  of any  collective
bargaining unit with respect to their employment with such Company. There are no
collective  bargaining  agreements  and no  contracts or  agreements  with labor
unions,  relating  to,  involving  or  affecting  the  employees  of  any of the
Companies to which any of the Companies is a party or by which it is bound,  and
the  none  of the  Companies  has any  obligation  to  bargain  with  any  labor
organization  with  respect  to any  such  persons.  None  of the  Companies  is
currently,  nor  during  the past three  years has it been,  the  subject of any
certification or decertification drive, and, to the Knowledge of Sellers and the
Companies,  no such  organizing  activity is  threatened.  To the  Knowledge  of
Sellers   and  the   Companies,   no  union  or  other   collective   bargaining
representative  claims to represent,  has been certified as  representing or has
requested  that the any of the  Companies  recognize  such  union or  collective
bargaining  representative  as representing any of the employees of such Company
for  collective  bargaining  purposes.   Neither  Seller  nor  any  Company  has
recognized  or agreed to recognize or is required to recognize  any union as the
collective bargaining representative for any employee of any Company.

    (c) There are no unfair labor practice charges pending against any Company
and, to the Knowledge of Sellers and the Companies, there are neither any
demands for recognition  or any other  requests  or demands  from a labor
organization  for representative status with respect to any persons employed
by any Company and no such activity is threatened.  Neither any Company nor the
Business is currently, or during  the past  three  years has been,  the  subject
of any  strike,  work stoppage, picketing or work slowdown, or any other labor
dispute, controversy or proceeding,  and to the  Knowledge of Sellers and the
Companies no such activity is threatened.  Each Company has complied in all
material respects with all laws relating to the employment and safety of labor,
including provisions relating to wages, hours, benefits,  collective bargaining,
discrimination,  the payment of social  security and other payroll  expenses,
and all  applicable  occupational safety and health acts, laws and  regulations.
None of the Companies is subject to any  investigation or other challenge
relating to the  misclassification  of employees  as  independent  contractors.
None of the  Companies  is required to comply with any government contractor
affirmative action obligations.

   Section 5.22      Employee Benefits.

    (a) Each Employee Plan and Compensation Arrangement is listed and described
in Schedule 5.22, and complete and accurate copies of (including any amendments
to) any such written Employee Plans and Compensation  Arrangements  (or  related
insurance  policies)  have been  furnished  to Buyer,  along with  copies of any
employee  handbooks or similar  documents  describing  such  Employee  Plans and
Compensation   Arrangements.   Any  unwritten  Employee  Plans  or  Compensation
Arrangements  also are listed in Schedule 5.22, and complete  descriptions  have
been  furnished  to Buyer.  Except as disclosed  in Schedule  5.22,  neither any
Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate is a party to and does not have in effect or to
become
                                      -21-
<PAGE>   28





effective after the date of this Agreement any plan, arrangement or other
scheme which will become an Employee Plan or Compensation Arrangement (including
any bonus, cash or deferred compensation,  severance,  medical,  pension, profit
sharing  or  thrift,  stock  option,  employee  stock  ownership,  life or group
insurance, death benefit, vacation, sick leave, disability or trust agreement or
arrangement), or any amendment to an Employee Plan or Compensation Arrangement.

    (b) Sellers have furnished to Buyer  the  Forms  5500  filed for each of the
Employee Plans  (including all attachments and  schedules),  actuarial  reports,
summaries  of  material  modifications,  summary  annual  reports  and any other
employer notices (including,  governmental  filings and descriptions of material
changes to Employee Plans or Compensation Arrangements) relating to the Employee
Plans for the last three plan years, and the current summary plan descriptions.

    (c) Each Employee Plan and Compensation Arrangement has been administered in
compliance with its own terms and in material  compliance with the provisions of
ERISA,  the  Code,  the Age  Discrimination  in  Employment  Act  and any  other
applicable federal or state laws.

    (d) Neither any Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate (i) is contributing  to, is
required to contribute  to, or has  contributed  within the last seven years to,
any Multiemployer Plan, Multiple Employer Plan or employee pension benefit plan,
as defined under Section 3(2) of ERISA,  which was subject to Title IV of ERISA,
(ii) has incurred within the last seven years,  or reasonably  expects to incur,
any  "withdrawal  liability,"  as defined under Section 4201 et seq. of ERISA or
(iii) has ever engaged in a transaction to evade  liability,  as described under
Section 4069 of ERISA.

    (e) At all times on or prior to the Closing, each Employee Plan, to the
extent such  Employee  Plan is  intended  to be  tax-qualified,  satisfies
all minimum coverage  and  minimum  participation  requirements,  if  any,
imposed  on such Employee Plan by the applicable  terms of the Code and ERISA.

    (f) No Company nor either  Seller  is  aware  of  the  existence  of any
governmental  inspection, investigation,  audit  or  examination  of any
Employee  Plan  or  Compensation Arrangement  or of any facts  which  would
lead them to  believe  that any such governmental  inspection,  investigation,
audit or  examination  is  pending or threatened. There exists no action, suit
or claim (other than routine claims for benefits) with respect to any Employee
Plan or Compensation  Arrangement pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers or the
Companies, threatened against any of such plan or arrangement, and no Company
nor either Seller possesses any knowledge of any facts which could give rise to
any such action, suit or claim.

   (g) Except as described in Schedule 5.22, neither any of the Companies nor
any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains or contributes  to any Employee  Plan or
Compensation  Arrangement  that provides  medical or death  benefit  coverage to
former  employees  of any of the  Companies,  except to the extent  required  by
Section 4980B of the Code.
                                      -22-
<PAGE>   29





    (h) With respect to each Employee Plan and, to the extent  applicable,  each
Compensation  Arrangement:  (i)  each  Employee  Plan  that  is  intended  to be
tax-qualified,  and  each  amendment  thereto,  is the  subject  of a  favorable
determination  letter,  and no  plan  amendment  that is not  the  subject  of a
favorable  determination  letter would affect the validity of an Employee Plan's
letter;  (ii) no  condition  or event  exists or is expected to occur that could
subject,  directly  or  indirectly,  any Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  to any
material  liability,  contingent or otherwise,  or the imposition of any lien on
the  assets of any of the  Companies  or any ERISA  Affiliate  under the Code or
Title IV of ERISA  whether to the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  the
Internal Revenue Service, or any other Person;  (iii) no Prohibited  Transaction
has occurred which would subject any of the Companies or any ERISA  Affiliate to
any liability;  (iv) which provides  severance or severance like benefits,  such
Employee Plan or  Compensation  Arrangement  may be terminated by any Company or
any ERISA  Affiliate  without  any penalty  and  without  any  liability  to pay
severance benefits in connection with any terminations of employment which occur
after the date such Employee Plan or Compensation Arrangement is terminated; (v)
which is a "group  health  plan," as defined  under Section 601 et seq. of ERISA
and 4980B of the Code ("COBRA"),  has provided  "continuation  coverage" to each
"covered employee" and "qualified  beneficiary" entitled thereto (with each term
as defined  under  COBRA);  and (vi) all  contributions,  premiums,  payments or
liabilities  accrued,  in  whole  or  in  part,  under  each  Employee  Plan  or
Compensation  Arrangement or with respect thereto as of the Closing will be paid
by the  Companies or Sellers,  on or prior to Closing,  or shall be reflected on
the financial  statements of the Companies or Sellers as of Closing and shall be
paid within the time period permitted by ERISA and the Code.

    (i) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the
consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will (i) result in any
material  payment (including, without limitation, severance or unemployment
compensation) becoming due to any  director or employee  of any  Company or any
ERISA  Affiliate;  (ii) result in the  acceleration  of vesting under any
Employee Plan or  Compensation Arrangement;  or (iii) materially  increase any
benefits otherwise payable under any  Employee  Plan;  and any such  payment or
increase  in  benefits  is fully deductible  under the Code,  including but not
limited to Sections 162, 280G and 404 of the Code.

   Section 5.23  Guaranties.  None of the Companies is a guarantor or otherwise
is liable for any Liability or obligation (including indebtedness) of any other
Person.

  Section 5.24   Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.

    (a) Each Company has complied in all material respects, and each Company,
and each parcel of Real Property owned or leased by any Company, is in
compliance in all material respects with all Environmental, Health and Safety
Requirements and to Sellers' and the Companies' Knowledge,  each predecessor of
the Companies has complied in all  material  respects  with all  Environmental,
Health and Safety Requirements.  No Company has any material  liability  under
any  Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements.

    (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  each of the Companies
has obtained and complied with, and is in compliance with, in all material
respects all permits,
                                      -23-
<PAGE>   30





licenses and other  authorizations that are required  pursuant to Environmental,
Health  and  Safety  Requirements  for  the  occupation  of  its facilities and
the operation of its business.

    (c) None of the Companies has received any written or oral notice, report or
other  information  regarding any actual or alleged  violation of Environmental,
Health and Safety  Requirements or any Liability,  including any  investigatory,
remedial or corrective  obligations,  relating to any of them or its  facilities
arising under Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements.

   (d) None of the following exists at any property or facility owned or
operated by any of the Companies: (i) underground storage tanks, (ii) asbestos-
containing material in any form or  condition,  (iii)  materials  or  equipment
containing polychlorinated  biphenyls, or (iv) landfills,  surface impoundments
or disposal areas.

    (e) None of the Companies, or to Sellers' or the Companies' Knowledge, their
respective  predecessors  has  treated,  stored,  disposed  of,  arranged for or
permitted  the disposal  of,  transported,  handled or released  any  substance,
including any hazardous substance, or owned or operated any property or facility
(and no such property or facility is  contaminated  by any such  substance) in a
manner that has given or would give rise to liabilities, including any liability
for response costs,  corrective action costs, personal injury,  property damage,
natural  resources  damages or  attorney  fees,  pursuant  to the  Comprehensive
Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and  Liability  Act of 1980,  as amended
("CERCLA"),   the  Solid  Waste   Disposal   Act,  as  amended,   or  any  other
Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements.

   (f) Neither this Agreement nor the consummation of the transaction that is
the subject of this Agreement will result in any obligations for site
investigation or cleanup, or notification to or consent of any Government
Authorities or third parties,   pursuant  to  any  of  the   so-called
"transaction-triggered"   or "responsible property transfer" Environmental,
Health and Safety Requirements.

   (g) None of the Companies has, either expressly or by operation of law,
assumed or undertaken any liability, including any obligation for corrective
or remedial action,  of any other  Person  relating  to  Environmental,  Health
and  Safety Requirements.

   Section 5.25 Certain Business Relationships with the Companies. Except as set
forth in Schedule  5.25,  neither a Seller nor any Affiliate  thereof or of
the Companies has been involved in any business  arrangement or  relationship
with any of the Companies  within the past 12  months,  and  neither a Seller
nor any  Affiliate thereof or of the Companies  owns any asset,  tangible or
intangible,  which is used in the Business of any Company. There are no tax
sharing agreements between any Company and either Seller or any of their
Affiliates.

    Section 5.26 Bank Accounts  and  Credits.  Schedule  5.26  lists  all  banks
and  lending institutions  with which any of the  Companies  maintains  any
account or has a credit  facility,  and sets forth the names of all  individuals
who have signing authority for any such account.

    Section 5.27  Inventory.  The inventory of each Company consists of raw
materials and supplies, manufactured and purchased parts, goods in process and
finished goods, all of which is merchantable and fit for the purpose for which
it was procured or manufactured, and none of
                                      -24-
<PAGE>   31





which is slow-moving, obsolete, damaged or defective, subject only to the
reserve for inventory writedown set forth on the face of the Most Recent
Financial Statements (rather than in any notes thereto) as adjusted for the
passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and
practice of the Companies.

   Section 5.28 Product and Service  Warranty.  Each product  manufactured,
sold, leased or delivered,  and each  service  performed,  by any of the
Companies  has been in conformity in all material respects with all applicable
contractual  commitments and all  express  and  implied  warranties,  and none
of the  Companies  has any Liability  (and  there is no Basis  for any  present
or  future  action,  suit, proceeding, hearing,  investigation,  charge,
complaint, claim or demand against any of them giving rise to any Liability)
for  replacement or repair thereof or other damages in connection  therewith,
subject only to the reserve for product warranty  claims set forth on the face
of the Most Recent  Financial  Statements (rather  than in any notes  thereto)
as adjusted for the passage of time through the  Closing  Date in  accordance
with  the past  custom  and  practice  of the Companies.  No product
manufactured,  sold, leased or delivered,  and no service performed, by any of
the Companies is subject to any guaranty, warranty or other indemnity beyond the
applicable  standard terms and conditions of sale, lease or service.

   Section 5.29 Year 2000 Compliance.  All computer software programs,
including all source code, object code and  documentation  related thereto,
hardware,  databases and embedded  control systems  (collectively  the
"Systems") used by any Company are Year 2000 Compliant. "Year 2000 Compliant"
means that the Systems (a) accurately process date and time data  (including
calculating,  comparing and  sequencing) from, into and between the twentieth
and twenty-first centuries,  the years 1999 and 2000,  and leap year
calculations  and (b)  operate  accurately  with other software and hardware
that use standard format (4 digits) for  representation of the year.

   Section 5.30 Hart-Scott-Rodino. The Companies, individually and in the
aggregate, as reflected on the Most Recent Balance Sheet, had less than
$25,000,000 in assets, and the Companies, individually and in the aggregate, as
reflected in the Most Recent Financial Statements for the twelve month period
ended December 31, 1998, had annual net sales of less than $25,000,000.

  Section 5.31 Disclosure.  The representations and warranties contained in this
Article 5 do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements and
information contained in this Article 5 not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                                   COVENANTS

   Section 6.1 Conduct of Business of the  Companies.  Except  as  contemplated
by this Agreement or with the prior written consent of Buyer, during the period
from the date of this Agreement to the Closing, Sellers shall cause each of the
Companies to conduct its  operations  only in the Ordinary  Course of Business
consistent with past practice,  and Sellers will use their  reasonable best
efforts to, and will  cause  each  of  the  Companies  to,  preserve  intact
the  business  and organization  of each  Company,  to keep  available  the
services of the present officers  and key

                                      -25-
<PAGE>   32





employees of each  Company,  and to preserve the good will of customers,
suppliers and all other Persons having business  relationships  with any
Company.

    (a) Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, prior to the
Closing,Sellers shall not permit any Company to,  without the prior  written
consent of Buyer:

     (i) adopt any amendment to the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of
any of Companies;

     (ii) issue, reissue or sell, or authorize the issuance, reissuance or sale
of any additional shares or other equity interest in any of the Companies or
securities convertible  into any  rights,  warrants  or options to acquire  any
additional shares or other equity interest in any of the Companies;

    (iii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or make any other distribution
(whether in cash, securities or property or any combination thereof);

    (iv) split, combine, subdivide, reclassify or redeem, purchase or  otherwise
acquire,  or propose to redeem or  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire,  any of its
shares or other equity interests;

    (v) increase the compensation or fringe benefits payable or to become
payable to its  directors,  officers or  employees,  or pay any benefit not
required by any existing  Employee Plan or Compensation  Arrangement  (including
the granting of stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  shares  of
restricted  stock  or performance units) or grant any severance or termination
pay to (except pursuant to existing Employee Plans or Compensation Arrangements)
, or enter into, review, terminate,  amend or waive any material provision of
any employment or severance agreement  with,  any  director,  officer or other
employee  of any  Company or establish,  adopt,  enter  into or amend any
collective  bargaining  agreement, employment  agreement,  termination agreement
,  Employee  Plan or  Compensation Arrangement;

    (vi) acquire, sell, lease, license, transfer, pledge, encumber, grant or
dispose of (whether by merger,  consolidation,  purchase,  sale or otherwise)
any assets (other than the  acquisition and sale of inventory or the disposition
of used or excess equipment and the purchase of raw materials,  supplies and
equipment,  in either case in the Ordinary Course of Business);

    (vii) incur or assume or prepay  any  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money,
assume, guarantee,  endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible (whether
directly, contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any other Person,
or make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in,
any other Person except for loans and advances between any of the Companies;

    (viii) change any  accounting  policies or  procedures,  other than in the
Ordinary Course of Business or as required by GAAP;

    (vix) waive, release,  assign, settle or compromise any material rights,
claims or litigation;
                                      -26-
<PAGE>   33





    (x) take any action that would make any representation or warranty set forth
in Article 5 to become untrue;

    (xi) make any Tax election or settle or compromise any material federal,
state, local or foreign income Tax Liability;

    (xii) enter into any Contract except for any  Contract  entered  into in the
Ordinary Course of Business under which the consideration  payable or receivable
by a Company  does not exceed  $20,000 per year per Contract or $50,000 per year
in the  aggregate  for all such  Contracts  or amend or  terminate  any existing
Contract;

    (xiii) incur any Liability except for Liabilities incurred by the Companies
in the Ordinary  Course of Business  which in the  aggregate  for all such
Liabilities incurred between the date hereof and the Closing do not exceed
$50,000;

    (xiv)  authorize  or enter into any formal or informal  binding  written or
other agreement or otherwise make any binding commitment to do any of the
foregoing;

    (xv) make any material increase in the size or change the composition of the
workforce of any Company; or

    (xvi) voluntarily recognize any  union  or  other   collective   bargaining
representative  as  the  collective  bargaining  representative  for  any of the
employees of any Company.

   (b) Sellers shall cause the Companies to do the following:

    (i) maintain their assets in good operating condition (ordinary wear and
tear excepted), with inventories of spare parts and  expendable  supplies  being
maintained at levels  consistent  with past practices and to make all repairs or
replacements  necessary to restore any assets to the  condition  represented  in
Section 5 of this Agreement;

    (ii) maintain the existing insurance policies in full force and effect;

    (iii) maintain the books and records of each Company in accordance with past
practices;

    (iv) furnish to Buyer within 20 days  after  the end of each  month  monthly
financial  statements  for the month just ended  containing  balance  sheets and
statements  of income and cash flow for such period  which shall comply with the
representations set forth in Section 5.7;

    (v) comply in all material respects with all laws, rules and regulations and
with all Contracts and keep in full force and effect all governmental  licenses,
permits and authorizations;

    (vi) pay all of the obligations and Liabilities of the Companies on a timely
basis; and
                                      -27-


<PAGE>   34




    (vii) preserve the corporate existence of each Company.

   Section 6.2 Sellers' Actions. Sellers shall not sell, transfer or encumber
any of the Shares or grant or permit to exist any Lien on any of the  Shares
and shall not enter  into  any  commitment  to sell,  transfer,  grant  any Lien
or  otherwise encumber any of the Shares.  Sellers shall cause each Company to
comply with all of the terms of this Agreement applicable to them, including
Section 6.1.

  Section 6.3 Other Actions. During the period from the date hereof to the
Closing, Sellers shall not, and shall cause the Companies not to, take any
action that would,  or that would  reasonably  be expected to,  result in any of
the  conditions to the transactions  contemplated  hereby  set forth in Article
7 or 8 hereof not being satisfied or satisfaction thereof being delayed.

  Section 6.4  Notification of Certain Matters.  Sellers shall promptly notify
Buyer of the occurrence  of any fact or event that would  reasonably be expected
(i) to cause any  representation  or warranty of either Seller contained in this
Agreement to be untrue,  (ii) to cause any covenant,  condition or agreement of
either Seller hereunder  not to be  complied  with or  satisfied  or (iii) to
cause a Material Adverse  Effect.  Buyer shall  promptly  notify Sellers of the
occurrence of any fact or event that would reasonably be expected (i) to cause
any  representation or warranty of Buyer to be untrue or (ii) to cause any
covenant,  condition  or agreement of Buyer hereunder not to be complied with or
satisfied.

  Section 6.5 Access to  Information.  Sellers shall cause the Companies to: (i)
provide to Buyer (and its officers, directors, employees,  accountants,
consultants, legal counsel,   financial   advisors,    investment   bankers,
agents   and   other representatives (collectively, "Representatives")) access
at reasonable times to the assets and  properties,  personnel and the books and
records of each Company and (ii) furnish promptly such information concerning
the business,  properties, contracts, assets, liabilities,  personnel and other
aspects of the Companies as Buyer or its Representatives may reasonably request.
No investigation  conducted under this Section 6.5 shall affect or be deemed to
modify any representation or warranty made in this Agreement.

  Section 6.6 Cooperation; Further Assurances.

    (a) Subject to the terms and conditions provided  in this  Agreement  and to
applicable  legal  requirements,  each of the parties  hereto  agrees to use its
commercially  reasonable  efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action, and
to do, or cause to be done and to assist and  cooperate  with the other  parties
hereto in doing, as promptly as  practicable,  all things  necessary,  proper or
advisable  under  applicable  laws and regulations to ensure that the conditions
set forth in Articles 7 and 8 are satisfied and to consummate and make effective
the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement.  No party to this Agreement
shall take any  action  that is  inconsistent  with its  obligations  under this
Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall not be required to expend
any monies to obtain any Consent or to accept any adverse condition or change in
terms to obtain any Consent.

    (b) Sellers will cooperate and will cause the  Companies to cooperate in all
commercially  reasonable  respects with Buyer and its counsel and accountants in
connection  with any  filing  to be made by Buyer  with the SEC.  Sellers  shall
provide,  and shall cause the
                                      -28-
<PAGE>   35





Companies to provide,  to Buyer such  information relating to the Companies and
the Business as Buyer may reasonably request.  All costs,  expenses  and fees
incurred  in  connection  with the  preparation  and inclusion  by Buyer of such
information  in any such  filing  shall be borne by Buyer.  Sellers hereby
consent, and Sellers will cause the Companies to consent, to the inclusion by
Buyer of financial statements of the Companies, if requested to be so  included
by Buyer,  in any filing to be made by Buyer with the SEC or pursuant to
applicable  securities  laws,  including the  Securities Act and the Securities
Exchange  Act. All costs,  expenses and fees  incurred in connection with the
preparation  and  inclusion  by Buyer of financial  statements  of the Companies
in any such filing shall be borne by Buyer.  Sellers agree to use, and will
cause the Companies to use,  commercially  reasonable efforts to obtain the
consent of the independent  public accountants of the Companies to the inclusion
of such financial statements in any filing to be made by Buyer.

   Section 6.7 Public  Announcements.  The initial press release  concerning the
sale of the Shares to Buyer  shall be a joint press  release  and,  thereafter,
the parties hereto  shall  consult  with each  other  before  issuing  any press
release or otherwise making any public  statements with respect to this
Agreement or any of the transactions  contemplated hereby and shall not issue
any such press release or make any such  public  statement  prior to such
consultation,  except to the extent public  disclosure  may be required or
advisable  under  applicable  law, including  under  the  securities  laws or
the  requirements  of any  securities exchange, as determined by the disclosing
party in good faith.

   Section 6.8  Confidentiality. Except for such disclosures to officers,
directors, employees,  advisors and representatives as may be appropriate in
furtherance of this  transaction and except for disclosures that may be required
to comply with applicable law,  including under the securities laws or the
requirements of any securities exchange, each party hereto shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to keep  confidential  all  information of a
confidential  nature obtained by it from the other parties hereto in connection
with the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  and if this Agreement
is terminated without a Closing,  each party hereto will return to the other
parties all documents and other  materials obtained from the other party in
connection herewith.

   Section 6.9  Expenses; Taxes. Whether or not the transaction contemplated by
this Agreement is consummated, all expenses incurred  in  connection  with  this
Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be paid by the party
incurring such expenses,  except as otherwise  provided in Section  2.3(a).  All
transfer Taxes, if any, payable as a result of this  transaction  shall be borne
by Sellers.

   Section 6.10 Control of the  Companies'  Operations.  Nothing  contained in
this Agreement shall give  Buyer,  directly or  indirectly,  any right to
control or direct any Company's operations prior to the Closing.

   Section 6.11 Other Buyer  Transactions.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary in this Agreement,  nothing in this  Agreement  shall prevent or
restrict  Buyer and its subsidiaries from engaging in any merger,  acquisition,
business combination or other transaction (whether or not Buyer is the surviving
corporation),  provided that such merger,  acquisition,  business combination or
other transaction would not prevent Buyer from complying with its obligations
under this Agreement.
                                      -29-
<PAGE>   36




   Section 6.12 Consents. Sellers shall, or shall cause the Companies to, give
all notices of this  Agreement  or  the   transaction   contemplated  hereby  to
Governmental Authorities  and other third  parties to the extent  required by
any law,  rule, regulation  or Contract.  Sellers  shall,  and shall cause the
Companies to, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, prior to Closing,
all of the Consents without any change in the terms of any Contract to which
such  Consent  relates. Sellers shall promptly notify Buyer of any difficulty in
obtaining any Consents.

   Section 6.13  Employee  Benefits  Matters.  Upon the  request  of Buyer,
Sellers  and the Companies,  prior  to  Closing,  shall  take  any and all
action  necessary  or appropriate  to terminate  immediately  prior to the
Closing any  Employee  Plan which includes a cash or deferred  arrangement
tax-qualified under Code Section 401(k) and provides benefits solely to
employees of the Companies.

   Section 6.14       Tax Matters.

    (a)       Section 338(h)(10) Elections.

     (i) If requested  by Buyer,  each of the Sellers and Buyer shall make
timely and irrevocable elections under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code and any
corresponding provisions  of state or local  income Tax laws with  respect to
the purchase and sale of the  stock  of each  of DM  Equipment  and DM  Services
hereunder  (the "Section 338(h)(10) Elections").  If so requested by Buyer, then
(A) the Sellers will not, and will not cause or permit  either of DM Equipment
or DM Services to take,  cause or permit to be taken any action that would
disqualify the purchase and sale of the stock of DM  Equipment  and DM Services
as deemed sales of their assets  pursuant to Section  338(h)(10) of the Code,
and (B) each of the Sellers and Buyer shall report such transactions  consistent
with the Section 338(h)(10) Elections  and shall take no position  contrary
thereto.  The Sellers and Buyer agree that any income or gain  attributable to
the deemed sales of the assets of DM Equipment and DM Services  resulting  from
the Section  338(h)(10)  Elections shall be included in the Tax Returns of each
of DM Equipment and DM Services for the  taxable  period  that  ends on the
Closing  Date (or,  under the  Treasury Regulations,  on the day before the
Closing  Date),  and the  Sellers and Buyer agree  that  the  Sellers  shall
pay all  Taxes  attributable  to such  Section 338(h)(10) Elections.

    (ii) As soon as practicable following the Closing, but in no event later
than 120 days after the Closing Date, each of the Sellers and Buyer shall have
negotiated in good faith to reach agreement as to the allocation of the
"modified Aggregate Deemed Sales Price" (as defined under the applicable
Treasury  Regulations,  the "MADSP"),  with  respect  to the  purchase  and sale
of the  stock of each of DM Equipment  and DM Services,  among the assets of
each such Company in accordance with the  requirements  of Sections 1060 and 338
of the Code. If the Sellers and Buyer have not reached  agreement on such
allocation within such 120-day period, then  such  allocation  shall  be made in
accordance  with the  appraisal  of a recognized  appraisal firm chosen and
retained by mutual  agreement of Buyer and the Sellers,  the fees and  expenses
of which shall be paid  one-half by Sellers and one-half by Buyer.  If Buyer
notifies the Sellers of Buyer's desire to make the Section 338(h)(10) Elections
pursuant to Section 6.14(a)(i),  then: (A) each of the Sellers and Buyer shall
promptly  prepare any and all forms  necessary to effectuate the Section
338(h)(10)  Elections  (including,  without  limitation, Internal Revenue
Service Form 8023 (or any successor form) and any similar forms under applicable
state and local income Tax
                                      -30-
<PAGE>   37




laws (the "Section 338 Forms")), (B) each of the  Sellers  and Buyer  shall
cause the  Section  338 Forms to be duly executed by an authorized  Person and
duly and timely filed in  accordance  with applicable Tax laws and the terms of
this Agreement, (C) each of the Sellers and Buyer shall  reflect the agreed
allocation of the MADSP in all  applicable  Tax Returns filed by any of them or
their  Affiliates,  including but not limited to the Section  338 Forms,  and
(D) neither the Sellers nor Buyer (nor any of their Affiliates)  shall  take a
position  before  any  Tax  authority  or  otherwise (including in any Tax
Return)  inconsistent  with such allocation  unless and to the extent required
to do so pursuant to a "determination" within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of
the Code.

    (b) Tax Returns.

     (i) The Sellers shall be responsible for the preparation and timely filing
of, and the payment of all Taxes due with respect to, all Tax Returns of each of
the Companies for all taxable periods that end on or prior to the Closing  Date,
including  Tax Returns of the  Companies for periods that end on or prior to the
Closing  Date but are  required to be filed after the  Closing  Date;  provided,
however,  that the Sellers  shall  provide Buyer with drafts of such Tax Returns
(together with the relevant back-up information) for review and consent by Buyer
at least 20 days prior to filing. Such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner
consistent  with the past practice of the  Companies.  The Sellers shall provide
Buyer with  correct  and  complete  copies of such Tax Returns in the form filed
within 15 days after the filing date.

    (ii) Buyer shall be responsible for the preparation and timely filing of all
Tax Returns of each of the  Companies  for all  taxable  periods  that end after
the Closing Date, including Tax Returns of the Companies for periods (if any)
that begin before and end after the Closing Date. Buyer shall be responsible for
the payment of all Taxes due with respect to such Tax Returns; provided,
however, that with respect to Taxes due for taxable periods that begin before
and end after the Closing Date, the Sellers shall be responsible for the payment
of the portion of such Tax that is attributable to the portion of such periods
that end on the Closing Date.

     (c) Retention of Records. From and after the date hereof, Sellers shall
cause the Companies to retain all Tax Returns and all books, records  and other
information relating to any Tax or Tax Return of the Companies,  and to abide by
all record retention agreements entered into with any Governmental Authority.

     (d) Following the Closing Date, Buyer shall not file an amended Tax Return
of any Company for any taxable  period  ending on or prior to the  Closing  Date
without the consent of the Sellers  unless either:  (i) Buyer  determines in its
sole discretion that the filing of such an amendment is necessary or appropriate
to comply with applicable Tax law, or (ii) Buyer agrees to reimburse the Sellers
for Taxes due by Sellers as a result of such amendment.

   Section 6.15      Additional Post-Closing Covenants.

   (a) General. If at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary
or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each of the parties
will take such further action (including the execution and delivery of such
further instruments and documents) as any other party reasonably may request,
all at the sole cost and expense of the requesting  party

                                      -31-
<PAGE>   38





(unless the requesting  party is entitled to indemnification therefor under
Article 11).Sellers acknowledge and agree that from and after the Closing Buyer
will be entitled to  possession  of all documents, books, records (including Tax
records),  agreements and financial data of any sort relating to any Company.

  (b) Transition. Sellers shall not take any action that is designed or intended
to have the effect of discouraging any lessor, licensor,  customer,  supplier or
other  business  associate of any of the  Companies  from  maintaining  the same
business  relationships  with the  Companies  after the Closing as it maintained
with the  Companies  prior to the  Closing.  Sellers  will  refer  all  customer
inquiries  relating to the  businesses  of the Companies to Buyer from and after
the Closing.

(c)  Sellers  shall,  within  thirty days of the  Closing,  deliver to Buyer the
following information, prepared as of the Closing Date: (i) the Tax basis of the
assets of each Company, and the depreciation and amortization schedules relating
to such assets, and (ii) the earnings and profits, net operating loss carryovers
and other Tax  attributes,  credits  and  carryover  items (and any  limitations
applicable to any of the foregoing) of each Company.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                     CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS of BUYER

         The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions provided for in
this  Agreement  are  subject to all of the  conditions  set forth below in this
Article 7, any of which may be waived in writing by Buyer.

   Section 7.1  Performance  by the Companies  and Sellers.  The Companies and
Sellers shall have  performed in all material  respects all of their  agreements
and covenants under  this  Agreement  required  to be  performed  by them at or
prior  to the Closing.

   Section 7.2 Truth of Representations and Warranties. Each of the
representations  and warranties of Sellers contained in this Agreement (i) if
specifically  qualified by  materiality,  shall be true and  complete as so
qualified,  and (ii) if not qualified by materiality,  shall be true and
complete in all material  respects, in each such case, on and as of the  Closing
Date,  with the same effect as if then made,  except  where any such
representation  or  warranty is made as of a specific  earlier  date,  in which
event it shall  remain  true and correct (as qualified) as of such earlier date.

   Section 7.3  Receipt of Consents.  All of the Consents  indicated as material
on Schedule 3.1 or 5.3 (the "Material  Consents")  shall have been obtained and
delivered to Buyer and shall be in full  force and effect as of the  Closing and
shall be in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to Buyer without any
conditions or changes in the underlying Contract to which such Material Consent
relates.

   Section 7.4  Governmental  Authorizations.  The  parties  and the  Companies
shall  have received all authorizations,  consents and approvals of Governmental
Authorities required to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby in a
lawful manner.
                                      -32-

<PAGE>   39




   Section 7.5  Deliveries.  Sellers and the Companies shall have made all of
the deliveries required by Section 9.2.

   Section 7.6       Material Adverse Effect.  No Material Adverse Effect shall
have occurred.

    Section 7.7 Amounts of Loans and Certain  Other  Obligations.
Buyer shall have  received evidence  satisfactory  to it of the amount of any
claims  against the Companies described in clauses (2), (3), (4) and (5) of
Section 2.3(a) and that no Company shall have any  indebtedness  for borrowed
money or capital or financing  leases other than as set forth in the Most Recent
Balance Sheet.

   Section 7.8 Affiliate Loans. All loans and other advances made by any Company
to either Seller or any Affiliate thereof or to any employee, officer or
director of any Company or a family member  thereof  (excluding  loans and
advances to employees for travel,  business and moving  expenses in the Ordinary
Course of Business) shall  have  been  repaid,  and  Buyer  shall  have received
evidence  of such repayment.  All loans,  advances  and  payables  owing by any
Company to either Seller shall have been cancelled.

   Section 7.9 Post-Closing  Lock-Ups.  Sellers shall deliver to Buyer lock-up
agreements in substantially  the form  requested by any  underwriter  from
Buyer's  principal stockholders  in  connection  with any  offering of Buyer's
capital  stock (the "Lock-Up Agreements").

   Section 7.10 Employment  Agreements.  Each Seller shall have  entered into an
employment agreement  in  substantially  the  form  attached  hereto as  Exhibit
B  (the "Employment Agreement").

   Section 7.11 Certain  Proceedings. No writ, order, decree or injunction  of a
court of competent  jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority shall have been
entered against Buyer, either  Seller or any Company that prohibits or restricts
the transactions contemplated hereby, limits or restricts  the  operation of any
Company's  business as it is currently  conducted,  or otherwise  restricts  any
Company's  exercise of full rights to own and  operate  its  business  after the
Effective  Date,  and  no  action,  proceeding,  investigation,   regulation  or
legislation  shall have been instituted or threatened  before any court or other
Governmental  Authority  which (i)  questions  the  validity  or legality of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby or seeks to  enjoin,  restrain,  prohibit  or
obtain substantial damages in respect of, or which is related to, or arising out
of, this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby;
(ii) seeks material  damages  against  Buyer,  either Seller or any Company as a
result of the transaction contemplated hereby; or (iii) can otherwise reasonably
be expected to materially and adversely  affect Buyer or any Company as a result
of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

   Section 7.12 Buyer Investigation. Buyer shall be reasonably satisfied with
the results of its due diligence investigation of the Companies and the Business

   Section 7.13 Sellers Actions. All actions to be taken by Sellers in
connection  with the consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby
and all  certificates, opinions,  instruments and other documents  required to
effect the  transactions contemplated  hereby shall be reasonably  satisfactory
in form and substance to Buyer.
                                      -33-
<PAGE>   40





                                   ARTICLE 8

                    CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS

         The obligations of Sellers to consummate the transactions  provided for
in this  Agreement are subject to all of the  conditions set forth below in this
Article 8, any of which may be waived in writing by Sellers.

   Section 8.1 Performance by Buyer. Buyer shall have performed in all material
respects all of its agreements and covenants under this Agreement required to be
performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

   Section 8.2 Truth of Representations  and Warranties. Each of the
representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement (i)
specifically  qualified by materiality,  shall  be true  and  complete  as so
qualified,  and  (ii) if not qualified by materiality,  shall be true and
complete in all material  respects, in each such case,  on and as of the
Closing  Date,  with the same effect as if then made, except where any such
representation or warranty is as of a specific earlier date in which event it
shall remain true and correct (as  qualified)  as of such earlier date.

   Section 8.3 Deliveries. Buyer shall have made all of the deliveries set forth
in Section 9.3.

   Section 8.4 Certain Proceedings. No writ, order, decree or injunction of a
court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority shall have been
entered against either Seller or any Company that prohibits or restricts the
transaction contemplated  hereby and no action,  proceeding,  investigation,
regulation  or legislation  shall have been  instituted or  threatened  before
any court or any other Governmental Authority which (i) questions the validity
or legality of the transactions  contemplated  hereby or seeks to  enjoin,
restrain,  prohibit  or obtain substantial damages in respect of, or which is
related to, or arising out of, this Agreement or the consummation of the
transactions  contemplated hereby, (ii)  seeks  material   damages  against
either  Seller  as  a  result  of  the transactions  contemplated hereby;
or (iii) can otherwise reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect
either Seller as a result of the consummation of the transaction contemplated
hereby.

   Section 8.5  Buyer Actions. All actions to be taken by Buyer in connection
with the consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and all
certificates, opinions,  instruments and other documents  required to effect the
transactions contemplated  hereby shall be reasonably  satisfactory  in form and
substance to Sellers.

                                   ARTICLE 9

                                    CLOSING

   Section 9.1  Closing.  Subject  to  satisfaction  or waiver of all of the
conditions  of closing  set  forth  in  Articles  7 and 8,  the  closing  of
the  transactions contemplated  hereby  (the  "Closing")  shall take place at
the  offices of Dow, Lohnes & Albertson,  PLLC, 1200 New Hampshire Ave., N.W.,
Suite 800, Washington, D.C. 20036, at 10:00 a.m.,  local time, on the date
specified by Buyer by notice to Sellers,  which specified date shall be no later
than ten

                                      -34-
<PAGE>   41





business days after the  conditions of Closing set forth in Sections 7.3 and 7.4
have been satisfied or waived or on such other date as Buyer and  Sellers  may
mutually  agree (the "Closing Date").

   Section 9.2  Deliveries  and  Actions  by  Sellers.  Sellers  shall  deliver
to Buyer the following items at the Closing:

    (a) Consents.  Sellers shall deliver to Buyer at Closing originals of the
Material Consents and any other Consents which have been obtained by them.

    (b)Articles of Incorporation, Certified Bylaws and Certificates of Existence
and Good Standing for the  Companies.  Sellers shall deliver to Buyer at Closing
(i) copies of the certificate of  incorporation  or other  applicable  governing
instruments and all amendments thereto of each of the Companies certified within
ten business days prior to the Closing by the Secretary of State of the State of
Texas,  (ii) copies of the bylaws or other applicable  governing  instruments of
each  of the  Companies  certified  by the  respective  Secretary  or  Assistant
Secretary of each such entity as being  correct,  complete and in full force and
effect  on the  Closing  Date,  and (iii)  certificates  of  existence  and good
standing of each of the Companies  dated within ten business days of the Closing
Date issued by the  Secretary of State of the State in which each such entity is
organized or qualified to conduct business.

    (c) Certificates. Sellers shall deliver  to Buyer  the  stock  certificates
representing all of the issued and outstanding Shares duly endorsed for transfer
by Sellers.

    (d) Resignations and Releases. Sellers shall deliver to Buyer resignations
and releases of Sellers, releasing all claims they may have against any Company,
in a form satisfactory to Buyer.

    (e) Employment Agreements and Lock-Up Agreements. The applicable parties
thereto shall  deliver  to  Buyer  fully  executed  Employment  Agreements  and
Lock-Up Agreements.

    (f) Lien  Searches. Sellers shall deliver to Buyer  lien,  tax and  judgment
searches  in each state and county in which  either  Seller or any  Company  has
assets and releases and  terminations of all Liens on the Shares and such assets
that are not  Permitted  Liens  described in clauses (i),  (ii) and (iii) of the
definition of Permitted Liens.

    (g) Opinion of Counsel.Sellers shall deliver the favorable opinion of Goins,
Underkofler, Crawford & Langdon substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

    (h) Tax Clearance Certificates. Sellers shall furnish Buyer with Tax
clearance certificates or similar documents issued by the taxing authorities in
each state in which any of the  Companies is subject to Tax  certifying that the
Companies have  paid  all  Taxes  that  are  due and  payable  as of a date  as
close  as practicable to the Closing Date.

   Section 9.3 Deliveries by Buyer. Buyer shall deliver to Sellers the following
items at the Closing:
                                      -35-


<PAGE>   42




    (a) Certificates of Existence, Good Standing and Qualification.  Buyer shall
deliver  to  Sellers  at  Closing  a  certified  copy  of  its   certificate  of
incorporation  and a certificate  of good standing with respect to Buyer,  dated
within ten business days of the Closing  Date,  issued by the Secretary of State
of the State of Delaware.

    (b) Buyer's Closing Certificate. Buyer shall deliver to Sellers at Closing a
certificate of an executive officer of Buyer certifying (i) as to the incumbency
and  signatures  of the officers of Buyer who executed  this  Agreement  and the
agreements  contemplated  hereby on behalf of Buyer,  (ii) as to the adoption of
resolutions of the executive  committee of the board of directors of Buyer which
are in full force and effect on the Closing Date  authorizing  the execution and
delivery  of this  Agreement  and the  agreements  contemplated  hereby  and the
performance of the obligations of Buyer  hereunder and  thereunder,  (iii) as to
Buyer's bylaws and all amendments thereto as being correct, complete and in full
force and effect on the Closing Date,  and (iv) that the  conditions to Sellers'
obligations to consummate the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement set
forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 have been satisfied.

(c) Purchase  Price.  Buyer  shall  deliver  to Sellers  by wire  transfer  of
immediately  available  funds  the Cash  Consideration,  subject  to  adjustment
pursuant to the  provisions of Section 2.3 and,  notwithstanding  the foregoing,
certificates  evidencing  the  Buyer's  Shares are to be  delivered  pursuant to
Section 2.2(a)(ii).

                                  ARTICLE 10

                                 TERMINATION

   Section 10.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the
transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the
Closing:

    (a) by mutual written agreement of Sellers and Buyer;

    (b) by either Sellers or Buyer, if:

     (i) the transaction contemplated hereby has not been consummated on or
before February 1, 2000 (the "Termination Date");  provided that the right to
terminate this Agreement  pursuant to this Section  10.1(b)(i) shall not be
available to a party whose breach of any provision of this Agreement  results in
the failure of such transaction to be consummated by the Termination Date; or

     (ii) (A) there shall be any law or regulation that makes consummation of
the transaction contemplated  hereby illegal or otherwise prohibited  or (B) any
judgment,  injunction,  order or  decree  of any  court  or  other  Governmental
Authority  having  competent   jurisdiction  enjoining  Sellers  or  Buyer  from
consummating such transaction is entered, and such judgment,  injunction,  order
or decree shall have become final.

     (c) by Buyer if on any date determined for the Closing in accordance with
Section 9.1 each condition in Article 8 has been satisfied (or will be satisfied
by  actions to be taken at the  Closing)  and  either a  condition  set forth in
Article 7 has not been  satisfied  (or will not be  satisfied  by  actions to be
taken at the  Closing) or Sellers have  nonetheless  refused to

                                      -36-
<PAGE>   43





consummate  the Closing;  provided that Buyer may not terminate pursuant to this
Section 10.1(c)if the  failure  of any  condition  set forth in Article 7 to be
satisfied  was principally  caused  by  Buyer's  breach of or  failure  to
perform  any of its covenants and agreements in accordance with this Agreement;

    (d) by Sellers if on any date determined for the Closing in accordance  with
Section 9.1 each condition in Article 7 has been satisfied (or will be satisfied
by  actions to be taken at the  Closing)  and  either a  condition  set forth in
Article 8 has not been  satisfied  (or will not be  satisfied  by  actions to be
taken at the  Closing)  or Buyer  has  nonetheless  refused  to  consummate  the
Closing;  provided  that  Sellers may not  terminate  pursuant  to this  Section
10.1(d) if the failure of any  condition  set forth in Article 8 to be satisfied
was  principally  caused by Sellers'  breach of or failure to perform any of its
covenants and agreements in accordance with this Agreement.

                  The party  desiring to terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant to
this Section 10.1 (other than pursuant to Section  10.1(a)) shall give notice of
such termination to the other parties hereto.

   Section 10.2 Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant
to Section 10.1, this Agreement shall become void and of no effect without
liability of any party hereto to the other parties hereto, except  that (a) the
agreements contained  in this  Section  10.2 and in Section  10.3 of this
Agreement  shall survive the termination  hereof,  and (b) no such termination
shall relieve any party of any  liability or damages  resulting  from any
material  breach by such party of any representation,  warranty,  covenant or
agreement set forth in this Agreement.

   Section 10.3 Injunctive Relief and Survival. Sellers acknowledge that Buyer
would be irreparably  damaged in the event any of the  provisions of this
Agreement were not performed by them. Accordingly, Sellers expressly agree that,
in addition to any other  right or remedy  Buyer may have,  Buyer  hereto  may
seek and  obtain specific performance of the covenants and agreements set forth
in this Agreement and may seek and obtain temporary and permanent injunctive
relief to prevent any breach or violation  hereof,  and that no bond or other
security may be required from Buyer in connection therewith. If any action is
brought by Buyer to enforce this  Agreement,  Sellers  hereby  waive the defense
that there is an adequate remedy at law.

                                  ARTICLE 11

                                INDEMNIFICATION

   Section 11.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All of the
representations and warranties of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement
shall survive the Closing  hereunder  (even if the damaged party knew or had
reason to know of any misrepresentation  or breach of warranty or covenant at
the time of Closing) and continue in full force and effect  until the latest of:
(a) the date that is two years after the Closing Date,  (b) the date of final
resolution of a claim that has been  asserted in writing to the other party
prior to the ending of such two year period, and (c) as to the  representations
and warranties made in Sections 3.1, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2, 5.7, 5.9,  5.11,
5.22 and 5.24, 60 days after the expiration of the applicable  statute of
limitations  (including all periods of extension thereof) or, if later as to the
representations and
                                      -37-
<PAGE>   44





warranties made in Section 5.11,  until the final  resolution of any claim
asserted in writing by a Governmental Authority.

   Section 11.2  Indemnification  by  Sellers.  From and after  the  Closing,
Sellers shall indemnify Buyer and its affiliates, officers, directors, employees
, stockholders and agents (the "Buyer Indemnified Parties") against and hold
them harmless from any liability,  claim,  damage, Tax or expense (including
reasonable legal fees and expenses) ("Losses") suffered or incurred by any Buyer
Indemnified Party as a result of, arising from or relating to the following:

    (a) any breach of any representation or warranty of Sellers contained in
this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto;

    (b) any breach of any covenant or agreement of Sellers contained in this
Agreement;

    (c) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Companies contained in
this Agreement relating to the period prior to the Closing;

    (d) liabilities of any Company resulting from or arising out of the conduct
of the Business prior to the Closing, including without limitation any claim
listed on Schedule 5.20, to the extent such liabilities are not reflected in the
Most Recent Balance Sheet;

    (e) any claim arising out of any breach or violation or alleged  breach or
violation of any Environmental,  Health and Safety  Requirement  relating to any
Real Property owned or leased by any Company or its  predecessors,  which breach
or  violation  occurred or  allegedly  occurred  prior to the  Closing,  and any
judgment or other  adverse  determination  or settlement or claim arising out of
any suit, action or proceeding  arising out of the conduct of the Business prior
to the Closing;

    (f) expenses of either Seller or any Company, other than Transaction
Expenses, relating to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, including fees and expenses of attorneys,  accountants,  financial
advisors and broker fees;

    (g) the Taxes of any of the Companies for any taxable period or portion
thereof ending on or prior to the Closing Date;

    (h) any action, suit, proceeding, claim, demand, assessment or judgment
incident to the foregoing or incurred in  investigating or to avoid the same or
to oppose the imposition thereof or in enforcing this indemnity; and

    (i) any Tax,cost or other expense (including any amounts imposed as a result
of the  application  of Section  481 of the Code)  resulting  from any change in
accounting  method or any change in the accounting  treatment of any item of any
of the Companies,  from the method or treatment used by such Company for taxable
periods  beginning prior to the Closing Date, which change Buyer deems necessary
or appropriate, in Buyer's sole discretion, to comply with applicable Tax law.

         Sellers  shall be obligated to indemnify  Buyer under this Section 11.2
only in the event
                                      -38-

<PAGE>   45




that the aggregate  amount of any Losses  suffered or incurred by Buyer,  as to
which Buyer would be  entitled to  indemnification  thereunder,shall exceed, in
the aggregate,  $50,000, in which event Buyer shall be entitled to recover all
such Losses including such $50,000.

   Section 11.3 Indemnification by Buyer.From and after the Closing, Buyer shall
indemnify Sellers and their affiliates,  officers, directors, employees,
stockholders and agents (the "Seller  Indemnified  Parties")  against and hold
them harmless from any Losses  suffered or incurred by any Seller  Indemnified
Parties as a result of, arising from or relating to the following:

    (a) any breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer contained in this
Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto;

    (b) any breach of any covenant or agreement of Buyer contained in this
Agreement;

    (c) liabilities of the Companies resulting from or arising out of the
conduct of the Business by the Companies after the Closing,  unless and to the
extent Buyer is entitled to indemnification therefore pursuant to Section 11.2;
and

    (d) any action, suit, proceeding,  claim,  demand,  assessment  or judgment
incident to the foregoing or incurred  investigating  or to avoid the same or to
oppose the imposition thereof or in enforcing this indemnity.

    Section 11.4 Procedure for Indemnification.  The procedure for
indemnification shall be as follows:

   (a) The party claiming indemnification (the  "Claimant") shall  promptly give
notice to the party from which  indemnification  is claimed  (the  "Indemnifying
Party") of any claim,  whether  between the parties or brought by a third party,
specifying  in  reasonable  detail the factual  basis for the claim,  the amount
thereof,  estimated in good faith,  and the method of computation of such claim,
all with reasonable  particularity  and containing a reference to the provisions
of this  Agreement  in respect of which such  indemnification  claim  shall have
occurred. If the claim relates to an action, suit or proceeding filed by a third
party against the Claimant,  such notice shall be given by the Claimant promptly
after  written  notice  of such  action,  suit or  proceeding  was  given to the
Claimant;  provided,  however,  that any delay in giving  the  notice  shall not
impair the Claimant's  rights hereunder unless such delay has a material adverse
effect on the Indemnifying Party's ability to defend such claim.

  (b) With respect to claims solely  between the parties,  following  receipt of
notice from the Claimant of a claim, the  Indemnifying  Party shall have 30 days
to  make  such  investigation  of the  claim  as the  Indemnifying  Party  deems
necessary or  desirable.  For the purposes of such  investigation,  the Claimant
agrees  to  make  available  to  the  Indemnifying   Party  and  its  authorized
representatives  the information relied upon by the Claimant to substantiate the
claim. If the Claimant and the Indemnifying  Party agree prior to the expiration
of such 30 day period (or any  mutually  agreed upon  extension  thereof) to the
validity and amount of such claim, the Indemnifying  Party shall immediately pay
to  the  Claimant  the  full  amount  of the  claim.  If the  Claimant  and  the
Indemnifying  Party do not agree  within  such 30 day  period  (or any

                                      -39-

<PAGE>   46




mutually agreed upon extension  thereof),  the Claimant may seek appropriate
remedies at law or equity, as applicable.

  (c) With  respect to any claim by a third  party as to which the  Claimant  is
entitled to indemnification  under this Agreement,  the Indemnifying Party shall
have the right at its own expense,  to  participate  in or assume control of the
defense  of  such  claim,  and the  Claimant  shall  cooperate  fully  with  the
Indemnifying Party, subject to reimbursement for actual  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred by the Claimant as the result of a request by the  Indemnifying  Party.
If the  Indemnifying  Party  elects  to assume  control  of the  defense  of any
third-party  claim,  the Claimant  shall have the right to  participate  in such
defense with legal counsel of the  Claimant's  own  selection,  but the fees and
expenses  of  such  counsel  shall  be its  fees  and  expenses  unless  (i) the
Indemnifying  Party  has  agreed  to  pay  such  fees  and  expenses,  (ii)  the
Indemnifying  Party has failed to assume the defense of such claim,  within five
business days after  receiving  notice of such claim,  (iii) the remedies sought
against the Claimant  include any remedy that is not solely a claim for monetary
damages  or (iv) the named  parties  to any  proceeding  in respect of the claim
(including any impleaded  parties) include both the  Indemnifying  Party and the
Claimant  and the  Claimant has been advised by counsel that there may be one or
more legal  defenses  available to it which are different  from or additional to
those  available  to the  Indemnifying  Party (in which  case,  if the  Claimant
notifies the Indemnifying Party that it elects to employ separate counsel at the
expense of the Indemnifying  Party,  the  Indemnifying  Party shall not have the
right to assume the defense of such action, claim or proceeding on behalf of the
Claimant,  it being understood,  however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not,
in  connection  with any one such action,  claim or  proceeding  or separate but
substantially  similar or related  actions,  claims or  proceedings  in the same
jurisdiction  arising out of the same general  allegations or circumstances,  be
liable for the  reasonable  fees and expenses of more than one separate  firm of
attorneys at any time for the Claimant). If the Indemnifying Party does not (or,
as provided in clause (iv) of the  preceding  sentence,  cannot) elect to assume
control or otherwise  participate in the defense of any third-party  claim, then
the Claimant may defend  through  counsel of its own choosing and (so long as it
gives the  Indemnifying  Party at least  five days prior  written  notice of the
terms of any proposed  settlement  thereof and permits the Indemnifying Party to
then undertake the defense  thereof)  settle such claim,  action or suit, and to
recover  from the  Indemnifying  Party the amount of such  settlement  or of any
judgment  and the costs and expenses of such  defense.  The  Indemnifying  Party
shall not compromise or settle any third party claim, action or suit without the
prior written  consent of the Claimant,  which consent will not be  unreasonably
withheld or delayed.

 (d) If a claim, whether  between  the  parties  or by a third  party,  requires
immediate  action,  the  parties  will make every  reasonable  effort to reach a
decision with respect thereto as expeditiously as practicable.

 (e) Following the Closing, Sellers shall have no right of contribution  against
any  Company  for any  indemnification  payment  made by  Sellers  hereunder  or
otherwise, and Sellers hereby waive any and all rights of contribution that they
may have against any Company.

  Section 11.5 Indemnification  Escrow. On the Closing Date, Buyer, Sellers and
First Union National Bank (the "Escrow Agent") shall execute an Escrow Agreement
substantially  in the form  attached as Exhibit D (the  "Escrow  Agreement")  in
accordance with which,  promptly
                                      -40-
<PAGE>   47





following the Closing Date,  Buyer shall cause its transfer  agent to deposit
37,500 shares of Buyer's common stock included in the Stock Consideration with
the Escrow Agent (such deposit and all amounts held from time to time by the
Escrow Agent in respect of such deposit,  including any interest or other
earnings  in respect of such  deposit,  the  "Indemnification Deposit")  in
order to  provide a fund for the  payment  of any claims for which Buyer is
entitled  to  indemnification  as  provided  in this  Article  11. The
Indemnification Deposit shall be held and disbursed in accordance with the terms
of the Escrow Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE 12

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

   Section 12.1 Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects
by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to such state's conflict of
law rules.

   Section 12.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, no party hereto may assign its or his rights and obligations hereunder
unless such party obtains the prior written consent of the other parties hereto;
provided, however, that Buyer shall have the right to assign to any of its
subsidiaries the right to acquire the Shares, but Buyer shall remain liable for
all of its obligations hereunder  notwithstanding any such assignment. Except as
otherwise provided  herein,  this Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of, and
be binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

Section 12.3 Entire Agreement;  Amendment.  This Agreement constitutes the full
and entire understanding  and agreement among the parties with regard to the
subject matter hereof.  Neither  this  Agreement  nor any term hereof may be
amended,  waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written  instrument
signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

Section 12.4  Notices,  Etc.  All notices and other  communications  required or
permitted hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be mailed by  registered  or
certified mail, or by reputable overnight delivery service,  postage prepaid, or
otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger, addressed as follows:

to Sellers:                         Donald Doty
                                    John Patrick Moore
                                    1570 West Beltline Road
                                    Cedar Hill, Texas 75104

with a copy to:                     Goins, Underkofler, Crawford & Langdon
                                    1601 Elm Street
                                    Suite 3300
                                    Dallas, Texas 75201
                                    Attention:  Jack Langdon, Esq.
                                    Telephone:  (214) 969-5454
                                    Fax:  (214) 969-5902

                                      -41-



<PAGE>   48


to Buyer:                           SpectraSite Holdings, Inc.
                                    100 Regency Forest Drive
                                    Suite 400
                                    Cary, North Carolina  27511
                                    Attention:  President, with a copy to
                                    General Counsel
                                    Telephone:  (919) 468-0112
                                    Fax:  (919) 468-8522

with a copy to:                     Dow, Lohnes & Albertson, PLLC
                                    1200 New Hampshire Avenue, N.W.
                                    Suite 800
                                    Washington, DC  20036
                                    Attention:  Timothy J. Kelley, Esq.
                                    Telephone:  (202) 776-2000
                                    Fax:  (202) 776-2222

Notice shall be deemed to be given upon receipt.

   Section 12.5 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right,
power or remedy  hereunder  shall  impair  any such  right,  power or remedy of
any party hereto, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or
default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default
thereafter occurring.  Any waiver,  permit, consent or approval of any kind or
character on the part of any party hereto of any breach or default under this
Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any  provisions or
conditions of this  Agreement,  must be in writing and shall be  effective  only
to the extent specifically  set forth in such  writing or as provided in this
Agreement.  All remedies,  either under this  Agreement  or by law or otherwise
afforded to any party hereto, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

   Section 12.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts by original or facsimile signature,  each of which shall be deemed
an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

   Section 12.7 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement
becomes or is declared by a court of competent  jurisdiction to be illegal,
unenforceable or void,  this  Agreement shall continue in full force and effect
without  said provision;  provided  that  no  such  severability  shall  be
effective  if  it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to
any party.

   Section 12.8 Headings. The subject headings of the sections of this Agreement
are included for  purposes  of  convenience  only and shall not  affect the
construction  or interpretation of any of its provisions.

   Section 12.9 Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party hereto hereby waives any right
to a trial by jury with respect to any action relating to this Agreement.

   Section 12.10 Exclusive Benefit. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to
confer any rights or remedies,  whether express or implied,  under or by reason
of this Agreement, on any persons other than the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns,  nor is anything

                                      -42-
<PAGE>   49





in this Agreement intended to relieve or discharge the obligation or liability
of any third persons to any party to this Agreement.

   Section 12.11  Construction.  The parties have participated  jointly in the
negotiation and drafting of this  Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or
question of intent or interpretation  arises,  this Agreement shall be
construed as if drafted jointly by the parties  and no  presumption  or burden
of proof shall arise  favoring or disfavoring  any party by virtue of the
authorship of any of the  provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any
federal, state, local or foreign statute or law shall be  deemed  also to refer
to all  rules  and  regulations  promulgated thereunder,  unless the context
requires otherwise. The parties intend that each representation,  warranty and
covenant  contained  herein shall have independent significance. If any party
has breached any representation, warranty or covenant contained   herein  in any
respect,   the  fact  that  there  exists   another representation,  warranty
or  covenant  relating  to the  same  subject  matter (regardless  of the
relative  levels  of  specificity)  which the party has not breached shall not
detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first
representation, warranty or covenant.

   Section 12.12  Exhibits  and  Schedules.  The  Exhibits and  Schedules
identified  in this Agreement are incorporated  herein by reference and made a
part hereof.  Nothing in any  Schedule  shall  be  deemed  adequate  to
disclose  an  exception  to a representation  or warranty  made herein  unless
such  Schedule  identifies  the exception  with  reasonable  particularity  and
describes the relevant  facts in reasonable  detail.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing,  the mere listing (or inclusion of a copy) of a
document or other item shall not be deemed adequate to disclose an exception to
a  representation  or warranty  made herein (unless the  representation  or
warranty  has to do with the  existence  of the document or other item itself).

                       [THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

                                      -43-

<PAGE>   50









         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each party hereto has caused this Stock  Purchase
Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.



                                           /s/Donald Doty
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           DONALD DOTY


                                           /s/John Patrick Moore
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           JOHN PATRICK MOORE




                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.


                                      By:  /s/Stephen H. Clark
                                           -------------------------------------
                                    Name: Stephen H. Clark
                                    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer





<PAGE>   51





                                    EXHIBIT A

                         Apportionment of Consideration



- ---------------------   -------------------------     ------------------------
         Name                     Stock                         Cash
- ---------------------   -------------------------     ------------------------
- ---------------------   -------------------------     ------------------------
Donald Doty                        50%                            50%
4013 Elganza Court
Plano, TX 75023
- ---------------------   -------------------------     ------------------------
- ---------------------   -------------------------     ------------------------
John Patrick Moore                 50%                            50%
11 Key Drive
Heath, TX 75032
- ---------------------   -------------------------     ------------------------






<PAGE>   52





                                    EXHIBIT B

                              Employment Agreement



<PAGE>   53





                                    EXHIBIT C

                                 Opinion Letter



<PAGE>   54





                                    EXHIBIT D

                                Escrow Agreement


<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 2.7






                                MERGER AGREEMENT

                           AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                      AMONG

                           SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.,

                              VPI MERGER SUB, INC.,

                            VERTICAL PROPERTIES, INC.

                                       AND

                  THE STOCKHOLDERS OF VERTICAL PROPERTIES, INC.







                          Dated as of December 30, 1999












<PAGE>   2







                                TABLE OF CONTENTS





ARTICLE 1             DEFINED TERMS............................................1

         Section 1.1       Defined Terms.......................................1

         Section 1.2       Terms Defined Elsewhere in this Agreement...........5

         Section 1.3       Clarifications......................................7

ARTICLE 2             THE MERGER AND THE MERGER CONSIDERATION..................7

         Section 2.1       The Merger..........................................7

         Section 2.2       [Intentionally omitted.]...........................10

         Section 2.3       [Intentionally omitted.]...........................10

         Section 2.4       Qualifying Lease and Qualifying LOI Payments.......10

         Section 2.5       Supplemental Payments..............................15

         Section 2.6       Tax Treatment of Payments..........................15

ARTICLE 3             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDERS
                       RELATINGTO THE STOCKHOLDERS............................15

         Section 3.1       Authorization of Transaction; Consents.............15

         Section 3.2       Noncontravention...................................16

         Section 3.3       Brokers' Fees......................................16

         Section 3.4       Investment.........................................16

         Section 3.5       The Shares.........................................17

         Section 3.6       Litigation.........................................17

         Section 3.7       Disclosure.........................................17

ARTICLE 4             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND MERGER SUB..17

         Section 4.1       Organization of Buyer and Merger Sub...............17

         Section 4.2       Authorization of Transaction; Consents.............18

         Section 4.3       Noncontravention...................................18

         Section 4.4       Brokers' Fees......................................18

         Section 4.5       Share Validity.....................................18

         Section 4.6       Securities Law Compliance..........................18

         Section 4.7       SEC Filings........................................19

         Section 4.8       Disclosure.........................................19

                                      -i-

<PAGE>   3




                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

ARTICLE 5             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDERS
                       CONCERNING COMPANY.....................................19

         Section 5.1       Organization, Qualification, Corporate Power,
                            Authorization of Transaction......................19

         Section 5.2       Capitalization.....................................20

         Section 5.3       Noncontravention; Consents.........................20

         Section 5.4       Brokers' Fees......................................21

         Section 5.5       Title to Assets....................................21

         Section 5.6       Subsidiaries.......................................21

         Section 5.7       Financial Statements...............................21

         Section 5.8       Events Subsequent to Most Recent Fiscal Year End...21

         Section 5.9       Undisclosed Liabilities............................23

         Section 5.10      Legal Compliance...................................23

         Section 5.11      Tax Matters........................................23

         Section 5.12      Broadcast Towers; Regulatory Requirements..........25

         Section 5.13      Real Property......................................25

         Section 5.14      Intellectual Property..............................27

         Section 5.15      Tangible Assets....................................27

         Section 5.16      Contracts..........................................27

         Section 5.17      Notes and Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable....28

         Section 5.18      Powers of Attorney.................................28

         Section 5.19      Insurance..........................................28

         Section 5.20      Litigation.........................................29

         Section 5.21      Employees..........................................29

         Section 5.22      Employee Benefits..................................30

         Section 5.23      Guaranties.........................................32

         Section 5.24      Environmental, Health and Safety Matters...........32

         Section 5.25      Certain Business Relationships with the Company....33

         Section 5.26      Bank Accounts and Credits..........................33

         Section 5.27      Inventory..........................................33

         Section 5.28      Product and Service Warranty.......................33

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>   4




                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

         Section 5.29      Year 2000 Compliance...............................33

         Section 5.30      Hart-Scott-Rodino..................................34

         Section 5.31      Disclosure.........................................34

ARTICLE 6             COVENANTS...............................................34

         Section 6.1       Conduct of Business of the Company.................34

         Section 6.2       The Stockholders' Actions..........................36

         Section 6.3       Other Actions......................................36

         Section 6.4       Notification of Certain Matters....................36

         Section 6.5       Access to Information..............................37

         Section 6.6       Cooperation; Further Assurances....................37

         Section 6.7       Public Announcements...............................37

         Section 6.8       Confidentiality....................................38

         Section 6.9       Expenses; Taxes....................................38

         Section 6.10      Control of the Company's Operations................38

         Section 6.11      Hart-Scott-Rodino Filing...........................38

         Section 6.12      Other Buyer Transactions...........................38

         Section 6.13      Consents...........................................38

         Section 6.14      Employee Benefits Matters..........................39

         Section 6.15      Tax Matters........................................39

         Section 6.16      Additional Post-Closing Covenants..................40

ARTICLE 7             CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S OBLIGATIONS.......................41

         Section 7.1       Performance by the Company and the Stockholders....41

         Section 7.2       Truth of Representations and Warranties............41

         Section 7.3       Receipt of Consents................................41

         Section 7.4       Hart-Scott-Rodino Act and other Governmental
                            Authorizations....................................41

         Section 7.5       Deliveries.........................................41

         Section 7.6       Material Adverse Effect............................41

         Section 7.7       Payment of Company Liabilities.....................41

         Section 7.8       Affiliate Loans....................................41

         Section 7.9       Post-Closing Lock-Ups..............................42

                                     -iii-

<PAGE>   5





                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)
         Section 7.10      Employment Agreement...............................42

         Section 7.11      Certain Proceedings................................42

         Section 7.12      Buyer Investigation................................42

         Section 7.13      Stockholders' Actions..............................42

         Section 7.14      Certificate of Merger..............................42

ARTICLE 8             CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND THE
                       COMPANY................................................42

         Section 8.1       Performance by Buyer...............................42

         Section 8.2       Truth of Representations and Warranties............43

         Section 8.3       Deliveries.........................................43

         Section 8.4       Certain Proceedings................................43

         Section 8.5       Buyer Actions......................................43

         Section 8.6       Certificate of Merger..............................43

ARTICLE 9             CLOSING.................................................43

         Section 9.1       Closing............................................43

         Section 9.2       Deliveries and Actions by the Stockholders and the
                            Company...........................................43

         Section 9.3       Deliveries by Buyer................................45

ARTICLE 10            TERMINATION.............................................45

         Section 10.1      Termination........................................45

         Section 10.2      Effect of Termination..............................46

ARTICLE 11            INDEMNIFICATION.........................................46

         Section 11.1      Survival of Representations and Warranties.........46

         Section 11.2      Indemnification by the Stockholders................47

         Section 11.3      Indemnification by Buyer...........................48

         Section 11.4      Procedure for Indemnification......................48

         Section 11.5      Indemnification Escrow.............................50

         Section 11.6      Basket Amount......................................50

ARTICLE 12            MISCELLANEOUS...........................................50

         Section 12.1      Governing Law......................................50

         Section 12.2      Successors and Assigns.............................50

                                      -iv-

<PAGE>   6





                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

         Section 12.3      Entire Agreement; Amendment........................50

         Section 12.4      Notices, Etc.......................................50

         Section 12.5      Delays or Omissions................................51

         Section 12.6      Counterparts.......................................52

         Section 12.7      Severability.......................................52

         Section 12.8      Headings...........................................52

         Section 12.9      Waiver of Jury Trial...............................52

         Section 12.10     Exclusive Benefit..................................52

         Section 12.11     Construction.......................................52

         Section 12.12     Exhibits and Schedules.............................52

         Section 12.13     Enforcement of Agreement...........................52

         Section 12.14     Acquisition of Buyer...............................53

         Section 12.15     Stockholders' Representative.......................53

                                       -v-



<PAGE>   7



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)



                                LIST OF SCHEDULES

         Schedule A                 Per Share Merger Consideration
         Schedule 2.4               Apportionment of Payments Among the
                                     Stockholders
         Schedule 3.2               Authorizations for Transaction;
                                     Noncontravention; Consents
         Schedule 4.2               Authorizations of Transaction;
                                     Noncontravention; Consents
         Schedule 5.1               Organization, Qualification, Corporate
                                     Power, Authorization of Transaction
         Schedule 5.2               Capitalization Stockholders Who Are Also
                                     Employees
         Schedule 5.3               Noncontravention; Consents
         Schedule 5.5               Permitted Liens
         Schedule 5.7(a)            Financial Statements
         Schedule 5.7(b)            Indebtedness for Borrowed Money, Trade
                                     Payables and Consulting Fees
         Schedule 5.8               Events Subsequent to Most Recent Fiscal Year
                                     End
         Schedule 5.9               Undisclosed Liabilities
         Schedule 5.11              Tax Matters
         Schedule 5.12(b)           Broadcast Towers; Regulatory Requirements
         Schedule 5.13              Real Property
         Schedule 5.14              Intellectual Property
         Schedule 5.15              Tangible Assets
         Schedule 5.16              Contracts
         Schedule 5.18              Powers of Attorney
         Schedule 5.19              Insurance
         Schedule 5.20              Litigation
         Schedule 5.21              Employees
         Schedule 5.22              Employee Benefits
         Schedule 5.23              Guaranties
         Schedule 5.24              Environmental, Health and Safety Matters
         Schedule 5.25              Certain Business Relationships with the
                                     Company
         Schedule 5.26              Bank Accounts and Credits
         Schedule 5.28              Product and Service Warranty
         Schedule 11.2              Indemnification by the Stockholders

                                LIST OF EXHIBITS

         Exhibit A:        Stockholders of Vertical Properties, Inc.
         Exhibit B:        Apportionment of Consideration
         Exhibit C:        Qualifying Lease and Qualifying LOI Payments;
                            Operating Budget
         Exhibit D:        Form of Employment Agreement
         Exhibit E:        Form of Opinion Letter
         Exhibit F:        Form of Post-Closing Escrow Agreement

                                      -vi-


<PAGE>   8







                                MERGER AGREEMENT
                           AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION


         This Merger  Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization  is made and entered
into as of December 30, 1999 by and among SpectraSite Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation  (the  "Buyer"),  VPI Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware  corporation  and
wholly owned subsidiary of Buyer ("Merger Sub"),  Vertical  Properties,  Inc., a
New York Corporation (the "Company"),  and the Stockholders  listed on Exhibit A
hereto (the "Stockholders").

                                    RECITALS

         The  Stockholders  own  all of the  outstanding  capital  stock  of the
Company.  The Company is engaged in site  acquisition and leasing for television
and  radio  transmission  broadcast  towers  for  entities  in the  broadcasting
industry (the "Business").

         This  Agreement  contemplates  a  transaction  in which Merger Sub will
merge with and into the Company (the "Merger")  pursuant to this Agreement,  the
Certificate of Merger and the applicable  provisions of the laws of the State of
Delaware and the State of New York.

         The  Boards  of  Directors  of each of the  Buyer,  Merger  Sub and the
Company have approved this Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement  and the  Boards of  Directors  of  Merger  Sub and the  Company  have
approved  and adopted  this  Agreement  as a plan of  reorganization  within the
provisions of Sections 368(a)(1)(A) and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code (as hereinafter
defined).  The  Stockholders  have approved this Agreement and the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

         IN  CONSIDERATION  of the  foregoing  recitals  and for other  good and
valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined elsewhere
in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in this Section
1.1.

         "Accredited  Investor"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in  Regulation  D
promulgated under the Securities Act.

          "Affiliate"  of  any  Person  means  any  other  Person   directly  or
indirectly  controlling,  controlled by or under common control with such Person
and any officer,  director, general partner or family member of such Person. For
purposes  of this  definition,  "control"  as applied  to any  Person  means the
possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the  power to  direct  or  cause  the
direction of the  management  and policies of such Person,  whether  through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

<PAGE>   9




         "Basis"  means  any  past or  present  fact,  situation,  circumstance,
status,  condition,  activity,  practice,  plan,  occurrence,  event,  incident,
action,  failure to act, or  transaction  that forms or could form the basis for
any specified consequence.

          "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Company Common Stock" means the common stock, no par value per share,
 of the Company.

         "Compensation  Arrangement" means any plan or compensation  arrangement
other than an Employee  Plan,  whether  written or unwritten,  which provides to
employees,  former employees,  officers,  directors,  independent contractors or
shareholders  of the  Company,  any  compensation  or  other  benefits,  whether
deferred  or not,  in excess of base  salary  or wages,  including  any bonus or
incentive  plan,  stock rights plan,  deferred  compensation  arrangement,  life
insurance,   stock  purchase  plan,   severance  pay  plan,  change  of  control
arrangements, and any other employee fringe benefit plan.

         "Consent" means the consents, permits and approvals of all Governmental
Authorities  and other third parties (or notices to such  parties)  necessary in
order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,  including,
without limitation, the Merger, in a lawful manner and without causing a default
under,  conflict with, or  acceleration,  violation or termination of, any legal
requirement or contract or agreement to which any  Stockholder or the Company is
a party or bound,  whether  or not such  consent  is listed on  Schedule  3.2 or
Schedule 5.3.

         "Contracts"  means all contracts,  leases,  non-governmental  licenses,
options to purchase, options to lease, letters of intent, commitment letters and
other  agreements  and  undertakings  (including  leases  for  personal  or real
property and employment  agreements),  written or oral (including any amendments
and other  modifications  thereto)  to which the Company is a party or which are
binding  upon the  Company  or that  relate to the assets or  operations  of the
business of the Company.

         "Effective Time" means the time at which the Merger becomes  effective,
which shall be the later of the times when the Certificate of Merger is filed in
the Office of the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the Office of
the Secretary of State of the State of New York on the Closing Date.

         "Employee  Plan" means any retirement or welfare plan or arrangement or
any other  employee  benefit  plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which any
company or any ERISA  Affiliate  sponsors,  maintains or by which any company or
any ERISA  Affiliate  is bound or to which any  company  or any ERISA  Affiliate
contributes or is required to contribute.

          "Environmental,  Health and Safety  Requirements"  means all  federal,
state, local and foreign statutes, regulations,  ordinances and other provisions
having the force or effect of law, all judicial  and  administrative  orders and
determinations, all contractual obligations and all common law concerning public
health and safety,  worker health and safety, and pollution or protection of the
environment,  including  all those  relating to the presence,  use,  production,
generation,    handling,    transportation,    treatment,   storage,   disposal,
distribution,  labeling,  testing,  processing,

                                       -2-
<PAGE>   10



discharge,  release, threatened release,  control or cleanup of any hazardous
materials,  substances or wastes, chemical substances or mixtures,  pesticides,
pollutants,  contaminants,  toxic chemicals,   petroleum   products  or
byproducts,   asbestos,   polychlorinated biphenyls,  noise or  radiation, each
as  amended  and as now or  hereafter  in effect.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

         "ERISA  Affiliate"  means  each  entity  which is  treated  as a single
employer with the Company under Code ss.414(b), (c), (m), (n) or (o).

         "FAA" means the Federal Aviation Administration.

         "FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission.

          "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles as
in effect from time to time.

         "Governmental  Authority"  means any federal,  state,  local  political
subdivision or other governmental or regulatory department,  court,  commission,
board, bureau, agency, authority or instrumentality, foreign or domestic.

         "Indebtedness"  means (a) all  indebtedness of the Company for borrowed
money, secured or unsecured, outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time
(the "Adjustment Time"), including,  without limitation, the aggregate principal
amount  thereof,  plus  all  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon  as of  the
Adjustment  Time,  (b) any other  costs,  expenses or  payments  related to such
indebtedness,  (c) the amount  outstanding in respect of any  capitalized  lease
obligations of the Company as of the Adjustment Time as determined in accordance
with GAAP, (d) the amount of any  guarantees by the Company of the  indebtedness
or any other  obligation  of any other  Person,  (e) any drawings by the Company
under letters of credit,  surety bonds or similar instruments that have not been
reimbursed  or  repaid  as of the  Adjustment  Time,  and (f) the  amount of any
prepayment  penalty or  premium,  change of control  penalty or premium or other
payment,  cost, expense or liability payable in respect of any item set forth in
clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) hereof  arising out of or resulting  from the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  including the
discharge at Closing of all Company Liabilities pursuant to Section 7.7.

         "Intellectual Property" means (a) all inventions (whether patentable or
unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice),  all improvements thereto,
and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures,  together with all
reissuances,  continuations,  continuations-in-part,  revisions, extensions, and
reexaminations  thereof, (b) all trademarks,  service marks, trade dress, logos,
trade names and corporate names,  together with all  translations,  adaptations,
derivations  and  combinations  thereof and  including  all goodwill  associated
therewith,  and all  applications,  registrations,  and  renewals in  connection
therewith,  (c) all copyrightable  works, all copyrights,  and all applications,
registrations and renewals in connection  therewith,  (d) all mask works and all
applications,  registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade
secrets and confidential  business  information  (including ideas,  research and
development,  know-how,  formulas,  compositions,  manufacturing  and production
processes and techniques,  technical data,  designs,  drawings,  specifications,
customer  and
                                      -3-
<PAGE>   11



supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans
and proposals),  (f) all computer  software  (including data and related
documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, and (h) all copies and
tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium).

         "Knowledge" means actual knowledge after reasonable investigation.

         "Liability"  means any  liability  (whether  known or unknown,  whether
asserted or  unasserted,  whether  absolute or  contingent,  whether  accrued or
unaccrued,  whether  liquidated  or  unliquidated,  and whether due or to become
due), including any liability for Taxes.

         "Licenses" means all licenses, permits, authorizations,  determinations
and registrations issued by the FCC, the FAA or any other Governmental Authority
to the Company in connection with the conduct of the Business, including all FAA
determinations  of no hazard for each broadcast tower and all FCC  registrations
for each broadcast tower.

         "Liens"  means any  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  charge,  claim,  option,
conditional  sales,  security  interest  or other  encumbrance,  restriction  or
limitation of any nature whatsoever.

         "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means any material  adverse  effect on, or
change in, the business,  financial condition,  net worth, assets,  liabilities,
personnel,  operations, results of operations or prospects of the Company or the
ability of the Company or any  Stockholder  to execute,  deliver or perform this
Agreement and the other  agreements and documents  contemplated  hereby to which
the Company or any Stockholder is a party.

         "Multiemployer  Plan"  means a plan,  as defined in ERISA  ss.3(37)  to
which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate has contributed,  is contributing or is
required to contribute.

         "Multiple  Employer  Plan"  means a plan,  as defined in ERISA  Section
4063(a),  which the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  sponsors or maintains or to
which the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  contributed,  is  contributing  or is
required to contribute.

         "Ordinary  Course of Business"  means the  ordinary  course of business
consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and
frequency).

         "Buyer  Common  Stock"  means the common  stock,  par value  $0.001 per
share, of Buyer.

         "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

         "Person" means an individual, a partnership,  a corporation,  a limited
liability  company,  an  association,  a joint stock  company,  a trust, a joint
venture,  an  unincorporated   organization,   a  governmental  entity  (or  any
department,  agency,  or  political  subdivision  thereof)  or any other type of
entity.

         "Prohibited Transaction" has the meaning set forth in ERISA ss.406 and
 Code ss.4975.

         "Real  Property"  means all real property,  interests in real property,
leaseholds and subleaseholds,  purchase options for real property, lease options
for real property, easements,
                                      -4-
<PAGE>   12





licenses, rights of access, and rights of way and all buildings and other
improvements thereon, of the Company.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Securities Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
 amended.

         "Shares" means the shares of common stock of the Company, no par value
 per share.

         "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect to the Company,  any entity of which
the Company  (either  alone or through or together  with any other  Subsidiary),
owns directly or indirectly, stock or other equity interests constituting 50% or
more of the voting or economic interest in such entity.

         "Tax" or  "Taxes"  means  any and all  taxes,  fees,  duties,  tariffs,
imposts  and other  charges of any kind  imposed by any  governmental  or taxing
authority,  including:  federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts,
windfall profits,  severance,  property, motor vehicle, ad valorem, value added,
production,   sales,  use,  license,  excise,  franchise,   capital,   transfer,
recordation, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium,
environmental  (including  taxes  under Code  ss.59A),  customs  duties,  social
security (or similar),  unemployment,  disability,  withholding,  alternative or
add-on  minimum,  or other tax or  governmental  assessment,  together  with any
interest,  additions,  or  penalties  with  respect  thereto and any interest in
respect of such additions or penalties, whether disputed or not.

         "Tax Return" means any return,  declaration,  report, claim for refund,
information  return or other  statement  or document  (including  any related or
supporting  information,  any schedule or  attachment  thereto and any amendment
thereof) filed or required to be filed with any federal, state, local or foreign
taxing authority in connection with the determination,  assessment,  collection,
administration or imposition of any Tax.

Section  1.2 Terms  Defined  Elsewhere  in this  Agreement.  In  addition to the
defined  terms in Section 1.1, the  following is a list of defined terms used in
this  Agreement  and a  reference  to the  Section  hereof in which such term is
defined:

Acquiror...........................................................Section 12.14
Acquiror Capital Stock.............................................Section 12.14
Adjustment Time....................................................  Section 1.1
Agreement..........................................................     Preamble
Bartered Revenue.............................................Section 2.4(f)(iii)
Bartered Value...............................................Section 2.4(f)(iii)
Basket Amount...................................................... Section 11.6
Business...........................................................     Recitals
Buyer..............................................................     Preamble
Buyer Indemnified Parties.......................................... Section 11.2
CERCLA...........................................................Section 5.24(e)
Certificates......................................................Section 2.1(g)
Change of Control Transaction......................................Section 12.14

                                       -5-

<PAGE>   13





Claimant........................................................ Section 11.4(a)
Closing ........................................................     Section 9.1
Closing Date....................................................     Section 9.1
COBRA........................................................... Section 5.22(h)
Commencement Date............................................Section 2.4(f)(iii)
Company.........................................................        Preamble
Company Liabilities.............................................  Section 2.1(e)
DGCL............................................................  Section 2.1(c)
Employee Stockholders...........................................     Section 5.2
Employment Agreement............................................    Section 7.10
Escrow Agent...................................................Section 2.1(f)(i)
Financial Statements............................................     Section 5.7
Hart-Scott-Rodino Act...........................................    Section 6.11
Indemnification Funds...........................................    Section 11.5
Indemnifying Party.............................................. Section 11.4(a)
Lock-Up Agreements..............................................     Section 7.9
Losses..........................................................    Section 11.2
Material Consents...............................................     Section 7.3
Merger..........................................................        Recitals
Merger Sub......................................................        Preamble
Merger Consideration............................................  Section 2.1(d)
Most Recent Fiscal Year End.....................................     Section 5.7
NYBCL..........................................................Section 2.1(b)(i)
Original Appraisers..........................................Section 2.4(f)(iii)
Per Share Merger Consideration..................................  Section 2.1(d)
Permitted Liens.................................................     Section 5.5
Post-Closing Escrow Agreement...................................    Section 11.5
Project Cost....................................................  Section 2.4(f)
Qualifying Lease................................................  Section 2.4(f)
Qualifying LOI..................................................  Section 2.4(f)
Qualifying Lease Payment Due....................................  Section 2.4(f)
Qualifying Lease Value..........................................  Section 2.4(a)
Qualifying LOI Payment Due......................................  Section 2.4(f)
Qualifying LOI Value............................................  Section 2.4(b)
Qualifying Project..............................................  Section 2.4(f)
Real Property Fair Market Value..............................Section 2.4(f)(iii)
Real Property Options........................................... Section 5.13(g)
Representatives.................................................     Section 6.5
Stockholders....................................................        Preamble
Stockholders' Indemnified Parties...............................    Section 11.3
Stockholders' Representative....................................   Section 12.15
Surviving Corporation...........................................  Section 2.1(a)
SWDA............................................................ Section 5.24(e)
Systems.........................................................    Section 5.29
Termination Date..............................................Section 10.1(b)(i)
Third Appraiser..............................................Section 2.4(f)(iii)

                                       -6-
<PAGE>   14




Treasury Regulations............................................ Section 5.11(f)
Value...........................................................  Section 2.4(f)
VPI Markets.....................................................  Section 2.4(f)
Year 2000 Compliant.............................................    Section 5.29
Year 5..........................................................  Section 2.4(f)
Year 5 Cash Flow................................................  Section 2.4(f)

Section 1.3  Clarifications.  Words used  herein,  regardless  of the gender and
number  specifically  used,  shall be deemed and  construed to include any other
gender and any other number as the context requires. Use of the word "including"
herein  shall be deemed and  construed to mean  "including  but not limited to."
Except as  specifically  provided  otherwise  in this  Agreement in a particular
instance,  a reference  to a Section or Schedule is a reference  to a Section of
this Agreement or a Schedule attached hereto,  and the terms "hereof,"  "herein"
and other like terms refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the Schedules
hereto, and not solely to any particular part hereof.

                                   ARTICLE 2
                     THE MERGER AND THE MERGER CONSIDERATION

Section 2.1       The Merger.

(a) The Merger. On and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at
the  Effective  Time,  Merger  Sub  shall be  merged  with and into the  Company
pursuant to this  Agreement.  Subject to the provisions of this  Agreement,  the
parties shall cause a Certificate  of Merger as  contemplated  by Section 252 of
the DGCL and Section 907 of the NYBCL (the  "Certificate of Merger") to be filed
in the Office of the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the Office
of the  Secretary  of State of the State of New York on the  Closing  Date,  the
separate  corporate  existence  of Merger Sub shall cease and the Company  shall
continue  as  the   surviving   corporation   of  the  Merger  (the   "Surviving
Corporation").

(b)      Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws; Directors and Officers.  At the
Effective Time:

(i) The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company  shall  continue as the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Surviving  Corporation,  unless and until
thereafter amended as provided therein and under the Business Corporation Law of
the State of New York (the "NYBCL").

(ii) The Bylaws of the Company  shall  continue  as the Bylaws of the  Surviving
Corporation,  unless and until thereafter  amended as provided therein and under
the NYBCL.

(iii) The  directors  and  officers of the  Surviving  Corporation  shall be the
individuals designated by Buyer as of the Effective Time, until their successors
are elected and qualified.
                                      -7-
<PAGE>   15




(c) Effects of the Merger.  The Merger shall have the effects provided  therefor
by the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") and the NYBCL. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing,  and subject thereto, at the Effective Time (i)
all the rights,  privileges,  immunities,  powers and franchises, of a public as
well as of a private nature, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all
debts due on whatever  account,  including without  limitation  subscriptions to
shares,  and all other choices in action, and all and every other interest of or
belonging to or due to the Company or Merger Sub shall be taken and deemed to be
transferred to, and vested in, the Surviving  Corporation without further act or
deed; and all property, rights and privileges, immunities, powers and franchises
and all and  every  other  interest  shall be  thereafter  the  property  of the
Surviving Corporation,  as they were of the Company and Merger Sub, and (ii) all
debts,  liabilities,  duties and obligations of the Company and Merger Sub shall
become  the  debts,  liabilities,   duties  and  obligations  of  the  Surviving
Corporation and the Surviving  Corporation  shall thenceforth be responsible and
liable for all the debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of the Company and
Merger Sub and neither the rights of  creditors  nor any liens upon the property
of the  Company  or  Merger  Sub shall be  impaired  by the  Merger,  and may be
enforced against the Surviving Corporation.

(d) Manner of  Conversion  of Stock.  At the  Effective  Time,  by virtue of the
Merger and without any action on the part of Buyer,  Merger Sub or the  Company,
the shares of capital  stock of Merger Sub and the Company shall be converted as
follows:

(i) Capital  Stock of Merger Sub. Each issued and  outstanding  share of capital
stock of Merger Sub shall be converted into and exchanged for one fully paid and
nonassessable  share of  common  stock,  par  value  $0.001  per  share,  of the
Surviving Corporation.

(ii) Cancellation of Certain Shares of Capital Stock of the Company.  All shares
of capital  stock of the Company that are owned  directly or  indirectly  by the
Company  shall be canceled and no  consideration  shall be delivered in exchange
therefor.

(iii) Conversion of Certain Other Shares of Capital Stock of the Company. All of
the issued and  outstanding  shares of the Company  Common Stock that are issued
and outstanding  immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into
the right to receive the Per Share Merger  Consideration as set forth herein and
subject to the terms and provisions of the Post-Closing Escrow Agreement.

(iv)     [Intentionally omitted.]

(v)  Adjustments to the Merger  Consideration.  If, on or prior to the Effective
Time,  Buyer  should  split or combine the Buyer  Common  Stock,  or pay a stock
dividend or other stock  distribution  on the Buyer Common  Stock,  or otherwise
change  the Buyer  Common  Stock  into any other  securities,  or make any other
dividend or distribution on the Buyer Common Stock (other than normal  quarterly
dividends,  as the same may be  adjusted  from time to time and in the  ordinary
course),  then the number of the shares of Buyer  Common  Stock  issuable as the
Merger  Consideration  will be  appropriately  adjusted  to reflect  such split,
combination, dividend or other distribution or change.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>   16





(vi) "Per Share Merger  Consideration"  means a number of shares of Buyer Common
Stock  equal to the  Merger  Consideration,  divided  by the number of shares of
Company Common Stock issued and outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective
Time,  which is set forth on  Schedule  5.2  hereto  (rounded  up or down to the
nearest whole number of shares of Buyer Common Stock).

(vii) "Merger Consideration" means 225,000 shares of Buyer Common Stock.

(e) At the Closing,  Buyer shall pay each of the Persons  identified on Schedule
5.7(b) the amount set forth  opposite such Person's name thereon  (collectively,
the "Company  Liabilities")  by wire transfer of immediately  available funds to
the  account  of  such  Person  specified  on  Schedule  5.7(b),   such  amounts
representing  repayment  or  satisfaction  in  full of all  amounts  owed by the
Company to each such Person.

(f) At the Effective Time, Buyer shall give written instructions to its transfer
agent to  deliver  certificates  representing  the Merger  Consideration  to the
Persons set forth below as follows:

(i) as soon as  practicable  following the Merger,  to Wachovia  Bank, as escrow
agent (the "Escrow Agent")  pursuant to the  Post-Closing  Escrow  Agreement,  a
certificate  representing  22,500  shares  of  Buyer  Common  Stock,  to be held
pursuant to the Post-Closing  Escrow Agreement and delivered to the Stockholders
and/or Buyer in accordance therewith; and

(ii) as soon as  practicable  after  receipt  by  such  transfer  agent  of each
Stockholder's  certificate  representing  its shares of Company Common Stock, to
each Stockholder,  a certificate representing a number of shares of Buyer Common
Stock equal to 202,500,  multiplied  by the  fraction  set forth  opposite  such
Stockholder's name on Schedule 5.2 hereto.

(g) Certificate Delivery  Requirements.  At the Effective Time, each Stockholder
shall deliver to Buyer the certificates  (the  "Certificates")  representing the
shares of Company  Common Stock held by him or her,  accompanied  by blank stock
powers duly  executed  and with all  necessary  transfer  tax and other  revenue
stamps,  acquired  at such  Stockholder's  expense,  affixed and  canceled.  The
Stockholders  shall  promptly  cure any  deficiencies  with respect to the stock
powers  accompanying  such  Certificates.  The  Certificates  so delivered shall
forthwith be delivered by Buyer to its transfer  agent and  thereupon  canceled.
Until canceled as contemplated by this Section 2.1(g), each Certificate shall be
deemed  at any time  after the  Effective  Time to  represent  only the right to
receive  the  number of shares of Buyer  Common  Stock as  provided  by,  and in
accordance with, this Agreement.

(h) No Further  Ownership Rights in Capital Stock of the Company.  All shares of
Buyer  Common  Stock  to  be  delivered  upon  the  surrender  of   Certificates
representing  the shares of Company  Common Stock in  accordance  with the terms
hereof shall be deemed to have been delivered in full satisfaction of all rights
pertaining to such shares,  and following the Effective  Time, the  Stockholders
shall have no further rights to, or ownership in, shares of

                                       -9-
<PAGE>   17



capital stock of the Company or the Surviving Corporation.  There shall be no
further registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of the Surviving
Corporation of the shares of Company Common Stock which were issued and
outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective
Time,  Certificates are presented to the Surviving  Corporation for any reason,
they shall be canceled and exchanged as provided in this Section 2.1.

(i) Lost,  Stolen or  Destroyed  Certificates.  If any  Certificates  evidencing
shares of Company Common Stock shall have been lost,  stolen or destroyed,  then
Buyer shall give written instructions to its transfer agent to deliver a portion
of the Merger  Consideration  in  exchange  for such lost,  stolen or  destroyed
Certificates  as  calculated  in  accordance  with this  Section  2.1,  upon the
delivery  to Buyer and its  transfer  agent by the  relevant  Stockholder  of an
affidavit of that fact by the holder thereof; provided, however, that Buyer may,
in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof,  require
the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificates to deliver an indemnity
bond  having such terms as it may  reasonably  direct as  indemnity  against any
claim that may be made against Buyer and its transfer  agent with respect to the
Certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 2.2       [Intentionally omitted.]

Section 2.3       [Intentionally omitted.]

Section 2.4       Qualifying Lease and Qualifying LOI Payments.

(a) Qualifying Lease Payment. On the Qualifying Lease Payment Date, if there are
one or more Qualifying Leases, Buyer will make a payment to the Stockholders, in
the  aggregate,  equal to four  times the Value of each  Qualifying  Lease  (the
"Qualifying Lease Value"). Subject to Section 2.4(c), such payment shall be made
by the delivery to the Stockholders  of, at Buyer's option,  either (i) cash, in
an amount equal to the Qualifying  Lease Value,  by wire transfer of immediately
available  funds  to  the  accounts  of  the  Stockholders   designated  by  the
Stockholders'  Representative  in writing not later than two business days prior
to the Qualifying  Lease Payment Date or (ii) shares of Buyer Common Stock in an
amount  determined  in  accordance  with the  following  sentence  or (iii)  any
combination  of cash (by wire  transfer of  immediately  available  funds to the
accounts of the Stockholders  designated by the Stockholders'  Representative in
writing not later than two business days prior to the  Qualifying  Lease Payment
Date) and shares of Buyer Common  Stock,  with an  aggregate  value equal to the
Qualifying  Lease Value on the Qualifying  Lease Payment Date (with the value of
each share of Buyer Common Stock  determined  in  accordance  with the following
sentence)  as  determined  by Buyer in its sole  discretion.  If Buyer elects to
deliver  shares of Buyer Common Stock,  the number of shares shall be determined
by dividing the Qualifying  Lease Value on the Qualifying  Lease Payment Date by
the weighted average daily closing price for the shares of Buyer Common Stock as
quoted on the Nasdaq  National  Market and  reported to The Wall Street  Journal
during  the  period  of  thirty  consecutive  trading  days  ending on the third
business day prior to the Qualifying  Lease Payment Date. Any fractional  shares
resulting from such calculation shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole
share.

(b) Qualifying LOI Payment. On the Qualifying LOI Payment Date, if there are one
or more Qualifying  Leases which resulted from Qualifying  LOI's for which Buyer
did
                                      -10-
<PAGE>   18



not make a payment to the  Stockholders  pursuant to Section  2.4(a),  Buyer
will make a payment to the Stockholders,  in the aggregate,  equal to four times
the Value of each Qualifying  Lease (other than a Qualifying Lease in respect of
which a payment  has been made  pursuant  to Section  2.4(a))  resulting  from a
Qualifying LOI (the  "Qualifying LOI Value").  Subject to Section  2.4(c),  such
payment shall be made by the delivery to the Stockholders of, at Buyer's option,
either (i) cash, in an amount equal to the Qualifying LOI Value by wire transfer
of immediately  available  funds to an account  designated by the  Stockholders'
Representative  in  writing  not  later  than  two  business  days  prior to the
Qualifying  LOI Payment  Date (ii) shares of Buyer  Common  Stock,  in an amount
determined in accordance with the following sentence or (iii) any combination of
cash (by wire  transfer of  immediately  available  funds to the accounts of the
Stockholders designated by the Stockholders' Representative in writing not later
than two business days prior to the  Qualifying  LOI Payment Date) and shares of
Buyer Common Stock, with an aggregate value equal to the Qualifying LOI Value on
the  Qualifying  LOI Payment  Date (with the value of each share of Buyer Common
Stock  determined  in accordance  with the following  sentence) as determined by
Buyer in its sole discretion.  If Buyer elects to deliver shares of Buyer Common
Stock the number of shares shall be  determined by dividing the  Qualifying  LOI
Value by the weighted average closing price for the shares of Buyer Common Stock
as quoted on the Nasdaq  National Market and reported in The Wall Street Journal
during  the  period  of  thirty  consecutive  trading  days  ending on the third
business day prior to the Qualifying  LOI Payment Date.  Any  fractional  shares
resulting from such calculation shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole
share.

(c) Any payments to be made to the Stockholders  pursuant to Sections 2.4(a) and
2.4(b)  shall  be made  such  that  the  aggregate  amount  of cash  paid to the
Stockholders  pursuant to Section  2.4(a) and 2.4(b) shall not exceed 20% of the
aggregate value of all consideration  received by such Stockholders  pursuant to
Sections 2.1(d), 2.4(a) and 2.4(b).

(d) Payments and Deliveries.  All payments and deliveries to be made pursuant to
Sections  2.4(a)  and  (b)  shall  be  apportioned  among  the  Stockholders  in
accordance with Schedule 5.2 hereto.

(e) Operations Pending Payment. The Stockholders and Buyer agree as follows with
respect  to  the  operations  of  the  Surviving  Corporation  and  the  matters
contemplated by this Section 2.4:

(i) the Surviving  Corporation  will,  for at least the  twenty-four  (24) month
period  following  Closing,  operate as the  development  department  of Buyer's
Broadcast  Division,  subject to the  provisions  of this  Agreement,  including
clause (iii) below;

(ii) For the  twenty-four  (24)  month  period  following  Closing,  Buyer  will
authorize an annual  operating  budget for the  Surviving  Corporation  at least
equal to that set forth in Part 1 of Exhibit C annexed  hereto and shall provide
the Surviving Corporation with funds consistent therewith.

(iii) Buyer shall be entitled to conduct its and its subsidiaries'  business and
operations,  and the business and  operations of the Surviving  Corporation in a
manner  consistent  with the judgment of Buyer's  Board of Directors and Buyer's
management as to the
                                      -11-
<PAGE>   19



best interest of Buyer and its subsidiaries (including the Surviving
Corporation)  and may take  actions  consistent  with such  judgment, including,
without limitation,  making any of the determinations  called for by this
Agreement,  acquiring any assets, stock or other ownership interests of any
person  or  entity  (by  purchase  of  assets  or  equity   interests,   merger,
consolidation or otherwise) or selling or otherwise disposing of all or any part
of the assets or equity  interests of Buyer or its  subsidiaries  (including the
Surviving  Corporation)  and Buyer shall have no  obligation or liability to the
Stockholders in respect of any such actions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  no
such actions taken by Buyer shall relieve Buyer from its  obligations to provide
funds  pursuant  to Section  2.4(e)(ii)  and to make the  payments  pursuant  to
Sections  2.4(a) and 2.4(b),  if any.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the
foregoing,  the  Stockholders  acknowledge  and agree  that no  representations,
warranties, covenants or agreements have been made to the Stockholders as to the
expected performance of Buyer or the Surviving  Corporation,  as to the expected
amount of the Qualifying  Lease Value,  the Qualifying LOI Value or the payments
to be made  pursuant to Sections  2.4(a) and 2.4(b),  or any guarantee as to the
amount of the Qualifying  Lease Value,  the Qualifying LOI Value or the payments
to be made pursuant to Sections 2.4(a) and 2.4(b).

(iv) Buyer shall cause the Surviving  Corporation  to commence  construction  of
each  broadcast  tower for each project which is a Qualifying  Project within 60
days after  obtaining  all necessary  governmental  permits and Licenses for the
construction and completion thereof.

(f) Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have
the meanings set forth below:

                  "Project Cost" means in respect of any  applicable  Qualifying
Project  the  entire  projected  wholesale  cost  of a  Qualifying  Project,  as
determined in the reasonable  discretion of Buyer,  taking into account the type
of tower to be built, and relevant economic and market factors and other matters
customarily  taken into account in the tower business in determining the cost of
a project,  and which  amount shall  include  $200,000 in respect of general and
administrative costs of the Company allocable to each such Qualifying Project.

                  "Qualifying  Lease"  shall  mean  a  lease  associated  with a
Qualifying  Project,  executed by a tenant and one of Buyer's  subsidiaries  (a)
within  seventeen (17) months following the Closing Date or (b) within 23 months
following  the  Closing as a result of a  Qualifying  LOI if such lease is not a
lease described in clause (a) hereof,  and, in any such case,  otherwise meeting
the criteria set forth in Part 2 of Exhibit C hereto.

                  "Qualifying  LOI"  means a  letter  of  intent  (in  form  and
substance reasonably  satisfactory to Buyer) executed by the proposed tenant and
one of Buyer's  subsidiaries  within seventeen (17) months following the Closing
Date with respect to entry into a Qualifying  Lease and which in fact results in
execution  by the  tenant  and such  subsidiary  of a  Qualifying  Lease  within
twenty-three (23) months following the Closing Date.

                  "Qualifying  Lease  Payment Date" means the date eighteen (18)
months following the Closing Date (and if such date is not a business day on the
first business day thereafter).
                                      -12-

<PAGE>   20




                  "Qualifying LOI Payment Date" means the date  twenty-four (24)
months following the Closing Date (and if such date is not a business day on the
first business day thereafter).

                  "Qualifying Project" means a project for the construction of a
tower  facility  located  within a VPI Market  that meets each of the  following
criteria:

(i) All tenants for the project  must be  reasonably  satisfactory  to Buyer and
credit-worthy  and at least one such tenant must be a  television  and/or  radio
broadcaster.

(ii) With respect to each  project,  there must be a minimum lease Value for the
first full year of the lease term greater than or equal to twelve  percent (12%)
of Project Cost.

(iii) If a project includes  deferred rent associated with land barter,  capital
contribution,  or other barter type agreements or other non-cash terms, all such
arrangements  and terms  shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Buyer.  Without
limiting  the  foregoing,  with  respect to any  project  for which the  Company
acquires or leases real  property  from any Person in exchange  for  deferred or
free  rental  payments  for tower  space by the Person  from  which the  Company
acquires or leases such real  property,  "Bartered  Revenue"  means the Bartered
Value  divided by the number of years of deferred or free  rental  payments  for
tower  space  (provided,  however,  that if such free rental is  perpetual,  the
Bartered  Value shall be divided by 30).  Bartered  Value shall be determined as
follows.  Buyer and  Sellers'  Representative  shall  negotiate in good faith to
establish  the value of any real  property  acquired or leased by the Company in
exchange  for  deferred or free rental  payments for tower space on such project
(the "Bartered Value"). If Buyer and Sellers' Representative are unable to reach
agreement  on  such  Bartered  Value  within  15  days  of the  commencement  of
discussions  to establish  such value (such  fifteenth  day,  the  "Commencement
Date"), each of Buyer and Sellers'  Representative  shall select an appraiser of
real  estate  of good  reputation  in the  market  in  question  (the  "Original
Appraisers")  to determine the value of such real  property,  which shall be the
fair market value thereof at which a willing seller would sell and willing buyer
would buy, in the case of real property  acquired by the Company,  and the value
thereof at which a willing  lessor  and a willing  lessee  would  lease for such
term,  in the case of real  property  leased by the Company,  and, in each case,
without being under  compulsion to buy, sell or lease,  as applicable,  and each
having all material information related to the property,  and based, among other
things, upon the use to be made of such real property and the uniqueness of such
property for such use in the  relevant  market (the "Real  Property  Fair Market
Value"),  and the Bartered  Value of such real property  shall be the average of
the Real Property Fair Market Value  determined  by such  appraisers;  provided,
however,  that if the Real Property Fair Market Value determined by one Original
Appraiser  is ten  percent  (10%)  greater or less than the Real  Property  Fair
Market Value determined by the other Original Appraiser, the Original Appraisers
shall select a third  appraiser of real estate of good  reputation in the market
in question (the "Third  Appraiser")  to determine the Real Property Fair Market
Value, and the Bartered Value shall be the average of the two Real Property Fair
Market Value  determinations  which are closer in value to each other. The costs
and expenses of all such appraisers shall be paid one-half by Buyer and one-half
by Sellers.  The Original  Appraisers shall complete their  determination of the
Real Property Fair Market Value
                                      -13-
<PAGE>   21



by the 30th day after the Commencement  Date and the Third  Appraiser,  if any,
shall  complete  its  determination  of the Real Property Fair Market Value by
the 30th day following its selection.

(iv) The proposed site of the tower  facility must at the time of  determination
either (x) be in receipt of all necessary  governmental  permits or licenses for
the  construction  and  completion of the project and be in compliance  with all
applicable zoning laws, ordinances,  rules and regulations; or (y) there must be
a  zoning  feasibility  study,  completed  by  a  person  or  entity  reasonably
satisfactory to Buyer, in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory to Buyer,
that  demonstrates,  to the reasonable  satisfaction of Buyer that all necessary
governmental  permits or licenses for the  construction  and  completion  of the
project can be obtained within a reasonable period of time and that there are no
conflicts with zoning laws,  ordinances,  rules or regulations that could not be
expected  to  be  resolved  satisfactorily  (as  determined  in  the  reasonable
discretion of Buyer within a reasonable period of time.

(v) The project must be projected to produce an unlevered,  compounded  internal
rate of return equal to 25%, based upon Project Cost, a terminal value of twelve
times Year 5 Cash Flow and a term of five (5) years, calculated in good faith by
Buyer, as illustrated in Part 3 of Exhibit C hereto.

         It is  understood  and  agreed  that  Buyer  may,  but  shall  have  no
obligation  to,  agree  that a project  is a  Qualifying  Project,  even if such
project  fails  to  meet  one  or  more  of the  foregoing  criteria,  and  that
commencement  of  construction of a project within 24 months of the Closing Date
shall constitute such agreement.

                  "Value" means,  for purposes of a Qualifying  Lease, the first
year lease  revenue,  including,  without  limitation,  any  management  fees in
respect thereof payable to the Company and any Bartered  Revenue of a Qualifying
Lease, net of (a) recurring expenses (including,  without limitation, land rent,
taxes and  maintenance  costs in the case of a "triple  net" lease to the extent
included  in  the  calculation  of  lease  revenue  and  land  rent,  taxes  and
maintenance  costs in the case of a "gross" lease),  such expenses as reasonably
determined  by Buyer,  and (b) any prepaid rent for periods  subsequent  to such
first year.

                  "VPI  Markets"  means  those  markets  described  in Part 4 of
Exhibit C hereto.

                  "Year 5 Cash Flow" with respect to any project  shall mean the
projected  cash flow  (i.e.,  net income  associated  with such  project  before
interest,  taxes,  depreciation and amortization) from leases for tower space on
such  project for the fifth (5th) full year of the lease term for such  project,
as such  completion date is determined  Buyer ("Year Five"),  from (i) radio and
television  broadcasters  and (ii) any other  Person  with  which the  Surviving
Corporation has entered into a binding letter of intent or binding agreement for
the rental of tower space on such project which  includes Year Five,  determined
in the reasonable discretion of Buyer.

                  (f)  Determinations.  It is  understood  and  agreed  that all
determinations  of Buyer made pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made in good
faith and the  reasonable  discretion of Buyer and so long as made in good faith
and reasonably,  shall be final and binding on the Stockholders for all purposes
of this  Agreement  and  otherwise  and shall not be subject to challenge by the
Stockholders.
                                      -14-

<PAGE>   22




Section 2.5  Supplemental  Payments.  The parties  agree that the payments to be
made to the  Stockholders  in exchange for their shares of Company  Common Stock
pursuant to Section 2.4 are being made with respect to the initial exchange, but
are being delayed from the Closing  because of the difficulty in determining the
value of the Company as of the Closing  and for other  valid  business  reasons.
Such  payments  (i) are not  being  made as  compensation,  royalties  or  other
consideration  other than as  consideration  for the  shares of  Company  Common
Stock,  (ii) are not  subject  to  adjustment  by reason of any tax audit of the
Company  or  Stockholders  and (iii)  shall be made no later than five (5) years
from the Closing Date. The parties  further agree that the rights to receive any
payments  pursuant to this Article 2 shall not be assignable except by operation
of law.  Any  shares of Buyer  Common  Stock  deposited  with the  Escrow  Agent
pursuant to Section  2.1(f)(i)  shall be reflected as issued and  outstanding on
Buyer's  balance  sheet,  and all dividends with respect to such shares of Buyer
Common  Stock  shall be for the  account of the party  receiving  such shares of
Buyer  Common  Stock upon  distribution  by the  Escrow  Agent  pursuant  to the
Post-Closing Escrow Agreement, and all voting rights with respect to such shares
of  Buyer  Common  Stock  shall  be  exercisable  by  the  Stockholders   unless
distributed  by the Escrow  Agent to Buyer.  The  Stockholders'  receipt of such
shares of Buyer Common Stock shall not be subject to employment conditions,  and
such shares of Buyer  Common  Stock shall be released  from escrow no later than
five (5) years from the Closing Date.

Section 2.6 Tax Treatment of Payments.  The parties intend that the  transaction
being contemplated by this Agreement will constitute a reorganization within the
meaning of Sections  368(a)(1)(A)  and  368(a)(2)(E)  of the Code, and that they
will reasonably cooperate in taking any actions required or appropriate in order
to qualify for such  treatment,  including,  without  limitation,  the filing of
appropriate  reports,  elections  and  declarations  with the  Internal  Revenue
Service with respect to the transaction characterizing it as such.

                                   ARTICLE 3

         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDERS RELATING TO
                                THE STOCKHOLDERS

         Each of the Stockholders  hereby  represents and warrants to Buyer that
the  statements  contained  in this Article 3 are correct and complete as of the
date of this  Agreement  and will be correct and complete as of the Closing Date
(as though made then and as though the  Closing  Date were  substituted  for the
date of this Agreement throughout this Article 3).

Section 3.1  Authorization of Transaction;  Consents.  Each Stockholder has full
power and  authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and the  agreements
contemplated  hereby and to perform his  obligations  hereunder and  thereunder.
This  Agreement  constitutes  the valid and legally  binding  obligation of each
Stockholder,  enforceable  against him or her in  accordance  with its terms and
conditions.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2, none of the Stockholders needs
to give any  notice  to,  make any filing  with,  or obtain  any  authorization,
consent or approval of any Governmental  Authority or other third party in order
to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the agreements
contemplated  hereby and the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby in a
lawful  manner  and  without   causing  a

                                      -15-
<PAGE>   23



default  under,   conflict  with,  or acceleration,  violation or termination of
any legal requirement and contract or agreement to which any Stockholder or the
Company is a party or bound.

Section  3.2  Noncontravention.  Except  for any  notices  that may be  required
pursuant to the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act or as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.2,
neither  the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and  the  agreements
contemplated hereby by any Stockholder, nor the consummation of the transactions
contemplated  hereby  and  thereby  by any  Stockholder,  will (A)  violate  any
statute, regulation,  rule, injunction,  judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge
or other  restriction of any Governmental  Authority to which any Stockholder or
the  Company  is  subject  or  any  provision  of the  Company's  organizational
documents  or (B)  conflict  with,  result in a breach of,  constitute a default
under,  result  in the  acceleration  of,  create  in any  party  the  right  to
accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or  cancel,  or require  any notice  under any
agreement,  contract, lease, license,  instrument, or other arrangement to which
any Stockholder or the Company is a party or by which any of them is bound or to
which any of their assets are subject.

Section  3.3  Brokers'  Fees.  None of the  Stockholders  has any  liability  or
obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker,  finder,  or agent with
respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 3.4 Investment. Each of the Stockholders (A) understands that the shares
of Buyer Common Stock to be delivered to them  pursuant to this  Agreement  have
not been, and will not be,  registered  under the  Securities  Act, or under any
state  securities  laws, and are being offered and sold in reliance upon federal
and state exemptions for transactions not involving any public offering,  (B) is
acquiring the shares of Buyer Common Stock to be acquired by it pursuant to this
Agreement solely for his own account for investment purposes and not with a view
to the distribution thereof, (C) is a sophisticated  investor with knowledge and
experience  in  business  and  financial  matters,   (D)  has  received  certain
information  concerning  Buyer and has had the opportunity to obtain  additional
information as desired in order to evaluate the merits and the risks inherent in
holding the shares of Buyer  Common  Stock to be acquired by it pursuant to this
Agreement,  (E) is able to bear the economic risk and lack of liquidity inherent
in holding  the shares of Buyer  Common  Stock to be  acquired by it pursuant to
this  Agreement,  and (F) is an Accredited  Investor.  Each of the  Stockholders
understands  that he will be  required to sign a Lock-Up  Agreement  pursuant to
Section 7.9 and that the Lock-Up Agreement will contain certain  restrictions on
the  transfer of the shares of Buyer  Common Stock to be acquired by it pursuant
to this  Agreement.  Each of the  Stockholders  understands  and agrees that the
certificates  representing the shares of Buyer Common Stock to be acquired by it
pursuant to this  Agreement  will bear a legend  substantially  to the following
effect:

         THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 NOR UNDER  APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS,
         AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF UNLESS THEY
         HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM  REGISTRATION
         IS AVAILABLE.
                                      -16-

<PAGE>   24




         THE CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE DIFFERENT  CLASSES AND SERIES OF
         CAPITAL STOCK.  THE CORPORATION  WILL FURNISH ANY  SHAREHOLDER  WITHOUT
         CHARGE,  UPON  REQUEST IN  WRITING,  A STATEMENT  OF THE  DESIGNATIONS,
         RELATIVE RIGHTS,  PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS  APPLICABLE TO EACH CLASS
         OF  CAPITAL  STOCK OF THE  CORPORATION  AND OF  VARIATIONS  IN  RIGHTS,
         PREFERENCES  AND  LIMITATIONS   DETERMINED  FOR  EACH  SERIES  AND  THE
         AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO  DETERMINE  THE  VARIATIONS  FOR
         FUTURE SERIES.

Section  3.5  The  Shares.  The  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock  held by the
Stockholders and set forth on Exhibit A hereto  constitute all of the issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company and are free and clear of any
restrictions on transfer,  Taxes,  Liens,  options,  warrants,  purchase rights,
contracts,  commitments,  equities, claims and demands. None of the Stockholders
is a  party  to any  option,  warrant,  purchase  right  or  other  contract  or
commitment that could require him to sell,  transfer or otherwise dispose of any
capital stock of the Company  (other than this  Agreement) or that would require
the Company to issue any capital stock of the Company to any Person. None of the
Stockholders  is a party  to any  voting  trust,  proxy or  other  agreement  or
understanding  with  respect to the voting of any capital  stock of the Company,
other than this Agreement,  or any other agreement or understanding  relating to
the Company or its capital stock.

Section  3.6  Litigation.  None  of  the  Stockholders  is  (i)  subject  to any
outstanding injunction,  judgment,  order, decree, ruling or charge or (ii) is a
party to or, to the  Knowledge of such  Stockholder,  is threatened to be made a
party to, any  action,  suit,  proceeding,  hearing or  investigation  of, in or
before any court or quasi  judicial  or  administrative  agency of any  federal,
state, local or foreign  jurisdiction or before any arbitrator that could result
in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.7 Disclosure.  The  representations  and warranties  contained in this
Article 3 do not  contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements and  information
in this Article 3 not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE 4

             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND MERGER SUB

         Each of Buyer and Merger Sub represents and warrants to the Company and
the Stockholders as to itself only that the statements contained in this Article
4 are correct and complete as of the date of this  Agreement and will be correct
and  complete  as of the  Closing  Date (as  though  made then and as though the
Closing Date were  substituted  for the date of this Agreement  throughout  this
Article 4).

Section 4.1  Organization  of Buyer and Merger Sub. Buyer is a corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware.  Merger
                                      -17-

<PAGE>   25


Sub is a corporation  duly organized,  validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 4.2 Authorization of Transaction; Consents. Each of Buyer and Merger Sub
has full power and  authority  to execute and  deliver  this  Agreement  and the
agreements  contemplated  hereby and to perform its  obligations  hereunder  and
thereunder.  This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation
of each of Buyer and Merger Sub, enforceable against them in accordance with its
terms and  conditions.  Except for any notices that may be required  pursuant to
the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act or  under  federal  or state  securities  laws or as
otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.2,  neither Buyer nor Merger Sub needs to give
any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any  authorization,  consent,  or
approval  of any  Governmental  Authority  or  other  third  party  in  order to
consummate the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement and the agreements
contemplated  hereby in a lawful  manner and  without  causing a default  under,
conflict  with,  or   acceleration,   violation  or  termination  of  any  legal
requirement  or contract or agreement to which Buyer or Merger Sub is a party or
bound.

Section  4.3  Noncontravention.  Except  for any  notices  that may be  required
pursuant to the  Hart-Scott-Rodino Act or under federal or state securities laws
or as otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.2, neither the execution and delivery by
each of Buyer and Merger Sub of this Agreement and the  agreements  contemplated
hereby, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
by Buyer and  Merger  Sub,  will (A)  violate  any  statute,  regulation,  rule,
injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any
Governmental  Authority to which Buyer or Merger Sub is subject or any provision
of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (B) conflict with,  result in a
breach of, constitute a default under,  result in the acceleration of, create in
any party the right to accelerate,  terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any
notice under any  agreement,  contract,  lease,  license,  instrument,  or other
arrangement  to which  Buyer or Merger Sub is a party or by which it is bound or
to which any of its assets is subject.

Section 4.4 Brokers'  Fees.  Neither  Buyer nor Merger Sub has any  liability or
obligation to pay any fees or  commissions  to any broker,  finder or agent with
respect  to the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  except for the
broker fee payable to Communications Equity Associates.

Section 4.5 Share  Validity.  The shares of Buyer Common  Stock  issuable to the
Stockholders  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be, upon issuance in accordance
with  this  Agreement  duly   authorized,   validly   issued,   fully  paid  and
nonassessable,  and free and clear of any liens and preemptive and other similar
rights.

Section  4.6  Securities  Law  Compliance.  Buyer has  given  the  Stockholders'
Representative  and his agents, and agrees to continue to give the Stockholders'
Representative  and his agents through the Closing Date, the  opportunity to ask
questions of, and receive answers from,  executive  officers of Buyer concerning
Buyer and the shares of Buyer Common Stock issuable to the Stockholders pursuant
to this Agreement. Neither Buyer nor, to Buyer's Knowledge, any Person acting on
its behalf has, in connection with the shares of Buyer Common Stock to be issued
pursuant to this Agreement  engaged in (A) any form of general  solicitation  or
                                      -18-
<PAGE>   26




general  advertising  (as those terms are used within the meaning of Rule 502(c)
under the Securities Act), (B) any action involving a public offering within the
meaning of Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act,  or (C) any action  that would
require the  registration  under the  Securities Act of the offering and sale of
the shares of Buyer Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or that
would violate  applicable state securities or "Blue Sky" laws. The Buyer has not
made and will not prior to the Closing make,  directly or indirectly,  any offer
or sale of  securities  of the same or a  similar  class as the  shares of Buyer
Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement if as a result the issuance
of the shares of Buyer  Common  Stock to be issued  pursuant  to this  Agreement
would fail to be entitled to exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities  Act. As used in this Section 4.6, the terms  "offer" and "sale" have
the meanings specified in Section 2(3) of the Securities Act.

Section 4.7 SEC  Filings.  Buyer's  filings  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  since September 2, 1999, did not at the time they were filed contain
any untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state any  material  fact
required to be stated or necessary in order to make the statements made in those
reports,  in  light  of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
misleading.

Section 4.8 Disclosure.  The  representations  and warranties  contained in this
Article 4 do not  contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state  any  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  and
information contained in this Article 4 not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDERS
                        CONCERNING COMPANY

         Each Stockholder and the Company  represents and warrants to Buyer that
the  statements  contained  in this Article 5 are correct and complete as of the
date of this  Agreement  and will be correct and complete as of the Closing Date
(as though made then and as though the  Closing  Date were  substituted  for the
date of this Agreement throughout this Article 5).

Section 5.1       Organization, Qualification, Corporate Power, Authorization of
                   Transaction.

(a) The Company is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing,  and in good
standing under the laws of the State of New York. The Company is duly authorized
to conduct business and is in good standing under the laws of the  jurisdictions
set  forth  on  Schedule  5.1,  which  are the  only  jurisdictions  where  such
qualification is required except where failure to be so qualified would not have
a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has full power and authority necessary to
carry on the businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties
owned and used by it.  Schedule  5.1 lists the  directors  and  officers  of the
Company.  The Company has delivered to Buyer correct and complete  copies of the
charter and bylaws of the Company  (as amended to date) and  complete  copies of
the minute books  (containing the records of meetings of the  stockholders,  the
board of directors  and any  committees  of the board

                                      -19-
<PAGE>   27



of  directors),  the stock certificate books and the stock record books of the
Company.  The Company is not in default under or in violation of any provision
of its charter or bylaws.

(b) The Company has full  corporate  power and  authority to execute and deliver
this  Agreement  and the  agreements  contemplated  hereby  and to  perform  its
obligations  hereunder  and  thereunder.  The execution and the delivery of this
Agreement and the agreements  contemplated  hereby and the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby have been duly  authorized by all
necessary  action on the part of the Board of  Directors  and the  Stockholders,
which constitutes all corporate and stockholder  action necessary on the part of
the Company and its stockholders to authorize the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the agreements  contemplated  hereby and the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby by the  Company.  The Company has
provided  Buyer with a true,  correct and complete  copies of unanimous  written
consents of its Board of Directors and  Stockholders  authorizing  the execution
and delivery of this  Agreement and the agreements  contemplated  hereby and the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  thereby  and such
unanimous  written  consents remain in full force and effect,  and have not been
amended,  modified or rescinded.  No Stockholder  has exercised or perfected its
rights to receive  payment for shares  pursuant to Section 910 of Chapter 855 of
the NYBCL.

Section 5.2  Capitalization.  The entire authorized capital stock of the Company
consists of 200 shares of Company  Common Stock,  of which 100 shares are issued
and  outstanding  and  held by the  Stockholders  (and  no  shares  are  held in
treasury).  Each of the Stockholders owns, legally and beneficially,  the number
of shares of Company Common Stock set forth opposite his or her name on Schedule
5.2.  The  Stockholders  whose names are marked with an asterisk on Schedule 5.2
are the only  employees  of the Company who hold any  securities  of the Company
(the "Employee Stockholders").  Other than as set forth in the first sentence of
this Section 5.2,  there are no  authorized  or issued and  outstanding  capital
stock or other  securities of the Company.  All of the shares of Company  Common
Stock  have  been  duly   authorized,   are  validly  issued,   fully  paid  and
nonassessable,  not  subject to  preemptive  or  similar  rights and are held of
record and beneficially by the Stockholders. All of the shares of Company Common
Stock were issued in accordance with all applicable  securities  laws. There are
no outstanding or authorized  options,  warrants,  purchase  rights,  redemption
rights,  subscription  rights,  conversion  rights,  exchange  rights  or  other
contracts or  commitments  of any  character  that could  require the Company to
issue,  sell or otherwise cause to become  outstanding any of its capital stock.
There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit
participation or similar rights with respect to the Company. There are no voting
trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting
of the capital  stock of the Company or otherwise  relating to the capital stock
of the Company.

Section 5.3  Noncontravention;  Consents.  Except as set forth in Schedule  5.3,
neither the  execution  and the delivery of this  Agreement  and the  agreements
contemplated   hereby  by  the   Stockholders,   nor  the  consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  thereby by the  Stockholders,  will (i)
violate any statute,  regulation,  rule,  injunction,  judgment,  order, decree,
ruling,  charge or other restriction of any Governmental  Authority to which the
Company is subject or any  provision  of the charter or bylaws or other  similar
governing  instrument of the Company or (ii) conflict  with,  result in a breach
of,  constitute a default under,  result in the  acceleration  of, create in any
party the right to  accelerate,  terminate,  modify or

                                      -20-

<PAGE>   28


cancel,  or  require  any notice  under any  agreement,  contract,  lease,
license,  instrument  or other arrangement  to which the Company is a party or
by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject or result in the
imposition of any Lien upon any of its assets.  Except as set forth in Schedule
5.3,  the Company does not need to give any notice to, make any filing with, or
obtain any  authorization,  consent or approval of any Governmental  Authority
or other third party in order for the parties hereto to consummate the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement in a lawful  manner  and  without
causing  a  default  under,  conflict  with,  or acceleration,  violation or
termination of, any legal requirement or contract or agreement to which the
Company is a party or bound.

Section 5.4 Brokers' Fees. The Company has no liability or obligation to pay any
fees or  commissions  to any  broker,  finder,  or  agent  with  respect  to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.5 Title to Assets.  The Company has good and marketable title to, or a
valid  leasehold  interest in, the properties and assets used by it, all of such
properties  and assets are located on its premises,  as shown on the Most Recent
Balance Sheet or acquired after the date thereof,  and are free and clear of all
Liens,  except for (i) liens for  current  taxes not yet due and  payable,  (ii)
inchoate materialmen's,  mechanics', workmen's and repairmen's liens incurred in
the  Ordinary  Course of Business and which are not in default,  (iii)  recorded
easements  and  rights  of way  which do not  materially  adversely  affect  the
marketability  or use or  value  of the  applicable  parcel  of real  estate  as
presently  used and (iv) the  Liens  set forth in  Schedule  5.5 which  shall be
removed when  indicated  in Schedule 5.5 at or prior to Closing (the  "Permitted
Liens").

Section 5.6       Subsidiaries.  The Company has no Subsidiaries and has no
direct or indirect equity participation in any Person.

Section 5.7 Financial  Statements.  Attached  hereto as Schedule  5.7(a) are the
unaudited  balance  sheets and  statements of income,  changes in  stockholders'
equity and cash flow (the "Financial Statements") as of and for the twelve month
period  ended  December  28,  1999 (the "Most  Recent  Fiscal Year End") for the
Company.  The  Financial  Statements  (including  the notes  thereto)  have been
prepared in accordance  with GAAP applied on a consistent  basis  throughout the
periods covered thereby,  present fairly the financial  condition of the Company
as of such dates and the results of  operations of the Company for such periods,
are correct and complete,  and are consistent  with the books and records of the
Company (which books and records are correct and complete).

Section 5.8 Events  Subsequent  to Most Recent  Fiscal Year End.  Since the Most
Recent  Fiscal  Year End,  no  Material  Adverse  Effect has  occurred.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing,  since that date,  except as set forth
on Schedule 5.8:

(i) The  Company  has not sold,  leased,  transferred,  or  assigned  any of its
assets,  tangible  or  intangible,  other than for a fair  consideration  in the
Ordinary Course of Business;
                                      -21-

<PAGE>   29




(ii) the Company has not entered into any agreement,  contract, lease or license
(or series of related  agreements,  contracts,  leases and licenses) outside the
Ordinary Course of Business;

(iii) the Company has not  accelerated,  terminated,  modified or cancelled  any
material agreement, contract, lease or license (or series of related agreements,
contracts, leases and licenses);

(iv) the Company  has not  imposed any Lien upon any of its assets,  tangible or
intangible, other than Permitted Liens;

(v) the  Company  has not made any  capital  expenditure  (or  series of related
capital expenditures) either involving more than $25,000 or outside the Ordinary
Course of Business;

(vi) the Company has not made any capital investment in, any loan or advance to,
or any  acquisition  of the securities or assets of, any other Person (or series
of related capital  investments,  loans, and acquisitions) either involving more
than $25,000 or outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

(vii) the  Company  has not issued  any note,  bond or other  debt  security  or
created,  incurred, assumed or guaranteed any indebtedness for borrowed money or
capitalized lease obligation;

(viii) the Company has not delayed or postponed the payment of accounts  payable
and other Liabilities outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

(ix) the Company has not cancelled, compromised, waived or released any right or
claim (or  series of related  rights  and  claims)  either  involving  more than
$25,000 or outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

(x) the Company has not granted any license or sublicense of any rights under or
with respect to any Intellectual Property;

(xi) there has been no change made or authorized in the charter or bylaws of the
Company;

(xii) the  Company  has not  issued,  sold or  otherwise  disposed of any of its
capital  stock or other equity  interest,  or granted any  options,  warrants or
other  rights to  purchase or obtain  (including  upon  conversion,  exchange or
exercise) any of its capital stock or other equity;

(xiii) the Company has not declared,  set aside or paid any dividend or made any
distribution with respect to its capital stock or other equity interest (whether
in cash or in kind) or redeemed,  purchased,  or  otherwise  acquired any of its
capital stock or other equity;

(xiv) the Company has not experienced  any damage,  destruction or loss (whether
or not covered by insurance) to its property;

                                      -22-
<PAGE>   30





(xv) except as set forth on Schedule  5.7(b),  the Company has not made any loan
or advance to, or entered into any other transaction with, any of its directors,
officers or employees or with any of the  Stockholders or any of its Affiliates,
outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

(xvi) the Company has not granted any increase in the base  compensation  of any
of its directors,  officers,  independent  contractors or employees  outside the
Ordinary Course of Business;

(xvii) the Company has not adopted, amended, modified or terminated any Employee
Plan  or  Compensation   Arrangement   (including  any  bonus,   profit-sharing,
incentive, severance,  termination, change of control or other plan, contract or
commitment for the benefit of any of its directors, officers or employees);

(xviii)  the  Company  has not made any  other  change  in  employment  terms or
engagement terms for any of its directors,  officers, independent contractors or
employees outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

(xix)  the  Company  has not made or  pledged  to make any  charitable  or other
capital contribution;

(xx) there has not been any other material occurrence,  event, incident, action,
failure to act or transaction  outside the Ordinary Course of Business involving
the Company; and

(xxi) the Company has not committed to any of the foregoing.

Section 5.9 Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.7(b), the
Company  has no  Liability  (and  there is no Basis  for any  present  or future
action, suit, proceeding,  hearing,  investigation,  charge, complaint, claim or
demand against it giving rise to any Liability),  except for (i) Liabilities set
forth on the face of the Financial  Statements and (ii)  Liabilities  which have
arisen after the date of the Most Recent Fiscal Year End in the Ordinary  Course
of Business  which in the aggregate do not exceed $25,000 (none of which results
from, arises out of, relates to, is in the nature of or was caused by any breach
of contract,  breach of warranty,  tort,  infringement or violation of law). The
Liabilities  described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence include
the Company Liabilities.

Section 5.10 Legal Compliance. The Company has complied in all material respects
with  all  applicable  laws  (including  rules,   regulations,   codes,   plans,
injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, and charges thereunder) of all
Governmental   Authorities,   and  no   action,   suit,   proceeding,   hearing,
investigation,  charge,  complaint,  claim,  demand, or notice has been filed or
commenced against it alleging any failure so to comply.

Section 5.11      Tax Matters.

(a) The Company has (i) duly filed or caused to be filed in a timely  manner all
Tax  Returns  that it was  required  to file with the  appropriate  Governmental
Authorities,  and  (ii)  paid  or  made  adequate  provision  in  the  Financial
Statements  in  accordance  with GAAP for the

                                      -23-
<PAGE>   31



payment  of all Taxes owed by the Company.  All of the Tax Returns  referred to
in clause  (i),  above, are true, correct and complete in all material respects.
The Company has withheld and paid all Taxes  required to have been  withheld and
paid in  connection  with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent
contractor, creditor, stockholder, or other third party.

(b) The  Company  has not  executed  any waiver or  extension  of any statute of
limitations  on the  assessment  or collection of any Tax of the Company or with
respect to any liability arising therefrom.  None of the Tax Returns filed by or
on  behalf  of the  Company  is  currently  being  audited  by any  Governmental
Authority,  and there are no other  examinations,  requests for  information  or
other  administrative or judicial  proceedings  pending with respect to Taxes of
the Company.  Neither the Internal  Revenue  Service nor any other  Governmental
Authority has asserted any deficiency or claim for additional Taxes against,  or
any adjustment of Taxes  relating to the Company.  No claim has been made by any
Governmental  Authority  in a  jurisdiction  where the Company does not file Tax
Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that  jurisdiction.  Neither
the Stockholders nor the Company expect any Governmental Authority to assess any
additional  Taxes for any period of the Company for which Tax Returns  have been
filed.

(c)      Schedule 5.11 lists all jurisdictions in which the Company is required
 to file a state Tax Return.

(d) The Company has delivered to Buyer: (i) true, correct and complete copies of
all Tax  Returns  filed by or on behalf of the Company  with  respect to taxable
periods ending on or after December 31, 1996, and (ii) all  examination  reports
and statements of deficiency  asserted  against or agreed to by the Company with
respect to Taxes since January 1, 1996. Schedule 5.11 contains true, correct and
complete information,  as of the end of the most recently concluded taxable year
of the Company,  regarding:  (i) the Tax basis of the assets of the Company, and
the depreciation and amortization  schedules  relating to such assets,  (ii) the
Tax basis in the stock of the Company and (iii) the earnings  and  profits,  net
operating loss carryovers, and other Tax attributes, credits and carryover items
(and any limitations applicable to any of the foregoing) of the Company.

                  (e) There are no proposed  reassessments of any property owned
by the  Company  that would  affect the Taxes of the  Company  after the Closing
Date. There are no Tax liens on any assets of the Company,  other than liens for
current Taxes not yet due and payable.

                  (f) The Company has no  liability  for the Taxes of any person
or entity (other than the Company)  pursuant to Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury
Regulations  promulgated  under  the  Code  (the  "Treasury  Regulations"),  any
comparable  provisions  of any state,  local or foreign  Tax law in respect of a
consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return, or by contract or otherwise. As of
the Closing,  there will be no tax sharing agreements or similar arrangements in
effect with respect to or involving the Company.

                  (g)      No consent under Section 341(f) of the Code has been
 filed with respect to the Company.
                                      -24-

<PAGE>   32




                  (h) The  Company  does not have any income or gain  reportable
for a period  ending after the Closing Date but  attributable  to a  transaction
(e.g., an installment  sale) occurring in, or a change in accounting method made
for, a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date which resulted in a
deferred  reporting of income or gain from such  transaction or from such change
in accounting method.

                  (i) The  Company has not been a "United  States real  property
holding corporation," within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during
the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.

                  (j)  The  Company  has  not  entered  into  any   compensatory
agreements with respect to the performance of services which payment  thereunder
would result in a  non-deductible  expense to such  company  pursuant to Section
280G of the Code.

                  (k) The Company has been taxable as an "S Corporation"  within
the meaning of Section 1361(a) of the Code throughout its entire existence.

Section 5.12      Broadcast Towers; Regulatory Requirements.

(a)      [Intentionally omitted.]

(b) Schedule  5.12(b) sets forth a list of all Licenses of the Company  together
with all  amendments and  modifications  thereto and all  applications  by or on
behalf  of  the  Company  for  Licenses.  Such  Licenses  constitute  all of the
licenses,  permits and  authorizations  necessary to conduct the business of the
Company as currently operated in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations
of all  Governmental  Authorities.  The Company is in compliance with all of the
requirements  of the Licenses.  If required by the rules and  regulations of the
FAA  and  FCC,  the  Company  has  received  for  each  broadcast  tower  an FAA
Determination of No Hazard and has registered each broadcast tower with the FCC.
All such  Licenses  are valid and in full force and  effect  and no  suspension,
cancellation  or  termination  of any of the  Licenses  is  pending  or,  to the
Knowledge of the Stockholders and the Company,  threatened. There are no pending
or, to the Knowledge of the Stockholders and the Company,  threatened complaints
or other  objections  concerning any broadcast  tower before the FAA, the FCC or
any other Governmental Authority. The Company has filed all returns, reports and
statements  required  to be  filed by it with  the  FCC,  the FAA and any  other
Governmental Authority. All of such returns, reports and statements are complete
and correct as filed.  The broadcast towers are in compliance with and have been
operated and maintained in accordance with all  requirements of the FAA, the FCC
and other Governmental Authorities.

Section 5.13      Real Property.  Schedule 5.13 contains a true and complete
description of the Real Property. With respect to each parcel of Real Property:

(a) with respect to any owned parcel of Real Property,  the Company has good and
marketable  title to such parcel of Real Property,  free and clear of any Liens,
except for Permitted Liens;

(b) with respect to any leased or  subleased  Real  Property,  the Company has a
valid leasehold or subleasehold  interest to such parcel of Real Property,  free
and clear of any
                                      -25-

<PAGE>   33


Liens other than Permitted  Liens,  and assuming  compliance by the Company with
the terms of the lease or sublease,  the Company has a right of quiet enjoyment
of such parcel of Real Property;

(c) there  are no  pending  or, to the  Knowledge  of the  Stockholders  and the
Company, threatened condemnation proceedings, lawsuits or administrative actions
relating to such property or other matters affecting  adversely the current use,
occupancy, or value thereof;

(d) the legal  description  for such  parcel  contained  in the deed or lease or
sublease thereof  describes such parcel fully and adequately,  the buildings and
improvements  are located within the boundary lines of the described  parcels of
land, are not in violation of applicable setback  requirements,  zoning laws and
ordinances (and none of the properties or buildings or improvements  thereon are
subject  to  "permitted   non-conforming   use"  or  "permitted   non-conforming
structure"  classifications),  and do not  encroach  on any  easement  which may
burden  the land,  and the land does not serve any  adjoining  property  for any
purpose  inconsistent  with the use of the land, and the property is not located
within any flood plain or subject to any similar type  restriction for which any
permits or licenses necessary to the use thereof have not been obtained;

(e) other than as disclosed on Schedule  5.13,  there are no leases,  subleases,
licenses,  concessions  or other  agreements,  written or oral,  granting to any
party or parties the right of use or  occupancy of any portion of such parcel of
real property other than the Company;

(f)  with  respect  to any Real  Property  owned by the  Company,  there  are no
outstanding  options or rights of first  refusal to purchase such parcel of real
property,  or any portion  thereof or interest  therein,  and the Company has no
option or right of first  refusal to purchase  any Real  Property  leased by the
Company;

(g) there are no parties (other than the Company and, with respect to parcels of
Real Property for which the Company holds an option to lease or to purchase such
Real Property (a "Real  Property  Option"),  the Person  granting such option to
lease or option to purchase, as applicable) in possession of such parcel of Real
Property,  other than tenants under any leases or licenses disclosed in Schedule
5.13;

(h) all  facilities  located on such parcel of Real  Property are supplied  with
utilities and other  services,  including gas,  electricity,  water,  telephone,
sanitary  sewer  and  storm  sewer,  in  accordance  with all  applicable  laws,
ordinances,  rules and  regulations  and are  provided  via public  roads or via
permanent,  irrevocable,  appurtenant  easements  benefiting such parcel of real
property,  the  facilities  are in good order and repair,  and in a good,  safe,
substantial condition, free from defects; all plumbing,  heating, electrical and
air conditioning systems and equipment and systems therein are in good order and
repair and operating  condition;  the facilities are  constructed  and completed
strictly in compliance with all applicable  laws and accepted  standards of good
materials   and   workmanship,    all   electrical,    plumbing,   heating   and
air-conditioning  and exterior drainage systems,  in or on the Real Property are
in good  condition and working order,  all facilities  located on such parcel of
Real  Property  (other than any parcel  subject to a Real  Property  Option) are
supplied with utilities and other  services  necessary for the

                                      -26-
<PAGE>   34



operation of such facilities,  including gas, electricity,  water,  telephone,
sanitary sewer and storm sewer, all of which are adequate;

(i) such parcel of Real Property abuts on and has direct  vehicular  access to a
public  road,  or has  access  to a public  road via a  permanent,  irrevocable,
appurtenant  easement benefiting the parcel of real property,  and access to the
property  is provided  by paved  public  right-of-way  with  adequate  curb cuts
available;

(j) the Company has  delivered  to Buyer true and  complete  copies of any deed,
lease, sublease or agreement setting forth a Real Property Option; and

(k) each Real  Property  Option may be terminated at the election of the Company
on no more than 90 days' prior  notice and  without the payment of any  penalty,
fee, expenses or other amounts to any other Person.

Section  5.14  Intellectual  Property.  The Company owns or has the right to use
pursuant  to license,  sublicense,  agreement  or  permission  all  Intellectual
Property necessary for the operation of the business of the Company as presently
conducted. The Company has not interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated,
or otherwise come into conflict with any  Intellectual  Property rights of third
parties, and the Company has not received any complaint, claim, demand or notice
alleging  any such  interference,  infringement,  misappropriation  or violation
(including  any claim that the Company  must  license or refrain  from using any
Intellectual  Property  rights  of any third  party).  To the  Knowledge  of the
Stockholders  and the Company,  no third party has  interfered  with,  infringed
upon,  misappropriated  or otherwise  come into conflict  with any  Intellectual
Property  rights  of  the  Company.  Schedule  5.14  identifies  all  registered
Intellectual  Property of the Company and each pending application  therefor and
identifies  each license,  agreement or other  permission  which the Company has
granted to any third party with respect to any of its Intellectual Property.

Section  5.15  Tangible  Assets.  The  Company  owns or  leases  all  buildings,
machinery,  equipment and other tangible assets necessary for the conduct of its
business as presently conducted.  Each such tangible asset is free from material
defects  (patent and latent),  has been  maintained  in  accordance  with normal
industry practice, is in good operating condition and repair and is suitable for
the purposes for which it presently is used.  Schedule 5.15 sets forth a list of
all material  items of tangible  assets of the Company,  including  the location
thereof.

Section 5.16  Contracts.  Schedule 5.16 contains a true and complete list of all
Contracts,  except for Contracts entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business
which involve annual  expenditures of no more than $20,000 per year per Contract
or $50,000 per year  collectively for all such Contracts which are not listed on
Schedule 5.16 (other than any Contracts  constituting Real Property Options, all
of which are listed on Schedule  5.16).  The Company  has  delivered  to Buyer a
correct and complete  copy of each  written  Contract (as amended to date) and a
written  summary  setting forth the terms and  conditions of each oral Contract.
Each Contract is legal, valid, binding,  enforceable against the Company and, to
the Knowledge of the Stockholders and the Company, each other party thereto, and
in full  force and  effect in  accordance  with its terms.  Each  Contract  will
continue to be legal, valid,  binding,  enforceable and in full force and effect
on identical terms following the consummation of the

                                      -27-
<PAGE>   35



transactions  contemplated hereby.  Neither the Company,  nor to the Knowledge
of the  Stockholders and the Company,  any other  party  thereto is in material
breach or default  under any Contract, and, to the Knowledge of the Stockholders
and the Company,  no event has  occurred  which with notice or lapse of time
would  constitute a breach or default under any Contract, or permit termination,
modification or acceleration, or reduce the amount of payments due the Company,
or give rise to any liquidated damages,  under  any  Contract.  No party to any
Contract  has  repudiated  any provision of such Contract.

Section  5.17  Notes and  Accounts  Receivable;  Accounts  Payable.  All  notes,
accounts  receivable,  unbilled  work in process and other debts due the Company
are reflected properly on its books and records,  are valid receivables  subject
to no  setoffs  or  counterclaims,  are  current  and  collectible,  and will be
collected in accordance with their terms at their recorded amounts, subject only
to the reserve  for bad debts set forth on the face of the Most  Recent  Balance
Sheet.  The Company has paid on a timely basis all of its  accounts  payable and
such accounts payable arose in the Ordinary Course of Business.

Section 5.18      Powers of Attorney. Schedule 5.18 lists all outstanding powers
of attorney executed on behalf of the Company.

Section 5.19 Insurance.  Schedule 5.19 sets forth the following information with
respect  to  each  insurance  policy  (including  policies  providing  property,
casualty,  liability,  and  workers'  compensation  coverage and bond and surety
arrangements) to which the Company is a party, a named insured, or otherwise the
beneficiary of coverage:

(a)      the name of the insurer, the name of the policyholder and the name of
 each covered insured;

(b)      the policy number and the period of coverage;

(c) the scope  (including  an indication of whether the coverage was on a claims
made,  occurrence  or other basis) and amount  (including a  description  of how
deductibles and ceilings are calculated and operate) of coverage; and

(d) a description of any retroactive  premium  adjustments or other loss-sharing
arrangements.

With  respect to each such  insurance  policy:  (A) the policy is legal,  valid,
binding,  enforceable and in full force and effect; (B) the policy will continue
to be  legal,  valid,  binding,  enforceable  and in full  force  and  effect on
identical terms  following the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby;  (C) neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the  Stockholders  and
the  Company,  any other party to the policy is in breach or default  thereunder
(including  with  respect to the payment of premiums or the giving of  notices),
and no event  has  occurred  which,  with  notice  or the  lapse of time,  would
constitute  such a breach or default,  or permit  termination,  modification  or
acceleration,  under the policy;  and (D) no party to the policy has  repudiated
any provision  thereof.  The Company has been covered during the past 2 years by
insurance in scope and amount  customary and  reasonable  for the  businesses in
which  it  has  engaged   during  such  period.   Schedule  5.19  describes  any
self-insurance  arrangements  affecting  the  Company.  Except  as set  forth on
Schedule 5.19, the Company has not been subject to, nor has any insurer

                                      -28-
<PAGE>   36



defended or settled, on behalf of the Company, or paid out money on behalf of
the Company with respect to any workers' compensation claim or any claim under
any insurance policy where the aggregate amount at issue exceeded $5,000.

Section 5.20  Litigation.  Schedule  5.20 sets forth each  instance in which the
Company (i) is subject to any outstanding injunction,  judgment,  order, decree,
ruling or charge or (ii) is a party to or, to the Knowledge of the  Stockholders
and  the  Company,  is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any  action,  suit,
proceeding,   hearing   or   investigation   of,  in  or  before  any  court  or
quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or foreign
jurisdiction  or before any  arbitrator,  and neither the  Stockholders  nor the
Company  is  aware  of any  Basis  for the  same.  None of the  actions,  suits,
proceedings, hearings and investigations set forth in Schedule 5.20 could result
in any Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Stockholders nor the Company has any
reason  to  believe  that  any  such  action,  suit,   proceeding,   hearing  or
investigation  may be brought or threatened  against any of the  Stockholders or
the Company.

Section 5.21      Employees.

(a)  Schedule  5.21  contains a correct and  complete  list of (i) the names and
positions of each of the employees, officers and directors of the Company and of
any  affiliate  of  any  Stockholder  whose  services  relate  primarily  to the
Business,  (ii) the annual salary or hourly wage of each such person,  and (iii)
any oral or written  contracts or agreements  that provide for employment of any
individual  as an employee or  independent  contractor  of the Company and which
does not permit the termination of such contract or agreement,  without penalty,
upon no more than 30 days prior notice.  The Stockholders have provided to Buyer
correct and  complete  copies (or  descriptions,  if oral) of all  contracts  or
agreements listed in Schedule 5.21.

(b)  No  employees  of the  Company  are  presently  members  of any  collective
bargaining unit with respect to their employment with the Company.  There are no
collective  bargaining  agreements  and no  contracts or  agreements  with labor
unions,  relating to,  involving or  affecting  the  employees of the Company to
which the  Company is a party or by which it is bound,  and the  Company  has no
obligation  to  bargain  with any labor  organization  with  respect to any such
persons.  The Company is not  currently,  nor during the past three years has it
been, the subject of any  certification or  decertification  drive,  and, to the
Knowledge of the  Stockholders and the Company,  no such organizing  activity is
threatened.  To the Knowledge of the Stockholders  and the Company,  no union or
other  collective  bargaining  representative  claims  to  represent,  has  been
certified as representing or has requested that the Company recognize such union
or collective bargaining  representative as representing any of the employees of
the Company for collective bargaining purposes. Neither the Stockholders nor the
Company has  recognized  or agreed to recognize or is required to recognize  any
union  as the  collective  bargaining  representative  for any  employee  of the
Company.

                  (c) There are no unfair labor practice charges pending against
the Company and, to the Knowledge of the Stockholders and the Company, there are
neither any  demands for  recognition  or any other  requests or demands  from a
labor  organization  for  representative  status  with  respect  to any  persons
employed by the Company and no such activity is threatened.  Neither the Company
nor the  Business is  currently,  or during the past three  years has been,  the
subject of any strike, work stoppage,  picketing or work slowdown,  or any other
labor  dispute,
                                      -29-

<PAGE>   37


controversy  or  proceeding,  and  to  the  Knowledge  of  the Stockholders  and
the Company no such  activity is  threatened.  The Company has complied in all
material  respects with all laws relating to the employment and safety of labor,
including  provisions  relating  to  wages,  hours,  benefits, collective
bargaining,  discrimination, the payment of social security and other payroll
expenses,  and all applicable  occupational safety and health acts, laws and
regulations.  The  Company  is not  subject to any  investigation  or other
challenge  relating  to  the   misclassification  of  employees  as  independent
contractors.  The  Company  is  not  required  to  comply  with  any  government
contractor affirmative action obligations.

Section 5.22      Employee Benefits.

(a) Each Employee Plan and  Compensation  Arrangement is listed and described in
Schedule 5.22, and complete and accurate copies of (including any amendments to)
any such  written  Employee  Plans and  Compensation  Arrangements  (or  related
insurance  policies)  have been  furnished  to Buyer,  along with  copies of any
employee  handbooks or similar  documents  describing  such  Employee  Plans and
Compensation   Arrangements.   Any  unwritten  Employee  Plans  or  Compensation
Arrangements  also are listed in Schedule 5.22, and complete  descriptions  have
been  furnished  to Buyer.  Except as disclosed  in Schedule  5.22,  neither the
Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate is a party to and does not have in effect or to
become effective after the date of this Agreement any plan, arrangement or other
scheme which will become an Employee Plan or Compensation Arrangement (including
any bonus, cash or deferred compensation,  severance,  medical,  pension, profit
sharing  or  thrift,  stock  option,  employee  stock  ownership,  life or group
insurance, death benefit, vacation, sick leave, disability or trust agreement or
arrangement), or any amendment to an Employee Plan or Compensation Arrangement.

(b) The  Company  has  furnished  to Buyer the Forms  5500 filed for each of the
Employee Plans  (including all attachments and  schedules),  actuarial  reports,
summaries  of material  modifications,  summary  annual  reports,  and any other
employer notices (including,  governmental  filings and descriptions of material
changes to Employee Plans or Compensation Arrangements) relating to the Employee
Plans for the last three plan years, and the current summary plan descriptions.

(c) Each Employee Plan and  Compensation  Arrangement  has been  administered in
compliance with its own terms and in material  compliance with the provisions of
ERISA,  the  Code,  the Age  Discrimination  in  Employment  Act  and any  other
applicable Federal or state laws.

(d)  Neither  the Company nor any ERISA  Affiliate  (i) is  contributing  to, is
required to contribute  to, or has  contributed  within the last seven years to,
any  Multiemployer  Plan,  Multiple  Employer Plan, or, employee pension benefit
plan, as defined  under Section 3(2) of ERISA,  which was subject to Title IV of
ERISA,  (ii) has incurred within the last seven years, or reasonably  expects to
incur,  any  "withdrawal  liability,"  as defined  under Section 4201 et seq. of
ERISA or  (iii)  has ever  engaged  in a  transaction  to  evade  liability,  as
described under Section 4069 of ERISA.
                                      -30-

<PAGE>   38




(e) At all times on or prior to the Closing,  each Employee  Plan, to the extent
such  Employee  Plan is  intended  to be  tax-qualified,  satisfies  all minimum
coverage  and  minimum  participation  requirements,  if  any,  imposed  on such
Employee Plan by the applicable terms of the Code and ERISA.

(f) Neither the  Stockholders  nor the Company is aware of the  existence of any
governmental  inspection,  investigation,  audit or  examination of any Employee
Plan or  Compensation  Arrangement  or of any  facts  which  would  lead them to
believe  that  any  such  governmental  inspection,   investigation,   audit  or
examination  is pending or  threatened.  There  exists no action,  suit or claim
(other than routine  claims for  benefits)  with respect to any Employee Plan or
Compensation  Arrangement  pending or, to the Knowledge of the  Stockholders and
the Company, threatened against any of such plan or arrangement, and neither the
Stockholders  nor the Company  possesses  any knowledge of any facts which could
give rise to any such action, suit or claim.

(g) Except as  described  in  Schedule  5.22,  neither the Company nor any ERISA
Affiliate   sponsors,   maintains  or   contributes  to  any  Employee  Plan  or
Compensation  Arrangement  that provides  medical or death  benefit  coverage to
former employees of the Company,  except to the extent required by Section 4980B
of the Code.

(h) With  respect to each  Employee  Plan and,  to the extent  applicable,  each
Compensation  Arrangement:  (i)  each  Employee  Plan  that  is  intended  to be
tax-qualified,  and  each  amendment  thereto,  is the  subject  of a  favorable
determination  letter,  and no  plan  amendment  that is not  the  subject  of a
favorable  determination  letter would affect the validity of an Employee Plan's
letter;  (ii) no  condition  or event  exists or is expected to occur that could
subject,  directly  or  indirectly,  the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  to any
material  liability,  contingent or otherwise,  or the imposition of any lien on
the assets of the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  under the Code or Title IV of
ERISA whether to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation,  the Internal Revenue
Service, or any other person; (iii) no Prohibited Transaction has occurred which
would subject the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate to any  liability;  (iv) which
provides severance or severance like benefits such Employee Plan or Compensation
Arrangement may be terminated by the Company without any penalty and without any
liability to pay  severance  benefits in  connection  with any  terminations  of
employment  which  occur  after  the date  such  Employee  Plan or  Compensation
Arrangement is terminated;  (v) which is a "group health plan," as defined under
Section  601 et seq of  ERISA  and  4980B of the Code  ("COBRA"),  has  provided
"continuation  coverage" to each "covered employee" and "qualified  beneficiary"
entitled  thereto  (with  each  term as  defined  under  COBRA);  and  (vi)  all
contributions,  premiums,  payments or liabilities accrued, in whole or in part,
under each Employee Plan or Compensation  Arrangement or with respect thereto as
of the Closing will be paid by the Company or the  Stockholders,  on or prior to
Closing or shall be reflected on the  financial  statements of the Company as of
Closing  and shall be paid  within the time  period  permitted  by ERISA and the
Code.

(i) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will (i) result in any material  payment
(including,   without  limitation,   severance,  or  unemployment  compensation)
becoming due to any director or employee of the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate;
(ii)  result  in  the  acceleration  of

                                      -31-
<PAGE>   39



vesting  under  any  Employee  Plan  or Compensation  Arrangement;  or (iii)
materially  increase any benefits otherwise payable under any Employee Plan; an
any such payment or increase in benefits is fully deductible under the Code,
including but not limited to Sections 162, 280G and 404 of the Code.

Section 5.23  Guaranties.  Except for guarantees  that are disclosed on Schedule
5.23  and that  will be  terminated  prior  to  Closing,  the  Company  is not a
guarantor  or otherwise is liable for any  Liability  or  obligation  (including
indebtedness) of any other Person.

Section 5.24      Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.
(a) The Company has complied in all material respects, and the Company, and each
parcel of Real Property owned or leased by the Company (other than Real Property
Options),  is in  compliance in all material  respects  with all  Environmental,
Health  and  Safety  Requirements  and to the  Stockholders'  and the  Company's
Knowledge, each predecessor of the Company has complied in all material respects
with all  Environmental,  Health and Safety  Requirements.  The  Company  has no
material liability under any Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements.

(b) Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the Company has obtained
and complied  with,  and is in  compliance  with,  in all material  respects all
permits,  licenses  and  other  authorizations  that are  required  pursuant  to
Environmental,  Health  and  Safety  Requirements  for  the  occupation  of  its
facilities and the operation of its business.

(c) Except as set forth in  Schedule  5.24,  the Company  has not  received  any
written or oral  notice,  report or other  information  regarding  any actual or
alleged  violation  of  Environmental,  Health  and Safety  Requirements  or any
Liability,  including any  investigatory,  remedial or  corrective  obligations,
relating to any of them or its facilities  arising under  Environmental,  Health
and Safety Requirements.

(d) Except as set forth in Schedule  5.24,  none of the following  exists at any
property or facility owned or operated by the Company:  (i) underground  storage
tanks,  (ii)  asbestos-containing  material  in any  form  or  condition,  (iii)
materials or equipment containing  polychlorinated  biphenyls or (iv) landfills,
surface impoundments or disposal areas.

(e) Except as set forth in  Schedule  5.24,  neither  the  Company  nor,  to the
Stockholders' or the Company's Knowledge,  its predecessors has treated, stored,
disposed of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported,  handled or
released any substance,  including any hazardous substance, or owned or operated
any property or facility  (and no such property or facility is  contaminated  by
any  such  substance)  in a  manner  that  has  given  or  would  give  rise  to
liabilities,  including  any  liability for response  costs,  corrective  action
costs, personal injury,  property damage,  natural resources damages or attorney
fees,  pursuant to the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended  ("CERCLA"),  the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as
amended ("SWDA") or any other Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements.

(f)  Except  as set forth in  Schedule  5.24,  neither  this  Agreement  nor the
consummation  of the  transaction  that is the  subject of this  Agreement  will
result in any
                                      -32-
<PAGE>   40



obligations for site investigation or cleanup,  or notification to or consent of
any Government  Authorities  or third parties,  pursuant to any of the so-called
"transaction-triggered"   or  "responsible  property  transfer" Environmental,
Health and Safety Requirements.

(g) The Company has not,  either  expressly or by  operation of law,  assumed or
undertaken  any  liability,  including any obligation for corrective or remedial
action,  of any other  Person  relating  to  Environmental,  Health  and  Safety
Requirements.

Section  5.25 Certain  Business  Relationships  with the Company.  Except as set
forth in Schedule 5.25, none of the Stockholders nor any Affiliate thereof or of
the Company has been involved in any business  arrangement or relationship  with
the  Company  within the past 12 months,  and neither  any  Stockholder  nor any
Affiliate  thereof or of the Company  owns any asset,  tangible  or  intangible,
which  is  used  in  the  business  of the  Company.  There  are no tax  sharing
agreements  between  the  Company  and  any  Stockholder  or  any  Stockholder's
Affiliates.

Section  5.26 Bank  Accounts  and  Credits.  Schedule  5.26  lists all banks and
lending  institutions  with which the  Company  maintains  any  account or has a
credit  facility,  and sets forth the names of all  individuals who have signing
authority for any such account.

Section 5.27 Inventory.  The inventory of the Company  consists of raw materials
and supplies,  manufactured and purchased  parts,  goods in process and finished
goods,  all of which is  merchantable  and fit for the  purpose for which it was
procured or manufactured, and none of which is slow-moving, obsolete, damaged or
defective,  subject only to the reserve for inventory writedown set forth on the
face of the Financial  Statements (rather than in any notes thereto) as adjusted
for the passage of time  through the Closing  Date in  accordance  with the past
custom and practice of the Company.

Section 5.28 Product and Service  Warranty.  Each  product  manufactured,  sold,
leased or  delivered,  and each  service  performed,  by the Company has been in
conformity in all material respects with all applicable contractual  commitments
and all  express  and  implied  warranties,  and the  Company  does not have any
Liability  (and  there is no Basis  for any  present  or  future  action,  suit,
proceeding, hearing,  investigation,  charge, complaint, claim or demand against
any of them giving rise to any Liability)  for  replacement or repair thereof or
other damages in connection  therewith,  subject only to the reserve for product
warranty claims set forth on the face of the Financial  Statements  (rather than
in any notes  thereto) as adjusted  for the passage of time  through the Closing
Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company.  No product
manufactured,  sold,  leased or  delivered,  and no  service  performed,  by the
Company is subject  to any  guaranty,  warranty  or other  indemnity  beyond the
applicable  standard  terms and conditions of sale,  lease or service.  Schedule
5.28 includes  copies of the standard  terms and  conditions of sale and service
for  the  Company  (containing  applicable  guaranty,  warranty,  and  indemnity
provisions).

Section 5.29 Year 2000 Compliance. All computer software programs, including all
source code, object code and documentation related thereto, hardware,  databases
and embedded  control systems  (collectively  the "Systems") used by the Company
are Year 2000  Compliant.  "Year  2000  Compliant"  means that the  Systems  (a)
accurately  process date and time data  (including  calculating,  comparing  and
sequencing) from, into and between the twentieth

                                      -33-
<PAGE>   41



and twenty-first centuries, the years 1999 and 2000, and leap year calculations
and (b) operate  accurately with other   software  and  hardware   that  use
standard   format  (4  digits)  for representation of the year.

Section 5.30  Hart-Scott-Rodino.  The  Company,  as reflected on the Most Recent
Balance  Sheet,  had less  than  $25,000,000  in  assets,  and the  Company,  as
reflected in the Financial Statements for the twelve-month period ended December
31, 1998, had annual net sales of less than $25,000,000.

Section 5.31 Disclosure.  The representations  and warranties  contained in this
Article 5 do not  contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state  any  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  and
information contained in this Article 5 not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                                   COVENANTS

Section 6.1 Conduct of Business of the Company.  Except as  contemplated by this
Agreement or with the prior written consent of Buyer, during the period from the
date of this  Agreement to the  Effective  Time,  the Company  shall conduct its
operations  only  in the  Ordinary  Course  of  Business  consistent  with  past
practice,  and the Company will preserve intact the Business and organization of
the Company,  to keep  available  the  services of the present  officers and key
employees of the Company and to preserve the good will of  customers,  suppliers
and all other persons having business relationships with the Company.

(a) Except as otherwise  contemplated by this Agreement,  prior to the Effective
Time, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Buyer:

(i)      adopt any amendment to the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of
the Company;

(ii) issue,  reissue or sell, or authorize  the issuance,  reissuance or sale of
any  additional  shares or other  equity  interest in the Company or  securities
convertible  into any  rights,  warrants  or options to acquire  any  additional
shares or other equity interest in the Company;

(iii)  declare,  set aside or pay any  dividend  or make any other  distribution
(whether in cash, securities or property or any combination thereof);

(iv) split,  combine,  subdivide,  reclassify  or redeem,  purchase or otherwise
acquire,  or propose to redeem or  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire,  any of its
shares or other equity interest;

(v) increase the compensation or fringe benefits payable or to become payable to
its  directors,  officers or  employees,  or pay any benefit not required by any
existing  Employee Plan or Compensation  Arrangement  (including the granting of
stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  shares  of  restricted  stock  or
performance units) or grant any severance

                                      -34-
<PAGE>   42



or termination pay to (except pursuant to existing Employee Plans or
Compensation Arrangements), or enter into, review, terminate, amend or waive any
material provision of any employment or severance agreement  with, any director,
officer or other  employee  of the  Company or establish, adopt, enter into, or
amend any  collective  bargaining agreement, employment  agreement,  termination
agreement,  Employee Plan, or  Compensation Arrangement;

(vi) acquire, sell, lease, license, transfer, pledge, encumber, grant or dispose
of (whether by merger,  consolidation,  purchase,  sale or otherwise) any assets
(other than the  acquisition and sale of inventory or the disposition of used or
excess equipment and the purchase of raw materials,  supplies and equipment,  in
either case in the Ordinary Course of Business);

(vii) incur or assume or prepay any Indebtedness,  assume, guarantee, endorse or
otherwise  become  liable or  responsible  (whether  directly,  contingently  or
otherwise) for the obligations of any other Person, or make any loans,  advances
or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other Person;

(viii) change any accounting policies or procedures,  other than in the Ordinary
Course of Business or as required by GAAP;

(ix) waive, release, assign, settle or compromise any material rights, claims or
litigation;

(x)      take any action that would make any representation or warranty set
forth in Article 5 to become untrue;

(xi) make any Tax election or settle or compromise any material federal,  state,
local or foreign income Tax Liability;

(xii)  enter into any  Contract  except  for any  Contract  entered  into in the
Ordinary Course of Business under which the consideration  payable or receivable
by the Company does not exceed $20,000 per year per Contract or $50,000 per year
in the  aggregate  for all such  Contracts  or amend or  terminate  any existing
Contract;

(xiii) incur any Liability except for Liabilities incurred by the Company in the
Ordinary  Course of Business  which in the  aggregate  for all such  Liabilities
incurred between the date hereof and the Effective Time do not exceed $50,000;

(xiv)  authorize or enter into any formal or informal  binding  written or other
agreement or otherwise make any binding commitment to do any of the foregoing;

                           (xv)     make any material increase in the size or
change the composition of the workforce of the Company; or

                           (xvi)  voluntarily   recognize  any  union  or  other
collective bargaining representative as the collective bargaining representative
for any of the employees of the Company.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>   43





(b)      The Company shall do the following:

(i)  maintain its assets in good  operating  condition  (ordinary  wear and tear
excepted),  with  inventories  of spare  parts  and  expendable  supplies  being
maintained at levels  consistent  with past practices and to make all repairs or
replacements  necessary to restore any assets to the  condition  represented  in
Section 5 of this Agreement;

(ii)     maintain the existing insurance policies in full force and effect;

(iii)  maintain  the books and  records of the Company in  accordance  with past
practices;

(iv) furnish to Buyer,  within twenty days after the end of each month,  monthly
financial  statements  for the month just ended  containing  balance  sheets and
statements  of income and cash flow for such period  which shall comply with the
representations set forth in Section 5.7;

(v) comply in all material  respects with all laws,  rules and  regulations  and
with all Contracts and keep in full force and effect all Licenses;

(vi)     pay all of the obligations and Liabilities of the Company on a timely
basis; and

(vii) preserve the corporate existence of the Company.

Section 6.2 The Stockholders'  Actions.  During the period from the date of this
Agreement to the Effective Time, the  Stockholders  shall not sell,  transfer or
encumber any of their shares of Company Common Stock or grant or permit to exist
any Lien on any of their shares of Company Common Stock and shall not enter into
any commitment to sell,  transfer,  grant any Lien or otherwise  encumber any of
their shares of Company Common Stock. The  Stockholders  shall cause the Company
to comply with all of the terms of this Agreement  applicable to them, including
Section 6.1.

Section  6.3  Other  Actions.  During  the  period  from the date  hereof to the
Effective Time, the Stockholders  shall not, and shall cause the Company not to,
take any action that would,  or that would  reasonably be expected to, result in
any of the  conditions  to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  set forth in
Article 7 or 8 hereof not being satisfied or satisfaction thereof being delayed.

Section 6.4  Notification of Certain  Matters.  The Stockholders and the Company
shall  promptly  notify Buyer of the  occurrence of any fact or event that would
reasonably  be  expected  (i) to cause any  representation  or  warranty  of any
Stockholder  or the Company  contained in this  Agreement to be untrue,  (ii) to
cause any  covenant,  condition or agreement of any  Stockholder  or the Company
hereunder  not to be  complied  with or  satisfied  or (iii) to cause a Material
Adverse Effect.  Buyer shall promptly notify the Stockholders and the Company of
the  occurrence  of any fact or event that would  reasonably  be expected (i) to
cause any  representation or warranty of Buyer to be untrue or (ii) to cause any
covenant,  condition or agreement of Buyer  hereunder not to be complied with or
satisfied.
                                      -36-
<PAGE>   44





Section 6.5 Access to Information.  The Company shall: (i) provide to Buyer (and
its officers, directors,  employees,  accountants,  consultants,  legal counsel,
financial  advisors,   investment  bankers,  agents  and  other  representatives
(collectively,  "Representatives")) access at reasonable times to the assets and
properties,  personnel and the books and records of the Company and (ii) furnish
promptly  such  information  concerning  the  business,  properties,  contracts,
assets, liabilities,  personnel and other aspects of the Company as Buyer or its
Representatives may reasonably  request.  No investigation  conducted under this
Section 6.5 shall affect or be deemed to modify any  representation  or warranty
made in this Agreement.

Section 6.6       Cooperation; Further Assurances.

(a)  Subject  to the terms and  conditions  provided  in this  Agreement  and to
applicable  legal  requirements,  each of the parties  hereto  agrees to use its
commercially  reasonable  efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action, and
to do, or cause to be done and to assist and  cooperate  with the other  parties
hereto in doing, as promptly as  practicable,  all things  necessary,  proper or
advisable  under  applicable  laws and regulations to ensure that the conditions
set forth in Articles 7 and 8 are satisfied and to consummate and make effective
the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement.  No party to this Agreement
shall take any  action  that is  inconsistent  with its  obligations  under this
Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall not be required to expend
any monies to obtain any Consent or to accept any adverse condition or change in
terms to obtain any Consent.

(b)  The  Stockholders  and  the  Company  will  cooperate  in all  commercially
reasonable  respects  with Buyer and its counsel and  accountants  in connection
with any filing to be made by Buyer with the SEC. The Stockholders shall provide
to Buyer such information  relating to the Company and the Business as Buyer may
reasonably request. All costs, expenses and fees incurred in connection with the
preparation and inclusion by Buyer of such  information in any such filing shall
be borne by Buyer.  The  Stockholders  and the  Company  hereby  consent  to the
inclusion by Buyer of financial statements of the Company, if requested to be so
included by Buyer, in any filing to be made by Buyer with the SEC or pursuant to
applicable  securities  laws,  including the  Securities  Act and the Securities
Exchange  Act. All costs,  expenses  and fees  incurred in  connection  with the
preparation and inclusion by Buyer of financial statements of the Company in any
such filing shall be borne by Buyer.  The  Stockholders and the Company agree to
use  commercially  reasonable  efforts to obtain the consent of the  independent
public accountants of the Company to the inclusion of such financial  statements
in any filing to be made by Buyer.

Section 6.7 Public  Announcements.  The initial  press  release  concerning  the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement shall be a joint press release and,
thereafter,  the parties hereto shall consult with each other before issuing any
press  release or otherwise  making any public  statements  with respect to this
Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not issue any
such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation,
except to the extent  public  disclosure  may be  required  or  advisable  under
applicable law,  including under the securities laws or the  requirements of any
securities exchange, as determined by the disclosing party in good faith.

                                      -37-
<PAGE>   45





Section 6.8 Confidentiality. Except for such disclosures to officers, directors,
employees,  advisors and representatives as may be appropriate in furtherance of
this  transaction and except for disclosures that may be required to comply with
applicable law,  including under the securities laws or the  requirements of any
securities exchange, each party hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts
to keep  confidential  all  information of a confidential  nature obtained by it
from the other parties hereto in connection with the  transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement,  and if this Agreement is terminated without a Closing,  each
party hereto will return to the other parties all documents and other  materials
obtained from the other party in connection herewith.

Section 6.9 Expenses; Taxes. Whether or not the transaction contemplated by this
Agreement  is  consummated,  all  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  this
Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be paid by the party
incurring such expenses,  except that the filing fee under the Hart-Scott-Rodino
Act, if any, shall be shared equally by the Stockholders and Buyer. All expenses
of the  Company  payable as a result of this  Section  6.9 shall be borne by the
Stockholders.

Section  6.10 Control of the  Company's  Operations.  Nothing  contained in this
Agreement  shall give  Buyer,  directly or  indirectly,  any right to control or
direct the Company's operations prior to the Effective Time.

Section 6.11  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Filing.  Within ten days after the execution of
this Agreement,  the Stockholders and Buyer shall make any and all filings which
are required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as
amended,  and the  regulations  thereunder  (the  "Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act") with
respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. Each party shall furnish to the
other such necessary  information  and reasonable  assistance as any other party
may  request  in  connection  with  its  preparation  of  necessary  filings  or
submissions  pursuant to the  provisions  of the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act. If the
Federal  Trade  Commission  or the  Department  of Justice  requests  additional
information  from the parties or imposes  any  condition  upon the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  the parties will cooperate  with each other,  the Federal
Trade Commission and the Department of Justice; provided,  however, that nothing
herein shall compel  either party or any  affiliate of such party to comply with
any condition  imposed upon such party or such  affiliate that is adverse to the
interests of such party or its  affiliates  as  determined  by such party in the
exercise of its reasonable business judgment. The filing fees required under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Act shall be shared equally by the Stockholders and Buyer.

Section 6.12 Other Buyer Transactions.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or restrict Buyer and
its subsidiaries from engaging in any merger, acquisition,  business combination
or  other  transaction  (whether  or not  Buyer is the  surviving  corporation),
provided  that  such  merger,   acquisition,   business   combination  or  other
transaction  would not prevent Buyer from complying with its  obligations  under
this Agreement.

Section 6.13 Consents.  The  Stockholders and the Company shall give all notices
of  this  Agreement  or the  transaction  contemplated  hereby  to  Governmental
Authorities  and other third  parties to the extent  required by any law,  rule,
regulation or Contract.  The Stockholders

                                      -38-
<PAGE>   46



and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain,  prior to
Closing, all of the Consents without any change in the terms of any Contract or
License to which such  Consent  relates. Notwithstanding  anything in this
Agreement to the contrary,  Buyer shall not be required to expend any monies to
obtain  any  Consent or to accept any  adverse condition or change in terms to
obtain any  Consent.  The  Stockholders  and the Company shall promptly notify
Buyer of any difficulty in obtaining any Consents.

Section 6.14      Employee Benefits Matters.

(a) Prior to the Closing,  the  Stockholders  and the Company shall take any and
all action  necessary  or  appropriate  to  terminate  immediately  prior to the
Closing  any  Employee  Plan  which  includes  a cash  or  deferred  arrangement
tax-qualified  under  Code  Section  401(k)  and  provides  benefits  solely  to
employees of the Company.

(b) The Stockholders  and the Company shall (i) obtain the written,  irrevocable
resignations of any employee of the Company identified by Buyer at least one (1)
day prior to Closing,  which  resignation shall be effective as of the Effective
Time, (ii) discharge in full on or prior to Closing any and all liabilities owed
by the Company to such  employees  (including  but not limited to, any liability
for stay  bonus,  severance  pay,  pay in lieu of advance  notice,  or  deferred
compensation benefits), other than any liabilities to provide future benefits to
such employees under any tax-qualified  Benefit Plan or under ERISA Section 601,
(iii)  obtain  from such  employees  a general  release  of any and all  claims,
including  but  not  limited  to any  claims  under  the Age  Discrimination  in
Employment  Act, that such  employees may have with respect to their  employment
with the Company or any of the Stockholders'  Affiliates through Closing,  which
general  release  shall be  irrevocable  as of  Closing  and  shall be in a form
reasonably acceptable to Buyer, and (iv) obtain from such employees covenants of
non-competition and non-interference in a form reasonably acceptable to Buyer.

Section 6.15      Tax Matters.

(a)      Tax Returns.

                           (i)      The Stockholders shall be responsible for
the preparation and timely filing of, and the  payment of all Taxes due with
respect  to, all Tax  Returns of the Company  for all  taxable  periods that end
on or prior  to the  Closing  Date, including  Tax Returns of the  Company  for
periods  that end on or prior to the Closing  Date but are  required to be filed
after the  Closing  Date;  provided, however,  that the  Stockholders  shall
provide  Buyer with  drafts of such Tax Returns (together with the relevant
back-up  information) for review and consent by Buyer at least 20 days prior to
filing. Such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent  with the past
practice of the Company.  The  Stockholders shall provide Buyer with correct and
complete  copies of such Tax Returns in the form filed within 15 days after the
filing date.

                           (ii)     Buyer shall be responsible for the
preparation and timely filing of all Tax Returns of the Company for all taxable
periods that end after the Closing Date, including  Tax Returns of the Company
for periods (if any) that begin before and end after the Closing Date.  Buyer
shall be  responsible  for the payment of all Taxes due with respect to such Tax
Returns; provided, however, that with respect to Taxes due for  taxable periods
that begin  before
                                      -39-
<PAGE>   47



and end after the Closing Date, the  Stockholders  shall be responsible for the
payment of the portion of such Tax that is  attributable to the portion of such
periods  that end on the Closing Date.

                  (b) Retention of Records; Cooperation. From and after the date
hereof,  the Company  shall  retain all Tax  Returns and all books,  records and
other information relating to any Tax or Tax Return of the Company, and to abide
by all record retention agreements entered into with any Governmental Authority.
The  Stockholders,  the Company and Buyer shall  cooperate  fully, as and to the
extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of
Tax Returns  pursuant to this Section 6.15 and any audit,  litigation,  or other
proceeding with respect to Taxes of the Company.  The Stockholders,  the Company
and  Buyer  agree  that  if any of them  receives  any  notice  of an  audit  or
examination  from any taxing  authority with respect to Taxes of the Company for
any taxable  period or portion  thereof  ending on or prior to the Closing Date,
then the  recipient of such notice  shall,  within three (3) days of the receipt
thereof,  notify and provide copies of such notice to the other parties,  as the
case may be, in accordance with the notice provisions of Section 12.4.

Section 6.16      Additional Post-Closing Covenants.

(a) General. If at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary or
desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement,  each of the parties will
take such further  action  (including the execution and delivery of such further
instruments and documents) as any other party reasonably may request, all at the
sole cost and expense of the requesting  party (unless the  requesting  party is
entitled to indemnification therefor under Article 11). The Stockholders and the
Company  acknowledge  and agree  that from and after the  Closing  Buyer will be
entitled to possession of all documents, books, records (including Tax records),
agreements, and financial data of any sort relating to the Company.

(b) Transition.  The Stockholders and the Company shall not take any action that
is designed or intended to have the effect of discouraging any lessor, licensor,
customer,  supplier or other business  associate of the Company from maintaining
the same  business  relationships  with the  Company  after  the  Closing  as it
maintained with the Company prior to the Closing.  The  Stockholders  will refer
all customer inquiries relating to the business of the Company to Buyer from and
after the Closing.

(c)  Covenant  Not to  Compete.  For a period of three  years from and after the
Closing Date, neither the Employee Stockholders nor any of their Affiliates will
engage directly or indirectly in the Business;  provided, however, that no owner
of less  than 1% of the  outstanding  stock of any  publicly-traded  corporation
shall be deemed to engage solely by reason thereof in the Business. If the final
judgment  of a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  declares  that  any  term or
provision of this Section 6.16(c) is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree
that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability  shall
have the power to reduce the scope,  duration or area of the term or  provision,
to delete specific words or phrases,  or to replace any invalid or unenforceable
term or provision  with a term or provision  that is valid and  enforceable  and
that comes closest to expressing  the intention of the invalid or  unenforceable
term or provision,  and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after
the expiration of the time within which the judgment may be appealed.

                                      -40-

<PAGE>   48




                                   ARTICLE 7
                        CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S OBLIGATIONS

         The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions provided for in
this  Agreement  are  subject to all of the  conditions  set forth below in this
Article 7, any of which may be waived in writing by Buyer.

Section 7.1 Performance by the Company and the Stockholders. The Company and the
Stockholders  shall  have  performed  in all  material  respects  all  of  their
agreements and covenants  under this Agreement  required to be performed by them
at or prior to the Closing.

Section 7.2 Truth of Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations
and warranties of the Company and the  Stockholders  contained in this Agreement
(i) if specifically  qualified by materiality,  shall be true and complete as so
qualified, and (ii) if not qualified by materiality,  shall be true and complete
in all material respects, in each such case, on and as of the Closing Date, with
the same  effect  as if then  made,  except  where  any such  representation  or
warranty is made as of a specific  earlier  date, in which event it shall remain
true and correct (as qualified) as of such earlier date.

Section 7.3 Receipt of Consents.  All of the  Consents  indicated as material on
Schedule 3.2, 4.2 or 5.3 (the "Material  Consents") shall have been obtained and
delivered  to Buyer and shall be in full force and effect as of the  Closing and
shall be in form and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to Buyer  without any
conditions  or  changes  in the  underlying  Contract  or  License to which such
Material Consent relates.

Section 7.4  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act and other Governmental  Authorizations.  All
waiting periods required under the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act shall have expired or
otherwise shall have been terminated  prior to the Closing,  and the parties and
the Company shall have received all other authorizations, consents and approvals
of Governmental Authorities required to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby in a lawful manner.

Section 7.5       Deliveries.  The Stockholders and the Company shall have made
all of the deliveries required by Section 9.2.

Section 7.6       Material Adverse Effect.  No Material Adverse Effect shall
have occurred.

Section 7.7 Payment of Company  Liabilities . All Company  Liabilities  shall be
paid  simultaneously with Closing and Buyer shall have received evidence of such
payments and releases from each Person  receiving a payment  pursuant to Section
2.1(e)  hereof of all claims it has or may have against the Company,  other than
pursuant to this Agreement.

Section  7.8  Affiliate  Loans.  Subject  to  payment  by Buyer  of the  Company
Liabilities  pursuant to Section 2.1(e), all loans,  advances and payables owing
by the  Company  to any  Stockholder  shall  have  been  cancelled  by each such
Stockholder  and Buyer  shall have  received a  certificate  to such effect duly
executed by such Stockholder.
                                      -41-

<PAGE>   49




Section 7.9  Post-Closing  Lock-Ups.  Each  Stockholder  shall have delivered to
Buyer lock-up  agreements in substantially the form requested by any underwriter
from Buyer's  principal  stockholders in connection with any offering of Buyer's
capital stock (the "Lock-Up Agreements").

Section 7.10 Employment Agreement.  William B. Yeomans shall have entered
into an employment agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit D (the "Employment Agreement").

Section 7.11 Certain  Proceedings.  No writ,  order,  decree or  injunction of a
court of competent  jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority shall have been
entered  against  Buyer,  any  Stockholder  or the  Company  that  prohibits  or
restricts  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby,  limits  or  restricts  the
operation of the Company's business as it is currently  conducted,  or otherwise
restricts the Company's  exercise of full rights to own and operate its business
after the Effective Date, and no action, proceeding,  investigation,  regulation
or  legislation  shall have been  instituted or  threatened  before any court or
other Governmental Authority which (i) questions the validity or legality of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby or seeks to  enjoin,  restrain,  prohibit  or
obtain substantial damages in respect of, or which is related to, or arising out
of, this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby;
(ii) seeks material  damages against Buyer,  any Stockholder or the Company as a
result  of  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby;  or  (iii)  can  otherwise
reasonably be expected to materially  and adversely  affect Buyer or the Company
as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 7.12      Buyer Investigation.  Buyer shall be reasonably satisfied with
the results of its due diligence investigation of the Company and the Business.

Section 7.13 Stockholders'  Actions. All actions to be taken by the Stockholders
in connection with the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby and
all certificates,  opinions,  instruments and other documents required to effect
the transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form
and substance to Buyer.

Section 7.14      Certificate of Merger.  The Certificate of Merger shall have
become effective under the DGCL and the NYBCL.

                                   ARTICLE 8

        CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND THE COMPANY

         The obligations of the  Stockholders  and the Company to consummate the
transactions provided for in this Agreement are subject to all of the conditions
set forth below in this  Article 8, any of which may be waived in writing by the
Stockholders and the Company.

Section 8.1  Performance  by Buyer.  Buyer shall have  performed in all material
respects all of its agreements and covenants under this Agreement required to be
performed by it at or prior to the Closing.

                                      -42-


<PAGE>   50



Section 8.2 Truth of Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations
and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement (i)  specifically  qualified
by  materiality,  shall be true and  complete as so  qualified,  and (ii) if not
qualified by materiality,  shall be true and complete in all material  respects,
in each such case,  on and as of the  Closing  Date,  with the same effect as if
then made, except where any such  representation or warranty is as of a specific
earlier date in which event it shall remain true and correct (as  qualified)  as
of such earlier date.

Section 8.3       Deliveries.  Buyer shall have made all of the deliveries set
forth in Section 9.3.

Section 8.4 Certain Proceedings. No writ, order, decree or injunction of a court
of  competent  jurisdiction  or other  Governmental  Authority  shall  have been
entered  against any  Stockholder or the Company that prohibits or restricts the
transaction  contemplated  hereby  and  no  action,  proceeding,  investigation,
regulation or legislation  shall have been  instituted or threatened  before any
court or any other  Governmental  Authority  which (i) questions the validity or
legality of the transactions  contemplated hereby or seeks to enjoin,  restrain,
prohibit or obtain substantial damages in respect of, or which is related to, or
arising  out  of,  this  Agreement  or  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  (ii) seeks material  damages against any Stockholder as a
result of the transactions contemplated hereby or (iii) can otherwise reasonably
be expected to materially  and adversely  affect any  Stockholder as a result of
the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby.

Section 8.5 Buyer Actions.  All actions to be taken by Buyer in connection  with
the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby and all certificates,
opinions,  instruments and other documents  required to effect the  transactions
contemplated  hereby shall be reasonably  satisfactory  in form and substance to
the Stockholders.

Section 8.6       Certificate of Merger.  The Certificate of Merger shall have
become effective under the DGCL and the NYBCL.

                                   ARTICLE 9

                                     CLOSING

Section 9.1 Closing.  Subject to satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions
of  closing  set forth in  Articles  7 and 8, the  closing  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  (the  "Closing")  shall take place at the  offices of Dow,
Lohnes & Albertson,  PLLC, 1200 New Hampshire Ave., N.W., Suite 800, Washington,
D.C. 20036, at 10:00 a.m.,  local time, on the date specified by Buyer by notice
to the Stockholders and the Company, which specified date shall be no later than
ten business days after the  conditions of Closing set forth in Sections 7.3 and
7.4 have been satisfied or waived by the party  entitled to the benefit  thereof
or on such other date as Buyer,  the  Stockholders  and the Company may mutually
agree (the "Closing Date").

Section 9.2  Deliveries  and Actions by the  Stockholders  and the Company.  The
Stockholders  and/or  the  Company  as  applicable,  shall  deliver to Buyer the
following items at the Closing:
                                      -43-
<PAGE>   51





(a) Consents. The Stockholders and the Company shall deliver to Buyer at Closing
originals of the Material Consents and any other Consents which the Stockholders
and the Company shall obtain.

(b) Articles of  Incorporation,  Certified  Bylaws and Certificates of Existence
and Good Standing for the Company. The Company shall deliver to Buyer at Closing
(i) copies of the certificate of  incorporation  or other  applicable  governing
instruments  and all  amendments  thereto of the  Company  certified  within ten
business days prior to the Closing by the Secretary of State of the State of New
York, (ii) copies of the bylaws or other applicable governing instruments of the
Company  certified by the  Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary of the Company as
being  correct,  complete and in full force and effect on the Closing Date,  and
(iii)  certificates  of existence  and good standing of the Company dated within
ten business  days of the Closing  Date issued by the  Secretary of State of the
State in which the Company is organized or qualified to conduct business.

(c) Certificates. The Stockholders shall deliver to Buyer the stock certificates
representing all of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock in
blank in accordance with Section 2.1(g).

(d) Resignations and Releases.  The Company shall deliver to Buyer  resignations
of the officers and  directors of the Company  effective as of the Closing.  The
Stockholders  shall  deliver to Buyer  releases of the officers and directors of
the Company and their respective  Affiliates  releasing all claims they may have
against the Company, in a form satisfactory to Buyer.

(e) Employment Agreement and Lock-Up Agreements.  The applicable parties thereto
shall  deliver  to  Buyer  fully  executed  Employment   Agreement  and  Lock-Up
Agreements.

(f)  Opinion of Counsel.  The Company  shall  deliver the  favorable  opinion of
Hiscock & Barclay, LLP substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

(g)  Post-Closing  Escrow  Agreement.  The  Company and the  Stockholders  shall
deliver to Buyer and the Escrow Agent the Post-Closing  Escrow  Agreement,  duly
executed by the Stockholders.

(h)  Stockholders  and Company Closing  Certificate.  The  Stockholders  and the
Company  shall  deliver  to Buyer  at  Closing  a  certificate  executed  by the
Stockholders' Representative and the Company certifying (i) as to the incumbency
and signatures of the Stockholders and officers of the Company who executed this
Agreement and the agreements  contemplated  hereby on behalf of the Stockholders
and the Company,  (ii) as to the adoption of the unanimous  written  consents of
the Board of  Directors  of the Company and the  Stockholders  which are in full
force and effect on the Closing Date  authorizing  the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the performance of the
obligations of the Company  hereunder and thereunder,  (iii) as to the Company's
bylaws and all amendments  thereto as being correct,  complete and in full force
and  effect on the  Closing  Date and (iv) that the  conditions  to the  Buyer's
obligation to consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by this

                                      -44-
<PAGE>   52





Agreement set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 have been satisfied (the
"Stockholders and Company Closing Certificate").

Section 9.3       Deliveries by Buyer.  Buyer shall deliver to the Stockholders
and the Company the following items at the Closing:

(a)  Certificates  of Existence,  Good Standing and  Qualification.  Buyer shall
deliver to the  Stockholders  and the Company at Closing a certified copy of its
certificate of incorporation  and a certificate of good standing with respect to
Buyer,  dated  within  ten  business  days of the  Closing  Date,  issued by the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(b) Buyer's Closing Certificate. Buyer shall deliver to the Stockholders and the
Company at Closing a certificate of an executive officer of Buyer certifying (i)
as to the  incumbency  and signatures of the officers of Buyer who executed this
Agreement and the agreements  contemplated hereby on behalf of Buyer, (ii) as to
the adoption of resolutions of the executive committee of the board of directors
of Buyer which are in full force and effect on the Closing Date  authorizing the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the agreements  contemplated hereby
and the performance of the obligations of Buyer hereunder and thereunder,  (iii)
as to Buyer's bylaws and all amendments  thereto as being correct,  complete and
in full force and effect on the Closing Date and (iv) that the conditions to the
Stockholders'  and the  Company's  obligations  to consummate  the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  set  forth in  Sections  8.1 and 8.2 have been
satisfied.

(c) Consideration. Buyer shall deliver to the Stockholders a copy of its written
instructions to its transfer agent to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.1(f).

(d) Company Liabilities. Buyer shall have made the payments required pursuant to
Section 2.1(e).

(e) Post-Closing  Escrow Agreement.  Buyer shall deliver to the Stockholders and
the Escrow Agent the Post-Closing Escrow Agreement, duly executed by Buyer.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                                   TERMINATION

Section 10.1      Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated and the
transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the
Closing:

(a)      by mutual written agreement of the Stockholders, the Company and Buyer;

(b)      by either the Stockholders, the Company or Buyer, if:

(i) the transaction  contemplated  hereby has not been  consummated on or before
February 1, 2000 (the "Termination Date");  provided that the right to terminate
this Agreement  pursuant to this Section  10.1(b)(i) shall not be available to a
party whose breach of
                                      -45-
<PAGE>   53



any provision of this Agreement  results in the failure of such transaction to
be consummated by the Termination Date; or

(ii) (A) there shall be any law or  regulation  that makes  consummation  of the
transaction  contemplated  hereby  illegal or  otherwise  prohibited  or (B) any
judgment,  injunction,  order or  decree  of any  court  or  other  Governmental
Authority having competent jurisdiction enjoining the Stockholders,  the Company
or Buyer from  consummating  such  transaction  is entered,  and such  judgment,
injunction, order or decree shall have become final.

(c) by  Buyer if on any date  determined  for the  Closing  in  accordance  with
Section 9.1 each condition in Article 8 has been satisfied (or will be satisfied
by  actions to be taken at the  Closing)  and  either a  condition  set forth in
Article 7 has not been  satisfied  (or will not be  satisfied  by  actions to be
taken at the Closing) or the  Stockholders  and/or the Company have  nonetheless
refused  to  consummate  the  Closing;  provided  that  Buyer may not  terminate
pursuant to this Section  10.1(c) if the failure of any  condition  set forth in
Article 7 to be satisfied was principally caused by Buyer's breach of or failure
to  perform  any of  its  covenants  and  agreements  in  accordance  with  this
Agreement;

(d) by the  Stockholders  and/or the Company if on any date  determined  for the
Closing in  accordance  with  Section 9.1 each  condition  in Article 7 has been
satisfied  (or will be  satisfied  by  actions to be taken at the  Closing)  and
either a condition set forth in Article 8 has not been satisfied (or will not be
satisfied  by  actions  to be taken at the  Closing)  or Buyer  has  nonetheless
refused to  consummate  the  Closing;  provided  that the  Stockholders  and the
Company may not terminate pursuant to this Section 10.1(d) if the failure of any
condition set forth in Article 8 to be satisfied was  principally  caused by the
Stockholders'  or the  Company's  breach of or  failure  to  perform  any of its
covenants and agreements in accordance with this Agreement.

                  The party  desiring to terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant to
this Section 10.1 (other than pursuant to Section  10.1(a)) shall give notice of
such termination to the other parties hereto.

Section 10.2 Effect of Termination.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to
Section  10.1,  this  Agreement  shall  become  void  and of no  effect  without
liability of any party hereto to the other parties  hereto,  except that (a) the
agreements  contained in this Section 10.2 shall survive the termination hereof,
and (b) no such termination  shall relieve any party of any liability or damages
resulting  from  any  material  breach  by  such  party  of any  representation,
warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement.



                                   ARTICLE 11

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

Section  11.1  Survival  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   All  of  the
representations and warranties of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement
shall  survive the  Closing  hereunder  (even if the  damaged  party knew or had
reason to know of any misrepresentation or

                                      -46-
<PAGE>   54



breach of warranty or covenant at the time of Closing)  and continue in full
force and effect until the latest of: (a) the  date  that is two  years  after
the  Closing  Date,  (b) the date of final resolution of a claim that has been
asserted in writing to the other party prior to the ending of such two year
period,  and (c) as to the  representations  and warranties  made in Sections
3.1, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1, 5.2, 5.7, 5.9, 5.11,  5.22 and 5.24, 60 days after the
expiration of the applicable  statute of limitations (including   all  periods
of  extension   thereof)  or,  if  later  as  to  the representations  and
warranties made in Section 5.11, until the final resolution of any claim
asserted in writing by a Governmental Authority.

Section 11.2  Indemnification  by the Stockholders.  From and after the Closing,
the Stockholders shall indemnify Buyer and its affiliates,  officers, directors,
employees, stockholders and agents (the "Buyer Indemnified Parties") against and
hold them harmless from any liability,  claim, damage, Tax or expense (including
reasonable legal fees and expenses) ("Losses") suffered or incurred by any Buyer
Indemnified Party as a result of, arising from or relating to the following:

(a)      any breach of any representation or warranty of the Stockholders
contained in this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto;

(b) any breach of any  covenant or agreement  of the  Stockholders  contained in
this Agreement,  including,  without limitation, the actions or inactions of the
Stockholders' Representative;

(c) any breach of any  covenant or  agreement  of the Company  contained in this
Agreement relating to the period prior to the Effective Time;

(d)  liabilities of the Company  resulting from or arising out of the conduct of
the Business prior to the Effective Time to the extent such  liabilities are not
included as adjustments in the  determination  of the Purchase Price pursuant to
Section 2.3;

(e) any claim  arising  out of any  breach or  violation  or  alleged  breach or
violation of any Environmental,  Health and Safety  Requirement  relating to any
Real Property owned or leased by the Company or its  predecessors,  which breach
or violation  occurred or allegedly  occurred  prior to the  Effective  Time, or
arising out of any  environmental  matters  described on Schedule  11.2, and any
judgment or other  adverse  determination  or settlement or claim arising out of
any suit, action or proceeding  arising out of the conduct of the Business prior
to the Effective  Time,  including  those claims and other matters  described on
Schedule 11.2;

(f) expenses of any Stockholder or the Company  relating to the  consummation of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,  including fees and expenses of
attorneys, accountants, financial advisors and broker fees;

(g) any Taxes of the Company for any taxable period or portion thereof ending on
or prior to the Closing Date;

(h) any Lien,  other than Permitted  Liens, or any assets of the Company arising
prior to the  Effective  Time or as a result of any  action or  inaction  by the
Company or the Stockholders  prior to the Effective Time, which are set forth in
Lien, Tax and judgment  searches
                                      -47-

<PAGE>   55


obtained by Buyer in each state and country in which any Stockholder or the
Company has assets; and

(i) any action, suit, proceeding, claim, demand, assessment or judgment incident
to the foregoing or incurred in  investigating or to avoid the same or to oppose
the imposition thereof or in enforcing this indemnity.

Section 11.3  Indemnification by Buyer. From and after the Closing,  Buyer shall
indemnify the Stockholders and their affiliates, officers, directors, employees,
stockholders and agents (the  "Stockholders'  Indemnified  Parties") against and
hold them  harmless  from any Losses  suffered or incurred by any  Stockholders'
Indemnified Parties as a result of, arising from or relating to the following:

(a)      any breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer contained in this
Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto;

(b)      any breach of any covenant or agreement of Buyer contained in this
Agreement;

(c)  liabilities of the Company  resulting from or arising out of the conduct of
the Business by the Company after the Closing, unless and to the extent Buyer is
entitled to indemnification therefore pursuant to Section 11.2; and

(d) any action, suit, proceeding, claim, demand, assessment or judgment incident
to the foregoing or incurred investigating or to avoid the same or to oppose the
imposition thereof or in enforcing this indemnity.

Section 11.4      Procedure for Indemnification.  The procedure for
indemnification shall be as follows:

(a) The party  claiming  indemnification  (the  "Claimant")  shall promptly give
notice to the party from which  indemnification  is claimed  (the  "Indemnifying
Party") of any claim,  whether  between the parties or brought by a third party,
specifying  in  reasonable  detail the factual  basis for the claim,  the amount
thereof,  estimated in good faith,  and the method of computation of such claim,
all with reasonable  particularity  and containing a reference to the provisions
of this  Agreement  in respect of which such  indemnification  claim  shall have
occurred.  If the claim relates to an action,  suit,  or  proceeding  filed by a
third party  against the  Claimant,  such notice  shall be given by the Claimant
promptly after written  notice of such action,  suit, or proceeding was given to
the Claimant;  provided,  however, that any delay in giving the notice shall not
impair the Claimant's  rights hereunder unless such delay has a material adverse
effect on the Indemnifying Party's ability to defend such claim.

(b) With  respect to claims  solely  between the parties,  following  receipt of
notice from the Claimant of a claim,  the  Indemnifying  Party shall have thirty
days to make such  investigation  of the claim as the  Indemnifying  Party deems
necessary or  desirable.  For the purposes of such  investigation,  the Claimant
agrees  to  make  available  to  the  Indemnifying   Party  and  its  authorized
representatives  the information relied upon by the Claimant to substantiate the
claim. If the Claimant and the Indemnifying  Party agree prior to the expiration
of such thirty day
                                      -48-
<PAGE>   56



period (or any mutually agreed upon extension thereof) to the validity and
amount of such claim, the Indemnifying  Party shall immediately pay to  the
Claimant  the  full  amount  of the  claim.  If the  Claimant  and  the
Indemnifying  Party do not agree  within such thirty day period (or any mutually
agreed upon extension  thereof),  the Claimant may seek appropriate  remedies at
law or equity, as applicable.

(c) With  respect  to any  claim by a third  party as to which the  Claimant  is
entitled to indemnification  under this Agreement,  the Indemnifying Party shall
have the right at its own expense,  to  participate  in or assume control of the
defense  of  such  claim,  and the  Claimant  shall  cooperate  fully  with  the
Indemnifying Party, subject to reimbursement for actual  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred by the Claimant as the result of a request by the  Indemnifying  Party.
If the  Indemnifying  Party  elects  to assume  control  of the  defense  of any
third-party  claim,  the Claimant  shall have the right to  participate  in such
defense with legal counsel of the  Claimant's  own  selection,  but the fees and
expenses  of  such  counsel  shall  be its  fees  and  expenses  unless  (i) the
Indemnifying  Party  has  agreed  to  pay  such  fees  and  expenses,  (ii)  the
Indemnifying  Party has failed to assume the defense of such claim,  within five
business days after  receiving  notice of such claim,  (iii) the remedies sought
against the Claimant  include any remedy that is not solely a claim for monetary
damages  or (iv) the named  parties  to any  proceeding  in respect of the claim
(including any impleaded  parties) include both the  Indemnifying  Party and the
Claimant  and the  Claimant has been advised by counsel that there may be one or
more legal  defenses  available to it which are different  from or additional to
those  available  to the  Indemnifying  Party (in which  case,  if the  Claimant
notifies the Indemnifying Party that it elects to employ separate counsel at the
expense of the Indemnifying  Party,  the  Indemnifying  Party shall not have the
right to assume the defense of such action, claim or proceeding on behalf of the
Claimant,  it being understood,  however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not,
in  connection  with any one such action,  claim or  proceeding  or separate but
substantially  similar or related  actions,  claims or  proceedings  in the same
jurisdiction  arising out of the same general  allegations or circumstances,  be
liable for the  reasonable  fees and expenses of more than one separate  firm of
attorneys at any time for the Claimant). If the Indemnifying Party does not (or,
as provided in clause (iv) of the  preceding  sentence,  cannot) elect to assume
control or otherwise  participate in the defense of any third-party  claim, then
the Claimant may defend  through  counsel of its own choosing and (so long as it
gives the  Indemnifying  Party at least  five days prior  written  notice of the
terms of any proposed  settlement  thereof and permits the Indemnifying Party to
then undertake the defense  thereof)  settle such claim,  action or suit, and to
recover  from the  Indemnifying  Party the amount of such  settlement  or of any
judgment  and the costs and expenses of such  defense.  The  Indemnifying  Party
shall not compromise or settle any third party claim, action or suit without the
prior written  consent of the Claimant,  which consent will not be  unreasonably
withheld or delayed.

(d) If a claim,  whether  between  the  parties  or by a third  party,  requires
immediate  action,  the  parties  will make every  reasonable  effort to reach a
decision with respect thereto as expeditiously as practicable.

(e) Following the Closing,  the Stockholders shall have no right of contribution
against the Company for any  indemnification  payment  made by the  Stockholders
hereunder or otherwise,  and the Stockholders hereby waive any and all rights of
contribution that they may have against the Company.

                                      -49-

<PAGE>   57




Section  11.5   Indemnification   Escrow.   On  the  Closing  Date,  Buyer,  the
Stockholders and the Escrow Agent shall execute a Post-Closing  Escrow Agreement
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto (the "Post-Closing Escrow
Agreement") in accordance  with which Buyer shall deposit 22,250 shares of Buyer
Common  Stock with the Escrow  Agent  (such  shares  and all  amounts  and other
property  held from time to time by the Escrow  Agent in respect of such shares,
including any dividends,  stock dividends or other earnings in respect  thereof,
the  "Indemnification  Funds") in order to provide a fund for the payment of any
claims for which  Buyer is  entitled  to  indemnification  as  provided  in this
Article 11. The Indemnification  Funds shall be held and disbursed in accordance
with the terms of the Post-Closing Escrow Agreement.

Section 11.6 Basket Amount.  The  Stockholders'  and Buyer's  obligations  under
Sections  11.2(a) and 11.3(a) shall not be payable by the Stockholders or Buyer,
as the case may be, unless and until the amount of the Stockholders' obligations
(in the case of claims  pursuant to Section  11.2) and the amount of the Buyer's
obligations  (in the case of claims  pursuant  to Section  11.3)  exceeds  Fifty
Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000) (the "Basket  Amount") in the aggregate;  provided,
that once the  aggregate  amount of Losses  suffered  or  incurred  by the Buyer
Indemnified Parties, in the aggregate, or the Stockholders' Indemnified Parties,
in the aggregate,  exceeds the Basket Amount,  indemnification  shall be made by
the  Stockholders  and the  Buyer,  respectively,  for all  Losses  suffered  or
incurred  by the Buyer  Indemnified  Parties  or the  Stockholders'  Indemnified
Parties, respectively, without regard to the Basket Amount.

ARTICLE 12

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1      Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed in all
respects by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to such state's
conflict of law rules.

Section 12.2  Successors  and Assigns.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided
herein,  no party hereto may assign its or his rights and obligations  hereunder
unless such party obtains the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.
Except as otherwise  provided herein,  this Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of, and be binding upon,  the  successors  and permitted  assigns of the parties
hereto.

Section 12.3 Entire Agreement;  Amendment.  This Agreement  constitutes the full
and entire  understanding  and  agreement  among the parties  with regard to the
subject  matter  hereof.  Neither  this  Agreement  nor any term  hereof  may be
amended,  waived,  discharged or terminated  other than by a written  instrument
signed by the party  against whom  enforcement  of any such  amendment,  waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

Section  12.4  Notices,  Etc. All notices and other  communications  required or
permitted  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be mailed by  registered  or
certified mail, or by reputable overnight delivery service,  postage prepaid, or
otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger, addressed as follows:

                                      -50-
<PAGE>   58





to the Stockholders                 Vertical Properties, Inc.
and the Company:                    221 Walton Street
                                    Syracuse, New York  13202
                                    Attention:  William B. Yeomans
                                    Telephone:  (315) 476-2812
                                    Fax:  (315) 476-3408


with a copy to:                     Hiscock & Barclay, LLP
                                    Financial Plaza
                                    221 South Warren Street
                                    Syracuse, New York  13202
                                    Attention:  George S. Deptula, Esq.
                                    Telephone:  (315) 425-2725
                                    Fax:  (315) 425-8545

to Buyer:                           SpectraSite Holdings, Inc.
                                    100 Regency Forest Drive, Suite 400
                                    Cary, North Carolina  27511
                                    Attention:  John H. Lynch
                                    Telephone:  (919) 468-0112
                                    Fax: (919) 468-8522

with a copy to:                     Dow, Lohnes & Albertson, PLLC
                                    1200 New Hampshire Avenue, N.W.
                                    Suite 800
                                    Washington, DC  20036
                                    Attention:  Timothy J. Kelley, Esq.
                                    Telephone:  202-776-2000
                                    Fax:  202-776-2222

Notice shall be deemed to be given upon receipt.

Section  12.5 Delays or  Omissions.  No delay or omission to exercise any right,
power or remedy  hereunder  shall impair any such right,  power or remedy of any
party  hereto,  nor shall it be  construed  to be a waiver of any such breach or
default,  or an acquiescence  therein, or of or in any similar breach or default
thereafter  occurring.  Any waiver,  permit,  consent or approval of any kind or
character  on the part of any party  hereto of any breach or default  under this
Agreement,  or any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any  provisions  or
conditions of this Agreement,  must be in writing and shall be effective only to
the  extent  specifically  set  forth in such  writing  or as  provided  in this
Agreement.  All  remedies,  either  under this  Agreement or by law or otherwise
afforded to any party hereto, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

Section  12.6  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed in any number of
counterparts,  by original or facsimile signature, each of which shall be deemed
an original,  and all of which taken together shall  constitute one and the same
instrument.
                                      -51-

<PAGE>   59




Section 12.7  Severability.  In the event that any  provision of this  Agreement
becomes or is  declared  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to be  illegal,
unenforceable  or void,  this Agreement  shall continue in full force and effect
without said provision; provided that no such severability shall be effective if
it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

Section 12.8  Headings.  The subject  headings of the sections of this Agreement
are  included  for  purposes  of  convenience  only and  shall  not  affect  the
construction or interpretation of any of its provisions.

Section 12.9 Waiver of Jury Trial.  Each party hereto hereby waives any right to
a trial by jury with respect to any action relating to this Agreement.

Section 12.10 Exclusive Benefit. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer
any rights or remedies,  whether express or implied,  under or by reason of this
Agreement,  on any persons  other than the parties  hereto and their  respective
successors and assigns, nor is anything in this Agreement intended to relieve or
discharge the  obligation or liability of any third persons to any party to this
Agreement.

Section  12.11  Construction.  The  parties  have  participated  jointly  in the
negotiation  and  drafting  of this  Agreement.  In the  event an  ambiguity  or
question of intent or interpretation  arises,  this Agreement shall be construed
as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall
arise  favoring or  disfavoring  any party by virtue of the authorship of any of
the provisions of this Agreement.  Any reference to any federal, state, local or
foreign  statute  or law  shall  be  deemed  also  to  refer  to all  rules  and
regulations promulgated thereunder,  unless the context requires otherwise.  The
parties intend that each representation,  warranty and covenant contained herein
shall  have   independent   significance.   If  any  party  has   breached   any
representation,  warranty or covenant contained herein in any respect,  the fact
that there exists another  representation,  warranty or covenant relating to the
same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the
party has not  breached  shall not detract  from or  mitigate  the fact that the
party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

Section 12.12 Exhibits and Schedules.  The Exhibits and Schedules  identified in
this  Agreement  are  incorporated  herein by reference  and made a part hereof.
Nothing in any Schedule  shall be deemed  adequate to disclose an exception to a
representation  or warranty  made herein  unless such  Schedule  identifies  the
exception  with  reasonable  particularity  and describes the relevant  facts in
reasonable  detail.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the mere
listing (or inclusion of a copy) of a document or other item shall not be deemed
adequate to disclose an exception to a  representation  or warranty  made herein
(unless the  representation  or  warranty  has to do with the  existence  of the
document or other item itself).

Section  12.13  Enforcement  of Agreement.  The parties  agree that  irreparable
damage  would occur in the event that any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement
were not performed in accordance  with their  specific  terms or were  otherwise
breached.  It is  accordingly  agreed that the  parties  shall be entitled to an
injunction or injunctions  to prevent  breaches of this Agreement and to enforce
specifically  the terms and provisions  hereof in any court of the United States
or any state having jurisdiction,  this being in addition to any other remedy to
which  they are  entitled
                                      -52-

<PAGE>   60


at law or in  equity.  In the event of any  action to enforce this Agreement,
the breaching party hereby waives the defense that there is an adequate remedy
at law and no bond or other security shall be required for the party seeking to
enforce this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12.13..

Section 12.14 Acquisition of Buyer.  Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement
to the contrary, if the Buyer consummates a Change of Control Transaction, Buyer
or its  successor in such Change of Control  Transaction  may, at its  election,
deliver to the  Stockholders  shares of Acquiror  Capital  Stock having a value,
determined on the basis of the weighted  average closing price for the shares of
the  Acquiror's  Capital Stock so delivered as quoted on the principal  national
securities exchange or automated quotation system on which such Acquiror Capital
Stock is traded and  reported  in the Wall Street  Journal  during the period of
thirty  consecutive  trading days ending on the third  business day prior to the
Qualifying  Lease Payment Date or  Qualifying  LOI Payment Date, as the case may
be, equal to the amount to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(a) or 2.4(b), as
the case may be, in lieu of shares of Buyer Common Stock. For purposes hereof, a
"Change of Control  Transaction"  means a transaction or series of  transactions
pursuant to which a Person (the "Acquiror") acquires all or substantially all of
the outstanding  capital stock of Buyer in full or partial  consideration of the
delivery by the Acquiror to the stockholders of Buyer of shares of capital stock
of the Acquiror ("Acquiror Capital Stock").

Section 12.15      Stockholders' Representative.

(a)  Pursuant  to the  terms of this  Section  12.15,  each  Stockholder  hereby
appoints   William  B.   Yeomans  to  act  as  such   Stockholder's   agent  and
representative (the "Stockholders' Representative") for purposes of receiving on
his or her behalf all notices under this Agreement, issuing on his or her behalf
such notices  under this  Agreement as the  Stockholders'  Representative  shall
determine  in  his  sole   discretion  to  issue,   and  performing  such  other
administrative  and other functions under this Agreement as may become necessary
or desirable.

(b) The Stockholders'  Representative shall have full power and authority to act
for and on behalf of the  Stockholders  in regard  to their  rights  under  this
Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Stockholders'  Representative is
authorized to (i) resolve all claims for  indemnification  under this Agreement,
(ii) retain counsel of his choosing,  experts and other  professionals as may be
necessary  or  desirable  to  assist  in  the   resolution   of  any  claim  for
indemnification  under  this  Agreement,  and  (iii)  execute  and  deliver  the
Stockholders and Company Closing Certificate on behalf of the Stockholders.  The
Stockholders'  Representative shall have no right to act as agent for service of
process for any one of the Stockholders, except that any notice delivered to the
Stockholders'  Representative  with  respect to any claim  arising  pursuant  to
Section 11.2 of this  Agreement  shall be deemed notice to all the  Stockholders
with respect thereto.

(c)  The   Stockholders'   Representative   shall  be  entitled  to   reasonable
compensation  from the  Stockholders  for his services and  reimbursement of all
expenses,  including the cost of error and omissions  insurance  incurred in his
capacity as the Stockholders' Representative.

                                      -53-

<PAGE>   61




(d) At any time after the date hereof,  Buyer shall be fully  entitled in acting
on and relying upon any written notice,  direction,  request,  waiver,  consent,
receipt or other  paper or  document  that Buyer in good faith  believes to have
been signed or presented by the Stockholders' Representative and Buyer will have
no liability to any Stockholder if it acts in accordance with the foregoing.

(e) The Stockholders'  Representative  shall be entitled to reimbursement by the
Stockholders  of all  reasonable  expenses  (including  the cost of  errors  and
omissions  insurance) incurred in his capacity as Stockholders'  Representative.
The   Stockholders   shall   indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the   Stockholders'
Representative from any and all costs,  expenses,  or damages (paid or incurred)
in  connection  with  the  performance  of  his  obligations  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  other  than  those  arising  from the gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct  of the  Stockholders'  Representative.  The  Stockholders  shall  be
jointly  and  severally  liable  to the  Stockholders'  Representative  for  any
liability arising out of this Section 12.15.

                                      -54-


<PAGE>   62





             IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  each party hereto has caused this Agreement to
be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                                SPECTRASITE HOLDINGS, INC.



                                        By:/s/Stephen H. Clark
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Stephen H. Clark
                                           Chief Executive Officer and President



                                                   VPI MERGER SUB, INC.



                                        By:/s/Stephen H. Clark
                                           -------------------------------------
                                            Stephen H. Clark
                                            President



                                                   VERTICAL PROPERTIES, INC.



                                        By:/s/William B. Yeomans
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           William B. Yeomans
                                           Chief Executive Officer


                                          /s/William B. Yeomans
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          William B. Yeomans


                                          /s/Robert E. Sundius
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Robert E. Sundius


                                          /s/M. Cain Prater
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          M. Cain Prater

<PAGE>   63


                                          /s/W.Thomas Thornton
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          W. Thomas Thornton

                                          /s/Stephen DiMarco
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Stephen DiMarco

                                          /s/Patrick M. Kilmartin
                                          --------------------------------
                                          Patrick M. Kilmartin

                                          /s/Stephen Smith
                                          --------------------------------
                                          Stephen Smith

                                          /s/David DiMarco
                                          --------------------------------
                                          David DiMarco

                                          /s/James Gray
                                          --------------------------------
                                          James Gray

                                          /s/Monica Farren
                                          --------------------------------
                                          Monica Farren

                                          /s/William B. Yeomans
                                          --------------------------------
                                          William B. Yeomans, as Stockholders'
                                          Representative

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1

                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

1.  SpectraSite Communications, Inc. ("SCI"), a Delaware corporation and wholly
    owned subsidiary of the Registrant.

2.  Tower Merger Vehicle, Inc. ("TMV"), a Delaware corporation and wholly owned
    subsidiary of SCI.

3.  Tower Asset Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary
    of TMV.

4.  Vertical Properties, Inc., a New York corporation and wholly owned
    subsidiary of SCI.

5.  Westower Corporation ("Westower"), a Washington corporation and wholly
    owned subsidiary of SCI.

6.  SpectraSite Construction, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned
    subsidiary of Westower.

7.  CNG Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned
    subsidiary of Westower.

8.  Westower Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation and wholly owned
    subsidiary of Westower.

9.  Cypress Real Estate Services, Inc., a Florida corporation and wholly owned
    subsidiary of Westower.

10. Teletronics Management Services, Inc., a Washington corporation and wholly
    owned subsidiary of Westower.

11. Teletronics Realty Services, Inc., a Washington corporation and wholly
    owned subsidiary of Westower.

12. Westower Communications, Inc., a Washington corporation and wholly owned
    subsidiary of Westower.

13. Westower Design, Inc., a Florida corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of
    Westower.

14. Westower Leasing, Inc., a Wyoming corporation and wholly owned subsidiary
    of Westower.

15. Westower Communications Ltd., a Canadian Federal corporation.

16. Westower Leasing Canada Inc., a Canadian Federal corporation and wholly
    owned subsidiary of Westower.

17. Westower Acquisitions Canada, Inc. ("Acquisitions"), a Canadian Federal
    corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Westower.

18. Acier Filteau Inc., a Province Quebec corporation and wholly owned
    subsidiary of Acquisitions.

19. Jovin Telecommunications, Inc., a Canadian Federal corporation and wholly
    owned subsidiary of Acquisitions.

20. Telecommunication R. David Inc., a Province Quebec corporation and wholly
    owned subsidiary of Acquisitions.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission